1984-85
GENERAL BULLETIN
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1984-85
Fall Semester, 1984
August 19
August 20
August 21-22
August 23
October 11-12
November 22-23
December 11
December 12
December 13-15
and 17-18
Residence halls open
General faculty meeting; department and college
Registration
Classes begin
Fall break
Thanksgiving
Final Day of Classes
Reading Day
Final Exams
Spring Semester, 1985
January 6
Residence halls open
January 7
General faculty meeting; department and college
January 7-8
Registration
January 9
Classes Begin
March 2-10
Spring Break
April 5-8
Easter holidays
May 2
Final day of classes
May 3
Reading day
May 4, 6-
9
Final exams
May 12
Commencement
Appalachian
State University
Bulletin
(USPS 028-220)
Announcements for
1984-85
Vol. LXXXI1
Published quarterly by Appalachian State
University. Entered as second class matter
at the Post Office at Boone, North
Carolina, under the Act of Congress,
August 24, 1912. Postage has been paid at
Boone, North Carolina. Address correc-
tions to the Office of Academic Affairs, Ap-
palachian State University, Boone, North
Carolina, 28608.
Appalachian State University is committed
to equality of educational opportunity and
does not discriminate against applicants,
students or employees based on race, col-
or, national origin, religion, sex, age or
handicap. Moreover, Appalachian State
University is open to people of all races
and actively seeks to promote racial in-
tegration by recruiting and enrolling a
larger number of black students.
10,000 copies of this publication were
printed at a cost of $20,885, $2.09 per
copy.
Table of Contents
The University 3
Special Programs for the Region 7
Student Life 10
University Services 12
Admissions, Expenses, Financial Aid 19
The Instructional Program 32
The General College 47
The College of Arts and Sciences 58
Anthropology; Biology; Chemistry; Community Planning and
Geography; English; Foreign Languages; Geology; History; Mathematical
Sciences; Philosophy/Religion; Physics and Astronomy; Political Science
and Criminal Justice; Psychology; Sociology
The College of Business 149
Accounting; Business Education and Office Administration; Economics;
Finance, Insurance and Real Estate; Management; Marketing
The College of Fine and Applied Arts 192
Art; Communication Arts; Health, Physical Education and Recreation;
Home Economics; Industrial Education and Technology; Military Science;
Music
The College of Education 253
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education; Counselor Education
and Research; Elementary Education; Library and Media Studies;
Reading Education; Secondary Education; Special Education; Speech
Pathology and Audiology
The Division of Continuing Education 310
The Cratis D. Williams Graduate School 314
The Register 323
The University
The University
Appalachian State University, founded in 1899 as Watauga Academy, is located in
Boone, North Carolina, in the heart of the Blue Ridge of the Appalachian mountains,
close to the borders of Virginia and Tennessee and less than two hours from the region's
major airports and population centers.
Growing steadily through its transformations as Appalachian State Normal School in
1925 to Appalachian State Teachers' College in 1929 to Appalachian State University
in 1967 and a part of the consolidated University of North Carolina in 1971, the cam-
pus has come to occupy some 48 buildings on its 75-acre main campus as well as
several new buildings on the new 180-acre west campus. The University has a master
plan for an enrollment of 10,000 students with future expansions concentrated on
some 330 acres of outlying land owned by the University.
Appalachian maintains two campuses away from Boone for experiential studies. The
New York Loft, begun in 1974, consists of some 3,000 square feet of carefully design-
ed living space for ten to twelve visitors at a time. Located at 67 Vestry Street in the
SoHo district of New York City, the loft is within easy walking distance of the World
Trade Center, Chinatown, Little Italy, and all SoHo area galleries.
The Appalachian House, a satellite campus in Washington, D.C., opened in 1977. The
150-year-old house is in the heart of the Capitol Hill Historic District. It is next door to
the Folger Shakespeare Library, only minutes away from the U.S. Senate and House
chambers, Congressional offices, the Library of Congress, and the Supreme Court. The
Appalachian House and Loft, supervised by the Associate Vice Chancellor for
Academic Affairs, are not open to the general public, but are reserved for use by ASU
faculty, students and staff.
The University welcomes and encourages prospective students, alumni, and friends to
visit the campus and to tour the surrounding area which encompasses six ski resorts,
nine golf courses, and several major tourist attractions.
Mission
Founded in 1899 as Watauga Academy, Appalachian State University soon evolved in-
to a state teacher's college, later broadened its purpose to include the liberal arts, and
became a part of the consolidated University of North Carolina in 1972. From its begin-
nings as a small local institution, Appalachian has grown to an enrollment of approx-
imately 10,000 students from every section of North Carolina, as well as from other
states and nations. Throughout its rapid growth, the University has consistently main-
tained a student-centered environment and has been responsive to the changing needs
of its constituency.
Appalachian State University is a comprehensive university, offering some 130
academic majors at the baccalaureate level and over 70 academic majors at the master's
and intermediate levels. As a comprehensive university whose major clientele is the
The University
traditional undergraduate student, Appalachian's primary mission will continue to be
that of instruction. To prepare a diverse constituency for productive lives in society, the
University will provide each student with a well-rounded liberal education and the op-
portunity to participate in a wide range of educational experiences and professional pro-
grams. It will maintain a strong commitment to excellence in instruction, as well as its
tradition of attention to the individual needs of students.
At Appalachian research and service are supportive of the instructional mission. The
major purposes of research, scholarship and other creative activities are to serve as a
basis for instruction, to ensure a vital and intellectually engaged faculty, and to provide
a means for the advancement of knowledge. Professional and public service is provided
in the form of continuing education programs and activities, consultation services, the
extension into the community of the professional knowledge and skills of the faculty,
staff and students, and the sharing of the University's cultural and recreational activities
and facilities. In recognition of its special responsibilities to the region, the University
seeks to contribute to the understanding, appreciation and preservation of the unique
culture of the Appalachian region.
Purpose
Within the framework of higher education established by the State of North Carolina,
Appalachian State University seeks to nurture an intellectual climate in which truth is
sought and respected, critical thinking is encouraged, cultural horizons are broadened,
and ethical and aesthetic values are appreciated. It maintains an academic environment
conducive to learning, sensitive to individual, community and regional needs, and alert
to the new ideas and challenges of a complex and changing world. To prepare a diverse
constituency for productive lives in society, the university provides each student with a
well-rounded liberal education and the opportunity to participate in a wide range of
educational experiences and professional programs. The university's faculty and ad-
ministration are dedicated to excellence in teaching, research, and service. Within the
limits of its resources, Appalachian State University serves the educational needs of the
people within its sphere of influence.
Accreditation
Appalachian State University is fully accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges
and Schools. In addition to this comprehensive accreditation, other special accredita-
tion by appropriate agencies includes:
The National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
The North Carolina Department of Public Instruction
The American Home Economics Association (undergraduate)
The American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business (undergraduate and
graduate)
The American Chemical Society (undergraduate)
The National Association of Schools of Music
The Council on Rehabilitation Education (graduate)
The Council for the Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational
Programs
The University
The University is a member of appropriate state and national associations and organiza-
tions to which its professional programs are related. These include:
The Conference of Southern Graduate Schools
The Council of Graduate Schools in the United States
The North Carolina Association of Colleges and Universities
The National Association of Business Teacher Education
American Association of State Colleges for Teacher Education
The American Council on Education
The American Association of University Women
National Council on Rehabilitation Education
National Collegiate Honors Council
Corporate History
The University of North Carolina is comprised of all the public institutions of higher
education in North Carolina that confer degrees at the baccalaureate level or higher.
The University was authorized by the State Constitution in 1776, and it was chartered in
1789 by the General Assembly.
The University of North Carolina opened its doors to students at Chapel Hill in 1795.
Thereafter, beginning in the latter part of the nineteenth century, the General Assembly
of North Carolina has established and supported fifteen other public senior institutions
in keeping with Article IX, Section 8, of the Constitution of North Carolina which pro-
vides that the "General Assembly shall maintain a public system of higher education,
comprising The University of North Carolina and such other institutions of higher
education as the General Assembly may deem wise."
By 1969, The University of North Carolina included six constituent institutions, govern-
ed by a single Board of Trustees. This multi-campus University had its beginnings in
legislation enacted in 1931 that defined The University of North Carolina to include The
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, North Carolina State University at Raleigh,
and The University of North Carolina at Greensboro. In the 1960's three additional
campuses were added: The University of North Carolina at Charlotte, The University of
North Carolina at Asheville, and The University of North Carolina at Wilmington.
Beginning in 1877, the General Assembly of North Carolina established or acquired ten
additional separately governed state -supported senior institutions of higher education.
They are: Appalachian State University, East Carolina University, Elizabeth City State
University, Fayetteville State University, North Carolina Agricultural and Technical
State University, North Carolina Central University, North Carolina School of the Arts,
Pembroke State University, Western Carolina University, and Winston-Salem State
University. Then, in 1971, the General Assembly redefined The University of North
Carolina, and under the terms of that legislation all sixteen public senior institutions
became constituent institutions of The University of North Carolina.
The constitutionally-authorized Board of Trustees of the six-campus University of
North Carolina was designated the Board of Governors and this body is by law The
University of North Carolina. The Board of Governors consists of thirty-two members
The University
elected by the General Assembly, and it is charged with "the general determination,
control, supervision, management, and governance of all affairs of the constituent in-
stitutions." The chief executive officer of The University is the President.
Each constituent institution of The University has its own faculty and student body.
The chief administrative officer of each institution is the chancellor, and the chancellors
are responsible to the President.
Each constituent institution also has a board of trustees composed of thirteen
members: eight elected by the Board of Governors, four appointed by the Governor,
and the elected president of the student body ex officio. (The School of the Arts has two
additional ex officio trustees.) The principal powers of these institutional boards are ex-
ercised under a delegation of authority from the Board of Governors.
Research Facilities
Faculty research, grant activity, and publication costs are supported through the Cratis
D. Williams Graduate School. The Office of Research and Grants in the Graduate
School provides assistance to faculty and graduate students in identifying both public
and private sources of external funding and in the preparation of grant proposals. The
Illinois Research Information System (IRIS), housed in the Office of Research and
Grants, is an on-line computerized file containing descriptions of over 3,000 funding
opportunities from federal agencies, private and corporate foundations, and other non-
profit organizations which can aid faculty and students in identifying potential funding
support for research, program development, travel, teaching, and advanced study.
The Graduate School, with recommendations from the University Research Commit-
tee, administers funds which provide modest grants to faculty for research equipment
and supplies, publication and travel costs, and manuscript preparation. Research
assistance is provided through the allocation of Graduate Research Assistants to depart-
ments during the academic year and to individual faculty for research projects in the
summer. Access to research library facilities on the Chapel Hill campus is provided by
scheduled van service for faculty and graduate students. Information regarding the
research activities of Appalachian faculty and students is disseminated through the
Research News which is published twice each year by the Graduate School.
Research facilities maintained by Appalachian include the Carol Grotnes Belk Library
and the Office of Computer and Management Services. Belk Library, with special col-
lections including the W.L. Eury Appalachian Regional Collection, provides research as
well as instructional support to faculty and students. The Office of Computer and
Management Services assists faculty and students in research computing and in
statistical treatment of data. The Faculty Development Fund, administered through the
Center for Instructional Development, provides funds for faculty study and professional
development. The Office of Grants Accounting assists faculty with the financial ad-
ministration of grants and contracts.
The College of Arts and Sciences maintains specialized research facilities which include
the Center for Appalachian Studies, the Dark Sky Observatory, the Meterological
Reporting Station, and the Regional Bureau of Government. The Bureau of Economics
and Business Research in the Walker College of Business assists faculty and students in
Special Programs for the Region
research efforts, and the College of Fine and Applied Arts has research facilities in the
Human Performance Laboratory, the Perceptual Motor Training Laboratory and the
Music Electronic Laboratory. The College of Education provides research facilities and
support through the Statistics/Testing/Research Laboratory, the Educational Com-
puter Laboratory, the Teacher Education Student Data Bank, the Speech and Hearing
Clinic, the Reading Education Curriculum Laboratory, the Center for Learning Evalua-
tion and Research, the Early Childhood Learning Center, and the Western Carolina
Research Center. In addition, Appalachian allocates faculty time and financial support
toward the publication of numerous research journals and periodicals.
Special Service Programs for the Region
In accordance with its mission "to serve the people of the region in which it is located,"
Appalachian State University sponsors several programs designed to serve the educa-
tional, cultural, social, economic and governmental needs of the people and institutions
of its region:
Appalachian Consortium
The Appalachian Consortium is a non-profit, educational association whose member-
ship is composed of institutions of higher education and cultural agencies in the
Southern Highlands. The purpose of the Appalachian Consortium is to promote
among the general public an understanding and appreciation of the culture of the
region. This purpose is achieved through the sponsorship of conferences, forums,
festivals and workshops with special emphasis on Appalachian traditions and environ-
ment. The Consortium serves as a vehicle for the development of cooperative projects
initiated by regional scholars and teachers at member institutions and agencies. The Ap-
palachian Consortium is supported by public and private grants and member contribu-
tions. The Appalachian Consortium Press is a division of the Appalachian Consortium
which publishes works dealing with the Southern Highlands.
Center for Management Development
The Center for Management Development is sponsored by the John A. Walker College
of Business to extend the educational capabilities of the college and its faculty to per-
sons in business, industry and other organizations. Programs offered by the Center for
Management Development vary widely and are designed to meet the practical needs of
working people. A major objective of the center's programs is to identify and meet the
educational and training needs of individuals and organizations within the general ser-
vice area of the university. Specific programs can be designed for managers and per-
sonnel at any organizational level.
Extension and Non-Credit Programs
The Office of Extension and Non-Credit Programs assists university departments in
creating and operating off-campus courses leading to undergraduate or graduate
Special Programs for the Region
8
degrees, teacher certification, and renewal credit. The office also makes available non-
credit instruction for profesional development and training.
The University Center for Continuing Education
The University Center for Continuing Education brings to the campus adult students
from throughout the region as well as hosts meetings for state, regional, national and in-
ternational organizations. Some of the areas of interest include agriculture, medicine,
science, business, and law. Special courses are also designed to assist people in their
daily lives and vocations. The University Center provides not only programs of interest
but also lodging, dining, and meeting facilities.
Appalachian Oral History Office
The Appalachian Oral History Office, located in the Department of History, is part of a
consortium of four schools in the Central and Southern area of the Appalachian Moun-
tains assisting students in collecting folk histories recalled by long-time residents of the
area. Schools participing in the program in addition to ASU are Alice Lloyd College of
Pippa Passes, Kentucky; Lees Junior College, Jackson, Kentucky; and Emory and
Henry College, Emory, Virginia.
Center for Developmental Education
The center is the nation's primary broker of information and training in the field of
Developmental Education. Each year hundreds of postsecondary educators take ad-
vantage of Center resources.
Developmental Education is that aspect of adult education concerned with the learning
and human development needs of academically underprepared students.
Bureau of Economic and Business Research
The bureau is sponsored by the John A. Walker College of Business to promote and
coordinate faculty research and service activities. Special attention is given to projects
that facilitate the economic development of Western North Carolina. Bureau services
are available to new or established businesses, industry and government throughout
the state, with special attention given to the primary service region of Western North
Carolina.
Appalachian Regional Bureau of Government
The bureau provides training, research and information for local government officials in
the region. Training programs sponsored by the bureau have been in the areas of law
enforcement, budgeting, financial and personnel management, affirmative action, land
use planning, tourism, historic preservation, community appearance, and environmen-
tal concerns.
Special Programs for the Region
Center for Appalachian Studies
Through development of programs and projects in such areas as the Appalachian
region's arts, public policy, and social and cultural issues, the Center for Appalachian
Studies assists in the enhancement, clarification and evalution of regional concerns.
The center also coordinates degree programs in Appalachian Studies.
Center for Community Education
The Center for Community Education was established in November, 1973, and is
located within the Department of Administration, Supervision, and Higher Education
within the College of Education. Center policy and goals are determined by a twenty-
two member Statewide Advisory Board. The four service activities of the Center are:
I. Dissimination of information about the philosophy of community education
and the community education concept.
II. Consultant services and technical assistance to communities and agencies in-
terested in implementing or expanding community education efforts.
III. Training through pre-service, in-service, academic, non-academic workshops
and institutes.
IV. Evaluation and assessment services to assist in the continual improvement of
comprehensive community education programs and processes.
Public Exhibits Program
The Public Exhibits Program is a student experiential learning project which coordinates
the design and construction of instructional displays. These exhibits, created for
distribution to public buildings and schools in Watauga and surrounding counties and
on the university campus, are of a general and regional interest, and are created to en-
courage a greater awareness and appreciation of the arts and sciences.
For further information, contact the Exhibits Program, College of Continuing Educa-
tion, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, or phone (704) 262-4080.
Volunteers in Service for Youth
This university effort provides students as adult friends for area children who need
them. Children in the program come from a variety of backgrounds; some come from
homes having only one parent, and others have parents who cannot give them suffi-
cient time or attention. The program is an outgrowth of university and student interest
in community activities.
Student Life
10
Student Life
Division of Complementary Education
The Division of Complementary Education coordinates and supervises a variety of co-
curricular programs on campus, including cultural affairs, campus programs, black
awareness programs, student publications, and the Student Government Association.
The division seeks to ensure a balanced calendar of programs and activities which are
educationally relevant and closely aligned with academic departments. Through intern-
ships and management practicums, students supervise support services of the division
and gain experience in a variety of career-related positions.
Through a planned series of performing arts programs the University is able to provide a
balanced calendar of programs by both professional and student groups. The Artist
Series sponsors fine arts programs while the Office of Student Developmental Enter-
tainment arranges student performances to the campus community and the region in
Our House of the Student Union. The Farthing Gallery of Art, in the lobby of Farthing
Auditorium, schedules a variety of exhibitions including works from the Appalachian
National Drawing Competition (an annual event), sculpture, fibers, and photography.
The ASU Cultural Programs Calendar and Appalachian Arts, both produced by
students, highlight these program offerings.
Under the supervision of the Director of Campus Programs, approximately 110 clubs
and organizations sponsor a myriad of activities. Fraternities, sororities, academic,
honor, service, and religious groups are open for membership. Opportunities are also
available for participation in University theatre, forensics, broadcasting, and music.
The Office of Minority Student Affairs sponsors a series of educational programs
throughout the year which culminate in the Black Heritage Week in the spring. The pur-
pose of these programs is to increase an awareness of black culture. Through the efforts
of the Black Student Association and the BSA Gospel Choir, this office also assists the
university in public relations and recruiting black students.
The Appalachian, ASU's student newspaper, is published twice a week as a service to
keep students informed of campus programs and activities. The yearbook, Rhododen-
dron, is available to students for $5.00 for one copy. The book is distributed to those
students who place an order in the spring before final exam week.
The W.H. Plemmons Student Union, under the supervision of a full-time manager, is
managed by interns from the College of Business and is staffed completely by students.
The primary purpose of the Union is to provide services for students, faculty, and staff.
Three meeting rooms are available.
Students may rent refrigerators for their on-campus rooms through refrigerator rentals.
Other organizations which provide services to the student body and are managed com-
pletely by students include the student printing service located in Workman Hall and the
student portrait program which supports the yearbook.
Student Life
11
The Student Government Association is recognized by the University Board of Trustees
as the representative voice of the student body in policy-making and decision-making
processes of the University. Through the executive, legislative and judicial branches of
government, students are given the opportunity to develop leadership skills and to par-
ticipate actively in University governance.
The Student Senate is a recommending body made up of elected representatives from
residence halls and off-campus constituencies. The Senate is the legislative authority of
the SGA, and through its committee structure students may explore areas of student
welfare and make recommendations to appropriate University officials.
Students accused of violations of University regulations have all those rights guaranteed
by the United States Constitution, and they may choose to have an open hearing before
the Student Court. The court consists of 12 justices and a chief justice selected by the
Student Senate. A complete code of student law may be found in the Student Judiciary
Handbook and the Students Rights Handbook.
Athletics
As a member of the Southern Conference, and National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA), Appalachian offers nine varsity sports for women and ten varsity sports for
men— the largest number of varsity athletic teams of any Southern Conference school
and as many as any school in the state.
Men's varsity sports include: football, cross country, soccer, basketball, wrestling, track
(indoor and outdoor), tennis, baseball, and golf. Women's varsity sports include field
hockey, basketball, softball, volleyball, golf, tennis, cross-country, and track (indoor
and out).
Religious Life
Appalachian is a state-owned campus, and as such it has no religious affiliation. Its
students, however, promote and support church affiliated organizations which include
the Baptist Student Union, Canterbury Club, Jewish Student Club, Lutheran Student
Association, Newman Club, Wesley Foundation, and Westminster Fellowship. Nine
churches (Advent Christian, Baptist, Catholic, Church of Christ, Episcopal, Lutheran,
Presbyterian, Missionary Alliance and United Methodist) are within walking distance of
the campus.
University Services
12
University Services
Student Advisement
Appalachian State University views student advisement as one of its highest respon-
sibilities and priorities. It seeks to provide every student with assistance in identifying
academic and career interests, developing a realistic and successful academic program,
planning an effective career strategy, and in addressing personal and social areas of
concern. Faculty, administrators, and staff are committed to a comprehensive system of
advisement that meets the needs of Appalachian State University students at each stage
of their university education.
Student Orientation. ASU introduces all new students to academic programs,
available services, and scheduling procedures during student orientation meetings held
in the summer and prior to each semester.
Faculty Advising Service. The General College operates a Faculty Advising Service
for students in their first semesters on the ground floor of D.D. Dougherty Library.
Faculty representatives from the academic departments assist with course scheduling,
interpreting university policies, and developing academic majors and career strategies.
If the situation warrants, faculty advisers will also refer students to the Career Planning
Office or the Counseling Center for additional assistance. Staff advisers in the General
College provide additional assistance. Advising for freshmen is mandatory.
College Office Advising. When students complete 28 semester hours, meet freshman
English requirements, and attain at least a 2.00 grade point average they may declare a
major. In this case, their academic records are forwarded from the General College to
the appropriate degree-granting college (Arts and Sciences, Fine and Applied Arts,
Learning and Human Development, Business). In some cases additional requirements
must be met to be formally accepted into a college. Personnel are available in the dean's
office of each degree-granting college to answer general questions about university
graduation requirements, interpret university policy, and review a student's official
record.
Departmental Advising. After a student has declared a major and has been accepted
by the degree-granting college, a mandatory advisement conference must be scheduled
with the departmental adviser (or in the College of Business with an undergraduate ad-
viser). As the primary source of advisement for the major, the departmental adviser
helps students in developing realistic and successful academic programs, exploring
career opportunities, and keeping informed about university and departmental policies
and activities. When and where appropriate, departmental advisers refer majors to the
Counseling Center or Career Planning Office for additional assistance; the results of
these consultations are normally returned to the departmental adviser to ensure consis-
tent and effective advisement. The departmental adviser also makes certain that the
major is registered with the Career Planning and Placement Office before graduation.
The Counseling Center and Career Planning Office work regularly with individual
departments in developing effective advisement programs.
University Services
13
Faculty Advisement. Faculty members at ASU maintain weekly office hours for
routine conferences with students. Many faculty will be able to answer general questions
about university regulations and requirements, but others will refer students to depart-
mental, college, or university advisers for both general and more specialized advise-
ment. When students have personal and social problems, faculty members assist if
possible and, if the need is apparent, make necessary referrals to one of the special
counseling services on campus.
In order for academic advisement to be constructive and beneficial, it is important that
both the student and the university adviser recognize respective responsibilities. The ad-
viser is committed and prepared to provide appropriate, accurate, and timely informa-
tion at every stage of the student's career. The student, on the other hand, must be will-
ing to accept advisement, realizing that the ultimate responsibility for understanding
university regulations and for meeting graduation requirements resides with the stu-
dent.
Counseling and Psychological
Services Center
The Counseling and Psychological Services Center provides a setting where students
may benefit from a relationship with a skilled and experienced counselor. Within the
context of this confidential relationship, they may discuss questions ranging from those
related to educational-vocational decisions to those which are extremely personal in
nature. Students also may choose to take a group approach as an alternative to in-
dividual discussions.
The testing section of the Counseling and Psychological Services Center has the
responsibility of organizing and administering the individual and group tests for the
university community. Available tests include individual intelligence, personality tests,
and vocational interest inventories. Information concerning large group tests such as
National Teacher Examinations, Miller Analogies Test, CLEP, and university proficien-
cy tests is also available.
Office of Career Planning and Placement
ASU operates a comprehensive career planning and placement program for students
and alumni. The office provides career counseling, career information, assistance with
resume writing, interviewing skills and job search techniques, on-campus recruitment,
employer information and a credentials program. In addition, the office provides a job
location and development service for students who are seeking part-time employment
while attending ASU.
Student Housing
The University has 17 residence halls housing some 4,400 students in a living and learn-
ing atmosphere. The quality of residence hall life is of as much concern to the University
as the quality of any academic program.
University Services
14
To insure that quality, some changes have taken place in the residence halls. What used
to be stark dorm lobbies are now coeducational lounges. There are specially prepared
study areas and seminar rooms in the residence halls so that some of the academic life
of the campus can take place in the residential setting.
The halls are staffed and supervised by personnel who are trained to create a friendly at-
mosphere in which students can enjoy life and feel a part of the University community.
Each room is equipped with basic furniture. Students are expected to supply rugs, cur-
tains, where not provided, and other personal furnishings according to individual taste.
Linen service is available upon request from the University Laundry.
Some appliances are allowed in the student rooms (lamps, small television sets, small
refrigerators) but others are not (hot plates, toasters, heat lamps, irons, fans, microwave
ovens, and heaters). Popcorn poppers may be used only in kitchen areas. Irons may be
used in laundry rooms. Refrigerator rental is available upon request from the Student
Government. The Auxiliary Services Handbook and The Mountaineer, the student
handbook, (available at check-in to halls) contains specific regulations and policies
which govern residence hall life. All students are responsible for knowing these regula-
tions and conducting themselves accordingly. Any student who is evicted from on-
campus housing is not eligible for a refund of room rent.
Housing Requirements. The residence halls are closed during vacation and break
periods, and no occupancy of rooms is permitted during this time. For those who must
remain in Boone during these periods for University business, the Director of Residence
Life must be contacted about scheduling possible housing arrangements.
All new, incoming freshmen (having never attended an institution of higher learning)
are required to live in university-owned housing with the exception of those students liv-
ing with parents or guardian, those who are married and maintaining their residence
near the University, or veterans eligible for training under Public Law 358, G.I. Bill ef-
fective June, 1966. There is currently a maximum number of residence hall spaces
available for each freshman class.
All students reserving rooms are subject to an academic year room and board contract.
Students who reserve a room for the fall semester are obligated to pay room rent for fall
and spring semester as long as they are enrolled. Exceptions are made during the term
of the housing agreements for students participating in off-campus field service pro-
grams and those students getting married during the term of the agreement.
Students receiving room assignments for fall semester must notify the Office of
Residence Life in writing by July 15, if not accepting the assignment, to avoid billing for
a semester's room rent. Room reservation deposits are forfeited upon cancellation of
assignment after May 1.
The Residence Life Program has qualified student leaders and professional staff who
are responsible for creating an environment within our living and learning units that is
conducive to and complements the educational process. Each Residence Hall has a
University Services
15
Residence Life Association that works with the staff to provide social, educational,
cultural, and recreational programs. There are limitless opportunities for meeting the
needs of the resident student through program development and implementation.
Residence hall students not planning to enroll for the spring semester must notify the
Office of Residence Life at least two weeks prior to examination week to avoid being
billed for a semester's room rent. Students must occupy their dormitory rooms by noon
of the first day of registration in each semester. Otherwise, the reservation for this space
will be cancelled, and the student will be billed for a semester's rent. Limited exceptions
to these rules appear in the Auxiliary Services Handbook.
Room Reservations. Room reservation forms are mailed to a new student following
admittance by the Office of Admissions. Returning students may apply for housing dur-
ing spring semester for the following year. Former students who have been readmitted
may apply for housing directly to the Office of Residence Life. Completed forms should
be returned to the University cashier with a check for reservation deposit payable to Ap-
palachian State University. The reservation deposit is deducted from the room rent
charged for the first semester in residence.
Completing an application for housing is no guarantee that an assignment can be made.
"Academic Ineligible Statement". Students with room assignments who are declared
academically ineligible at the end of spring semester will have their room assignment
cancelled. These students will be notified of this action at the time their assignments are
cancelled and given an opportunity to request a refund of their deposit if they do not
wish it held for reassignment. Applicants may reapply when they regain their academic
eligibility and will be placed at the end of the waiting list.
Mountaineer Apartments. The University provides 90 furnished apartments, featuring
drapes, frost-free refrigerators, and wall-to-wall carpeting. Rental information and ap-
plications may be obtained at the Office of Residence Life. The apartments are available
to upperclass students with married students given a priority in assignment. Faculty and
staff may lease apartments if space is available.
University Health Services
Appalachian maintains a modern medical center on campus. It is staffed by physicians,
registered nurses, lab and X-ray technicians, and their assistants. For overnight treat-
ment of minor illness there are in-patient accommodations. For those who require
hospital care, the modern Watauga County Hospital is just two miles from campus.
When the University is in session, services of the Medical Center are available 24 hours
a day to all students who are currently enrolled and who have paid the Health Services
Fee. A currently validated I.D. card must be presented on each visit to the Medical
Center. The center is supported by a portion of the fees paid each semester by students
and there is no additional charge for professional services of the physicians. All
students, including transfers and graduate students, must have a preadmission
physical by their own physician, and the form for same must be on file in the
University Medical Center.
University Services
16
Contacts with University Health Services are confidential. Records are maintained
separately for use of health personnel only.
The Medical Center does not issue excuses for class absences because of illness.
Students who withdraw from the University for reasons of health must receive medical
clearance through the Medical Center before being readmitted. Before clearance is
granted, the student must present evidence that the condition which necessitated
withdrawal has improved and that there is reasonable expectation of the student's ability
to participate in university life.
Insurance
Low-cost hospital and accident insurance is available. This insurance will pay a substan-
tial part of the charges for hospitalization, surgery, treatment for accidental injuries,
diagnostic tests, and medical emergencies. It provides year-round coverage on or off
the campus. Insurance is not included in student fees and must be contracted for
separately. Information regarding insurance can be obtained at the University Health
Service.
Learning Resources
The Learning Resources Program at Appalachian is comprised of three major units of
academic support. They are as follows: the University Library, the Audiovisual Services
Center and the Center for Instructional Development.
At the center of the campus and of academic life at Appalachian State University is the
Carol Grotnes Belk Library, which houses on open stacks more than 425,000 volumes,
some 110,000 government documents, and 350,000 units of microform. Approx-
imately 5, 100 periodical subscriptions are received, including the major titles in the sub-
ject fields. The library maintains subscriptions to more than 63 local, national, and
foreign newspapers. Attractive areas for general reading are provided on all three levels
of the library as well as study areas, lecture rooms, a reserve reading room, a periodicals
reading room, and a smoking lounge on various levels.
Among the special collections are the Music Library, located in Broyhill Music Center,
and the W. L. Eury Appalachian Regional Collection, containing materials (books,
tapes, pictures, artifacts) primarily concerned with the Appalachian region and housed
on the second floor of Dougherty Library.
A major library addition of 52,000 square feet was recently completed. At that time, the
Curriculum Library, the Young People's Collection, the Film Library, and the
Microforms Collection were combined to form the Justice-Query Instructional Materials
Center, which is located on the ground floor of Belk Library.
Tours and lectures in the use of the library can be arranged with the reference staff.
Locked study carrels are available to graduate students and faculty who are doing
research. The Reference Department will assist with computerized searches of the
educational literature for both students and faculty, and interlibrary loan service is pro-
vided to obtain materials that are not in Belk Library.
University Services
17
Although the Audiovisual Services Center is a separate organizational member of Learn-
ing Resources, it is located on the ground floor of Belk Library.
The standard recording and projection equipment can be checked out by persons
holding a currently valid University identification card. Also, production of visual and
audio materials for educational use, advice on the selection and use of equipment, and
consultation on materials design may be obtained in the Audiovisual Services Center.
Designing and redesigning courses comprise the major function of the Center for In-
structional Development. Another important aspect of the Center's work is the coor-
dination of faculty development activities, such as workshops, seminars, and informa-
tion exchange. The Center sponsors approximately 100 projects each year, including a
heavy emphasis during the months of May and June.
All of the areas of Learning Resources are concerned with the improvement of the total
academic program at Appalachian.
Postal and Banking Services
A United States Post Office Station is maintained by Appalachian in the Student Sup-
port Building. A mailbox is provided for every student. The student's university mailbox
address is used by the University for communicating with each student. For this reason,
students are responsible for checking their university mailboxes frequently.
Convenient banking services are located in the lobby of the University Bookstore.
Laundry Service
A laundry plant is operated on the campus for use by students, faculty, and staff. It pro-
vides all the services of a commercial laundry/dry cleaning plant. Cash and carry ser-
vice is available to off -campus as well as resident students. Washers and dryers are pro-
vided in residence halls.
Security and Traffic
The University Security Department provides services of security and policy nature for
the campus. The Department also supervises traffic control and parking systems,
Everyone who operates a motor vehicle on campus must register it with the University's
Traffic Office. There are no exceptions.
Several types of registration are available dependent upon the category and/or resident
location of the registrant. All students on academic or disciplinary probation are pro-
hibited from registering or operating a motor vehicle on the campus or its environs.
Those eligible to drive on campus apply for parking privileges on registration day as a
part of academic registration. Any student who must operate a vehicle on campus after
registration day, no matter how short the period, must register the vehicle at the Traffic
Office before it is driven on campus.
University Services
18
A fee is charged for automobile registration as set by the University's Board of Trustees
and published annually in the parking and traffic regulations pamphlet.
Food Services
Appalachian owns and operates its own food service in four separate campus facilities:
the University Cafeteria, the Bavarian Inn, a fast food operation; the Gold Room, for
steak and seafood dining; and the Sweet Shop. All resident students are required to
select a meal option. Publicized options represent minimum requirement levels. Since
Food Services' pricing is a la carte, the level of participation by a student will determine
the selection of the most appropriate option. The pre-paid meal option is managed by
the student through the computerized I.D. card system.
University Bookstore
The University Bookstore, conveniently located on campus, offers a complete line of
student and personal supplies and services, including the administration of a textbook
rental plan. The Bookstore is owned by the ASU Endowment Fund. Profits generated
by store operations help provide scholarships and financial aid for qualified students.
Reading Clinic
The University's Reading Clinic provides free diagnostic and remedial services in
reading for Appalachian students and for others in the region who want and need
assistance in becoming more proficient readers. The clinic also serves as a laboratory for
students in the teacher education programs. It is operated by the Reading Education
Department.
Office of Computer and Management
Services
The Office of Computer and Management Services currently operates a SPERRY
Series 90/80 Model 3 consisting of 4000K bytes of memory, 600 million characters of
direct access storage (disk), one printer, a card reader, a punch, 4 tape drives and a
front end processor handling 64 communication ports. The system supports numerous
teletype and video terminals utilizing various interactive time sharing systems, and pro-
gramming systems for research and instructional services. The Office also operates a
SPERRY 1100/61 with Attached Virtual Processor, 2 billion characters of direct access
storage (disk), two printers, a card reader, a punch, 6 tape drives and a front end pro-
cessor handling 64 communication ports for Administrative and Public Service users.
The center provides both administrative and academic computing support for the
University and the region. The center is operated on an attended basis from 8 a.m. to
12 midnight weekdays, and from 2 p.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday. All other
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
19
hours are on an unattended basis for student and faculty use. Consultation is available
at posted times in the Office of Computer and Management Services.
Academic users rooms are located in several buildings on campus. Room 11 of
Whitener Hall contains 16 cathrode ray tube (CRT) terminals, six keypunches, two slow
speed printers and a remote job entry station; Room 401 Sanford Hall contains 16 CRT
terminals and two slow speed printers; Room 203 Walker Hall also contains 16 CRT
terminals, two slow printers, key punches and a remote job entry station; Room
217-219 in Belk Library contains 10 CRT terminals and one slow speed printer while
Room 245 in Scott Hall contains 7 CRT terminals and a slow speed printer.
Speech and Hearing Clinic
Students and other persons in the region who may be experiencing communication dif-
ficulties of speech, voice, language, fluency, or hearing can find assistance at the
Speech and Hearing Clinic, operated by the Department of Speech Pathology and
Audiology. There is no charge to students for this service.
Admissions, Expenses,
Financial Aid
Appalachian seeks to admit students who are capable of mature, college-level work. As
a state -supported institution, the University recognizes its obligation to provide educa-
tional opportunities to those who will benefit from them. Considerations of space,
availability of housing, and other limitations, however, place some restriction on the
number of students who can be admitted to the University. For this reason, students are
requested to apply as early as possible. Freshmen are particularly urged to apply early
since all unmarried freshmen, except bona fide residents of Boone and vicinity, are re-
quired to live in residence halls.
Appalachian admits students at the beginning of the fall, spring and summer terms. Any
person who wishes to enter the University as either a freshman or transfer student
should contact the Director of Admissions, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC
28608, for full information and application forms. Persons who wish to enter the
University as either a special or visiting student should contact the Registrar's Office,
Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. All students must pay a $15.00 ap-
plication fee with the first undergraduate application and this fee is neither deductible
from the first semester's fees nor is it refundable.
Freshman Students
Applicants will be considered for admission to the freshman class upon meeting the re-
quirements specified below. Those students who have demonstrated the greatest pro-
bability of success will be given priority in the selection of the freshman class. Re-
quirements are as follows:
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
20
1. Graduation from an accredited secondary school. (If the applicant has not
graduated, an equivalency certificate is required.)
2. Presentation of a satisfactory combination of secondary school grades and
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College Testing Program (ACT)
score. Neither class rank nor test score has an absolute minimum— it is the com-
bination of factors that is pertinent.
3. Presentation of at least two units of college preparatory mathematics, defined as
either two units of algebra or one unit of algebra and one unit of geometry.
However, it is highly recommended that three units be taken (two algebra and
one geometry); and, if possible, one unit should be taken during the senior year.
Entering students with tested algebra deficiencies will be required to complete
developmental mathematics before entering a higher level course.
4. Presentation of a satisfactory health record — submitted after academic approval.
Effective Fall, 1988, the following requirements must be
met:
1. Graduation from an accredited secondary school (If the applicant has not
graduated, an equivalency certificate is required.)
2. Presentation of a satisfactory combination of secondary school class rank and
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College Testing Program (ACT)
score. Neither class rank nor test score has an absolute minimum - it is the com-
bination of factors that is pertinent.
3. Four (4) course units in college preparatory English;
4. Three (3) course units in mathematics, including geometry, algebra I, and
algebra II (Entering students with tested algebra deficiencies will be required to
complete developmental mathematics before entering a higher level course);
5. Two (2) course units in social studies, including one (1) unit in U.S. history and
one (1) unit in government and economics; and
6. Three (3) course units in science, including at least one (1) unit in a life or
biological science and at least one (1) unit in a physical science, and including at
least one (1) laboratory course.
7. Presentation of a satisfactory health record — submitted after academic approval.
In addition, it is recommended that prospective students complete at least two (2)
course units in one foreign language, and that they take one (1) foreign language
course unit and one (1) mathematics course unit in the twelfth grade.
Transfer Students
1. Students seeking to transfer from other collegiate institutions must furnish an of-
ficial transcript from each institution attended. These transcripts must indicate a
cumulative 2.0 ("C") average on all work attempted prior to entering Ap-
palachian. (The repeat rule is not used in computing the cumulative grade point
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
21
average on transfer course work.) Courses satisfactorily completed in other ac-
credited institutions are evaluated in terms of the curriculum selected at Ap-
palachian.
2. The student must attain at least a grade of "C" (2.0) in a course in order for that
course to be allowed for transfer credit at Appalachian.
3. Transfer applicants must be immediately eligible to return to the last institution at-
tended.
4. Each transfer applicant must submit a satisfactory health record after academic ap-
proval has been received by applicant.
(Because of differing admission requirements, transfer applicants who are candidates
for teacher certification degrees should refer to the admission requirements stipulated
by the College of Education. Those transfer applicants seeking degrees in business
should refer to the admission requirements for the College of Business.)
NOTE: Prospective students who have attended an accredited college but who have
earned less than 28 semester hours of transferable credit must meet both
freshman and transfer admission requirements. This means that in addition
to following procedures for freshman, they must present a transcript show-
ing an overall 2.00 average on all college work. In addition, such applicants
must be eligible to return to the institution last attended.
Special Students
(Not Applicable to Freshmen or Transfer Candidates)
1. Applicants who are mature and who may not meet admission requirements but
who have a satisfactory record of experience and education may be admitted to
courses. Special students are admitted for one term only (space permitting), and
must be re-admitted at the beginning of each subsequent term.
2. Such applicants may be required to present evidence of having earned a college
degree or evidence of the need for specific courses. Applicants who are regularly
enrolled students at other institutions may be admitted as "visiting" students pro-
vided the appropriate official at their institution authorizes their attendance at Ap-
palachian, approves the course work selected, indicates the individual is in good
standing at that institution, and otherwise approves the transfer of credits taken at
Appalachian back to that institution for degree purposes. At the end of one term's
work, visiting students must transfer to Appalachian or withdraw from the Univer-
sity.
3. Special students who desire to become candidates for a degree from Appalachian
must meet appropriate admission requirements. Course work taken at Ap-
palachian under "special student status" may not be used to satisfy the necessary
admission requirements.
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
22
Four- Year Policy
Appalachian has adopted an admissions policy directed toward adults who may or may
not meet the University's usual admission requirements. The policy states that an in-
dividual who has not been formerly enrolled in either secondary or collegiate education
for a minimum period of four years will be admitted without regard to normal academic
qualifications. The policy has two pertinent stipulations: first, in the event the applicant
did not finish secondary school he/she would be required to successfully complete the
high school equivalency examination (GED test); second, students with prior collegiate
work would receive credit toward graduation in a manner consistent with the
University's normal transfer policy. Former Appalachian students who are ineligible to
return under normal academic policy may do so under this policy if four years have
elapsed since the term of their last enrollment at a post-secondary institution. The four-
year policy will permit the student's former grade-point average to be removed thereby
allowing the student, upon returning, to begin a new grade-point average. Former ASU
students who are academically eligible to return also have the option of this policy.
Former ASU students returning to the University under the Four Year Policy must com-
plete a maximum of one year in residency (30 semester hours) beyond the date of their
readmission. The application procedure under this policy is the same as that indicated
for either a freshman or transfer.
Graduate Students
For admission and graduation requirements, see the catalog for the Cratis D. Williams
Graduate School.
Auditors
1 . Students enrolled at the University or students admitted with satisfactory records
of experience and education may enroll for specific courses as auditors.
2. Students who audit courses must register in the Registrar's Office, pay regular
fees, be regular in attendance, but will not receive grades or credit.
Advanced Placement Program /College
Level Examination Program
Appalachian participates in the Advanced Placement Program and the College Level
Examination Program of the College Entrance Examination Board. Students who have
demonstrated their achievement on specific Advanced Placement Tests or College
Level Examination Program— subject exams only— may have the results submitted to
the University for consideration with regard to placement in advanced courses and for
college credit. All students are encouraged to take these tests, and may also qualify for
advanced placement and credit by taking departmental tests in their areas of extensive
specialization. Based upon these test results, the amount and nature of the credit
granted is determined by the Committee on Academic Policies and Procedures and the
pertinent department of instruction.
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
23
Readmission
Students who have withdrawn in good standing from the University or who have been
suspended for academic deficiencies or for other reasons should submit their requests
for readmission to the dean of the college in which they are to be enrolled. Considera-
tion of requests for readmission of students who have been suspended for any reason
will be made in light of the applicant's ability, evidence of growth and maturity, good
citizenship record, credits earned at another institution, and time elapsed since leaving
Appalachian.
Foreign Student Admission
A student wishing to apply for undergraduate admission as a foreign student should first
make arrangements through the American Consulate in his/her own country to take
the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL Test) . No student can be approved
(even if he/she meets other requirements) until a satisfactory score is received.
Funds for financial assistance to foreign students are limited. Therefore, following a stu-
dent's acceptance, he/she must complete a Financial Affidavit in order to show suffi-
cient financial resources before a Form 1-20 may be issued. All foreign students must
register with the International Student Advisor upon their arrival on the campus.
Foreign students are considered out-of-state students and must pay tuition and fees bas-
ed upon out-of-state rates.
Expenses
Fees are charged by the semester and are due and payable in advance at the beginning
of each semester in accordance with payment instructions issued prior to each
semester.
The fees payable each semester, as anticipated at the time of publication of this catalog,
are listed below. With the approval of its governing bodies, the University reserves the
right to make changes in these fees when circumstances require.
Semester Tuition and Fees
Charges include tuition and fees applied to student welfare and activities, registration,
other included fees and, for undergraduate students only, textbook rental.
IN-STATE OUT-OF-STATE
Undergraduate students $385.25 $1,541.25
Graduate students 370.25 1,526.25
Semester Subsistence Charges. The basic subsistence charge for students residing on-
campus, as shown, includes room (with telephone) and standard meal option. All
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
24
students are offered an optional meal plan. Upperclass students are offered an optional
reduced meal plan.
Basic Subsistence Charge
$760.00
The application for admission must be accompanied by an application fee of $15.00
which is not deductible nor refundable.
An advance deposit of $100.00 to be applied against the student's tuition and fees must
be remitted by each applicant for admission within three weeks of the mailing by the
University of the notice of acceptance. Failure to remit within this prescribed period will
constitute withdrawal of application. If the applicant, after remitting the deposit, decides
not to attend the institution and gives notice of this decision by May 1 in the case of ap-
plication for the fall term or at least one month prior to the term in the case of applica-
tion for the spring term, the deposit shall be refunded. A room reservation deposit of
$100.00 for students entering Appalachian for the first time must accompany the ap-
plication for a room reservation. The room reservation deposit is deductible from the
room rent charge at the opening of the first semester of residence. Room reservation
deposits for the fall semester are refundable upon notification on or prior to May 1. Re-
quests for refunds of the $100 deposits should be addressed to the Director of Admis-
sions. Returning students are required to pay one-half of the fall semester's room rent
within twenty-one days of being assigned. Failure to confirm this assignment will result
in cancellation of a room. Those students assigned during spring semester have until
May 1 to request refunds. Those assigned after May 1 may request refunds prior to July
1. Failure to meet these deadlines will result in forfeiture of this payment. Current
students should request, in writing, refunds from the Director of Residence Life.
Part-Time Students.
Undergraduate
Hours
0-5
6-7
8
9-11
12 & over
In-State
$ 51.00
$103.00
$283.25
$ 334.25
$ 385.25
Out-of-State
$340.00
$681.00
$861.25
$1,201.25
$1,541.25
Hours
0-2
Graduate
3-5 6-7
8
9 & over
In-State
$ 51.00 $103.00 $ 154.00 $319.25 $ 370.25
Out-of-State $340.00 $681.00 $1,021.00 $1,186.25 $1,526.25
Part-time students, registered for no less than six hours, may participate in student ac-
tivities and use student facilities by paying the appropriate fee in the Controller's Office.
Part-time students, registered for less than six hours, may be considered on an in-
dividual basis for eligibility to purchase these services.
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
25
Field-Based Students. Students enrolling in an off-campus course conducted by the
Division of Community Services pay the following charges per semester hour:
In-State $40.00
Out-of-State $48.00
(Tuition may vary depending on the number of students enrolled.)
Residence Classification for Tuition Purposes
The basis for determining the appropriate tuition charge rests upon whether a stu-
dent is a resident or a nonresident for tuition purposes. Each student must make a state-
ment as to the length of his or her residence in North Carolina, with assessment by the
institution of that statement to be conditioned by the following.
Residence. To qualify as a resident for tuition purposes, a person must become a legal
resident and remain a legal resident for at least twelve months immediately prior to
classification. Thus, there is a distinction between legal residence and residence for tui-
tion purposes. Furthermore, twelve months legal residence means more than simple
abode in North Carolina. In particular it means maintaining a domicile (permanent
home of indefinite duration) as opposed to "maintaining a mere temporary residence or
abode incident to enrollment in an institution of higher education." The burden of
establishing facts which justify classification of a student as a resident entitled to in-state
tuition rates is on the applicant for such classification, who must show his or her entitle-
ment by the preponderance (the greater part) of the residentiary information.
Initiative. Being classified a resident for tuition purposes is contingent on the student's
seeking such status and providing all information that the institution may require in
making the determination.
Parents' Domicile. If an individual, irrespective of age, has living parent (s) or court-
appointed guardian of the person, the domicile of such parent(s) or guardian is, prima
facie, the domicile of the individual; but this prima facie evidence of the individual's
domicile may or may not be sustained by other information. Further, nondomiciliary
status of parents is not deemed prima facie evidence of the applicant child's status if the
applicant has lived (though not necessarily legally resided) in North Carolina for the five
years preceding enrollment or re-registration.
Effect of Marriage. Marriage alone does not prevent a person from becoming or conti-
nuing to be a resident for tuition purposes, nor does marriage in any circumstance in-
sure that a person will become or continue to be a resident for tuition purposes. Mar-
riage and the legal residence of one's spouse are, however, relevant information in
determining residentiary intent. Futhermore, if both a husband and his wife are legal
residents of North Carolina and if one of them has been a legal resident longer than the
other, then the longer duration may be claimed by either spouse in meeting the twelve-
month requirement for in-state tuition status.
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
26
Military Personnel. A North Carolinian who serves outside the State in the armed
forces does not lose North Carolina domicile simply by reason of such service. And
students from the military may prove retention or establishment of residence by
reference, as in other cases, to residentiary acts accompanied by residentiary intent.
Grace Period. If a person (1) has been a bona fide legal resident, (2) has consequently
been classified a resident for tuition purposes, and (3) has subsequently lost North
Carolina legal residence while enrolled at a public institution of higher education, that
person may continue to enjoy the in-state tuition rate for a grace period of twelve
months measured from the date on which North Carolina legal was lost. If the twelve
months ends during an academic term for which the person is enrolled at a State institu-
tion of higher education, the grace period extends, in addition, to the end of that term.
The fact of marriage to one who continues domiciled outside North Carolina does not
by itself cause loss of legal residence, marking the beginning of the grace period.
Minors. Minors (persons under 18 years of age) usually have the domicile of their
parents, but certain special cases are recognized by the residence classification statute in
determining residence for tuition purposes.
(a) If a minor's parents live apart, the minor's domicile is deemed to be North Carolina
for the time period(s) that either parent, as a North Carolina legal resident, may claim
and does claim the minor as a tax dependent, even if other law or judicial act assigns the
minor's domicile outside North Carolina. A minor thus deemed to be a legal resident
will not, upon achieving majority before enrolling at an institution of higher education,
lose North Carolina legal residence if that person (1) upon becoming an adult "acts, to
the extent that the person's degree of actual emancipation permits, in a manner consis-
tent with bona fide legal residence in North Carolina" and (2) "begins enrollment at an
institution of higher education not later than the fall academic term next following com-
pletion of education prerequisite to admission at such institution."
(b) If a minor has lived for five or more consecutive years with relatives (other than
parents) who are domiciled in North Carolina and if the relatives have functioned dur-
ing this time as if they were personal guardians, the minor will be deemed a resident for
tuition purposes for an enrolled term commencing immediately after at least five years
in which these circumstances have existed. If under this consideration a minor is deem-
ed to be a resident for tuition purposes immediately prior to his or her eighteenth birth-
day, that person on achieving majority will be deemed a legal resident of North Carolina
of at least 12 months duration. This provision acts to confer in-state tuition status even
in the face of other provisions of law to the contrary; however, a person deemed a resi-
dent of 12 months duration pursuant to this provision continues to be a legal resident of
the State only so long as he or she does not abandon North Carolina domicile.
Lost but Regained Domicile. If a student ceases enrollment at or graduates from an in-
stitution of higher education while classified a resident for tuition purposes and then
both abandons and reacquires North Carolina domicile within a 12-month period, that
person, if he or she continues to maintain the reacquired domicile into re-enrollment at
an institution of higher education, may re-enroll at the in-state tuition rate without hav-
ing to meet the usual 12-month durational requirement. However, any one person may
receive the benefit of this provision only once.
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
27
Change of Status. A student admitted to initial enrollment in an institution (or permit-
ted to re-enroll following an absence from the institutional program which involved a
formal withdrawal from enrollment) must be classified by the admitting instutition either
as a resident or as a nonresident for tuition purposes prior to actual enrollment. A
residence status classification once assigned (and finalized pursuant to any appeal prop-
erly taken) may be changed thereafter (with corresponding change in billing rates) only
at intervals corresponding with the established primary divisions of the academic year.
Transfer Students. When a student transfers from one North Carolina public institution
of higher education to another, he or she is treated as a new student by the institution to
which he or she is transferring and must be assigned an initial residence status classifica-
tion for tuition purposes.
University regulations concerning the classification of students by residence, for pur-
poses of applicable tuition differentials, are set forth in detail in A Manual To Assist The
Public Higher Education Institutions of North Carolina in the Matter of Student
Residence Classification for Tuition Purposes. Each enrolled student is responsible for
knowing the contents of this Manual, which is the controlling administrative statement
of policy on the subject. Copies of the Manual are available for review on request at the
reference desk in Belk Library.
Student Welfare and Activities
Student fees support such services and activities as health care, student government,
concerts and lectures, popular programs, forensics, dramatics, intramurals, student
publications, attendance at all athletic events on campus, and transcript fees.
Rental of Textbooks
Undergraduate student fees include textbook rental entitling students to receive all
hardback textbooks used in each course for which they register. Notebooks,
workbooks, manuals, paperbacks, and the like are not included. These and other sup-
plementary materials will be purchased by the student. At the end of each semester text-
books that are not needed further must be returned. A student who desires to buy the
textbooks may purchase them at a reduced price. Graduate students purchase their tex-
tbooks. All textbooks are purchased in summer school.
Other Fees
Late payment of tuition and fees $20.00
Administrative withdrawal charge 20.00
Music: Applied Music courses 18.00 per credit hour
(The maximum music fee per student is $36.00 per semester)
Physical Education activity
Bowling per course 8.00
Skiing, ice skating and, from time to time, other class offerings use privately
owned off -campus facilities. A charge is made by these facilities.
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
28
Student teaching and internships per semester hour 3.00
Orientation fee 20.00
Late Orientation Tests (each) 5.00
Returned check charge (each check) 10.00
Examinations:
The Counseling and Psychological Services Center administers the National
Teacher Examinations, Miller Analogies Test, Graduate Record Examination,
Graduate Management Admission Test, Law School Admission Test, and other
examinations charging fees, when applicable, in accordance with the schedule of
fees maintained in the Center.
Special Note
Before taking final examinations at the close of each semester, a student is expected to
settle all accounts. A student may not register for a new semester until all charges have
been settled and until all textbooks are returned to the University Bookstore. A student
cannot receive a degree, certificate, or transcript of credits if any account or loan is
delinquent.
Refund of Tuition and Fees
It is University policy that, except in the case of formal withdrawal from the University,
specific fees are not refundable. Miscellaneous fees and service charges are not refun-
dable under any circumstances.
If a student formally withdraws from the University, refund will be made in accordance
with the following schedule:
Before close of the registration period:
60 percent of tuition, fees, and room rent.
Within two weeks after close of registration period:
40 percent of tuition, fees, and room rent.
Within four weeks after close of registration period:
20 percent of tuition, fees, and room rent.
Withdrawal at any time will entitle the student to a refund for unused mealbooks, if ap-
plicable.
Refund calculation will be based upon the date of official withdrawal from the Universi-
ty-
Students who have prepaid tuition and fees but who have not completed registration for
classes will be due a full refund if they have been determined to be academically ineligi-
ble to complete registration . Students not completing registration for other reasons will
be due a full refund less any advance deposits made toward tuition, fees, and housing.
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
29
Students who are suspended for disciplinary reasons or who do not formally withdraw
are not eligible for a refund of tuition and fees. Students evicted from University
residence facilities or who do not officially withdraw will not be eligible for a refund of
unused portion of room and board.
If full-time students reduce their academic loads to part-time before close of the registra-
tion period or if part-time students reduce their academic loads before close of the
registration period, 60 percent of the difference between charges for the original and
revised academic loads will be refunded upon application.
Student Financial Aid
To apply for both academic scholarship and other financial aid administered by the
University, an applicant must file an ASU Financial Aid Application and a need analysis
form. A student wishing to be considered only for an academic award would need to
submit only the ASU form. To ensure full consideration, a student must have these
forms on file in the Financial Aid Office by March 15th. The need analysis should be fil-
ed by February 15th in order that ASU may receive the results by the required date.
Late applications will be evaluated if there are available funds. The ASU form will be
mailed to those students who request this application on their admissions form or who
request the form from the ASU Financial Aid Office. The need analysis form is available
from any high school guidance office.
In addition to academic scholarships, the University has grants, loans, and work oppor-
tunities for which a student may apply. Most of these programs are briefly described on
the next two pages.
All undergraduate students applying for any of the need-based financial aid programs
must file for the Pell Grant. This is accomplished by checking "yes" to this item on the
need analysis form.
Information to Veterans
The University is approved for training of veterans under the US Veterans' Administra-
tion regular GI Bill (Chapter 34, Title 38 US Code), VA Vocational Rehabilitation for
disabled veterans (Chapter 31) and schooling for the children, wives and widows of
deceased or disabled veterans (Chapter 35), and Post-Vietnam Assistance Program
(Chapter 32).
Also, the children of disabled or deceased veterans may receive payment of tuition,
room, meals and other university fees under a scholarship administered by the North
Carolina Veteran's Commission.
Persons who want to receive VA educational benefits under chapters 34, 31, or 35
should process application forms at least 45 days prior to enrollment in order to receive
sufficient benefits before registration to defray tuition and fees. After enrollment, VA
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
30
benefits come on a monthly basis. Forms and information are available at the ASU
Financial Aid Office, ASU, Boone, NC 28608.
Children of disabled or deceased veterans may inquire about the North Carolina
scholarships by writing the NC Division of Veterans' Affairs, Raleigh, NC.
Student Employment Programs
Student employment programs are maintained to help students pay university ex-
penses while attending classes full time. Students participating in the programs are
employed in administrative offices, in colleges and academic departments, and in ser-
vice facilities such as the bookstore, the library, and the food service areas.
The student employment programs consist of the Student Temporary Work Program
and the College Work-Study Program (Title I, EOA). A student returning to school for
the summer session only is not eligible to work under this program.
Information on off-campus jobs is maintained on a bulletin board on the second floor of
the Student Union and on a bulletin board at the Student Financial Aid Office. A Job
Location and Development Service is operated in the Office of Career Planning and
Placement. This program assists enrolled students in finding off-campus, part-time jobs.
Generally, students may work up to 15 hours per week in university-operated work
programs. Work schedules will be arranged by the student and work supervisor with the
understanding that class schedules have first priority.
Student Loan Programs
Detailed information concerning student loan programs may be obtained from high
school counselors or from the Director of Student Financial Aid. Available loan pro-
grams are as follows:
• The College Foundation, Inc.
• The National Direct Student Loan Program
• The NC Prospective Teacher Scholarship Loan Fund
• Guaranteed Loan Program (for out-of-state students)
University Student Loan Fund
Appalachian has been given funds over the years to use as educational loans for
students. When students borrow money from one of the funds, they sign a promissory
note and make arrangements for repayment satisfactory to the Controller's Office.
These funds are available for emergency situations and carry a short repayment period.
Grants in Aid and Special Talent Awards
In recognition of students with special talents, the University provides grants in fields of
activity such as dramatics, art, forensics, industrial arts, music, and athletics. In addi-
Admissions, Expenses and Financial Aid
31
tion, many departments have their own scholarship funds for which students should in-
quire by writing to the Department Chairperson. Athletes should write to the coach of a
specific sport.
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grants
This program is part of the Higher Education Act of 1965, with the purpose being to
assist in making available the benefits of higher education to qualified high school
graduates who can demonstrate financial need. Students who qualify may be eligible
for a grant of up to $2,000 per year for a period of four academic years. The recipient
must maintain satisfactory progress in his/her course of study and be a full-time student
during the academic year. The student must also apply each year for this grant.
Pell Grant
All undergraduate students who have not received their first baccalaureate degree are
eligible to apply for this program. Appalachian will not consider a student for any other
federal aid until he/she has applied for this grant. This year, students may apply for the
Pell Grant on either of the need analysis forms by following the directions on the form,
or may use the Application for Federal Student Aid.
Minority Presence Grants
Under the Board of Governors general Minority Presence Grant Program, black
students may be eligible for special financial assistance if they are residents of North
Carolina, enrolled for at least three hours of degree-credit coursework, and
demonstrate financial need.
North Carolina Student Incentive Grant
All North Carolina undergraduate students should have a copy of their need analysis
sent to the NCSIG Program in addition to the university they plan to attend. By doing
so, they will be considered for this grant program which requires "substantial financial
need."
Scholarships
Appalachian offers a variety of general and departmental scholarships to both graduate
and undergraduate students. For further information about available scholarships, con-
tact the Director of Student Financial Aid, ASU, Boone, NC 28608, or call (704)
262-2190. Graduate students should contact the Graduate School Office, ASU,
Boone, NC, 28608 or call (704) 262-2130 for scholarship information.
University Honors Scholarships
(Available only to incoming freshmen). University Honors annually offers 25
academic scholarships: 10 at $2,000 and 15 at $1,000. These are renewable to reci-
The Instructional Program
32
pients for four consecutive academic years provided that they maintain a 3.40 grade
point average. During the freshman year, scholarship holders are required to be enroll-
ed in at least one Honors course each semester. Thereafter, they are expected and
strongly urged to enroll in Honors unless there are compelling and acceptable reasons
for not doing so. Students may choose which area to enter (English, History,
Economics, or General Honors) and may change from semester to semester if they so
desire.
Scholarships are awarded on the basis of evidence of high academic achievement and
potential, ability to think and express oneself creatively, and capacity for leadership. A
Faculty Honors Committee interviews and selects candidates. Announcements of most
awards are made on or before March 1. Direct inquiries and your request for an applica-
tion form to Coordinator, University Honors Programs, Appalachian State University,
Boone, North Carolina 28608. Applications close January 15.
The Instructional Program
The instructional program at Appalachian State University is diversified, attempting to
meet the needs of many types of students. In addition to the course offerings listed
under each instructional department, students may elect to do independent study
under the direction of selected faculty members, to participate in an internship, or to
participate in the University honors program. Detailed information on each of these op-
tions is given in appropriate sections of this catalog.
A new catalog is issued annually; and, while course offerings are fairly continuous from
year to year, the faculty reserves the right to make changes in both curricula and regula-
tions. The information in any given catalog is, therefore, usually valid only for the year
of its issue, and is superseded by subsequent issues. Any interested person should con-
sult the most recent issue of the University catalog for current information about the in-
structional program.
Any changes in either curricula or regulations do not, however, affect a student already
enrolled in a degree program. Subject to the qualifications given in the immediately
preceding paragraph, all students may, and usually do, elect to graduate in accordance
with the academic regulations in force during the time of their first registration at Ap-
palachian, provided that they graduate within six years of date of entry. All students
may, however, elect to graduate under any catalog issued after entry into the University
and prior to graduation provided they were enrolled in the University during the time
when the catalog was in effect. Students electing to graduate under a new catalog must
meet all requirements of the catalog under which they wish to graduate subject, again,
to all qualifications given in the immediately preceding paragraph. Students who do not
declare a major at the time of their entrance may graduate under the requirements of
the catalog in force at the time of their entrance, if they finish within six years of their first
enrollment. In order to change the catalog under which they intend to graduate,
students notify the office of the dean of the college in which they are enrolled.
The Instructional Program
33
The Board of Governors of The University of North Carolina is the governing body of
Appalachian State University. The powers of the chancellor and the faculty are
delegated by the board.
Registration at Appalachian indicates the student's willingness to accept both published
academic regulations and rules found in official announcements of the University. In the
interest of all its students, Appalachian reserves the right to decline admission, to sus-
pend, or to require the withdrawal of a student when such action is, by due process,
deemed in the interest of the University.
Academic Policies and Regulations
Policies and Procedures Concerning the
Release of Student Information
I . Purpose and Scope of the Statement
A. Purpose — This statement establishes updated guidelines for the University on
the matter of confidentiality of student records. It has been developed in the
light of legislation concerning access to and release of information maintained
in student records in institutions of higher learning. (The Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.) Any questions on these policies should be
referred to the University Registrar.
B. Scope— These policies cover all records maintained at the University. This
means that they will apply to any student— current or former— who actually
completed registration at one time.
I I . University Policy Regarding Confidentiality of Student Information.
A. In response to inquiries from the general public, such as prospective
employers, credit investigators, etc., only the following directory information is
released without the student's permission:
"the student's name, address, telephone listing, date and place of birth, major
field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight
and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and
awards received, class schedule, and previous educational agency orinstitution
attended by the student".
Any student who wants to make a specific request that directory information
not be released should contact the Office of the Vice-Chancellor for Student
Affairs on registration day of each semester.
B. Transcripts are released only upon the written request of the student.
Transcripts will not be released if the student is financially indebted to the
University.
C. A student has the right to inspect the contents of his/her educational records
with the exception of documents submitted to the University in confidence
prior to January 1, 1975. Transcripts in the folder from other institutions are
The Instructional Program
34
property of ASU and will not be returned to the student or sent elsewhere at
his/her request.
D. Grade reports will be mailed directly to the student at his/her home address. If
parents or guardians request academic or personal information other than that
specified in statement IIA, the request may not be honored without the
student's written permission unless the parent can present evidence of the stu-
dent's being dependent upon the parent for support as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code.
Degree Requirements
Students should refer to the requirements of their respective colleges for information
about their courses of study and confer with their advisors whenever problems arise.
Students should pursue required courses in the suggested sequence. Failure to do so
may lead to scheduling difficulties and students may find that the subjects for which they
wish to enroll are either not available or closed to students with advanced standing.
Courses of Instruction
Courses are listed in numerical order in each department listing. Courses numbered
0001-0999 are remedial; 1000-1999 are usually offered for freshmen; 2000-2999 are
usually offered for sophomores; 3000-3999 are usually offered for juniors; 4000-4999
are usually offered for seniors; 4500-4999 are usually offered for seniors and
graduates; and 5000 and above are for graduate students. This does not preclude the
possibility of students taking courses above the level of their classification, provided they
meet the necessary prerequisite requirements and any special requirements of the
degree granting college (see also Item 7 under Credit Limitations). Courses open to
lower classes are also open to upper classes.
The figure in parentheses after the course title tells the credit in semester hours; for ex-
ample, the figure (3) means three semester hours.
Semesters of the year in which the course is offered are represented by symbols: "F" for
fall semester, "S" for spring semester and "SS" for summer session.
A hyphen in the course number, credit, and semesters of the year in which the course is
offered indicates that the course extends through more than one semester and that the
preceding semester must be completed before the following semester can be taken.
The comma in the course number, credit, and semesters indicates that the course is
continuous but that one semester may be taken independently of another.
The semicolon in the semesters offered indicates that the course is a one semester
course and is repeated in a subsequent semester. If the course is a two semester se-
quence, the semicolon in the semester offered indicates that all courses listed are nor-
mally taught in the semesters indicated. Special requirements for admission to a course
are stated after the word prerequisite .
The Instructional Program
35
In stating departmental prerequisites, the following list of standard abbreviations will be
used:
Accounting
ACC
Geology
GLY
Administration, Supervision
German
GER
and Higher Education
AH
Health Education
HED
Anthropology
ANT
History
HIS
Appalachian Studies
AS
Home Economics
HEC
Art
ART
Industrial Education
Biology
BIO
and Technology
IET
Business Education and
Latin
LAT
Office Administration
BE
Library & Media Studies
LM
Chemistry
CHE
Management
MGT
Communication Arts
CMA
Marketing
MKT
Community Planning/
Mathematics
MAT
Geography
PLN/GHY
Military Science
MS
Computer Science
CS
Music
MUS
Counselor Education and
Philosophy and Religion
P&R
Research
CR
Physical Education
PE
Criminal Justice
CJ
Physical Science
PHS
Driver and Traffic Safety
Physics and Astronomy
PHY
Education
TSE
Political Science
PS
Economics
ECO
Psychology
PSY
Elementary Education
EE
Reading Education
RE
English
ENG
Recreation
REC
Finance, Insurance
Secondary Education
SE
Real Estate
FIR
Sociology
SOC
Foreign Languages
FL
Special Education
SPE
French
FRE
Spanish
SNH
General Honors
GH
Speech Pathology and
General Science
GS
Audiology
SPA
Statistics
STT
University Studies
US
The administration reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insuffi-
cient enrollment.
Standards of Scholarship
In all work for a degree, scholarly performance is expected. The student is expected to
demonstrate academic competence, intellectual honesty and responsibility, a will-
ingness to do more than the minimum required, and the ability to think critically and
constructively.
State statutes concerning standards of scholarship are as follows:
14-118.2. Assisting, etc., in obtaining academic credit by fraudulent means,
(a) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, corporation or association to assist any
student, or advertise, offer or attempt to assist any student, in obtaining or in attempting
The Instructional Program
36
to obtain, by fraudulent means, any academic credit, or any diploma, certificate or
other instrument purporting to confer any literary, scientific, professional, technical or
other degree in any course of study in any university, college, academy or other educa-
tional institution. The activity prohibited by this subsection includes, but is not limited to,
preparing or advertising, offering, or attempting to prepare a term paper, thesis, or
dissertation for another and impersonating or advertising, offering or attempting to im-
personate another in taking or attempting to take an examination.
(b) Any person, firm, corporation or association violating any of the provisions of
this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not to exceed five
hundred dollars ($500.00), imprisonment for not more than six months, or both. Pro-
vided, however, the provisions of this section shall not apply to the acts of one student
in assisting another student as herein defined if the former is duly registered in an
educational institution and is subject to the disciplinary authority thereof. (1963, c.781;,
1969, c. 1224, s.7.)
Credits
Appalachian operates on the semester system with the year divided into two semesters
and a summer session, which is divided into terms of varying lengths. The unit of credit
is the semester hour, and the number of semester hours credit for each course offered
by the University is given in the sections of this catalog where courses of instruction are
listed.
Registration
The majority of students entering the University do so at established semester periods.
To provide for the orderly processing of these registrations, specific times have been set
by the Registrar's Office as the "beginning" and "ending" of the registration period.
Students are expected to register at the time specified by the Registrar's Office. Registra-
tion schedules are announced and registration materials are available in the Registrar's
Office. A fee is charged for late registration. The late fee for registration will also be
assessed on accounts where a check, used to pay registration charges, is returned due
to "insufficient funds" or other reasons.
The University recognizes that there are those who are unable to register at established
semester periods. Appalachian State University provides for each student to register at
any time during the semester and commence coursework, which is taken primarily on
an independent or individual study basis. (For an explanation of independent study and
individual study, refer to those sections in the index) . For complete details regarding this
registration procedure, contact the Registrar's Office. No late fee is attached to such
special registration.
Grades and Grade Points
At the end of each grading period grades are given in each course by letters which in-
dicate the quality of work done by the student.
The Instructional Program
37
A Excellent, 4 grade points per semester hour.
A- Excellent, 3.7 grade points per semester hour.
B+ Above Average, 3.3 grade points per semester hour.
B Above Average, 3 grade points per semester hour.
B- Above Average, 2.7 grade points per semester hour.
C+ Average, 2.3 grade points per semester hour.
C Average, 2 grade points per semester hour.
C- Average, 1.7 grade points per semester hour.
D+ Below Average but Passing, 1.3 grade points per semester hour.
D Below Average but Passing, 1 grade point per semester hour.
D- Below Average but Passing, .7 grade point per semester hour.
F Failure, 0 grade points.
P Pass, 0 grade points (used only for courses taken on Pass-Fail basis).
F* Failure, 0 grade points ('indicates only that the course was taken on the Pass-
Fail basis; this grade is equivalent to the F above).
I Incomplete, because of sickness or some other unavoidable cause. An I
becomes an F if not removed within the time designated by the instructor, not
to exceed a year, except that all incompletes must be removed at the time of
graduation. An incomplete should not be given merely because assignments
were not completed during a semester.
W Withdrawal, either from a course or from the University.
WF Withdrew Failing, course dropped with failing grades more than five weeks
after registration closes.
@F Administrative F
Y Auditing.
S Satisfactory, 0 grade points (used for student teaching, screening proficiencies,
and specially designated courses in the curriculum).
U Unsatisfactory, 0 grade points (used to indicate unsatisfactory performance in
student teaching, screening proficiencies, and specially designated courses in
the curriculum).
WU Withdrew unsatisfactory.
All official drops and withdrawals are recorded on change cards, which, when com-
pleted and approved, must be filed in the Registrar's Office.
Pass-Fail Grading System
Any undergraduate student who is 1) full-time (registered for 12 or more hours), 2) has
attained at least sophomore standing (earned at least 28 hours) , and 3) has a minimum
grade point average of 1.75 may elect to take one course each semester under the
Pass-Fail grading system, not to exceed a maximum of six (6) Pass-Fail courses
while enrolled at the University. Any undergraduate course may be chosen under this
option, except those courses used to comprise the total hour requirements of the
student's major and minor. It is the responsibility of the student to make sure that
he/she does not violate this limitation. Graduate students may not elect the Pass-Fail
option. If a course taken under the A-B-C-D-F grading system is repeated, it must be
repeated under the A-B-C-D-F system.
The Instructional Program
38
A student who elects the Pass-Fail option at the beginning of a term will be allowed to
drop the option sometime after mid-term examinations and be given the end-of-course
letter grade earned. There will be a time period specified by the Registrar for dropping
the Pass-Fail option, and this time period will be announced in the Schedule of Classes
each term. However, once the Pass-Fail system is elected for a given course, a change
to another course may not be made.
A grade of "P" means that the student's grade was equal to a "D" or above on a con-
ventional grading scale. The hours earned will count toward graduation but the grade
will not be computed in his/her grade-point average. A grade of "F" means that the stu-
dent failed the course. No credit is earned, but the grade of "F" is computed in the stu-
dent's grade-point average as an "F".
Students should also be aware of the disadvantages which could result from using the
Pass-Fail option (i.e. , many graduate schools will not accept transcripts containing a "P"
or "F" notation on a given course).
In order to choose the Pass-Fail option in a course, the student will get a special Pass-
Fail form from the Registrar's Office. It must be completed and turned in to the
Registrar's Office prior to the close of the period during which a course may be added.
Grade-Point Average and Repeat Rule
The GPA is a general measure of the quality of a student's work. Unless a course is
repeated, the GPA is determined by dividing the total number of grade points earned by
the total number of semester hours attempted at ASU. Students may elect to repeat a
course for credit in order to improve their record. The course may not be repeated for
credit, however, if the content of the course has changed substantially, or if the number
of semester hours credit for the course has been reduced. Determination of substantial
change in the content of a course is made by the chairperson of the department in
which the course is offered. When a course is repeated for credit, only the grade points
and the semester hours earned the last time the course is taken will be used in com-
puting the GPA. The student's record, though, will show all courses taken.
Prior to the spring quarter of the 1969-70 academic year, grade-point averages were
computed in a different way. Students who were in school prior to that quarter have the
choice of remaining under the regulations in effect at that time or choosing to have their
grade-point averages computed as outlined in the previous paragraph. Those who
choose to have their grade-point averages computed as outlined in the previous
paragraph may not elect to go back to the other method for grade-point computation.
Associated with this change in the method of grade-point computation were certain
changes in retention requirements. The student who elects to change the method of
grade-point computation must also accept the associated retention standards. Only
work taken at Appalachian is used in computing grade-point averages.
Academic Load
An undergraduate student usually takes from 15 to 17 hours a semester. In special
situations, an undergraduate student may take more than 17 hours a semester. To do
The Instructional Program
39
this students must have prior approval of the dean of the college in which they are
enrolled. Registration for less than 12 hours places the student on part-time status. For
full-time resident credit, students must be registered for a minimum of nine semester
hours.
An undergraduate student must take 12 semester hours during a regular semester (and
if in summer school, six semester hours each four week term) in order to be a full-time
student.
The maximum course load for graduate students during the regular academic year is 15
hours per semester for students without assistantships, and 9-12 hours for those holding
assistantships. For the summer session the course load is six semester hours for a four-
week term, nine for a six-week term, and two for a two-week term. Graduate degree
candidates may not earn more than 12 hours for the entire summer.
For full-time resident credit, students must be registered for a minimum of nine semester
hours.
Residence
Students must complete at least 30 semester hours at Appalachian, including eight
hours in their major and four hours in their minor, and make at least a 2.00 average
overall and in the major or area of specialization on work taken at Appalachian. The
senior year (two semesters) must be spent in residence at the University. Requirements
for a bachelor's degree must be completed within 11 semesters of residence or the
equivalent.
Credit Limitations
1. A maximum of 20 semester hours of field based and/or correspondence work
from recognized institutions may be credited toward meeting the requirements for
graduation. Some correspondence courses are offered by the University. Before
registering at another accredited institution for a correspondence course to be
transferred to Appalachian, students must have the written permission of the dean
of their college and the chairperson of the department in which the course is
listed. In order to obtain this permission, the student must first secure the proper
form from the Registrar's Office to be signed by the dean involved. The combined
load of residence courses and correspondence courses may not exceed the max-
imum load allowed.
2. Except for physical education majors, not more than six hours in physical educa-
tion activity courses may be included within the 122 semester hours required for
graduation.
3. A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree may count not more than a total of 40
hours above general education requirements in any one discipline.
The Instructional Program
40
4. Validation of credits earned more than 10 years prior to the date of graduation
may be required if and when they are submitted to fulfill degree requirements.
5. All baccalaureate degrees granted by Appalachian require the completion of a
minimum of 60 semester hours at a senior college or university. (The six
semester hours credit in military science awarded to those who have satisfactorily
completed at least four months of military service is not applicable toward meeting
this requirement.)
6. Students registered at Appalachian may take work at other accredited institutions
to be transferred to Appalachian. Before registering for such courses, students
must have the written permission of the dean of their college. In order to obtain
this permission students must first secure the proper form from the Registrar's Of-
fice to be signed by their dean.
7. Seniors with a grade point average of 3.00 or above may, with written permission
from the course instructor, chairperson of the department offering the course, and
the Graduate Dean, be permitted to take one or more graduate courses for
undergraduate credit. Credit earned in this manner will be used to meet bac-
calaureate degree requirements and may not be applied toward a graduate
degree.
Seniors with a grade point average of 3.00 or above desiring to enroll in graduate
level courses for graduate credit to be applied to a graduate degree may do so
provided they have: (1) made application for admission to the Graduate School;
(2) made application to take the GRE or GMAT; and (3) obtained written permis-
sion from the course instructor, chairperson of the department offering the
course, and the Graduate Dean.
8. A graduate who holds one bachelor's degree may earn a second bachelor's
degree by taking additional work of at least 30 semester hours and by completing
all requirements for the degree.
Absences From Class
General Attendance Policy
It is the policy of Appalachian State University that class attendance is considered to be
an important part of a student's educational experience. Students are expected to at-
tend every meeting of their classes, and are responsible for class attendance. No matter
what bases exist for absence, students are held accountable for academic activities, and
faculty may require special work or tests to make up for the missed class or classes.
Faculty, at their discretion, may include class attendance as a criterion in determining a
student's final grade in the course. On the first day of class faculty must inform students
in writing of their class attendance policy and the effect of that policy on their final
grade. If class attendance is to affect a student's final grade, then this statement must be
a part of the course syllabus distributed to each student.
The Instructional Program
41
Attendance Policy Relating to Participation in University Sponsored Activities
As an integral part of the academic program at Appalachian State University, the
university sponsors and otherwise supports co-curricular programs, athletic programs,
and other out-of -class activities such as field trips. Student participation in such activities
occasionally necessitates that a student may miss one or more meetings of his or her
classes.
A student who expects to miss one or more class meetings because of participation in a
university sponsored activity has several responsibilities: The student (in person) will
notify the instructor in advance of any absence; the student is expected to complete all
work missed by making up the work in advance or by completing any compensatory
assignment which may be assigned by the instructor; the student is expected to maintain
satisfactory progress in the course; and the student (otherwise) is expected to maintain
satisfactory attendance in the class if so required. In the event that a student anticipates
that participation in a university sponsored activity will require missing more than 10%
of the class meetings, the student is required to discuss this matter with his or her in-
structor at the beginning of the semester and may be advised to drop the course or to
transfer to another section .
If the above responsibilities are met, it is expected that the instructor will excuse the
absence and permit the student to make up missed work in whatever manner the in-
structor deems appropriate.
Change of Course
Students may add courses or change sections until the close of registration. To add a
course, students must complete a drop-add form after it has been determined that the
course is open. This is accomplished at the Registrar's Office. Students are given a
duplicate copy of the drop-add form. This copy verifies enrollment in the class and must
be presented at the Registrar's Office in case they later wish to drop the class.
There will be a five-week free drop period from the beginning of classes. The cut-off
date for the free drop period will be announced by the Registrar in the Schedule of
Classes Bulletin each semester. After this date no drops will be allowed except for ex-
ceptional circumstances and with the signatures of the instructor, chairperson,
and the approval of the dean of the college in which the course is offered.
Any drops approved for exceptional circumstances will not be used in computing the
grade point average and will not be recorded on the permanent record.
Prior to the close of registration a course may be dropped by completing a drop form at
the Registrar's Office. If the course and section being dropped are not printed on the
student schedule card, the student must present the duplicate copy of the drop-add
form showing original registration for the course.
After the close of registration, but before the end of the five-week free days period, a
course may be dropped or changed from credit to audit with no academic penalty. To
The Instructional Program
42
accomplish this, the student must contact the Registrar's Office, in person, and com-
plete the necessary forms.
Courses not officially dropped by the student at the Registrar's Office are recorded as F,
and the hours are counted in computing the grade-point average.
Withdrawal from the University
A student who wishes to withdraw from the University for any reason must make ar-
rangements with the Dean of Students prior to withdrawal. Graduate students must
contact the Dean of the Graduate School.
Students who withdraw because of illness or extreme emergency will receive grades of
W. Students who withdraw for reasons other than illness or extreme emergency after
the five-week free drop period will receive a grade of F in each course taken.
Students who withdraw unofficially will receive grades of F.
Course Examinations
All scheduled examination periods will be met at the assigned time. A final examination
period is provided during the final week of each semester. After the schedule for ex-
aminations has been made, an instructor may NOT change the date or time of an ex-
amination without permission of the department chairperson and dean. Instructors
determine how they will use the assigned period, but all scheduled examination periods
will be met at the assigned time. A student may take an examination outside of the
scheduled time only by permission of the instructor of the course. Permission is granted
only in case of emergency.
A student who is absent from a final examination because of an emergency takes the
make-up examination at the convenience of the instructor.
Grade Reports
Final semester grades are reported to the Registrar's Office not later than noon of the
day following the last day of the semester. All instructors post the grades of their
students. At the end of each semester, a grade report is sent to each student.
Classification
At the end of each semester students are classified on the basis of semester hours. All
students who are admitted as regular first-year students or who have completed less
than 28 semester hours are classified as freshmen.
Students who have completed at least 28 semester hours are classified as sophomores.
The Instructional Program
43
Students who have completed at least 60 semester hours are classified as juniors.
Students who have completed 90 semester hours are classified as seniors.
Academic Suspension
To continue at Appalachian a student must have the following grade-point average at
the beginning of the semesters indicated:
G.P.A
Semester 2
1.00
Semester 3
1.50
Semester 4
1.75
Semester 5
1.90
Semesters 6,
7,
8
2.00
Students who do not meet the above eligibility requirements will be placed on academic
probation for the next semester. The dean of each college may attach certain re-
quirements before a student is approved for probation. Requirements may include
special advising sessions, limitation on hours, repeating courses, developmental
courses, etc. However, students classified as freshmen and sophomores may use
academic probation no more than twice. Students classified as juniors and seniors
may use academic probation only once provided they have not previously used the
maximum number at the lower division level. In no case will students classified as
juniors and seniors be allowed more than one term of probation. Transfer students
will follow these same guidelines. Transfer students who enter ASU at the upper divi-
sion level are eligible for only one term of probation. After the academic probation
term(s) have been exhausted the students only recourse for readmission is to restore
eligibility in the summer school at ASU. The summer session will not count as a
semester in residence for the purpose of computing eligibility for continued enrollment
or readmission. Grade-point averages may not be raised by correspondence or credit
from another school. Requests for readmission following suspension for academic
reasons should be sent to the dean of the college involved. Approval of requests is not
automatic and will depend not only on academic records but also on evidence of
growth and maturity.
Field-Based Option
In fulfilling its obligation as a regional university, Appalachian State University provides
an opportunity for persons seeking a degree to pursue the degree in field-based pro-
grams established by special arrangement. Designed primarily for other than full-time
students, the field-based degree program provides the opportunity for such persons to
extend or update their academic credentials with only short, conveniently scheduled,
on-campus experiences. The bulk of the program is delivered close to the community
that has requested and arranged for the field-based option. For details regarding these
degree programs, contact the chairperson of the department in which the degree pro-
gram is offered.
The Instructional Program
44
Independent Study
Independent study is the term applied to the study of a subject not listed in the regular
curricular offerings. Under the independent study program a student designs a project
and then individually pursues the study under the auspices of an instructional staff
member who serves as a consultant for the student during the course of the study. The
vehicles for this are course numbers 2500, 3500, 5500, and 6500 depending on the
level of the student. For information on independent study, students should consult
the dean of their college or the chairperson of the department in which the in-
dependent study is to be done.
Anyone seeking to pursue independent study must be a candidate for a degree at Ap-
palachian or must be working for credit for the renewal of a teaching certificate.
Individual Study
Individual study is the pursuit of a regularly listed course by a student without attending
classes on a regular basis. The student who wishes to pursue a course by individual
study will secure the permission of the chairperson of the department in which the
course is offered.
Anyone seeking to pursue individual study must be a candidate for a degree at Ap-
palachian or must be working for credit for the renewal of a teaching certificate.
Instructional Assistance Program
The instructional assistance program is designed for students interested in participating
in, for academic credit, supervised experiences in the instructional process on the
university level through direct participation in classroom situations. Students with junior
or senior standing are eligible to participate in this program. For further information
the student should contact the chairperson of the department in which he/she
wishes to engage in instructional assistance.
International Studies
In support of its institutional goals of providing a well-rounded education, and realizing
that the students of the University must be prepared for citizenship in an interdependent
world, ASU offers various programs of international studies. Such programs include the
International Economics and Business option (see description listed in the Departments
of Economics and Foreign Languages) and the Latin American Studies minor (see
listing under Interdisciplinary Minors). The University also sponsors various study
abroad programs (announced by the departments involved in the fall of each year) as
well as international events on campus.
The Instructional Program
45
The Office of International Studies coordinates international programs and provides
services to students and faculty interested in study, research, teaching, or employment
abroad. The resource center maintained by the office contains information about
educational systems and opportunities in other nations as well as material on scholar-
ships for both students and faculty. The Office of International Studies also sponsors
and coordinates various exchange programs for ASU students and faculty.
Credit by Examination
Not all courses are amenable to credit by examination, but many are. Students who
wish to challenge a regularly listed course should consult with the instructor responsible
for teaching the course and with the department chairperson. If arrangements can be
made, a fee of $20.00 is charged for such examinations and a receipt from the
Cashier's Office must be shown to the department chairperson before final approval can
be given. If the examination is passed, credit without grade will be noted on the
student's transcript. If the examination is not passed, no notation is made on the
transcript. In the case of freshmen who take advanced placement examinations during
the freshman orientation period, the fee is waived. Credit by examination may not be
used to repeat a course.
Anyone seeking to pursue credit by examination must be a candidate for a degree at
Appalachian or must be working for credit for the renewal of a teaching certificate.
Veterans' Academic Credit
ASU grants eight semester hours of academic credit to most veterans including six
semester hours in Military Science (ROTC) and two hours in physical education. The
University may grant specific course credit for completion of certain types of military
schools and for some USAFI and CLEP work. Information on veterans' academic credit
is available at the Financial Aid Office.
Honors
To encourage scholarship, the University officially recognizes students who distinguish
themselves in academic pursuits. Honors Day is observed for all students qualifying for
scholastic honors, and each honor student is awarded a certificate.
Alpha Chi, a national scholastic fraternity, is open to not more than the top ten percent
of the junior and senior classes who have a grade-point average of not less than 3.50.
Phi Kappa Phi, a national scholastic fraternity, honors outstanding scholarship among
graduating seniors in each of the colleges who have attained at least a 3.70 grade point
average. Occasionally, Phi Kappa Phi taps several outstanding junior scholars for
membership.
The Instructional Program
46
Dean's List
Any semester a student who carries at least 12 hours of work on which grade points
may be computed and who attains a grade-point average of 3.25 or better is placed on
the Dean's List of honor students for that semester.
Honor Teaching
A student who shows exceptional initiative, scholarship, and excellence in student
teaching may be designated and recognized as an Honor Teacher. The honor will be
entered on the student's official record.
Graduation With Honors
To be eligible for graduation with honors, a student must complete a minimum of four
semesters or 58 semester hours in residence at Appalachian. A grade-point average of
3.45 is required for graduating cum laude; a grade-point average of 3.65 is required for
graduating magna cum laude; and a grade-point average of 3.85 is required for
graduating summa cum laude.
Graduation
Degrees are conferred at the close of each academic term (fall, spring, summer). Can-
didates for baccalaureate degrees and/or teaching certificates must file applications for
degrees and North Carolina certificates on forms provided by the Registrar on registra-
tion day of the semester in which graduation requirements will be completed. At the
time of filing the application all requirements except current work should be completed.
The University has one formal commencement ceremony per year which is held at the
end of the spring semester. All students who have received degrees during the
preceding summer and fall terms are invited to attend. Students graduating in the spring
are expected to attend unless they apply to graduate in absentia.
Transcripts
Transcripts must be requested in writing from the Registrar's Office. Each student may
receive a maximum of ten transcripts free of charge, after which a $2.00 per transcript
charge will be made. Transcripts will not be issued to students having unset-
tled accounts with the University.
The General College
47
The General College
O.K. Webb, Jr., Dean
CD. Smith, Assistant Dean
The General College supervises and administers academic advising, student academic
programs, and the general education curriculum for students at the freshman and
sophomore levels. It also has responsibility for the administration of Interdisciplinary
Studies, including Watauga College, the B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies and General
Honors. The General College also has responsibility for special programs such as the
Admissions Partnership Program, the Learning Assistance Program and University
Honors.
All freshman students entering the University are enrolled in the General College.
Transfer students who do not meet the admission requirements of a degree-granting
college enroll in the General College until such requirements are met.
Although the General College is responsible for administering its students' academic af-
fairs, policy decisions in such matters are made in cooperation with the dean of the col-
lege offering the courses in question.
The college's program of academic advising provides services for students during their
first two years of college life. Advisors are drawn from the academic faculties, and they
help students plan academic programs.
Academic advising is mandatory during all semesters in which a student is classified as a
freshman. It is also mandatory for all transfer students in the General College during
their first semester at ASU. After that, advisement is voluntary on the part of the stu-
dent. This means, however, that students are strictly responsible for keeping up with
their own curriculum so as to meet graduation requirements.
While in the General College students take both general education courses and
preparatory courses for specialized training in their major and minor fields. It is impor-
tant that students be familiar with the degree requirements for the particular college
from which they plan to graduate. The specific requirements and course patterns for the
different degrees are given in the sections of this catalog referring to the colleges which
grant the degrees. Students are advised to consult carefully these sections as they plan
their program for the four years.
General Education
Courses in communication, humanities, mathematics, social science, natural science,
behavioral science, and physical education are designed to give a student competence
The General College
48
in communications and logical thinking, a broad acquaintance with the various com-
ponents of human knowledge, an understanding of our cultural and social heritage, an
opportunity to develop value judgments and constructive attitudes, and the ability to
function purposefully in a democratic society.
General education requirements comprise approximately one-third of the total credit in
all bachelor's degree programs. Except for English 1000-1100, which should be taken
during the first year, all other general education requirements may be completed at any
time prior to graduation. Students are encouraged to spread general education courses
throughout their undergraduate curriculum rather than to concentrate them all in the
first two years.
For all bachelor's degrees, a student shall complete the following requirements in
general education:
a . English 6 s.h.
English 1000-1100 required.
Humanities 12 s.h.
Courses must be elected from at least three areas listed below. One of the courses
must be literature and one must be from the fine arts (art, communication arts or
music) . Courses approved for literature are marked with an asterisk.
Art 2004, 2011, 2012, 2013, 3002, 4002
Communication Arts 2011, 2212, 2406, 3210, 3212, 4406
English, any course in literature at the 2000 level or above.*
English 2170 (Counts as a separate area)
French 3010*, 3020*, 3050, 3060, 4010*
German 3015*, 3025*, 3050, 3060
Latin 2010, 3010*, 3020*, 4010*, 4020*
Music 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014; Music Majors Only: 2611, 2612, 3611, 3612;
Elementary Education Majors Only: 2020
Philosophy, any course subject to stated prerequisites
Religion, any course subject to stated prerequisites. The following satisfy the liter-
ature requirement: 2010*, 2020*
Spanish 3015*, 3025*, 3030*, 3045, 3050
University Studies— Those designated as humanities
Social Sciences 12 s.h.
(1) History 1101-1102 required.
If students have completed a year of European or world history in high school
with an average of B or better, they may meet the general education require-
ment in history by electing History 2301-2302 or 2401-2402, or 2421-2422.
(2) In addition two courses must be selected from the list below. The courses must
be from different areas.
Anthropology, any course subject to stated prerequisites
Economics, any course subject to stated prerequisites
The General College
49
Geography 1010, 1020, 2400, 3210, Planning 2410
Political Science, any course subject to stated prerequisites
Psychology 2201
Sociology, any course except 3885, subject to stated prerequisites
University Studies — Those designated as social science
d . Biological and Physical Sciences 6-8 s.h.
Six to eight semester hours of the same science are required. Selections will be from
one of the sequences listed below, or from six-eight semester hours approved by
the appropriate departmental chairperson.
Biology 1101-1102;
Chemistry 1101-1102; 1101-1110;
Geology 1101-1102, 1101-1103;
Physical Science 1001-1002;
Physics 1103-1104; 1101-1105; 1101, 1106; 1150-1151; 2100-2200
e . Mathematics 4 s.h.
Mathematics 1010, 1020, 1025, 1030, 1040 or 1110
f . Physical Education 2 s.h.
Physical education activity courses
Further requirements for the degrees are listed under the programs of the degree gran-
ting colleges.
Interdisciplinary Studies
T. Marvin Williamsen, Coordinator
Interdisciplinary Studies began at ASU in response to recognition that the major pro-
blems confronting us today are most appropriately investigated by bringing together the
knowledge and know-how of a variety of disciplines. Well-trained generalists can be
helpful in complex decision making and can fit well into many different types of jobs.
Aside from this recognized need, Interdisciplinary Studies brings students and faculty
together to interact on topics of mutual interest. Whether these programs are today call-
ed cross-disciplinary, interdisciplinary, or multi-disciplinary, their aim continues to be to
make available for students and faculty members a forum of discussion in different set-
tings. These settings are General Honors, Watauga College and Interdisciplinary Majors
and Minors.
The continued appeal of Interdisciplinary Studies results from the great variety of
courses offered in its programs. This variety allows faculty members and students to
deal with topics that are not only relevant to them but are also crucial for dealing proper-
ly with the future of each as an individual and all as a group.
The General College
50
General Honors Program
James W. Stines, Director
For freshmen and sophomores, General Honors emphasizes breadth of study and pro-
vides team-taught, interdisciplinary seminars. These seminars are taken in place of 12
semester hours of general education requirements in the humanities and the social
sciences.
Watauga College Residential Program
7. Marvin Williamsen, Director
Watauga College is an on-campus residential college program offering interdisciplinary
course work for freshmen and sophomores to fulfill the general education requirements
in English, the humanities, and the social sciences. Students participating in the pro-
gram can normally complete the University requirements in these areas in three
semesters, but may enter or leave the program according to their academic needs. Re-
quired courses in mathematics, physical education, and the sciences are taken through
the regular curriculum, as are major-related courses. Students live together in the same
residence hall to permit emphasis on integrating the academic program with students'
personal and social development. Participation in Watauga College does not exclude
participation in any other special program at ASU. For more information contact the
Director of Watauga College.
Selected Topics
Leslie E. Gerber, Coordinator
Each semester, the Interdisciplinary Studies Selected Topics program offers highly
topical courses of an inherently cross-departmental nature to the campus community.
By means of this program, ASU professors may team with their colleagues from dif-
ferent areas to explore together issues and subjects of mutual interest. The emphasis is
on relevant, experimental, and imaginative subject matters and pedagogies. While
some courses may be taught more than one semester, the program's philosophy
stresses variety and constant change. "The Vietnam War," "Women and Sports,"
"Creativity," "Mysticism East and West," "Popular Culture Studies," "Films from Fic-
tion"—these recent courses typify the spirit and ethos of the program.
Interdisciplinary Programs
51
Interdisciplinary Majors
Leighton R. Scott, Advisor
The B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies Degree is designed for those students whose
educational goals would not be attained by their following existing baccalaureate degree
programs. This degree program exists to serve those students whose unique educa-
tional objectives suggest a cross-departmental curricular strategy. It is administered
through the General College.
In this program, students may plan their own majors, selecting advanced courses from a
variety of departments. Such students do not, therefore, need to fulfill the requirements
laid down for any of the established major programs. Rather, they must meet the re-
quirements stipulated by the Program of Study Contract. It must be stressed that the In-
terdisciplinary Degree is not an option for students who wish to avoid the responsibility
of specialization. On the contrary, the program offers itself mainly to students whose
special interests are so inherently interdisciplinary as to preclude a purely departmental
approach.
To be admitted to the Interdisciplinary Studies program as a candidate for the B.A.
degree a student must have:
1. Completed a minimum of 60 semester hours and be eligible to enter a degree-
granting college.
2. Achieved a grade-point ratio of at least 2.00 (which must be maintained).
3. Completed ENG 1000 and 1100.
4. Completed and signed the "Program of Study Contract" with the approval and
signatures of a member of the faculty as principal advisor and of the advisor of
the program.
To earn the Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies the student must meet the
following requirements:
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with an overall grade-point average
of at least 2.00. A transfer student must have an overall grade-point average of
at least 2.00 on all work at Appalachian State University.
2. Completion of all the general education requirements.
3. Completion of six semester hours of a second year of foreign language or
higher.
4. Admission into the Interdisciplinary Studies program prior to completing the last
30 semester hours according to the approved contract before graduation.
5. Achievement of an overall grade-point average of at least 2.00 on all work in the
approved program of study.
6. The duly approved "Program of Study Contract" must consist of a minimum of
30 semester hours, of which 20 semester hours shall be at the 3000 level or
above. General education and foreign language requirements count as a part of
that 30 hours only when they form an integral part of the approved program,
Interdisciplinary Programs
52
i.e., a foreign language taken to satisfy B.A. degree requirements cannot be in-
cluded in the 30 semester hours.
7. The students admitted to the Interdisciplinary Studies program must secure ap-
proval for any subsequent additions or changes in the "Program of Study Con-
tract" from the advisor(s) concerned and the Director of Interdisciplinary
Studies.
8. Completion of electives to a minimum of 122 hours.
9. Completion of residence requirements.
10. Compliance with regulations concerning satisfactory citizenship and settlement
of all expense accounts.
11. Recommendation of the faculty.
International Economics and Business Options
(For a description of this program, refer to the section in the index.)
Science
(For a description of this program, refer to the section in the index.)
Social Science
(For a description of this program, refer to the section in the index.)
Interdisciplinary Minors
Appalachian Studies
(For a description of this program, refer to the section in the index.)
Black Studies
The Black Studies minor is offered as a start in meeting the needs of black students who
seek to explore their heritage and non-black students who want to understand
something of the black experience. The curriculum draws on a holding of nearly 2,000
books and periodicals in Belk Library and presently includes 28 semester hours of offer-
ings. The minor will consist of 16 semester hours chosen from among the 28. Other
courses deemed relevant by the student may count toward the minor upon approval
from the Dean of the General College.
Courses approved for the minor include: ANT 3530 (Selected Topics); ENG 2120
(Black Literature); HIS 2421, 2422 (History of Africa); HIS 3230 (Recent U.S.
History); HIS 4220 (History of the South); P&R 2030 (Islam); PS 4540 (Regional
Political Patterns: Government and Politics of Africa South of the Sahara); SOC 4560
(Race and Minority Relations) ; Independent Study (up to four hours for credit toward
minor) .
Community and Regional Planning
(For a description of this program, refer to the section in the index.)
Interdisciplinary Programs
53
Gerontology
(For a description of this program, refer to the section in the index.)
Latin American Studies
(For a description of this program, refer to the section in the index.)
Women's Studies
Margaret McFadden, Coordinator
A student may earn an undergraduate minor in Women's Studies by successful comple-
tion of an Interdisciplinary program of 15 semester hours. Each student is required to
take "Women in the Western World" (HIS 3530) and one interdisciplinary Women's
Studies course (US 3530), preferably "Introduction to Women's Studies"; as well as
nine additional hours, selected from those listed. Substitutions may be made with the
approval of the coordinator; for example, "The American Women: A Social and
Cultural History" may be substituted for "Women in the Western World." All courses
counting toward the minor must be at the 2000 level or above.
1 . Required courses
a. History 3530 Women in the Western World (or
"The American Woman: A Social and Cultural History") 3 s.h.
b . One Interdisciplinary Women's Studies course : 3 s . h .
University Studies 3530 Selected Topics (recent offerings: "Introduction to
Women's Studies," "Woman as Image and Image-Maker," "Women and
Film," "Women and Sports," "Appalachian Women," "Women and Work,"
"Sex Roles, Sexuality and Media," "Feminism and Cultural Analysis," etc.)
2 . Electives
a. Sociology 2850: "Sex Roles" 3 s.h.
b. Anthropology 3730: "Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective" 3 s.h.
c. Psychology 3530, Selected Topics: "The Psychology of
Sex Role Differences , " etc . 3 s . h .
d. English 3530, Selected Topics: "Women Poets," "Literary Women, "Fiction
by Women, "etc. 3 s.h.
e. Art 3530, Selected Topics: "Woman as Image and Image-Maker," "Women in
Art," "Women and Media," etc. 3 s.h.
f. Philsophy/Religion 3530, Selected Topics: "Philosophy/
Religion and Sexuality , " etc . 3 s . h .
g. HPER 3530, Selected Topics: "Women's Health," etc. 2-3 s.h.
h. Other University Studies 3530, Women's Studies Courses 3-6 s.h.
3 . Other electives will be added as the program develops.
Interdisciplinary Programs
54
Courses of Instruction in General Honors
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1510. Humans: The Given/(3).F.
Genetics, physical anthropology, evolution, ex-
perimental psychology, developmental
psychology, ethology, anatomy. Origins of
speech, writing, art, religion, drama,
mathematics, science, etc.
1511. Humans: Origins of Cultural
Pluralism/(3).S.
The growth of mythology /ideology, technology,
institutions and forms of expression in represen-
tative cultures. How do cultures justify
themselves? Why pluralism? What are the special
problems of a culture of cultural pluralism?
2500. Independent Study/(1-3)F;S;SS.
2510. Humans: Great Human Beings in Their
Cultural Context/(3).F.
A study of self-actualizing figures in science,
philosophy, politics, art, music, literature and
religion and their relationships to their culture.
2511. Humans: Perspectives on Problems,
Solutions and the Future/(3).S.
This course will attempt to use the information
and attitudes generated in the first three courses to
address such questions as: Who am I? Who are
we? Where am 1 going? What can we do?
3500. Independent Study/(1-3)F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1)F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
Demand.
Selected Topics/(l-3)F;S. On
Courses of Instruction in Interdisciplinary Studies
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Interdisciplinary Studies offers courses of a multi-disciplinary nature. These courses are
offered in Special Services, Watauga College and Selected Topics. One course listed
below, US 4559, is administered through the Wilderness Center of the College of Con-
tinuing Education.
1000-1010. Introduction to Communications I
and II/(3).F;S.
Improves communication skills, especially in
writing, through an approach involving reading,
speaking, listening and writing. Enrollment by per-
mission of instructor.
1101, 1102. Interdisciplinary Studies in Hu-
manities and Social Science/(10,10).F;S.
Watauga College only.
A multidisciplinary study in the humanities and
social sciences in which basic problems of civiliza-
tion will be considered: problems of subsistence
and survival; problems of living together; pro-
blems of ideology and aesthetic satisfaction. The
courses count as general education credit in
English, social sciences, and the humanities.
2201, 2202, 2203, 2204, 2205, 2206. Inter-
disciplinary Studies in Humanities, and Social
Science/(6, 3, 1, 6, 3, 1). F,F,F;S,S,S.
Watauga College only.
A multidisciplinary study in the humanities and
social sciences in which basic problems of civiliza-
tion are considered. The courses are the six-hour,
three-hour or one-hour equivalents of the 1101
and 1102 blocks. The courses count as general
education credit in social science and the
humanities.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Special Programs
55
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).F;S;SS. On
Demand.
3900. lnternship/(3-12). F;S;SS.
Supervised work in an appropriate field ex-
perience. Student must get approval from the ad-
visor of the B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies Pro-
gram prior to enrolling. Graded on S/U basis on-
ly.
4559. Wilderness Education Practicum/(4).
F;S.
Through wilderness challenges supervised by an
Outward Bound School or the Wilderness Center
at the University, the student will learn such skills
as bicycle touring and rockclimbing or ski moun-
taineering and primitive caving. The goals of this
course will be centered around encouraging self-
awareness and personal responsibility, developing
a sense of conscience and competence,
stimulating awareness of nature and human rela-
tionships and integrating all aspects of one's per-
sonal life. Graded on S/W basis only.
Special Programs
Admissions Partnership Program (APP)
Myrtle Austin, Coordinator
APP, originally funded by the Carnegie Corporation of New York, offers selected
students the opportunity of shortening the time required to complete a baccalaureate by
one year. This is accomplished through the three phases of the program. The Senior-
to-Sophomore phase allows a selected group of regularly admitted freshmen to
eliminate approximately 30 semester hours of general education and electives, based
on high school background and planned major. Graduation for students in this phase is
thus possible in three years. The Early Admissions phase admits students to summer
school after their junior year of high school. If a 2.0 average is maintained in freshman
course work during the summer and the student meets campus life regulations, the stu-
dent is invited to continue in the fall as a regular freshman. Finally, the Field-Based
phase offers seniors in selected high schools the opportunity to earn up to 26 semester
hours of college credit in general education while earning their high school diploma.
The courses are taught by specially selected teachers and supervised by ASU depart-
mental representatives.
Learning Assistance Program
Nancy Spann, Director
The Learning Assistance Program at Appalachian State University is a support program
designed to assist students in achieving their educational goals. The program provides
tutoring, information, materials, skill-oriented workshops/seminars, and study aids to
enable all students to be more successful in their academic work.
Special Programs
56
University-wide Tutoring
Judy Robinson, Coordinator
The tutoring program assists students who are having difficulty in their courses and/or
want to improve their chances of success in their course work. The program provides
tutorial assistance in general education courses through group and individual tutoring.
The tutoring lab is open Monday - Thursday evenings from 6-9 p.m. in Room 104 of
D.D. Dougherty Old Library.
Upward Bound
Randy Swing, Coordinator
Upward Bound is funded by the Department of Education and is designed to assist
qualified high school students in reaching their academic and personal potential, as well
as preparing them for post-secondary education. The students come from six local high
schools— Avery High School, Watuaga High School, Beaver Creek High School, Ashe
Central High School, West Wilkes High School and Northwest Ashe High School and
meet specific financial and educational guidelines. The program provides academic
assistance, social and cultural experiences and personal counseling, both during the
academic year and during an intensive residential summer program.
Special Services
Special Services, funded and supported by the Department of Education and Ap-
palachian State University, is designed to assist certain freshmen and sophomores
enrolled at ASU who have potential for success in college but who may experience
some academic difficulties. Students selected for the program must be in need of finan-
cial assistance and/or be a first generation college student (neither parent has a college
degree). The program offers academic advising; personal, career, financial counseling;
tutoring; developmental courses and special sections of regular university courses.
The Learning Assistance Program is housed in the General College and is located in
rooms 101 - 105 of D.D. Dougherty Old Library.
University Honors
Thomas McLaughlin, Coordinator
The University Honors Program at Appalachian State University offers promising and
highly motivated students a special opportunity to broaden and enrich their academic
program by providing Honors seminars in English, History, Economics, Psychology,
and General Honors. Honors courses at the lower division level are designed to meet
general education requirements.
Honors courses are usually conducted as seminars where students meet in small groups
to discuss readings, exchange ideas, debate, and share results of individual study and
Special Programs
57
research. The emphasis in Honors is on independent and creative thinking with a great
deal of student participation expected.
Students are encouraged to participate in more than one area at a time. Honors courses
are usually offered by invitation; nevertheless any student interested in enrolling may
make application to the Director of Honors in the area of interest.
University Honors offers competitive four-year scholarships. For information and ap-
plication, write to the Coordinator of University Honors.
The General Honors Program is described under Interdisciplinary Studies below. For
specific departmental course information, please refer to the course listings elsewhere in
the catalog.
Project Ahead
Project Ahead is a cooperative program between ASU and the US Armed Services that
offers advising to students who are interested in attending ASU but are in the Armed
Services in other places. Students must be admitted to Appalachian but may take
courses at accredited post-secondary institutions all around the country. Advising on
which courses will transfer to Appalachian to meet requirements is provided by the
Assistant Dean of the General College.
The College of Arts & Sciences
58
The College of Arts
and Sciences
William C. Strickland, Dean
Donald W. Sink, Assistant Dean
In cooperation with other colleges of the University, the College of Arts and Sciences
strives:
To provide a liberal education for all Appalachian students.
To offer instruction appropriate for specialization in the natural sciences, social sciences,
humanities, and mathematics.
To prepare students for certain professions.
To prepare students for entrance into certain professional schools.
To prepare students for graduate study and research.
Departments
The College of Arts and Sciences consists of the following departments:
Anthropology History
Biology Mathematical Sciences
Chemistry Philosophy and Religion
Community Planning & Geography Physics and Astronomy
English Political Science/Criminal Justice
Foreign Languages Psychology
Geology Sociology
Degrees Offered
The College of Arts and Sciences offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science
and the Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice degrees. In cooperation with the Col-
lege of Education it offers the Bachelor of Science degree with teacher certification in
English; French; history; mathematics; Spanish; biology, chemistry, earth science, or
physics (leading to Science Education certification); and social science with concentra-
tions in anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, or sociology.
Graduate programs leading to the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees and to
the Specialist in Science degree are described in the introductions to the individual
departments in this catalog and in the Graduate Catalog. A student desiring to pursue
one of these programs should consult with the departmental chairperson and/or faculty
advisor.
The College of Arts & Sciences
59
To be admitted to the College of Arts and Sciences as a candidate for a baccalaureate
degree a student must have:
1. Completed at least 60 semester hours.
2. A grade-point ratio of at least 2.00 (which must be maintained).
3. Completed English 1000, 1100.
4. Been accepted by a department in the college as a major in that department.
A student who is a candidate for a teaching certificate must be admitted to the teacher
education program by the Director of the Office of Field Experiences, must have a
grade-point average of at least 2.20, and must have passed proficiency tests in reading,
speech, and written English.
Bachelor of Arts Degree
To earn the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Arts and Sciences, the student
must meet the following requirements:
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least
2.00. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work at
Appalachian.
2. Completion of general education requirements.
3. Completion of six semester hours of a second year of foreign language or higher.
The Department of Foreign Languages places students at the level which they are
prepared to perform regardless of previously earned units.
4. Completion of a major consisting of 24 to 36 semester hours from one of the fields
listed below:
Anthropology Mathematical Sciences
Biology Philosophy and Religion
Chemistry Physics and Astronomy
Economics* Political Science/Criminal Justice
English Psychology
French Sociology
Geology Spanish
History
'In cooperation with the Department of Economics, which is a part of the College of Business, the College of
Arts and Sciences offers the Bachelor of Arts degree in economics; the Bachelor of Science degree (with
teacher certification) in Social Science with a concentration in economics; the Bachelor of Science (without
teacher certification) in Social Science with a concentration in economics. For additional requirements, see
the Department of Economics.
The College of Arts & Sciences
60
A student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major at Ap-
palachian . A transfer student must complete at least eight semester hours of work in his
or her major at Appalachian and must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all
work in the major at Appalachian. Specific requirements for each departmental major
preface the list of courses offered by the department.
5. Completion of a minor consisting of 12 to 18 semester hours from a department
other than the departments of Administration, Supervision and Higher Education;
Elementary Education; Counselor Education and Research; Reading Education;
and Secondary Education. A transfer student must complete at least four semester
hours in his or her minor at Appalachian.
6. Electives to complete 122 semester hours.
7. Completion of residence requirements.
8. Compliance with regulations concerning satisfactory citizenship and settlement of all
expense accounts.
9. Recommendation of the faculty.
Meeting graduation requirements is the student's responsibility.
A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree may qualify for a teaching certificate by ad-
mission to professional education courses through the chairperson of the Department of
Secondary Education and by completing all academic and professional education re-
quirements for certification.
Bachelor of Science Degree
(without teacher certification)
In order for a student to earn the Bachelor of Science degree in the College of Arts and
Sciences, the following requirements must be met:
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least
2.00. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work at
Appalachian.
2. Completion of the general education requirements.
3. Completion of a major as described by the various departments offering Bachelor of
Science programs without teacher certification:
Anthropology History
Biology Mathematical Sciences
Chemistry Physics and Astronomy
Community Planning & Geography Political Science/Criminal Justice
Economics Psychology
Geology Sociology
The College of Arts & Sciences
61
Specific requirements for each department major preface the list of courses offered by
the department.
Students must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major.
Transfer students must complete at least eight semester hours of work in their major at
Appalachian and must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major
at Appalachian.
4. Electives to complete 122 semester hours.
5. Completion of residence requirements.
6. Compliance with regulations concerning satisfactory citizenship and settlement of all
expense accounts.
7. Recommendation of the faculty.
Meeting graduation requirements is the responsibility of the student.
Bachelor of Science Degree
(with teacher certification)
For the section on requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree with teacher cer-
tification, refer to index.
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Degree
To earn the Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice (BSCJ) degree, the student must
meet the following requirements:
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least
2.00. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade -point average on all work at
Appalachian.
2. Completion of general education requirements.
3. Completion of a major consisting of 54 semester hours as specified and STT 3810.
See Department of Political Science/Criminal Justice.
Students must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major at Ap-
palachian. Transfer students must complete at least eight semester hours of work in
their major at Appalachian and must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all
work in the major at Appalachian.
4. Electives to complete 122 semester hours.
The College of Arts & Sciences
62
5. Completion of residence requirements.
6. Compliance with regulations concerning settlement of all expense accounts.
7. Recommendation of the faculty. Meeting graduation requirements is the student's
responsibility.
Advisement
Advisement for students in the College of Arts and Sciences is available through the of-
fice of the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences and in each of the departments
composing the college. Advisement is not compulsory, but each student is urged to use
the available services and especially to visit the dean's office one semester prior to
graduation.
Internship Programs
The Student Internship Programs offered in most departments in the College of Arts
and Sciences provide students the opportunity to learn by working outside the regular
classroom setting and to formulate career plans based on the experience gained. Stu-
dent interns earn academic credit toward their degrees and, in some cases, financial
support from the participating agencies or firms. Beyond these considerations, intern-
ships offer the fringe benefits of realistic on-the-job experience and personal contacts in
agencies and firms so that they often serve as the bridge to careers after graduation.
Internship instruction will be provided by agency or industry personnel in close coopera-
tion with faculty in the student's major department. The student's interests and requests
will be considered in internship assignments and placements, but the final decisions will
be made by the departmental faculty in cooperation with the participating agency or
firm.
In many majors and career-oriented concentrations, an internship is required as a part
of the course of study; in others, the internship is available as an elective. By using the
departmental course numbers 4900, 5900, and 6900, official internship programs are
listed in Anthropology, Community Planning and Geography, English, History, Physics
& Astronomy, Political Science and Criminal Justice, Psychology, Sociology, and Ap-
palachian Studies. Computer Science (in Mathematics) uses CS 3470 (Current Com-
puter Use) to provide work experience which contributes to the student's academic
background in the computer field. Other departments have used more informal ar-
rangements (independent study courses) to provide academic credit for internship ex-
perience.
Students seeking further information should contact the office of the College of Arts and
Sciences (201 I.G. Greer), their major advisor, their departmental chairperson, or the
Student Internship Office (Whitener Hall).
The College of Arts & Sciences
63
Preprofessional Programs
Appalachian State University provides students with preparation for professional train-
ing in other institutions. Some preprofessional programs (law, medicine, dentistry and
theology) are four year programs and lead to a B.A. or B.S. degree from ASU; others
(engineering, forestry, nursing and pharmacy) are two years and prepare for pursuit of
a degree to be granted by the professional school.
Whatever program students select, they are urged to consult professional school
catalogs and to work closely with the appropriate advisors at Appalachian.
Law
Law schools require a bachelor's degree (B.A. or B.S.) but, in most cases, no specific
selection of courses. Advisors can help students plan a curriculum most likely to prepare
them for study of law. Usually students do not specialize during a regular law school
program, but are expected to establish a solid foundation of legal knowledge upon
which they may build a special practice. Academic areas with materials especially rele-
vant to the study of law are business, communication arts, criminal justice, economics,
history, philosophy, political science, psychology and sociology.
However, students may wish to pursue a General Studies degree. Besides aiding in the
selection of a curriculum, pre-law students are encouraged to participate in the forensics
program as part of the extracurricular activity. Advisors: Dr. Richter Moore, Depart-
ment of Political Science/Criminal Justice; Dr. George Antone, Department of History;
Dr. Terry Cole, Department of Communication Arts.
Theology
Most seminaries now require a bachelor's degree (B.A. or B.S.), but in most cases no
specific selection of courses. In working with their advisor at ASU, students can develop
a curriculum suited to the seminary and specialty of their choice. Pre-theological
students should be aware of the increasing variety of church-related professions
available to them.
In general, the pre-theological student is advised not to overload in religion courses but
rather seek to understand the phenomenon of man from as many perspectives as possi-
ble. This may mean developing a General Studies degree curriculum although a
number of traditional majors offer a solid background for seminary. Advisors: Dr.
James W. Stines, Department of Philosophy and Religion; Dr. Larry Bond, Depart-
ment of History.
Medicine and Dentistry
All medical and dental schools require at least three years of satisfactory undergraduate
work and most give preference to candidates holding a bachelor's degree. The catalog
from the school selected should be consulted and an individual program designed with
the help of an advisor to prepare the student for both specific admission requirements
The College of Arts & Sciences
64
and the Medical School Admission Test. In general, solid work in the humanities plus a
core of courses such as the following are recommended:
MAT 1110-1120; 2130, 3810
CHE 1101-1102, 2201-2202, 2210, 3301
BIO 2202, 3300
PHY 1101-1102 or PHY 1150-1151
PSY 2201
Students should begin taking chemistry during the freshman year. Medical and dental
schools will look at the overall quality of performance, not just achievement in science.
Advisors: Dr. Francis Montaldi, Department of Biology; Dr. Robert Soeder, Depart-
ment of Chemistry; Dr. Gordon Lindsay, Department of Physics.
Engineering
The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers a pre-engineering program and ad-
vises students who are interested in engineering. North Carolina State University in
Raleigh has provided the following guidelines for students planning to transfer there:
N.C. State will accept transfer students from ASU who have completed at least 28
semester hours with at least a 2.80 average. They do not consider SAT scores for
transfers — only the quality of work done at ASU.
In addition to the required science and mathematics courses the student should take an
economics course, a history course, and a literature course.
Essential Courses:
Math 1110, 1120, 2130 and 3130
Physics and Astronomy 1150 and 1151
Chemistry 1101 and 1102
Industrial Education and Technology 1001
English 1000 and 1100
Highly Recommended Courses:
Physics and Astronomy 2010 and 2020
History 1101 and 1102
Economics 2030 and 2040
NOTE: If planning to transfer to a school other than N.C. State, the student should
request that the school send information on specific requirements. Advisor:
Dr. Karl Mamola, Department of Physics and Astronomy.
Cooperative Programs at Appalachian
Medical Technology
A major in biology leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technology
consists of 90 semester hours of work at Appalachian and 32 semester hours of work at
The College of Arts & Sciences
65
an affiliated medical technology school. The 90 semester hours at ASU include 40-44
semester hours in general education; 15 semester hours in biology, including BIO
1101-1102, 3300, 3308, 4554; 16 semester hours in chemistry, including CHE
1101-1102, 2201-2202 and 15-19 semester hours in electives. Courses taken at an af-
filiated medical technology school include Clinical Chemistry (nine semester hours),
Clinical Microbiology (10 semester hours), Clinical Microscopy (nine semester hours),
and Blood Banking (four semester hours) . The first three years of the program are spent
at ASU, and the fourth year is spent at an affiliated medical technology school. Only a
limited number of qualified applicants are accepted into the fourth year of this program
and the competition is keen. Applicants are selected on basis of grade point average,
course selection and work experience. Advisor: Dr. Jeffrey A. Butts, Department of
Biology.
Dual-Degree Engineering Program with Auburn University
A dual-degree program offered in cooperation with Auburn University permits students
to attend ASU for three years and Auburn University for two years. This three-two pro-
gram results in two college degrees.
Study during the first three years would include course work in mathematics and the
sciences and also courses chosen to meet ASU's general education requirements. Dur-
ing the last two years, the student is involved in course work in one of the engineering
disciplines at Auburn University.
Upon completion of this three-two program, the graduate is awarded a baccalaureate
degree from ASU and an engineering bachelor's degree from Auburn. The Dual-
Degree Program also contains a provision enabling highly qualified students to obtain a
Master's Degree in Engineering after obtaining the liberal arts undergraduate degree.
Dual-Degree candidates from ASU are eligible to seek bachelors degrees from Auburn
University in Aerospace Engineering, Aviation Management, Chemical Engineering,
Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Materials Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering, Textile Chemistry, Textile Engineering and Textile Manage-
ment.
For additional information, contact Dr. Donald W. Sink, Assistant Dean, College of
Arts and Sciences.
Forest Resources
In cooperation with North Carolina State University, ASU offers the first two years of
programs leading to bachelor degrees in forestry and other related areas.
In general, students should take:
English 1000-1100 Communication Arts 2101
Mathematics 1020-1110-1120 Economics 1010 or 2040
Chemistry 1101-1102 Physical Education (four hours)
Biology 1101-1102 and/or 2204-2205 Humanities and Social Sciences
Physics and Astronomy 1103-1104 (12 hours) Electives (six hours)
The College of Arts & Sciences
66
Students in Conservation or Recreation Resources Administration are required to com-
plete only the first course in analytic geometry and calculus (1110).
Students planning to enroll in Pulp and Paper Science and Technology should com-
plete two years of chemistry. Advisor: Dr. I.W. Carpenter, Department of Biology.
Nursing
Students who wish to pursue a B.S. in Nursing may complete up to 64 hours of re-
quirements for most nursing programs at Appalachian and then transfer to an institution
that offers the B.S.N. The pre-nursing advisor maintains current information on several
programs in the state, and will assist with obtaining information on other programs and
with helping students transfer. In order to make the transition as easy as possible,
students are encouraged to discuss the possible programs as soon as they begin con-
sidering nursing as a major. Advisor: Virginia Foxx, General College, 262-2167.
Pharmacy
The School of Pharmacy at UNC-Chapel Hill will accept only those students who have
completed two years of college, including the following specific courses:
English 1000-1100
Chemistry 1101, 1102, 2201, and 2202 (2210 highly recommended)
Mathematics, including Math 1110
Biology 2202 and 3301
Economics 1010, 2030 or 2040
Physics and Astronomy 1150-1151
General Education Perspective Courses (15 hours)
Two hours of physical education
Foreign Language (6-12 hours)
A minimum of 62 hours exclusive of physical education activity courses is required for
admission to the program. Students must apply by December 1 of each year. Ap-
plicants will be evaluated on the basis of prepharmacy course-work (quality of academic
performance), College Board Exam, PCAT Scores, Science Index, personal qualifica-
tions, and an interview.
Early contact with the advisor is strongly recommended. Advisor: Dr. Lawrence
Brown, Department of Chemistry.
Interdisciplinary Minors
Latin American Studies
A student may earn an undergraduate minor in Latin American studies by successful
completion of an interdisciplinary program which must include: (1) two years of college
The College of Arts & Sciences
67
Spanish or Portuguese or the equivalent; (2) at least 16 semester hours, including HIS
2301, 2302, 4320; and SNH 3050, 3030; (3) at least two semester hours in an inter-
disciplinary seminar or appropriate research project. Courses which a student elects to
count toward this minor cannot also be included in a major. Credit toward meeting the
above requirements may be earned by attending the Mexican Study Program which is
conducted by the history department in cooperation with the Institute Cultural
Tenochtitlan in Mexico City. For information concerning this program, contact the
Department of History.
Community and Regional Planning
A student may earn an undergraduate minor in community and regional planning by
successful completion of an interdisciplinary program of 20 semester hours, with 12 of
the 20 hours being completed in planning and the remaining eight hours chosen from
among the nonplanning courses listed as required or electives within the major of the
planning program or other appropriate courses selected with the approval of the advisor
of the planning program. For further information concerning the minor in community
and regional planning, consult with the chairperson of the Department of Community
Planning and Geography.
Appalachian Studies
The Appalachian Studies minor is offered for the student who wishes to explore Ap-
palachian regional concerns, and to understand Appalachian social, cultural, and en-
vironmental issues in the appropriate interdisciplinary context.
Curriculum offerings, projects, and research relating to the Appalachian region are
coordinated by the director of the Center for Appalachian Studies. The Center
facilitates individual research projects, and will direct the student toward involvement
with research or project activities.
A student may earn an undergraduate minor in Appalachian Studies by successful com-
pletion of an Interdisciplinary program of 18 semester hours. Each student must take
the 12 hour core listed below and six additional hours:
1. Core
Anthropology 4120. Appalachian Ethnography 3 s.h.
History 3726. History of the Appalachian Region 3 s.h.
Philosophy & Religion 4549. Seminar: Southern Appalachian Religion 3 s.h.
Planning 4440. Community and Regional Planning in Appalachia 3 s.h.
2. Electives:
Biology 55 1 2 . Local Flora 3 s . h .
Psychology 3530. Selected Topics: Southern Appalachian Personality 3 s.h.
Political Science 3530. Selected Topics: Appalachian Politics 3 s.h.
Anthropology
68
English 3530. Selected Topics: Southern Appalachian Literature 3 s.h.
Secondary Education 4810 3 s.h.
Appalachian Studies 3500, 3530 1-3 s.h.
3. Other electives may be chosen upon approval of the Director.
Black Studies
(For section describing this program, refer to index.)
Gerontology
A. M. Denton, Jr., Coordinator
A student may earn a minor in Gerontology by successful completion of an inter-
disciplinary program of 15-18 hours.
1. Required courses
a. SOC 3100 - Gerontology 3 s.h.
b. BIO 3530 - Selected Topics: The Physiology of Aging 3 s.h.
c. PSY 4562 - Psychology of Aging 3 s.h.
2. Electives
a. CR 4680 - Counseling the Aging 3 s.h.
b. PS 3530 - Selected Topics: Aging - Law and Public Policy 3 s.h.
c. HEC 4101 -Families in Later Life 3 s.h.
d. SPA 4600 - Selected Topics: Communication Problems
of the Aged 3 s.h.
3. Other electives will be added. Students choosing this minor will need to check with
the coordinator in order to receive more information.
Department of Anthropology
(ANT)
Gregory G. Reck, Chairperson
The Department of Anthropology is committed to a comparative and holistic approach
to the study of the human experience. The anthropological perspective provides a
broad understanding of the origins as well as the meaning of physical and cultural diver-
sity in the world— past, present, and future. As such, the program in anthropology of-
fers the opportunity for understanding world affairs and problems within the total con-
text of the human experience and for constructing solutions to world problems which
are firmly grounded in that context. Specifically, the department offers: (1) students of
all disciplines the opportunity to deepen and broaden their knowledge of humankind
Anthropology
69
and of themselves; (2) a strong preparation for graduate study in anthropology; and (3)
an academic and practical background for those who wish to apply the anthropological
perspective in a wide range of professional careers, such as social services, education,
and archeology.
A major in anthropology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 36 semester
hours including ANT 2215, 2225, 4410, 4425, 4550, either ANT 2235 or 3335, and
18 semester hours of electives. In addition, SOC 1115 is required, and STT 3810 is
strongly recommended. MAT 1020 should be the course taken to fulfill the
mathematics requirement in general education.
A major in anthropology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a focus in applied
anthropology consists of 36 semester hours including ANT 2215, 2225, 4410, 4425,
4550, ANT 2235 or 3335, at least nine semester hours of applied courses selected in
consultation with the department advisor, and the remaining semester hours in elec-
tives. In addition, SOC 11 15 is required and STT 3810 is strongly recommended. MAT
1020 should be taken to fullfill the mathematics requirement in general education.
A major in social science leading to a Bachelor of Science degree (without teacher cer-
tification) with a concentration in anthropology consists of 27 to 30 semester hours in
the social sciences to include: six semester hours of history from 2201, 2204, 2207-09;
ECO 2030 and 2040; SOC 1115; and three additional hours in anthropology chosen
with the approval of the advisor; PS 1100 and 2130; three to six hours in geography
approved by the advisor; and a professional concentration consisting of 36 to 50
semester hours. STT 3810 is required for all concentrations. A suggested professional
concentration is applied anthropology. Every student will be assigned an advisor who
will work closely with the student in planning the program.
For the curriculum for a major in social science with concentration in anthropology
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification, refer to index. MAT
1020 should be the course to fulfill the mathematics requirement in general education.
For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Educa-
tion.
A minor in anthropology consists of 18 semester hours in anthropology selected in con-
sultation with the department advisor.
Courses of Instruction in Anthropology
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1210. Introduction to Anthropology/(3).F;S. ding of the origins, development, and meaning of
An introduction to the discipline of anthropology human physical and cultural diversity and an
and the anthropological perspective on the understanding of oneself within this framework,
human experience. Provides a broad understan-
Anthropology
70
2215. Cultural Anthropology/(3).F;S.
A cross-cultural study of the variety of human
cultures, past and present, including the interrela-
tionships between social, economic, political, and
religious systems. The course is designed to
develop an understanding of cultural differences
so that the student may develop a deeper
understanding of his or her own life, of the con-
temporary world, and of the applicability of
cultural understanding to the solution of
human and social problems. Required for majors.
2225. Physical Anthropology/(3).F.
The study of the biological aspects of human be-
ings including human evolution, primate behavior
and anatomy as they relate to humans, physical
variation in modern humans, and physical adap-
tations to environment in modern humans. Re-
quired for majors.
2235. North American Archeology/(3).F.
A general survey of North American lifeways in
North America before white contact as known
through archeological information. Basic ar-
cheological concepts and a brief discussion of the
history of North American archeology will be
presented. Topical emphases include the
prehistory of Alaska, the Northwest Coast, the
Southwest, Plains, Great Basin, Mid-west, and
the Eastern United States. This course logically
precedes ANT 3400, North American Indians.
2235 or 3335 is required for majors.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
3400. North American Indians/(3).F;S.
An ethnographic survey of the American Indian
cultures from northern Mexico to the Arctic. Also
the modern Indian condition is considered.
3420. Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective/
(3).F.
A consideration of the biological and sociocultural
bases for sex roles and the effect of modernization
and culture change on women's status. Specific
topics include: politics; the supernatural, ritual
and belief systems; and revolutionary change in
communal/socialist societies. Offered off-
numbered years.
3430. Magic, Witchcraft and Religion/(3).S.
A cross-cultural study of the nature and functions
of belief systems. Emphasis is placed on
understanding the belief systems of non-Western
cultures in order to provide a means through
which our own beliefs can be better understood. A
variety of anthropological, psychological, and
parapsychological approaches to the study of
belief systems are utilized.
3500. Independent Study/(l-4). F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation . Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3310. Human Ecology/(3).F.
The interrelationships of humans and their en-
vironment will be studied using evolutionary and
cross-cultural comparative approaches. Basic con-
cepts in ecology will be presented and the
development of cultural and human ecology in
various disciplines will be discussed. Human
adaptation will be examined from physiological
and cultural perspectives. Environmental issues in
industrial and Third World societies will be con-
sidered. A systemic orientation is stressed.
3335. World Archeology/(3).S.
A comparative and evolutionary study of the
development of world cultures from the earliest
forms of fossil humans through early state level
organization. The course will emphasize Old
World cultures in Europe, Africa, Russia, India,
and China. New World cultural evolution will be
more generalized, beginning with the population
of the New World and ending with the develop-
ment of states. Alternate years, offered Spring
1985. 3335 or 2235 is required for majors.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
anthropology curriculum. May be repeated for
credit when content does not duplicate.
3550. Applied Anthropology/(3).F.
An introduction to anthropological values, ethics,
perspectives, and principles and their application
to socio-cultural change problems. Emphasis will
be placed upon case studies dealing with
economic and community development, pro-
grams in literacy and public health, and problems
in culutral identity, advocacy, and preservation.
3650. Anthropology and Energy/(3).S.
The purpose of this course is to give temporal and
geographic perspective to human energy use. An
evolutionary framework is provided beginning
with hunters-gatherers' use of energy and ending
with the nuclear age and prospects for the energy
future of the world. Both the technical (calorie
Anthropology
71
input-output analysis etc.) and the socioeconomic
aspects of energy production and use are con-
sidered. Required field trips include the Oak Ridge
National Labs as well as local energy facilities (e.g.
Winebargers Mill and the Howard's Knob Wind-
mill.) Alternate years, offered Spring, 1985.
4110. Meso American Archeology/(3).S.
The prehistory of Mexico, Guatemala and Hon-
duras is covered from the earliest Paleo Indian up
to the conquest of Mexico by the Spaniards in the
16th Century. Emphasis is placed on the continui-
ty of cultures from the Teotihuacanos to the
Aztecs in central Mexico and from the Olmec to
the Mayans in the southern and eastern portions
of the area. Alternate years, offered Summer
School 1984.
4120. Appalachian Culture/(3).F.
A cultural survey of rural and urban Appalachia.
A brief history of the region is followed by a
discussion of the contemporary social, economic,
political, and cultural characteristics of the people.
The impact of processes of change, including
migration, urbanization, industrialization, and
resource exploitation, are explored.
4130. Meso American Ethnology/(3).S.
An integrated study of society and culture in Meso
America (Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras), in-
cluding prehistorical and historical background
and an analysis of contemporary values, social
structure, economic forms, politics, and religion.
Contemporary issues which face this region and
bear on its relationship to the world are discussed.
Alternate years, offered Summer School 1985.
4402. Archeological Method and
Theory/(3).S.
An in-depth presentation of theoretical ap-
proaches and concepts in North American ar-
cheology. The history of N.A. archeology will be
discussed briefly. Course emphasis includes
methods of data analysis and interpretation,
survey and excavation methodology related to
hypothesis testing, and overview of sampling and
quantitative methodology, and cultural resource
management. Alternate years, offered Spring
1984. Prerequisites: ANT 2235 or 3335. Recom-
mended co-requisite: ANT 4410.
4410. Methods in Anthropology/(3).S.
Provides instruction in basic methods and techni-
ques necessary for archeological and
ethnographic research. Topics include sampling,
surveys and questionnaires, interviewing techni-
ques, participant-observation, elementary
statistics, computer analysis (with emphasis on
SPSS), and proposal writing. Required for ma-
jors.
4425. History of Anthropological Ideas/(3).F.
A critical examination of the most influential ideas
and theories in anthropology from the 19th Cen-
tury to contemporary theoretical schools, viewed
in historical context. Changing conceptions of
research strategies, research questions, and
modes of explanation, as they relate to develop-
ing ideas about the nature of anthropology and
human culture are explored. Required for majors.
4445. Field School in Archeological
Techniques/(2-3).SS.
An introduction to the techniques of recovery of
archeological data, including training in such skills
as surveying, controlled surface collection, ex-
cavation and processing and preservation of ar-
tifacts. This course is taught on an archeological
site in conjunction with Anthropology 4446.
These courses should be taken simultaneously.
4446. Field School in Archeological
Methods/(2-3).SS.
An introduction to the methods of recovery and
analysis of archeological data, including an in-
troduction to archeological theory and training in
field and laboratory skills. This course is taught on
an archeological site in conjunction with An-
thropology 4445. These courses should be taken
simultaneously .
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Senior Seminar in Anthropology/(3).S.
An opportunity for upper level students to reflect
upon the anthropological perspective and to con-
template and articulate their own image of an-
thropology. Diverse issues ranging from the con-
sideration of ethics to the examination of career
opportunities to reflections upon the overall
meaning of anthropology will be discussed.
Designed as a final on-campus opportunity for
students to systematically reflect upon their vision
of the anthropological enterprise and to integrate
their experience in anthropology in relationship to
their future goals. Ideally should be taken during
the final semester of on-campus study. Required
for majors. Prerequisite: senior standing or ap-
proval of instructor.
4565. Peasantry, World Systems, and Social
Change/(3).S.
Descriptive and theoretical analysis of Third and
Fourth World peasantry in the context of world
economic and political systems, the emerging
nonaligned nation states, and industrialization and
urbanization. Alternate years, offered Spring
1984.
Biology
72
4600. Medical Anthropology/(3).S.
A cross-cultural investigation of concepts of
physical and mental health and illness and the
treatment of disease. Topics include: shamanism
and faith healing, folk psychiatry, witchcraft as
cause/cure, folk diseases and folk medicine, and
alternatives to Western Scientific medicine.
4650. Anthropology of Education/(3).F.
An examination of formal and informal education
within the context of human culture. Emphasis is
placed on achieving a cross-cultural understan-
ding of education and educational issues through
a study of education in other cultures, minority
education, formal and informal educational
systems, and the cultural context of the classroom
and school. Alternate years, offered Fall, 1983.
4700. Historical Archeology/(3).S.
The study of America since the late 16th century
as known through its material culture. This course
focuses on the different types of sites (domestic,
military, industrial) and how they have been
studied by archeologists in order to create a more
complete picture of past American lifeways. Also
emphasized is the identification, analysis, and
preservation of artifacts plus issues such as Native
American contact, ethnicity, adaptive strategies
and socio-economic status recognition. Alternate
years, offered Spring, 1985.
Graduate Courses
5120. Appalachian Culture and Social
Organization / (3) . F .
Exploration of dominant cultural principles and
values and their relationship to historical,
economic, and political themes, and to social
organization and social dynamics; analysis of the
socio-economic structure of Appalachian com-
munities, and of the meaning of kinship and its
relationship to community organization and pro-
cesses.
5310. Cultural Ecology in Appalachia/(3).F.
Analysis of issues related to cultural ecology, in-
cluding Indian and Euro-American settlement
systems, adaptive strategies including agriculture
and use of local resources; the politics and
economics of development including coal, tex-
tiles, timber, and tourism; land use including
politics and the question of Appalachia as colony.
5500. Independent Study/(l-4). F;S.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
anthropology curriculum. May be repeated for
credit when content does not duplicate.
4900. Field Experience: Internship/(3-6).
Demand.
Graded on S/U basis only.
On
Department of Biology (BIO)
Jeffrey A. Butts, Chairperson
The objectives of the Department of Biology are to provide a background in the life
sciences as a part of a student's general education, to prepare students for careers in
biology, to prepare students to meet admission requirements of professional schools, to
encourage students to engage in research and to prepare students to teach biology.
A major in biology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 24 semester hours
in biology in courses numbered above the 1100 level. This must include 2201-2202,
2204-2205, and 12 semester hours of electives in biology. In addition, the biology ma-
jor must take CHE 1101-1102, CHE 2201-2202, PHY 1103-1104, and MAT
1020-1110 or MAT 1110-1120.
A minor in biology consists of 12 semester hours above the 1100 level courses.
Biology
73
A major in biology leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technology
consists of 90 semester hours of work at Appalachian and 32 semester hours of work at
an affiliated medical technology school. The 90 semester hours at Appalachian include
40-44 semester hours in general education; 16 semester hours in biology, including
BIO 1101-1102, 3300, 3308, 4554; 16 semester hours in chemistry, including CHE
1101-1102, 2201-2202; and 15-19 semester hours in electives. Courses taken at an af-
filiated medical technology school include Clinical Chemistry (nine semester hours),
Clinical Microbiology (10 semester hours), Clinical Microscopy (nine semester hours),
and Blood Banking (four semester hours) . The first three years of the program are spent
on the campus at Appalachian State University, and the fourth year is spent at an af-
filiated medical technology school. For further information, consult with the chairperson
of the department.
A major in biology leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the Naturalist program
consists of a core of 24 semester hours including MAT 1040 or STT 3810; CHE
1101-1102; BIO 1101-1102; 2201-2202. In addition to the core, the Naturalist pro-
gram requires the completion of the following 42 semester hours: BIO 2204, 2205,
3302, 3304. Any five of the following courses: BIO 3303, 3310, 4551, 4552, 4556,
4559, 4560, 4561; GHY 1010, 3100; GLY 1101-1102; HED 3100. The Naturalist
program also requires proficiencies in swimming and speech.
A major in biology leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the Pre -Professional
and Paramedical program consists of a core of 24 semester hours including MAT
1020-1110; CHE 1101-1102; BIO 1101-1102, 2201-2202. In addition to the core the
Pre-Professional and Paramedical program requires the completion of the following 43
semester hours; MAT 1120; PHY 1103-1104; CHE 2201-2202, 2210; BIO 2204,
3300, 3301, 3308, 3309, and 4554.
A major in biology leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification in
Science Education consists of 26 semester hours above the 1100 level. This must in-
clude BIO 2201-2202, 2204-2205, 3300, 3308, 3520, 4554, 4555, or 3301. In addi-
tion, the biology major must take CHE 1101-1102 and one semester of organic
chemistry, PHY 1103-1104, and MAT 1020-1110 or MAT 1110-1120 or MAT
1040- (STT) 3810. For information on the full curriculum in Science Education. For the
requirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Education.
A major in biology for the Master of Arts degree for secondary teachers requires a
minimum of 30 semester hours credit with a thesis or 36 hours without a thesis. Biology
4590 is required with a thesis. Twenty-four of the credits must be in biology and include
BIO 4554, 4555 or 5506, 5000, 5501 or 5515, 5503, 5514 and 5550. Eight hours
credit are required in education.
A major in biology for the Master of Arts degree in the junior college teaching program
requires the same as above. Four hours are required in education.
A major in biology for the Master of Science degree requires 30 hours in biology in-
cluding a thesis. Required courses include BIO 4554, 4590, 5000, 5550 and 5999.
Biology
74
The Specialist in Science degree in biology requires 30 semester hours beyond the
Master's degree with a minimum of 24 semester hours in biology. Required courses in-
clude BIO 6610, 6520, and 6989. For further information see the Graduate School
catalog.
Courses of Instruction in Biology
and General Science
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
BIOLOGY
1101-1102. Introduction to Life
Science/(3-3).F;S;SS.
A survey of living organisms and their relationship
to each other and to their environment. Study of
topics from morphology, physiology, em-
bryology, and genetics with particular reference to
man and healthful living. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
1107. Principles of Biology/(3).F;S;SS.
An activity-centered approach to life sciences em-
phasizing evolution, genetics, reproduction,
development and ecology. Labs are process
oriented emphasizing gathering and processing
data and design of investigations. Restricted to
Elementary Education majors. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours.
2201. Invertebrate Zoology/ (3). F.
The taxonomy, morphology, and physiology of
the invertebrates. Prerequisite: BIO 1101-1102.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
2202. The Vertebrates/(3).S.
The origin, evolution, anatomy, physiology, tax-
onomy, and natural history of the vertebrates.
Prerequisites: BIO 1101-1102 or equivalent. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours.
2204. Botany I/(3).F.
Historical background of botany, principles of
cytology, physiology, anatomy, and morphology
of the seed plants. Prerequisites: BIO 1101-1102.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
2205. Botany II/(3).S.
A phylogenetic approach to the reproduction,
anatomy, and morphology of representative
plants from each division. Prerequisite: BIO 2204.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3300. Molecular Biology/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of the fundamental cellular processes to
include; review of the structure of carbohydrates,
lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, DNA replica-
tion, protein systhesis, enzyme kinetics,, respira-
tion and photosynthesis. Prerequisites: BIO
1101-1102 and 1 semester of organic chemistry
or permission of the instructor. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
3301. Introductory Animal Physiology /(3).F;S.
Fundamental principles of animal physiology.
Prerequisites: BIO 1101-1102 and CHE
1101-1102. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
3302. Ecology/(3).F.
Principles of ecology, energy flow, adaptations,
association, succession, abiotic factors, economic
aspects, and distribution of organisms. Prere-
quisites: BIO 1101-1102 or equivalent. Field pro-
jects are required. Lecture two hours, laboratory
two hours.
3303. Biology of Higher Cryptogams/(3).F.
A morphological and taxonomic investigation of
the bryophytes and pteriodophytes. Techniques
of identification, collection, and preservation will
be stressed in the laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO
2205. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
3304. Systematic Botany/(3).F;S.
The general principles of the taxonomy of the
Biology
75
vascular plants utilizing elements of the local flora
as laboratory material in the consideration of iden-
tification, nomenclature, classification, and evolu-
tionary mechanism. Prerequisite: BIO 2205. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours.
3308. Bacteriology/(4).F;S;SS.
Introduction to microbiology with emphasis on
bacteriology, virology and immunology. Surveys
the field of microbiology and related techniques
with special attention given to host-pathogen rela-
tionships and diagnostics. Laboratory exercises
are correlated with lecture topics. Prerequisites:
Biology 1101-1102 and Chemistry 1101-1102.
Lecture three hours, laboratory two hours.
3309. Comparative Vertebrate
Embryology / (3). S .
Gametogenesis, fertilization, and structural
development of the vertebrate embryo. Prere-
quisites: BIO 1101-1102. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
3310. Marine Biology/(3).S;SS.
Introduction to the more common marine
organisms, including morphology, physiology,
taxonomy, ecology, and economic aspects. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours. Prere-
quisite: Biology 2201.
3318. Outdoor Recreation: An Ecological and
Behavioral Approach/(2).S.
This course is designed to teach the recreation
manager better to understand the complex in-
teractions between the recreation resource and
the human user. Recreation is described and
studied as need-fulfilling behavior which can be
enhanced by an understanding of the biological
entities (flora and fauna) and their ecological rela-
tionship. Same as PSY 3318.
3350. Biological Science Investigations/(3).S.
For elementary education majors who choose
their academic concentration in science. Topics in
animal behavior and sociobiology are covered in
lecture and ecological field investigations are
stressed in lab. Prerequisite: Biology 1107 and
Phs. 1001-1002. Lecture two hours, laboratory
two hours.
3434. Animal Behavior - Ethology/(3).F.
Basic principles of animal behavior are approach-
ed from an evolutionary perspective. Topics such
as instinct, learning, aggression, migration,
biological clocks, sociobiology and communica-
tion are covered. Laboratory stresses techniques
of observing, recording, and analyzing behavior of
a variety of species. Lecture two hours, laboratory
two hours.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
Required of the biology students seeking the B.S.
degree and teacher certification in Science Educa-
tion.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Nature Study/(3).SS.
Observation of common plants and animals;
methods of collecting, organizing, and presenting
nature study materials in the grades. Not open to
biology majors for credit.
4551. Ornithology /(3).S;SS.
The morphology, physiology, behavior, ecology
and identification of birds. Early morning field trips
are required. Extended field trips to a variety of
habitats will be arranged. Prerequisites: BIO
1101-1102 or equivalent, lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
4552. Entomology/(3).F;S.
A comparative survey of the insecta and related
arthropods with an emphasis on morphology and
systematics. Methods of collecting and preserving
insects are covered. Prerequisites: BIO
1101-1102 or permission of the instructor. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours.
4553. Histology/(3).F;S.
Microscopic anatomy of the vertebrate body, in-
cluding a study of the principal tissues and organs,
prerequisites: Senior standing and 16 semester
hours of undergraduate biology. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours.
4554. Genetics/(3).F;S.
A study of principles of variation and heredity
governing plants and animals with special
reference to man. Prerequisites: 12 hours in
biology or permission of the instructor.
4555. Plant Physiology/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of the basic principles of plant physiology
and fundamental processes such as cell proper-
ties, water relations, growth, photosynthesis,
respiration, and mineral nutrition. Prerequisites:
BIO 2204-2205 and CHE 1101-1102. Lecture
two hour, laboratory two hours.
Biology
76
4556. Mycology/(3).F;SS.
An investigation of the fungi with particular
reference to the techniques of working with these
organisms. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
4557. Ichthyology/(3).SS.
Ecology, distribution, taxonomy and economic
importance of fishes. Freshwater fishes will be em-
phasized. Prerequisites: BIO 2202 or equivalent.
Lecture two hours, lab two hours.
4559. Mammalogy/(3).S;SS.
The natural history, distribution, adaptations, tax-
onomy and economic importance of mammals.
Field trips and visits to zoos will be arranged.
Prerequisite: BIO 2202 or equivalent. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours. Alternate years and
alternate summers.
4560. Herpetology/(3).F;SS.
The morphology, taxonomy, physiology, and
distribution of amphibians and reptiles. Methods
of collecting and preserving specimens as well as
behavioral aspects of species in their natural
habitats will be covered. Field trips will be re-
quired. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
Alternate years and alternate summers.
4561. Phycology/(3).F.
The morphological and taxonomic investigation of
the major phyla of the algae. Methods of collec-
tion, isolation and culturing are covered as well as
some aspects of algal physiology and ecology.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
4562. Insects of Field and Stream/(3).F.
A survey course for elementary education majors
involving a study of the insects of this region. Em-
phasis will be placed on field work, collecting,
identification and general biology of the major in-
sect orders. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
4564. Electron Microscopy/(3).F.
Formal discussions of preparative techniques for
electron microscopy and theoretical considera-
tions of light and electron optics will be the sub-
jects of the lecture portion of the course . Practical
exercises in fixation, embedment, ultramicrotony,
staining, use of the electron microscope and inter-
pretation of electron micrographs will be taught in
the laboratory. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
4565. Dendrology/(3).F.
An investigation of the taxonomy, ecology and
silvics of the tree flora of North America. Em-
phasis will be on field identification of local trees.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
4580. Field Biology of Continental U.S.A./
(5).SS.
Ecological investigations of major habitats in the
U.S. Prerequisites: 16 hours in biology and con-
sent of the instructor.
4590. Biometrics/(2).S.
A descriptive treatment of statistical techniques us-
ed in collecting and analyzing data from biological
systems. Areas considered are: statistical descrip-
tions of biological systems; design of investigations
including hypothesis testing and analysis of
variance; analysis of statistical techniques current-
ly used in biological journals; techniques of com-
puter usage, especially "canned" programs like
BMDP. Prerequisite: Statistics 3810 or permission
of the instructor.
4900. Internships in Biology/(l-6).F;S;SS.
Practical biological experiences in federal, state,
and local agencies.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F;SS.
A study of bibliographical problems, types of
research, the literature and methods of scientific
writing. Required in the first semester of beginning
graduate students.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5501. Animal Ecology /(3).F;SS.
Organization, structure, dynamics of ecosystems
and component populations, emphasizing quan-
titative and experimental aspects of ecology. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours.
5502. Freshwater Biology/(2).SS.
A study of the physical, chemical, and biological
factors affecting productivity in lakes, ponds, and
streams. Largely a field course dealing with
various approved methods of studying fresh
water. Lecture one hour, field work two hours.
5503. Basic and Applied Microbiology/
(3).S;SS.
Lecture, laboratory and field trips dealing with the
underlying principles and applications of techni-
ques used in ecological, industrial and medical
microbiology. Lecture two hours, laboratory work
to be arranged by instructor. Prerequisite: BIO
3308.
5504. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants/(3).SS.
A study of the gross structure, reproduction, and
Biology
77
development of the spermatophytes. Special em-
phasis is placed upon the classification and
nomenclature of the spermatophytes. Lecture two
hours, field work two hours.
5506. Animal Physiology/(3).S.
Physiology of the sensory, nervous, muscular, cir-
culatory, and respiratory systems; elimination, ex-
cretion, reproduction and hormone coordination,
laboratory experiments, reports and readings.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
5508. Biogeography/(3).F.
The biological, climatological, geographic, and
geological factors which affect the distribution of
animal and plants. Patterns of distribution will be
studied in relation to various sizes of geographical
units. Alternate years.
5509. Evolution/(3).F;SS.
Nature of evolutionary mechanisms, evidence of
evolution, adaptations and trends. Alternate
years.
5512. Local Flora/(3).SS.
A course designed specifically for elementary
school teachers. A study of the common flora and
economic plants of North Carolina including the
collection, common name identification, and
methods of preservation. Lecture two hours,
laboratory and field work two hours.
5514. Plant Anatomy and Morphology/(3).S;
SS.
A general survey of the external and internal
structure of plants; detailed study of anatomy and
morphology of representative plants from all the
divisions. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
5515. Plant Ecology/(3).F;SS.
A study of plant communities, major plant forma-
tions and plant succession as well as factors of soil,
climate and habitat. Laboratory includes sampling
techniques and methods of measuring en-
vironmental factors. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
5517. Parasitology/(3).S;SS.
A survey of protozoan, helminthic and arthropod
parasites with emphasis on causation and preven-
tion of disease, lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
an expression of the genetic endowment of the
organism. Prerequisite: BIO 4554.
5522. Bryology/(2).S.
Taxonomy, morphology, and ecology of the
mosses and liverworts. Lecture one hours,
laboratory two hours.
5530-5549.
mand.
Selected Topics/ (1-3). On De-
5550. Seminar/(1).F;S.
Presentation of one research paper for each year
of full-time graduate study. One hour credit given
during the semester in which paper is presented.
5555. History of Biology/(3).S;SS.
A survey of the history of biology with special em-
phasis upon experiments which have led to the
discovery of the more important biological prin-
ciples and concepts.
5989. Master's Research/(1-9).F;S;SS.
May be repeated for credit for a maximum of 9
hours which do not count toward the degree.
Designed to provide time for thesis research.
Open only to students in the M.S. or M.A. thesis
option. Graded on S/U basis only.
5999. Master's Thesis/(4).F;S.
Graded on S/U basis only.
6500. Independent Study/(2-4).F;S;SS.
Student selects an area of investigation which
must be approved by instructor and advisor.
6520. Teaching Apprenticeship/^). On De-
mand.
Restricted to students in the Biology Sc.S. Pro-
gram. This required course provides a teaching
experience in undergraduate courses under direct
supervision of a graduate faculty member.
Specific objectives will be determined in a con-
ference between the student and the graduate
faculty member involved. Graded on SytJ basis
only.
6530-6549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
6610. Advanced Seminar in Current Research
Topics/(2).S.
Lectures, readings, and discussions dealing with
biological principles and theories.
5520. Developmental Biology/ (3).S;SS.
An investigation of fundamental patterns and
principles of the development of organisms. The
establishment of form and function is examined as
6614. Current Topics in Molecular
Biology/(3).F.
Recent advances in biology at the subcellular
level. Lecture and laboratory.
Chemistry
78
6618. Advanced Bacteriology/ (2). S.
Modern techniques and procedures in
bacteriology, including instrumental and
biochemical methods of analysis and interpreta-
tion of data.
6989. Independent Research/(1-8).F;S;SS.
A total of 8 hours credit is required for this course
and may be taken in blocks of 1-8 hours. Results
of the research must be reported in a scientifically
acceptable manner. Graded on S/U basis only.
GENERAL SCIENCE
4401. Methods of Elementary School Science/
(3).F;S.
A survey of scientific principles, concepts and na-
tional curricula taught in elementary schools. Em-
phasis is placed upon the development of
materials, demonstrations and experiments ap-
propriate for integration into the total curriculum.
Directed scheduled, field experiences will be
assigned in the local elementary schools. Satisfac-
tory completion of the practicum assigned is re-
quired for credit in the course.
4402. Science Teaching in the Middle
School/(3).F;SS.
A study of the implementation techniques for the
prospective middle school teacher based upon
science principles mastered in the science content
courses. Investigative techniques and en-
vironmental concern will be emphasized.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Science in the Elementary School/(2).
SS.
A course designed for teachers with limited
science background. Basic concepts, use of simple
materials for demonstrations, and the problem
solving approach are stressed. Lecture and
demonstrations. Available as a workshop.
Graduate Courses
5510. Environmental Education/(2).S;SS.
A study of environmental problems relevant to
man. Designed primarily for elementary educa-
tion majors.
Department of Chemistry (CHE)
Lawrence E. Brown, Chairperson
The objectives of the Department of Chemistry are to prepare students in chemistry for
careers in industry, government service, high school and junior college level teaching
and for continuing study in chemistry and related areas at the graduate or professional
school level.
The department also strives to provide a basic understanding of the principles of
chemistry and physical science related to all areas of scientific study and to provide the
student with an appreciation for the impact of science and technology in today's society.
A major in chemistry leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 32 semester
hours above the 1000 level. The required courses are: CHE 2201-2202, 2210, 3000,
3301-3302, 3303, 3304, 3404, 3405, 4000, 4400 and five semester hours elected
from other chemistry courses. Chemistry 3307 and 3520 are not accepted. The
chemistry major must take PHY 1150-1151; an additional six to eight hours in either
biology (3300, 3301, 3308 and 4554 are recommended); physics (courses at the 1000
level and 3350 are not accepted); or geology (2010, 2020, 3400, and 4625 are recom-
mended); and MAT 1110 and 1120. CHE 4560, Instrumental Methods of Analysis, is
strongly recommended for this degree program.
Chemistry
79
The Bachelor of Arts degree as described in the preceding paragraph has been approv-
ed by the American Chemical Society's Committee on Professional Training. This ap-
proval certifies the degree as appropriate for the professional training of chemists. The
following statements are excerpted from "Objectives and Guidelines for Undergraduate
Programs in Chemistry," published by the Committee on Professional Training and
describing the Committee's criteria for degree certification:
"The Committee focuses attention on the overall quality of a professional program
judged by number and credentials of the teaching staff, rigor, breadth and depth of in-
structional offerings; adequacy of facilities and supporting personnel; performance of
graduates... The program as a whole must be modern, coherent, and challenging to
students.
"If a program meets the spirit and intent of the guidelines..., and if the Committee's
study has received the endorsement of the institution's president, the institution is plac-
ed on the ACS list of schools offering approved programs. The list is published annually
in Chemical and Engineering News."
A minor in chemistry consists of 12 semester hours above 1000 level chemistry (CHE
2210 recommended).
A major in chemistry leading to the Bachelor of Science degree consists of at least 22
semester hours above the freshman level. The required courses are CHE 2201, 2210,
3301, 3303, 3404, and seven hours selected from other chemistry courses. The
chemistry major must take either PHY 1103-1104 or 1150-1151; an additional six to
eight hours in either biology, physics (courses at the 1000 level and 3350 are not ac-
cepted), or geology; and MAT 1110 and 1120. The student must select teacher cer-
tification or an option in another career support area. This option must be approved by
the department upon entering this degree program. Some options currently available
are listed below:
Certified Chemist Option. The required courses, in addition to those listed above,
are CHE 2202, 3000, 3302, 3304, 3405, 4000, 4400, 4560, and at least 3 s.h. ad-
ditional work above the 3000 level. Chemistry 3307 and 3520 are not accepted. A
course (s) in computer programming is strongly recommended. This degree has been
approved by the American Chemical Society's Committee on Professional Training
(see B.A.).
Pre -Professional and Paramedical option. BIO 1101-1102 and CHE 2202 must be
selected. The required courses are: BIO 2202, 3301, 3308, 3309, and 4554 and
either CHE 4580 or BIO 3300, with CHE 4580 preferred.
Marketing and Business Option. Several options are available, all require ACC 2100
and ECO 2030, plus an additional 12-18 s.h. The options should be developed in
consultation with the Chairperson of the Department of Chemistry and must be in-
dividually approved.
Chemistry
80
Teacher Certification Option . (for chemistry majors seeking teaching certification in
Science Education— Six to eight semester hours of biology must be selected. CHE
3520 (Instructional Assistance) is required. For the full curriculum in Science Educa-
tion. For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary
Education.
Criminal Justice Option. The required courses are: CJ 1100, 2020, 3551 and 3552,
and CHE 4560. The remaining six hours should be chosen from: CJ 3150, 4020,
3060, or 4550.
Educational Media Option. The required courses are: LM 3020, 4630, 4730, 5410
and either LM 3015 or 4820. CHE 3500, Special Technical Library Problems and
CHE 5002 are also required for this option.
Students interested in a Master of Business Administration may complete the B.S. in
chemistry and MBA prerequisite courses. (See College of Business General
Undergraduate Plan Outline.) Application for admission to the Master of Business
Administration program should be made in the fall of the student's senior year and
admission will be contingent upon a satisfactory combination of undergraduate GPA
and GMAT and three favorable references. An MBA degree with a chemistry option
consists of twenty-four semester hours from the College of Business and 16 semester
hours of chemistry including CHE 5050, 5060, 5070, and 5090.
Other Options. Additional options to prepare the chemistry major to pursue other
career opportunities may be developed in consultation with the chairperson of the
Chemistry Department and must be individually approved.
All senior students majoring in chemistry are required to participate in weekly seminar
discussion periods each semester in residence.
In the Master of Arts degree in the junior college teaching program, a major in chemistry
consists of a minimum of 30 semester hours of credit. The 30 semester hours credit in-
cludes a thesis for four hours credit (CHE 5999) . A minimum of four semester hours
credit is required in education and psychology (eight semester hours credit required for
secondary certification). The following chemistry courses are required: 5002 (to be
taken fall term of first year), 5050, 5060, 5070, 5090 and 5999.
In the Master of Science degree program, a major in chemistry consists of 30 semester
hours of courses including a thesis for four semester hours credit (CHE 5999). The
following chemistry courses are required: 5002 (to be taken fall semester of first year),
5050, 5060, 5070, 5090, and 5999. The remaining semester hours, for a total of 30
semester hours, will be elected from courses in chemistry numbered 4500 and above,
and approved physics and mathematics courses.
All graduate students are required to participate in weekly seminar discussion periods
each semester in residence.
All master's degree candidates must pass comprehensive examinations and each must
present and defend the thesis before the chemisty faculty.
Chemistry
81
Courses of Instruction in Chemistry
and Physical Science
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
CHEMISTRY
1101. Introductory Chemistry I/(4).F;S.
A study of the fundamental principles of chemistry
emphasizing modern atomic theory, the structure
and behavior of atoms, the properties and states
of matter, energy relations, periodicity and mole
concepts. Laboratory experiments to supplement
the study of the listed topics. Lecture three hours,
laboratory three hours.
1102. Introductory Chemistry II/(4).F;S.
A study of properties of solutions, acid-base con-
cepts, equilibria, elementary thermodynamics,
elementary kinetics, electrochemistry. Laboratory
experiments to supplement the study of the listed
topics. Lecture three hours, laboratory three
hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1101.
1110. Introductory Chemistry IIA/(4).S.
A study of the practical aspects of chemistry as
related to living systems including solutions, acid-
base relationship, the chemistry of simple organic
systems and their relationship to naturally occurr-
ing macromolecules. Laboratory experiments to
supplement the study of the listed topics. Prere-
quisite: CHE 1101. Not open to science majors.
Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours.
1200. Chemical Calculations/(l).F.
An introduction to logical problem solving as
related to introductory chemistry. The course to
be offered the same semester as Chemistry 1101
starting after the beginning of the semester. Can-
not be taken after completion of introductory
chemistry. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Graded on S/U basis.
2201-2202. Organic Chemistry/(4-4).F-S.
A study of the properties and reactions of the
compounds of carbon. Emphasis on mechanisms
and structural influences. Laboratory practice in
techniques, class reactions and synthesis. Prere-
quisite: CHE 1102. Lecture three hours,
laboratory three hours.
2210. Quantitative Analysis/(4).F;S.
An introduction to analytical chemistry, including
equilibria, Beer's law, oxidation -reduction reac-
tions and ion exchange; the basic methods of
quantitative analysis are introduced and practiced
with laboratory unknowns. Prerequisite: CHE
1102. Lecture two hours, laboratory six hours.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3000. Introduction to Chemical
Research/(1).F;S.
An introduction to the techniques and
methodology of chemical research. Pre- or core-
quisite: CHE 2210.
3301-3302. Physical Chemistry 1-11/ (3-3).
F.S.
Physical Chemistry I is a detailed treatment of the
theories underlying the thermodynamic properties
and behavior of gases, liquids and solids. Phase
and chemical equilibria, electro-chemical cells and
irreversible processes in solution. Physical
Chemistry II is a treatment of kinetic molecular
theory, kinetics, elementary quantum theory,
symmetry and spectroscopy. Prerequisites: CHE
1102, MAT 1120, and a year of physics. Lecture
three hours.
3303, 3304. Physical Chemistry Laboratory/
(1,1)F;S.
Experimental investigations which supplement the
study of the topics in physical chemistry. Applica-
tions of computer techniques for data reduction
and manipulation will be introduced and utilized.
3301 is co-requisite or prerequisite for 3303 and
3302 is co-requisite or prerequisite for 3304.
3307. Scientific Glass Blowing/(l).S.
Provides the student with an opportunity to learn
the properties of scientific glasses with respect to
performing simple glass working operations.
Prerequisite: CHE 1 102 and permission of the in-
structor. Laboratory three hours. This course will
be graded on a S/F basis.
Chemistry
82
3404. Inorganic Chemistry/(3).S.
A detailed study of the elements and their com-
pounds based on atomic structure and periodicity.
Chemical bonding as it relates to molecular struc-
ture and chemical reactivity. Aqueous and non-
aqueous solvent systems, acid-base theories, and
the chemistry of complexes. Prerequisite: CHE
1102. Lecture three hours.
3405. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory /(1).S.
Experimental investigations which supplement the
study of inorganic chemistry, involving reactions
in inert atmospheres, vacuum systems and hot
tubes. Co-requisite or prerequisite: CHE 3404.
Laboratory three hours.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
Required of all chemistry majors (B.S.) seeking
teacher certification in Science Education.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
4000. Chemistry Seminar/(1).F;S.
The presentation and discussion of current
chemical topics. Oral and written reports are re-
quired. Prerequisite: CHE 3000.
4400. Senior Research/(1).F;S.
A laboratory research project under the supervi-
sion of a staff member. An oral report of the work
in progress will be made at the regular seminar
and a written report of the results is to be submit-
ted to the chemistry faculty upon completion.
Laboratory: 4 hours (minimum). Pre- or corere-
quisite: CHE 4000. May be repeated once for
credit.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Inorganic Reaction Mec nanisms/ (3). S.
A study of the kinetic and mechanistic nature of
inorganic reactions. Included are substitution reac-
tions of octahedral and square planar complexes,
the stereochemistry of substitution reactions,
isomerization and racemization reactions, oxida-
tion and reduction reactions. Prerequisite CHE
3404. Lecture three hours.
4560. Instrumental Methods of Analysis/(4).F.
A study of some of the modern instrumental
methods of analysis including electrochemistry,
atomic and molecular spectroscopy, magnetic
resonance spectrometry, mass spectrometry and
gas chromatography. Prerequisite: CHE 2210.
Lecture three hours, laboratory three hours.
4570. Physical Chemistry III/(3).F.
A study of theories of bonding and structure, in-
cluding molecular symmetry, group theory and
quantum mechanics, the molecular orbital theory,
the ligand field theory and excited states. Prere-
quisite: CHE 3302. Lecture three hours.
4580. Biochemistry 1/(3). F;S.
This course covers the properties of amino acids,
proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids
and presents a brief introduction to enzymology.
Major emphasis is on the chemistry of biological
compounds. An introduction to intermediary
metabolism is also presented. Prerequisite: CHE
2202. Lecture three hours.
4581. Biochemistry I Laboratory/(l).F;S.
Experimental investigations which supplement the
study of the topics in biochemistry. Chemistry
4580 is co-requisite or prerequisite to Chemistry
4581. Laboratory three hours.
4582. Biochemistry II/(3).S.
This course will cover the intermediary
metabolism of amino acids, nucleic acids, car-
bohydrates and lipids. Metabolic pathways and
their associated enzymes are emphasized. Prere-
quisite: CHE 4580 with CHE 3301 recommended
but not required. Lecture three hours.
4590. Spectral Interpretations/^). F.
A study of the use of spectral data for the iden-
tification of organic compounds. Techniques will
include UV, IR, NMR, MS, ORD and CD in the
identification process. Prerequisite: CHE 2202.
Lecture two hours.
4591. Qualitative Organic Analysis
Laboratory/(2).F.
Development of techniques for the separation,
purification, identification and complete
characterization of unknown organic compounds.
Emphasis will be placed on classical reaction
methods. Prerequisite: CHE 2202. Laboratory six
hours.
Chemistry
83
4600. Selected Topics/(l-4). On Demand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
chemistry curriculum. May be repeated for credit
when content does not duplicate. Prerequisite:
Upper-division status or departmental permission.
4610. History of Chemistry/(3).S.
A study of the development of chemistry as a
science with emphasis on the development of
basic concepts, ideas and theories. Prerequisite: a
year of introductory chemistry. Lecture three
hours.
Graduate Courses
5002. Chemical Literature /(1).F.
A study of the literature of chemistry with
literature search and bibliographic methods in-
troduced. To be taken fall term of first year. Lec-
ture one hour.
5050. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry/(4).F.
An investigation of inorganic stereochemistry,
atomic orbitals, Valence Bond Theory, the Pauli
Exclusion Principle, Molecular Orbital Theory,
equivalency of orbitals, the chemistry of the transi-
tion elements, and discussion of chemistry of the
elements, according to type, with regard to coor-
dination number and stereochemistry. Lecture
four hours.
5060. Advanced Analytical Chemistry/(4).S.
A study of the methods of chemical analysis using
atomic and molecular spectroscopy, magnetic
resonance, mass spectrometry, and elec-
trochemical methods of analysis including elec-
trogravimetric methods, coulometry, poten-
tiometry, amperometry, polarography, and strip-
ping analysis. Prerequisite: CHE 4560. Lecture
four hours.
5070. Advanced Physical Chemistry/(4).F.
Rigorous treatment of the laws of ther-
modynamics and statistical mechanics. Applica-
tions to gases, solutions and other condensed
phases, studies of surface effects. Lecture four
hours.
5090. Advanced Organic Chemistry/(4).S.
A study of the type reactions of organic
molecules. Nucleophilic aliphatic substitution,
electrophilic aromatic substitution, addition to
multiple bonds, free radical reactions and rear-
rangements. Lecture four hours.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
chemistry curriculum. May be repeated for credit
when content does not duplicate. Prerequisite:
graduate status.
5999. Master's Thesis/(4).F;S;SS. Graaea on
S/U basis only.
PHYSICAL SCIENCE
1001-1002. Physical Science/(3-3).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the concepts of matter and
energy and their interactions. The topics chosen
are based on those suggested by the N.C. State
Department of Public Instruction to be included in
the curriculum of primary and elementary science
classes. This course is structured principally to
meet physical science requirements for primary
and elementary education majors. Sections label-
ed K-3 are open only to primary education ma-
jors. Other non-science majors may elect those
sections designated 4-9 to fulfill General College
science requirements. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
Community Planning & Geography
84
Department of Community
Planning and Geography
(PLN/GHY)
Ole Gade, Chairperson
The major objectives of the Department of Community Planning and Geography are
to:
1. Promote the understanding of the spatial dimensions of man's behavior within the
physical and cultural systems of the earth and the role of planning in achieving im-
provement in those systems.
2. Offer a well-balanced curriculum which will aid students in finding productive
places in society.
3. Maintain a staff dedicated to teaching, scientific research, and community-regional
service .
A major in geography leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 36 semester
hours in courses numbered above the 1000 level with the following courses required:
GHY 2310, 3100, 3110, 3210, 3310, 4200, and 4800; STT 3810; 12 semester hours
of geography electives, with no more than seven hours of geography electives taken
from regional courses. An appropriate foreign language is required.
A major in geography leading to the Bachelor of Science degree (without teacher cer-
tification) consists of 36 semester hours above the 1000 level. Required courses include
GHY 2310, 2400, 3100, 3110, 3200, 3210, 3310, 4200, 4800, PLN 2410 and six
semester hours of geography electives. One-half or more of the course requirements
will be taken at the 3000 level or above.
The student must take eight-nine semester hours in statistics and computer science in-
cluding STT 3810 and a course in computer science. In addition the student must take
a minimum of 15 semester hours in approved ancillary courses.
The department also provides a concentration of twelve semester hours in geography
beyond the social science core requirements for majors in social science seeking the
Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification. These twelve hours include GHY
2400, 3200, 3210, and 4250. For the social science requirements, refer to the index.
For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Educa-
tion.
A minor in geography consists of 18 semester hours, including general education re-
quirements, and not more than five hours in regional courses.
A major in community and regional planning leading to the Bachelor of Science degree
consists of a minimum of 61 semester hours as follows:
Community Planning & Geography
85
1. Required courses for all majors include GHY 2310, 3310, PLN 2410, 3431, 3730,
4800, 4810, 4820, 4830, and 4900; STT 3810; CS 1400 or another computer
science programming course.
2. At least 13 semester hours of electives must be selected from: FIR 2850; ECO
4800; GHY 3200, 3210, 4200; GLY 1200; HIS 3824; PS 2130 or 2160; SOC
4100, 4300.
3. At least six additional semester hours of electives must be planning courses selected
with the approval of the advisor of the planning program.
It is highly recommended that planning majors consider taking the following courses for
general education credit: ART 2004, 3002; GLY 1101, 1102; and CMA 1100.
A minor in community and regional planning consists of 20 semester hours with 12
hours in planning and eight hours chosen from among the non-planning courses listed
as required or electives within the major of the planning program or other appropriate
courses selected with the approval of the advisor of the planning program.
As one of the collateral areas in social science, the department offers two programs
leading to the Master of Arts degree with a major in social science. For the curriculum
for a major in social science with a concentration in geography leading to the Master of
Arts degree for secondary school teaching or to the Master of Arts degree for junior col-
lege teaching, refer to index.
The department offers a Master of Arts degree in geography with liberal arts and educa-
tion options. All students must take Geography 4800, 5000, 5100, 5110, 5130 and
5350. Geography 5000 and 5350 should be taken during the first 12 semester hours of
work.
The liberal arts option requires a minimum of 30 semester hours, including a thesis;
plus a reading knowledge of a modern foreign language or the equivalent of 12
semester hours in undergraduate statistical and/or computer applications. For the non-
thesis component of this option, see the departmental chairperson.
The education option requires 24 semester hours in geography including Geography
5300 and a thesis or internship; plus a graduate minor in education approved by the
student's advisor and an appropriate representative of the College of Education.
Courses of Instruction in Geography
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Community Planning & Geography
86
GEOGRAPHY
1010. Introduction to Physical Geography/ (3).
F;S;SS.
Geography is a spatial science concerned with ex-
ploring the interrelatedness of physical and
cultural phenomena distributed in earth space.
This course introduces the student to the discipline
of geography and develops competency in the use
of basic techniques and tools whereby man's
spatial dimension of existence may be analyzed.
1020. Introduction to Regional Geography/(3).
F;S;SS.
An examination of the interrelationships of those
cultural and physical environmental factors which
have resulted in the particular character of various
regions of the world.
2310. Cartography/(3).F.
This course introduces the student to methods
and techniques of map interpretation, preparation
and use. It includes computer graphics using the
Apple He and peripherals. Field trips will be taken
to various mapping facilities. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
2400. Environmental Problems/(3).F.
Analysis of man's perception, use, and attempted
regulation of his habitat; spatial and policy pro-
blems and implications. Offered on a yearly basis.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3011. Europe/U.S.S.R./(3).F.
A regional analysis of historical and contemporary
cultural and physical environmental factors in-
strumental in causing the highly developed
character of Europe and the U.S.S.R. Offered
alternate even years with 3012.
3012. U.S./Canada/(3).F.
A regional analysis of historical and contemporary
cultural and physical environmental factors in-
strumental in causing the highly developed
character of the United States and Canada. Of-
fered alternate odd years with 3011.
3100. Meteorology and Climatology/(3).F.
Introductory concepts of atmospheric processes
and their relationships to man are developed. The
student is acquainted with instruments used to
measure and record atmospheric phenomena.
The world pattern and characteristics of climates
and man's responses to them are examined. Two
hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
3110. Vegetation, Soils, and Landforms/(3).S.
A systematic analysis of the spatial characteristics
of vegetation, soils, and landforms especially as
they interact in the North American realm. Con-
sideration is given to the processes affecting the
ecosystem and their relation to man's activities.
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
3200. Geographic Perspectives on Human
Behavior/(3).S.
An approach to understanding the ways in which
people perceive, behave in and structure their
geographical environment. The course em-
phasizes variations in spatial behavior such as the
uses of personal spaces and social territories,
choosing locations for social activities, migration,
and diffusion of ideas and innovations across
geographical space and regional organization.
Solutions to contemporary problems are stressed.
Offered on a yearly basis.
3210. Economic Geography/(3).F.
The spatial analysis of economic systems dealing
with the location, collection, distribution, and ac-
cessibility factors associated with the functional in-
terrelationships between manufacturing,
transportation-communications, and markets.
Students will be involved in location problem solv-
ing and field work. Recommended for business
majors.
3310. Environmental Remote Sensing/(3).S.
This course introduces the student to the kinds of
remote sensing techniques presently available for
environmental analysis. It provides for study of a
wide variety of aeria photographs and space im-
ages and their interpretation in the field. Lecture
two hours, laboratory two hours.
3400. Recreational Land Use/(3).S.
A study of selected recreational phenomena
which emphasize spatial distribution and interac-
tion. Field trips to local and regional recreation
sites will be taken.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4)F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
Community Planning & Geography
87
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
4200. Urban Geography/ (3). S.
Spatial organization of human activity focusing on
the evolution and organization of city systems, the
internal structure of urban areas, and urban pro-
blems, policies and planning with emphasis on
problem solving and field work. The course is ap-
plied in nature and recommended for majors in
social studies, business, and planning.
5020. Southern Appalachia/(3). On Demand.
An examination of the physical and cultural en-
vironments of Southern Appalachia. The pro-
blems of the region will be explored as they relate
to land forms, resource exploitation, and the
philosophical underpinnings of the people.
5100. Physical Environmental Analysis/(3).S.
An exploration of special problems related to
physical geography with emphasis placed on their
impact on the human environment.
4230. Political Geography/(3).F.
Spatial aspects of territoriality, boundaries, voting
patterns, government programs, formation of
political units, political development and integra-
tion, and environmental policy.
4250. Historical Geography/(3).S.
The changing geography of the United States and
Canada from pre-Columbian times to about
1920. Attention is concentrated on evolving pat-
terns, especially agricultural on the changing
perceptions of the physical environment; on the
nature and origins of populations; on the expan-
sion of settled areas and on phenomena underly-
ing urbanization and industrialization. Recom-
mended for social studies teachers and students of
American history.
Senior/Graduate Courses
4800. Quantitative Methods in Geography and
Planning/(3).S.
The study of the quantitative methodology
relating to the analysis of relationships between
man and his physical environment, their spatial
consequences, and the resulting regional struc-
tures that have emerged on the earth's surface.
Prerequisites: STAT 3810 or consent of instruc-
tor.
4900. Internship in Geography and
Planning/(3-12).F;S;SS.
The internship emphasizes field work in the areas
of locational analysis, environmental assessment
and impact, and/or land use planning and is con-
ducted jointly with an appropriate public or private
agency. The type of internship, location of field
experience, and sponsoring agency must be
satisfactory to the student and to the department.
A research paper is required.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F.
5110. Regional Analysis/(3).F.
Analaysis of regional theory and method in
geography and planning. Seminar discussions
and case studies.
5130. Cultural Environmental Analysis/(3).F.
Spatial aspects of social processes and patterns,
including: territoriality; micro, meso, and
macrospace; perception of the natural and social
environment; cognition; spatial interaction; com-
munication/diffusion; migration; ethnic and racial
minorities; urban residential patterns; and urban
pathologies. The focus is on Anglo- America with
solutions to contemporary problems stressed.
5301. Teaching of Geography/(3).S;SS.
This course focuses on the methodology and con-
tent of contemporary geography instruction. The
student is acquainted with curriculum projects. A
culminating activity involves the production of a
geography teaching unit. Offered odd years. (Eff.
Spring, 1984).
5350. Theory and Method in Geography/(3).F.
The nature and evolution of the discipline of
geography. Major themes in geographic analysis,
their postulates, concepts, and theoretical evolu-
tion and contribution. The place and future of
geography among the physical and social
sciences.
5400. Planning Process/(3).F.
The planning process is explored in detail by ex-
amining the roles and relationships of planning
agencies/functions at the various levels of govern-
ment and in the private sector. The functions and
goals of planning are also approached from a
topical point of view in order for the student to see
how continuous planning enhances decision-
making processes. Selected planning
theories/techniques are reviewed and evaluated.
Community Planning & Geography
88
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/ (1-3). On De-
mand.
5900. Internship in Geography/(3-12).F;S;SS.
The internship emphasizes field work in the areas
of locational analysis, environmental assessment
and impact, and/or land use planning. For the
Master of Arts (teacher certification program) the
internship involves teaching one or more
geography courses in an appropriate setting. The
type of internship, location of field experience,
and sponsoring agency must be satisfactory to the
student and to the department. A research paper
is required.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(4).F;S;SS.
COMMUNITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING
2410. Regional and Urban Planning/ (3). F;S.
Introduction to the principles, philosophy, and
theories of planning. Emphasis is placed on plann-
ing approaches to the solution of contemporary
regional, urban, and environmental problems.
Students will participate in several field trips.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3431. Planning Techniques/(5).F.
The student gains insight into the planning process
at all levels, becomes acquainted with the range of
factors germane to planning and acquires the skills
and techniques for preparing a community plan.
Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
3730. Land Use Regulations/(3).F.
The study of zoning, subdivision, and other land
use regulations with particular reference to North
Carolina applications. The role of environmental
impact statements, floodway zoning, historic
districts, community appearance commissions, as
well as the role of the courts in defining land use
regulations is also considered.
4430. Tourist Region Planning and Design/(3).
F.
The study of planning for recreational areas. The
spatial organization, planning, and design of
tourist regions and recreational complexes. A
special emphasis is placed on recreation area
design problems in the North Carolina mountain
region. Two hours lecture; two hours studio.
4440. Community and Regional Planning in
Appalachia/(3).S.
The planning of communities and rural areas in an
economically lagging region. The role of growth
centers, industrial estate policy, and other regional
strategies designed to cope with the "Appalachian
problem" is stressed. Some emphasis is also plac-
ed upon the potential planning solutions to en-
vironmental disharmony occasioned by rapid ur-
banization and recreation development. Offered
alternate even years.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4700. Project Management/(3).S.
An orientation to the overall process of acquiring
funds from external sources including proposal
writing, clearinghouse procedures, environmental
impact assessment, and project management pro-
cedures. Open to geography, planning, political
science and recreation majors. Others by permis-
sion of instructor.
4800. Quantitative Methods in Geography and
Planning/(3).S.
The study of the quantitative methodology
relating to the analysis of relationships between
man and his physical environment, their spatial
consequences, and the resulting regional struc-
tures that have emerged on the earth's surface.
Prerequisites: STAT 3810 or consent of instruc-
tor.
4810. Microcomputers in Planning and
Geography/ (3). S.
This course introduces students to microcomputer
applications in planning and geography with em-
phasis on graphics, mapping and geographic in-
formation system capabilities.
English
89
4820. Theory, Philosophy and Ethics of Plann-
ing/(3).F.
This course is designed to deal with the general
body of knowledge that is needed by the profes-
sional planner in his interactions with both his
clientele and other decision-facilitators. The
course also will stress those values, attitudes,
perceptions and moral implications which are em-
bodied in the planning function.
4830. Senior Practicum/(3).S.
A capstone experience in which the student
prepares a project proposal and project plan in-
corporating the philosophy and techniques of the
planning profession. The project is presented
before the planning faculty and majors. For plann-
ing majors only. Graded on S/U basis.
4900. Internship in Geography and Planning/
(3-12).F;S;SS.
The internship emphasizes field work in the areas
of locational analysis, environmental assessment
and impact, and/or land use planning and is con-
ducted jointly with an appropriate public or private
agency. The type of internship, location of field
experience, and sponsoring agency must be
satisfactory to the student and to the department.
A research paper is required.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/ (1-3).
Department of English (ENG)
Loyd H. Hilton, Chairperson
The aim of the Department of English is to give students competency in written and oral
composition and in the interpretation and appreciation of literature. To this end, all
students are required to take, or be exempted from, the Freshman English Series
1000-1100. (This sequence is prerequisite to all other courses in English.)
A major in English leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 36 elective hours in
English above the freshman level, six of which may be applied toward satisfying the
general education humanities requirement. Although no course in English above the
freshman level is specifically required, at least 24 hours of the work must be done at the
3000 level or above. Six hours of a foreign language above the elementary course level
are required. Upon acceptance into the upper division as a major, the student should
consult an English advisor for help in planning a program of study appropriate to the
student's particular needs and objectives.
A minor in English consists of 18 elective hours in English above the freshman level, six
of which may be applied toward satisfying the general education humanities require-
ment.
A major in English leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification
consists of 37 hours in English above the freshman level, six of which may be applied
toward satisfying the general education humanities requirement.
Required courses include nine hours at the 2000 level. At least 25 hours of the work in
English must be at the 3000 level or above. Required courses include 3200, 3300,
3490, 3520, 4660, and 3610 or 4610; 3200 is a prerequisite to 3490, 3520, and SE
3110 and 4900. The student elects 12 hours from an array of 3000- and 4000-level
courses. Since teacher certification in English requires a balanced preparation in several
areas, each student will be provided information indicating courses appropriate to cur-
English
90
rent state and professional guideline requirements. Required also for the teaching
degree are six hours of a foreign language beyond the elementary course level and SE
4620, as well as the professional education courses and other criteria specified by the
College of Education. For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department
of Secondary Education.
To receive further information, the student should report to the English department
during the first semester of the junior year or, for transfer students entering as juniors or
seniors, during the first semester at ASU. The student is expected to work closely with
the English education advisor in fulfilling the degree requirements.
Three programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts degree in English. One, the
academic M.A. is composed of courses in English alone or with an optional minor in a
related field other than education. The other two are in teacher preparation— the junior
college program and the secondary school program — and require that advanced study
in English be supplemented with graduate courses in professional education. For the re-
quirements, see the Department of Administration, Supervision and Higher Education,
or Department of Secondary Education.
For the Master of Arts degree for the junior college program and the secondary school
program, a minimum of 24 hours (20-22 including a thesis) of English must be ac-
quired, including ENG 5000, Bibliography and Research, and a program of electives to
be chosen by the student in consultation with his graduate advisor in English. In addi-
tion, for the junior college program, four hours of education are required, and for the
secondary school program, eight hours of education are required.
For the academic Master of Arts degree, a minimum of 30 hours of graduate credit must
be acquired. These may include a minor of up to six hours in a related discipline. They
also will include four hours credit for the thesis, which is required, and three hours credit
for ENG 5000, Bibliography and Research, which is also required. In consultation with
a graduate advisor in English, the student should plan for a minimum of 18 hours of
electives in English. In addition to course work, each candidate will demonstrate profi-
ciency in reading a foreign language. For requirements concerning the final com-
prehensive examination for the master's degree, see the discussion of these in the
Graduate School catalog or consult the chairperson of the department.
A graduate minor in English is comprised of 8-12 elective hours numbered above 4500
from the English listings in the Graduate Catalog.
The Department of English offers an honors program on the freshman, sophomore,
junior, and senior levels. In order to remain in the program students must maintain at
least a B average in honors work. Students meeting the requirements of the Junior-
Senior Honors Program (ENG 3510, 3515, and 4510) with a grade of B or better and a
3.45 average in all English course work will graduate with "Honors" in English. Those
meeting the requirements with a grade of A and a 3.65 average in all English course
work will graduate with "High Honors" in English. Those meeting the requirements
with a grade of A and a 3.85 average in all English course work will graduate with
"Highest Honors" in English.
English
91
Overseas Study Program
In keeping with the University's belief that studies and travel abroad contribute to its role
as an institution of higher learning, the English Department each summer offers
students an opportunity to study either in England or on the continent, or in some in-
stances a combination of both. The programs are directed by regular faculty members
and offer opportunities for both supervised group study and individual investigation. In-
formation is available each fall concerning the specific programs to be offered for
undergraduate and graduate credit. Students interested in the possibility of such study
should make inquiry at the English office early in the school year.
Courses of Instruction in English
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
ENGLISH HONORS
1510. Freshman Honors Seminar/(3).F;S.
Development of individual research and original
critical thought; composition. Collateral reading in
English. American, or world literature. Members
selected by the Department of English.
2510. Sophomore Honors Seminar in English,
American, or World Literature/(3).F.
A study of major works, authors, genres, or
literary movements in English, American, or
world literature. By invitation or application.
2515. Sophomore Honors Seminar in English,
American, or World Literature/ (3). S.
A study of major works, authors, genres, or
literary movements in English, American, or
world literature. By invitation or application.
3510. Junior Honors Seminar/(3).F.
3515. Junior Honors Seminar/(3).S.
Two in-depth units each semester on major
English, American, or world authors, genres, or
literary movements. Intradepartmental instruc-
tion. Content varies each semester. By invitation
or application.
4510. Senior Honors Thesis/(2).S.
Independent study and research. Honors thesis
directed by a member of the English Department
and graded by a departmental committee. Oral
examination. Prerequisite: Completion of ENG
3510 and 3515 with at least a B average.
ENGLISH
0100. Laboratory in Writing/(0).F;S.
Providing self-instruction and tutoring, the
laboratory is a university-wide service for any
students who lack necessary skills in composition.
0900. Developmental English/(1).F.
Review in the basic principles of expository com-
position, with emphasis on mechanics, sentence
structure, organization, word choice, and use of
details. S/U. Meets three hours per week for one
hour of credit. Prerequisite to English 1000 for
designated students.
1000. Composition and Rhetoric/(3).F;S.
An introduction to the various types of expository
essays. A grade of C or higher in this course fulfills
the English proficiency requirement for teaching
majors.
1100. Introduction to Literature/(3).F;S.
Analysis of fiction, poetry, and drama. Continued
emphasis on composition through literary essays.
Prerequisite: ENG 1000.
ENGLISH 1000 AND 1100 ARE
PREREQUISITES FOR ALL COURSES
WHICH FOLLOW.
2000. Workshop in Composition/(l).F;S.
A review in basic principles of effective composi-
tion designed primarily for transfer students.
Satisfactory completion of the course fulfills the
English proficiency requirement for teacher
education students. Graded on S/U basis only.
English
92
2010. English Literature/(3).F.
A study of major writers from the beginning of
British literature through the eighteenth century.
2020. English Literature/(3).S.
A study of major British writers from the Roman-
tics through the present.
2030. World Literature/(3).F.
Masterpieces of the Western World from the
classical period to the Renaissance, in translation.
3200. Advanced Composition/ (2). F.
Practice in expository writing, with emphasis on
effective style, sound structure, and correct
mechanics. Required for teaching majors, this
course is a prerequisite to English 3490 and 3520.
3300. Advanced Grammar/(2).S.
A study of the syntax of English as described by
traditional grammarians with some attention to the
descriptive principles of transformational gram-
mar. Required for teaching majors.
2040. World Literature/(3).S.
Masterpieces of the Western World, in translation,
from the Renaissance to the present.
2100. Modern Studies/(3).F;S.
A study of recent literature. Course content will
vary and may concentrate on poetry, fiction,
drama, or a combination.
2120. Black Literature/(3).S.
A critical study of the work of outstanding Black
writers.
2170. Introduction to Film/(3).F;S.
A critical examination of notable examples of the
filmmaker's art from silent movies up to the
modern era, including a variety of film genres and
including both American and foreign films.
2310. American Literature/(3).F.
A study of major writers from the beginning of
American literature through the Romantics.
2320. American Literature/(3).S.
A study of major American writers from the begin-
ning of realism through the present.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
Independent research on a topic not offered in a
scheduled course. Prior to registration, indepen-
dent studies must be approved by the directing
professor, the department chairperson, and the
dean of the College of Arts and Sciences.
2530-2549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
Content to vary; may be repeated for credit when
content does not duplicate.
3100. Practical Writing/(3).F;S.
Prose writing for non-English majors with em-
phasis on analytical and critical writing and such
practical matters as organization, clarity, tone, and
style. Attention to the student's needs and in-
terests and to writing practices appropriate to his
or her academic discipline.
3490. Workshop in the Teaching of
English/(2).F.
Practical experience in the preparing and teaching
of literature and composition. Prerequisite: ENG
3200. Required for teaching majors.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
Directed, concentrated study of a special topic
developed by the student.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or Senior standing and English
3200. May be repeated for a total credit of three
semester hours. Required for teaching majors.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
Content to vary; may be repeated for credit when
content does not duplicate.
3610. Studies in the Principles of
Language/(3).F.
An introduction to theories of language structure,
language acquisition, and the functions of
language within a cultural setting, with particular
emphasis on semantics.
3650. Creative Writing/(3).F.
An introductory course in writing poetry and fic-
tion, specifically the short story, with emphasis on
techniques.
3660. Creative Writing/(3).S.
An advanced course in writing. Students may pro-
ject a novel or work in poetry, drama, or the short
story. Prerequisite: ENG 3650.
3720. Studies in the Short Story/(3).F.
3740. Studies in Poetry/(3).F.
3750. Studies in Drama/(3).S.
English
93
Senior /Graduate Courses
4590. World Literature/(3).F;S.
A study of literary content, theories, and problems
of a specific world-epoch.
4610. Modern English Grammar/(3).S.
An examination of the syntactic structures of
English as described by structural and transforma-
tional grammarians.
4660. History of the English
Language/ (3). S;SS.
A study of the phonological, morphological, and
cultural development of English, with particular
emphasis on phonology.
4730. The Novel/(3).S.
A study of selected novels from English, American
and world literature.
4760. Literary Criticism/(3).S.
Studies of the classical critics in translation and of
the contemporary critics, with emphasis on
specific techniques.
4770. Early American Literature/(3).F.
Studies in the works of the founders of American
political, religious, and literary culture as reflective
of trends in intellectual history.
4780. Nineteenth Century American
Literature/(3).S.
Examination of the major authors under whose
leadership American literature achieved world
prominence.
4790. Twentieth Century American
Literature/(3).S.
A study of poetic and prose works most
characteristic of modern American literature and
thought. Emphasis on major writers.
4800. Colloquium/(l-4). On Demand.
Content to vary; may be repeated for credit when
content does not duplicate.
4810. Folklore/(3).S.
A survey of folkloric genres (narrative, drama,
song, proverb, riddle, custom, belief, game) with
attention to their forms, transmission, and func-
tions in traditional and urban societies.
4820. Early English Literature/ (3). F.
An introductory study of medieval English
literature and Middle English.
4830. Shakespeare I/(3).F.
A study of Shakespeare's comedies and histories.
4840. Shakespeare 11/(3). S.
A study of Shakespeare's tragedies.
4850. Seventeenth Century English
Literature/(3).S.
A study of literature written during the seven-
teenth century in England, with each offering
limited to selected works.
4860. Restoration and Eighteenth Century
Literature/(3).S.
A study of the literature written in England during
the years 1660-1800. Each offering is limited to
selected works and authors of the period.
4870. The English Romantic Movement/(3).F.
A study of selected works of Wordsworth, Col-
eridge, Southey, Scott and Byron, Shelley, Keats,
with some attention to essayists and minor poets
of the Romantic Movement.
4880. Literature of the Victorian Period/(3).F.
A study of selected major English poets, novelists,
and essayists of the latter part of the nineteenth
century.
4890. Twentieth Century British
Literature/(3).F.
A study of major themes and literary techniques in
Twentieth Century British Literature.
4900. Internship in Writing/Editing/
(1-12). F;S;SS.
On-the-job work eperience individually tailored to
students' career orientation. Graded S/U.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F;SS.
A study of bibliographical problems, types of
research organization and reporting of research.
Required in the first semester of beginning
graduate students.
5100. Approaches to Composition/(3).S.
A study of representative works about the
teaching of writing with emphasis on the variety of
approaches available to the prospective teacher.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
Directed study of a topic not offered in regularly
scheduled course.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
Content to vary; may be repeated for credit when
content does not duplicate.
English
94
5600. Literary Theory and the Teaching of
English/(3). On Demand;SS.
A study of the application of critical approaches to
the teaching of literature in high school and the
two-year college. Offered summer school only, as
demand warrants.
5620. Linguistics for the Teacher of
English/(3)On Demand; SS.
Selected topics in applied linguistics. Topics may
include Black and Mountain dialects, linguistics as
an interpretive approach to literature, and hyper-
modern linguistic theory. Offered summer school
only, as demand warrants.
5770. Colonial and Federal American
Literature/(3).F;SS.
An intensive study in selected major authors from
the founding of the English colonies through the
early stage of the American Republic. Offered
alternate years with 5780. Offered 1985-86, Fall;
1985, SS.
5780. Nineteenth-Century American
Literature/(3).F;SS.
An intensive study of the works of such major
writers as Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson,
Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, James,
and Crane. Offered alternate years with 5770. Of-
fered 1984-85; Fall; 1984 SS.
5790. Twentieth-Century American
Literature/(3).F;SS.
An intensive study of such major writers as Frost,
Faulkner, Fitzgerald, and Hemingway. Offered
alternate years with 5890. Offered 1985-86, Fall;
1985 SS.
5810. Chaucer/(3).S;SS.
A critical study of The Canterbury Tales, other
works selected from the Chaucer canon, and
related medieval texts. Offered alternate years
with 5840. Offered 1985-86, Spring; 1985 SS.
5820. Renaissance Non-Dramatic Literature/
(3).F;SS.
A comprehensive study of the non-dramatic
literature of the English Renaissance including
such major writers as More, Sidney, Raleigh, and
Spencer. Offered alternate years with 5830. Of-
fered 1985-86, Fall; 1985 SS.
5830. Renaissance Drama/(3).F;SS.
An intensive study of selected playwrights of the
Elizabethan, Jacobean, and Caroline periods, in-
cluding the University Wits, Jonson, Dekker,
Marston, Beaumont and Fletcher, Webster, and
Ford. Offered alternate years with 5820. Offered
1984-85, Fall; 1984 SS.
5840. Shakespeare/(3).S;SS.
An intensive study of selected works from the
Shakespeare canon. Offered alternate years with
5810. Offered 1984-85, Spring; 1984 SS.
5850. Milton/(3).S;SS.
An intensive study of Paradise Lost, other works
selected from the Milton canon, and related texts.
Offered alternate years with 5865. Offered
1985-86, Spring; 1985 SS.
5865. Eighteenth -Century Brisith Studies/
(3).S;SS.
An intensive study of selected topics of major
literary interest during the period 1660-1800,
e.g., Restoration Drama, the Tory Wits, and
Johnson and his Circle. Offered alternate years
with 5850. Offered 1984-85, Spring; 1984 SS.
5870. Romantic Period/(3).S;SS.
An intensive study of selected authors of the
Romantic period considered in relation to general
concepts of romanticism. Offered alternate years
with 5880. Offered 1985-86, Spring; 1985 SS.
5880. Victorian Period/(3).S;SS.
An in-depth study of one or more major poets,
novelists or prose writers, with emphasis upon the
thought and style of the selected writer or writers
and the relationship between the literature and the
intellectual milieu of the period. Offered alternate
years with 5870. Offered 1984-85, Spring; 1984
SS.
5890. Twentieth-Century British
Literature/(3).F;SS.
An intensive study of the works of such major
writers as Yeats, Lawrence, and Joyce. Offered
alternate years with 5790. Offered 1984-85, Fall;
1984 SS.
5900. Practicum in the Teaching of
English/(1).F.
Practical experience in the teaching of composi-
tion and literature. Emphasis on the problems en-
countered in the teaching of English 1000 and
1100 and attention to a variety of instructional
strategies. Required of all teaching assistants.
Grading on S/U basis.
5910. World Literature/(3).S;SS.
A seminar in Classical, Continental, or Oriental
literature in translation. Emphasis will be indicated
in term schedules. Offered alternate years with
5980. Offered 1984-85, Spring 1984 SS.
Foreign Languages
95
5980. Contemporary American and English of the Absurd (and beyond). Offered alternate
Literature/(3).S;SS. years with 5910. Offered 1985-86, Spring; 1985
An examination of recent trends in post-WW II SS.
writing and thought, with emphasis on the New
American poetry in theory and practice, ex- 5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS.
periments in post-Modern novels, and the Theater Graded on S/U basis only.
Department of Foreign Languages
(FL)
Ramon Diaz-Solis, Chairperson
The Department of Foreign Languages teaches students to read, write and/or speak
various languages, modern and old. Through the study of literature and other elements
of culture, the department gives its students a better comprehension of the language
and helps them to relate to people of different languages with greater deference and
understanding.
A major in French leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 27 semester hours,
above the foreign language requirement, including 2010, 2020, 3010, 3020, 3050,
3060, 3070, 3080, 3090 or 4010. A major in Spanish leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree consists of 27 semester hours above the foreign language requirement, in-
cluding 2010, 2020, 3015, 3025, 3030, 3045, 3050, 3070 and 4550. Recommend-
ed: 3090.
A minor in French or Spanish consists of 12 semester hours above the foreign language
requirements, including 2010, 2020 and six semester hours of electives.
A minor in German consists of 12 semester hours above the foreign language require-
ment, including GER 3015-3025: GER 2010: Conversational German I (F); and GER
2020: Conversational German II (S), but excluding GER 3520, Instructional
Assistance .
A minor in Latin consists of 12 semester hours above the foreign language requirement
but excluding both LAT 2010: Mythology, and LAT 3520: Instructional Assistance.
A major in French leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification
consists of a minimum of 33 semester hours above the course level of 1020, including
1040, 1050, 2010, 2020, 3010, 3020, 3050, 3060, 3070, 3080, 3090 or 4010. A
major in Spanish leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification
consists of a minimum of 33 semester hours above the course level of 1020, including
1040, 1050, 2010, 2020, 3015, 3025, 3030, 3045, 3050, 3070 and 4550. Recom-
mended: 3090. The department recommends that a major in French or Spanish use
electives to build up a teaching competence in a related field. For the requirements in
teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Education.
Foreign Languages
96
The department offers a Master of Arts degree in French and Spanish for secondary
school teachers and for junior college teachers. Prerequisite to graduate work is 30
semester hours of language study above the elementary level. Graduate students who
do not have adequate undergraduate credits may begin graduate study if, at the same
time, they are building up their undergraduate hours to the required level. For the
master's degree, a minimum of 24 semester hours is required in the major field (French
or Spanish) . The remainder will be in education or electives. The electives may be in the
major field, in another language, in education, or in another field, such as English. The
two required courses are Bibliography and Research and History of the French
Language or History of the Spanish Language, but there are several preferred electives.
For further advice, consult the Chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages.
For the graduate requirements in education, see either the Department of Secondary
Education or Department of Administration, Supervision and Higher Education.
A graduate minor in French or Spanish is comprised of a minimum of 12 elective hours
numbered above 4500 from the French and Spanish listings in the Graduate Catalog.
International Economics and Business Options
International economics and business options are available within the following majors:
Bachelor of Arts with a major in Economics, Bachelor of Arts with a double major in
Economics and French or Spanish, and Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
with an individually designed major in International Studies.
For B.A. students, a total of 30 semester hours in two languages will be required in ad-
dition to the General Education literature requirement. BSBA students will take 15
hours in the chosen language, in addition to the General Education literature require-
ment.
For each of the two B.A. majors, students will take the required courses for an
economics major, ECO 4050, and ECO 4810, Seminar in European Economic Institu-
tions. In addition, they will take ACC 2100, 2110, 3200, and MGT 4810, Seminar in
Multinational Corporations.
For the BSBA program, the College of Business core must be completed, including in
the major program ECO 3010, 3020, 4050, and 4810, Seminar in European
Economic Institutions, MGT 4810, Seminar in Multinational Corporations, and HIS
3134. Under each option, an opportunity will be offered for a summer internship
abroad.
In order to be admitted to the major under any of these options, students must pass a
special examination demonstrating reading and speaking proficiency in each of the
languages chosen. Also, students taking any of these options will choose general
education courses in consultation with the advisor for this program.
For further information, students should consult either the chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Foreign Languages or the chairperson of the Department of Economics.
Foreign Languages
97
The Foreign Language Laboratory
The Department of Foreign Languages has a 54-booth electronic language laboratory.
In the laboratory, students listen and respond to prerecorded tapes which deal with the
material covered in their courses. The main purpose of the laboratory is to increase the
student's ability to pronounce, speak, and understand the language. The laboratory in-
creases the efficiency of language learning and the extra hours spent in the laboratory
can be the student's most productive study time.
Courses of Instruction in Foreign Languages
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
2020. Every Man's Latin/(1).F.
Essential structures and historical evolution of
Latin. Relation of Latin to English and other
modern languages. The Latin underlying scien-
tific, artistic and daily speech.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(2).F;SS.
A study of the methods and tools of research in
French and Spanish. Required of French and
Spanish M.A. candidates.
5001. Teaching Methods in Foreign
Languages/(1).F.
A study of the literature of language methodology
with class discussions of materials, procedures,
testing, etc. Laboratory for the course will be the
classes being taught by the students. Required of
graduate teaching assistants during first year of ap-
pointment. Offered on S/U basis.
ign
5002. Teaching Methods in Forei
Languages/(1).S.
A continuation of 5001, a study of specific
teaching techniques with emphasis on implemen-
ting and supplementing materials, evaluating
students and coordinating classroom activities
with lab work. Laboratory for the course will be
classes being taught by the students. Required of
graduate teaching assistants during first year of ap-
pointment. Offered on S/U basis.
5530-5549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
FRENCH
1010-1020. Elementary French/(3-3).F-S.
Understanding, speaking, reading and writing
French. Audiolingual techniques are combined
with required recording-listening practice in the
language laboratory. Open to those with no
previous preparation in French or those who
make a low score on the French placement test.
Recitation three hours and laboratory two hours a
week.
1040-1050. Intermediate French/(3-3).F-S.
Intensive grammar review and training in
understanding, speaking, reading and writing
French. Prerequisite: two units of high school
French and a good score on the French placement
test, or FRE 1010-1020, or the equivalent.
Recitation three hours and laboratory two hours a
week.
2010-2020. Conversational French and
Phonetics/(3-3).F-S.
Practice in everyday conversational French and
the improvement of diction. Practical study of the
International Phonetic alphabet as it applies to
French. Recitation three hours and laboratory two
hours a week. Required of French majors. Prere-
quisite: FRE 1040-1050 or the equivalent, or by
special placement.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
Foreign Languages
98
3010-3020. Introduction to French
Literature/(3-3).F-S.
An introduction to the major writers of the French
literary tradition and explications de texte. Selec-
tions and complete works of poetry, fiction,
theater, and essay. In the first semester: Middle
Ages through the 18th century. In the second
semester: 19th and 20th centuries. Lectures and
discussions; short essays and tests. Conducted in
French. Required of French majors. Prerequisite:
FRE 1040-1050 or the equivalent.
3050-3060. Culture and Civilization of
France/(3-3).F;S.
Contemporary France as seen through its history,
institutions and arts. Reading and discussion in
French. Required of French majors. Prerequisite:
FRE 1040-1050 or the equivalent.
3070-3080. Advanced Grammar, Syntax and
Composition/(3-3).F;S.
A study of French grammar, idioms, and syntax.
Prerequisite: FRE 1040-1050 or the equivalent.
Required of French majors.
3090. Business French/(3).S. On Demand.
A study of the current specialized vocabulary per-
tinent to international trade and business.
Selected readings from appropriate journals and
magazines, plus attention to various types of
business correspondence. Prerequisite: FRE
2010-2020 or the equivalent.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
4010. Francophone Literature/(3). S. On De-
mand.
An in-depth study of French literature outside of
France. Special consideration will be given to the
themes and style of representative works from
Africa, the Antilles, Madagascar, and Canada.
Content will vary. Conducted in French. Prere-
quisite: FRE 2010-2020 or instructor's approval.
Graduate Courses
5005. Advanced Conversation, Phonetics and
Diction/(3).F;SS.
Intensive study of the sound system of the French
language and its correct reproduction. Advanced
oral practice. Class recitation three hours and
laboratory.
5010. History of the French
Language/(3).S;SS.
The evolution of French from Latin to its present
form; integral developments and external in-
fluences. Study of phonology, morphology and
syntax of Old French and reading selected Old
French texts. Required of French M.A. can-
didates. Alternate years with 5020. Offered even-
numbered years.
5020. French Literature to 1500/(3). S;SS.
Study of the major writers of the medieval period
and their contribution to the French literary tradi-
tion. Alternate years with 5010. Offered odd-
numbered years.
5030. French Literature of the Sixteenth Cen-
tury/(3).F;SS.
Study of the major writers of the French
Renaissance and early Baroque. Offered alternate
years with 5050. Offered even-numbered years.
5040. French Literature of the Seventeenth
Century (I)/(3).F;SS.
Study of the major writers of the French Baroque
to 1650. Alternate years with 5041. Offered odd-
numbered years
5041. French Literature of the Seventeenth
Century (II)/(3).S;SS.
Study of the major writers of the Classical period.
Alternate years with 5040. Offered even-
numbered years.
5050. French Literature of the Eighteenth Cen-
tury/(3).S;SS.
Study of the major writers of the Age of Enlighten-
ment. Alternate years with 5030. Offered odd-
numbered years.
5060. French Literature of the Nineteenth Cen-
tury (I)/(3).S;SS.
Study of the major writers of the Romantic period.
Alternate years with 5061.
5061. French Literature of the Nineteenth Cen-
tury (II)/(3).S;SS.
Study of the major writers of the latter half of the
nineteenth century. Alternate years with 5060.
Offered odd-numbered years.
Foreign Languages
99
5070. French Literature of the Twentieth Cen-
tury (I)/(3).F;SS.
Study of the major writers to 1940. Alternate
years with 5071. Offered even-numbered years.
5071. French Literature of the Twentieth Cen-
tury (II)/(3).F;SS.
Study of the major writers since 1940. Alternate
years with 5070. Offered odd-numbered years.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
5999. Master's Thesis/(4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis only.
GERMAN
1010-1020. Elementary German/(3-3).F-S.
Open to those with no previous preparation in
German. Recitation three hours and laboratory
two hours a week.
1040-1050. Intermediate German/(3-3).F-S.
Prerequisite: two units of high school German or
GER 1010-1020 or the equivalent. Recitation
three hours and laboratory two hours a week.
2010-2020. Conversational German/(3-3).F;S.
Emphasis on acquisition of a practical vocabulary
and active use of the language. Prerequisite: GER
1040-1050 or the equivalent or by special place-
ment. Recitation three hours and laboratory two
hours a week.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3015-3025. Survey of German
Literature/(3-3).F;S.
Representative works in the German language . In
the first semester: Middle Ages through the 18th
century. In the second semester: 19th and 20th
centuries. Conducted in German. Prerequisite:
German 1040-1050 or the equivalent.
3050-3060. Culture and Civilization of Ger-
many/(3-3).F;S.
Study of German institutions, philosophy,
literature, and art. Prerequisite: German
1040-1050 or equivalent.
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
LATIN
1010-1020. Elementary Latin/(3-3).F-S.
Open to those with no previous preparation in
Latin or those who make a low score on the Latin
placement text. Recitation three hours a week.
1040-1050. Intermediate Latin/(3-3).F-S.
Prerequisite: two units of high school Latin and a
good score on the Latin placement test, or LAT
1020, or the equivalent.
2010. Mythology/(3).S.
Examination of the chief Graeco-Roman myths,
their influence on artists and writers of western
culture, their place as examples of man's
mythopoeic tendency. Open to all students. No
prior knowledge of Latin required for enrollment.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3010. The Aeneid/(3).F.
Prerequisite: LAT 1050 or four years of high
school Latin or permission of the instructor. Key
passages are selected for translation and discus-
sion. Lecture three hours. Offered odd-numbered
years.
3020. The Roman Historians/(3).S.
Prerequisite: LAT 1050 or four years of high
school Latin or permission of instructor. Transla-
tion of selected passages and discussion of literary
values of Livy, Sallust and Tacitus. Lecture three
hours. Alternate years with 4020.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
4010. Roman Satire/(3).F.
Selections from Horace and from Juvenal will be
Foreign Languages
100
read. Discussions will include each poet's specific
characteristics and his influence on western
culture. Alternate years with 3010.
4020. Roman Comedy/(3).S.
Selections from the comedies of Plautus and Ter-
rence will be read. Discussions will include the
practice of contaminatio and the playwright's in-
fluence on western culture. Alternate years with
3020.
quired of Spanish majors.
1050 or the equivalent.
Prerequisite: SNH
SPANISH
1010-1020. Elementary Spanish/(3-3).F-S.
Understanding, speaking, reading and writing
Spanish. Development of knowledge of Spanish
culture. Open to those with no previous prepara-
tion in Spanish or those who make a low score on
the Spanish placement test. Recitation three hours
and laboratory two hours a week.
1040-1050. Intermediate Spanish/(3-3).F-S.
Further development of understanding the
Spanish language and culture through review of
structures with emphasis on oral and reading com-
prehension and self-expression through speaking
and writing. Prerequisite: two units of high school
Spanish and a good score on the Spanish place-
ment test, or SNH 1010-1020 or the equivalent.
Recitation three hours and laboratory two hours a
week.
2010-2020. Conversational Spanish/(3-3).F-S.
Emphasis on acquisition of a practical vocabulary
and active use of the language. Prerequisite: SNH
1040-1050 or the equivalent or by special place-
ment. Recitation three hours and laboratory two
hours a week.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3015-3025. Survey of Spanish Literature/
(3-3).F;S.
Major writers of Spain. In the first semester: Mid-
dle Ages through the 18th century. In the second
semester: 19th-20th centuries. Required of
Spanish majors. Conducted in Spanish. Prere-
quisite: SNH 1040-1050 or the equivalent.
3030. Survey of Spanish-American Literature/
(3).S.
A study of Spanish- American literature, including
Pre-Columbian works and works from the time of
the colony up to the present. Required of Spanish
majors. Prerequisite: SNH 1040-1050 or the
equivalent.
3045. Culture and Civilizatlon/(3).F.
An outline of the history and culture of Spain. Re-
3050. Culture and Civilization of Spanish-
America/(3).S.
A description of historical events, currents of
thought, artistic trends, aboriginal and European
inheritance and other factors which significantly
contributed to the shaping of the peculiar Spanish-
American vision and practice of life. Required of
Spanish majors.
3070. Advanced Composition and
Grammar/(3).F.
A study of the morphology, syntax, and idioms in
the Spanish language. Prerequisite: SNH
2010-2020. Required of Spanish majors.
3090. Business Spanish/(3). On Demand.
A study of the current specialized vocabulary per-
tinent to international trade and business.
Selected readings from appropriate journals and
magazines, plus attention to various types of
business correspondence. Prerequisite: SNH
2010-2020 or the equivalent.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
and
4550. Spanish Phonetics
Diction/(3).S;SS.
A study of systems of sounds in Spain and
Spanish-America, including oral practice in
laboratory. Prerequisite: SNH 2010-2020. Re-
quired of Spanish majors.
Graduate Courses
5010. History of the Spanish
Language/ (3). F;SS.
Study of the evolution of Spanish. Required of
Spanish M.A. candidates. Alternate years with
5020. Offered even-numbered years.
5020. Spanish Literature to 1500/(3). F;SS.
Mainly "Poema de Mio Cid," "Libro de Buen
Amor," and "La Celestina." Alternate years with
5010. Offered odd-numbered years.
Geology
101
5030. Poetry of the Golden Age/(3).S;SS.
Study of the major poets of the Renaissance and
the Baroque. Alternate years with 5031. Offered
even-numbered years.
5031. Drama of the Golden Age/(3).S;Ss.
Study of the major dramatists from the Spanish
Renaissance through the Spanish Baroque. Alter-
nate years with 5030. Offered odd-numbered
years.
5032. Novels of the Golden Age/(3).S;SS.
Origin and development of chivalric, pastoral, and
picaresque novels with special attention to Cer-
vantes. Alternate years with 5040. Offered even-
numbered years.
5040. 19th Century Spanish Literature/(3).
S;SS.
Study of the major writers of Spanish romanticism
and realism. Alternate years with 5032. Offered
odd-numbered years.
5050. Modern Poetry in Spain and Spanish
America/(3).S;SS.
A study of the major Spanish and Spanish-
American poets from the late 19th century to the
present. Alternate years with 5051. Offered even-
numbered years.
5051. Modern Spanish Novels/(3).F;SS.
Spanish novelists from the generation of '98 to the
present. Alternate years with 5050. Offered odd-
numbered years.
5060. 20th Century Drama in Spain and
Spanish-America/(3).F;SS.
A study of the major dramatists of Spain and
Spanish-America. Alternate years with 5062. Of-
fered odd-numbered years.
5062. 20th Century Spanish-American
Novels/(3).S;SS.
Beginning with Modernism and continuing until
recent times. Alternate years with 5060. Offered
even-numbered years.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
5530. Selected Topics/(l-3). On Demand.
5999. Master's Thesis/(4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis only.
Department of Geology (GLY)
Fred Webb, Jr., Chairperson
Purposes of the Department of Geology are:
1. To provide all students with the opportunity to learn basic scientific principles
through the study of geology.
2. To introduce students to the many ways in which geology is interwoven into the
fabric of modern civilization.
3. To provide geology majors with the sound background requisite for productive
work in their profession and graduate studies.
4. To provide earth science teaching majors with the opportunity to become compe-
tent earth science teachers.
A major in geology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree is recommended for those
students who intend to pursue graduate studies in geology after graduation at Ap-
palachian. The program consists of the following, in addition to general requirements
for B.A. degrees in this college as stated elsewhere in this catalog:
A geology major leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of a minimum of 36
semester hours of geology courses above the 1000 level. Required courses include
Geology
102
GLY 2010, 2020, 2100, 2200, 3100, 3200, 3400, 3600, an approved summer field
course of at least six semester hours credit, and six hours of geology electives. In addi-
tion, a geology major must complete MAT 1110, 1120, and an additional three
semester hours of courses in the Department of Mathematical Sciences; CHE 1101 and
1102; and PHY 1150 and 1151.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in geology (option A, graduate school
track for industry-oriented students) are 37 semester hours of geology including: GLY
2010, 2020, 2100, 2200, 3100, 3200, 3300, 3400, 3600, one of the follow-
ing—4220, 4650 or 4950, and an approved six semester hours geology summer field
course. In addition, the student must take MAT 1110 and 1120, and either six semester
hours of statistics or eight semester hours of computer science, including CS 1410 and
either CS 1400 or 1440 (MAT 1100 may be taken to complete the eight hour require-
ment); CHE 1101-1102; PHY 1150-1151; and have an approved minor.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in geology (option B, industry-
oriented technician track) consist of 34 semester hours of geology courses that include:
GLY 2010, 2020, 2100, 2200, 3600, 4650, and 10 hours of geology electives, and an
approved geology summer field course of six semester hours credit. In addition,. the stu-
dent must take CHE 1101-1102, PHY 1150-1151, and MAT 1110, and at least five
additional hours of calculus, statistics, or computer science. The student must complete
a minor approved by the department.
A minor in geology consists of GLY 1101 and 1102, plus either GLY 2010-2020 or
GLY 2450, and an additional six hours of geology courses numbered above 1199.
During the senior year the B.A./B.S. (non-teaching) student must take and achieve a
satisfactory score on a comprehensive examination covering theoretical and practical
aspects in areas of geology. Students who are unsuccessful on portions or all of the ex-
amination may retake appropriate portions up to two additional times prior to gradua-
tion.
A major in Earth Science leading to the B.S. degree and teacher certification in Science
Education requires GLY 1101, 1102, 1103, 1200, 2450, 3300, 4850, 3 hours of
geology electives, and GLY 3520 (instructional assistance in GLY 1101, 1102, and
1103) [SE 2900 may be substituted for 1 hour of GLY 3520). The program also re-
quires GHY 3100 and 3110, CHE 1101 and 1102 or PHY 1103 and 1104, BIO 1101
and 1102, MAT 1020 or 1025 and 3910, and PHY 2100, 2200. See also Curriculum
in Science Education for information on sciences. For the requirements in teacher
education, see the Department of Secondary Education.
Courses of Instruction in Geology
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Geology
103
GEOLOGY
1101. Introduction to Physical Geology/(3).F;
SS.
Introduction to the composition, origin, and
modification of earth materials through study of
geological cycles; principles of geology
demonstrated through use of practical examples.
This course plus either Geology 1102 or Geology
1103 will fulfill the one year General Education
natural science requirement. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
1102. Introduction to Historical Geology/(3).
S;SS.
Survey of principles of study of the earth's past
and its inhabitants; and overview of the history of
the earth and its inhabitants, with emphasis on
North America and the Appalachian Mountains.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
1103. Introduction to Applied Geology/(3).S;
SS.
Survey of principles of the study of physical and
chemical processes that change the earth's crust
and surface through modification of earth
materials; principles of origin, distribution,
availability, and exploration of earth's mineral
resources; emphasis on applications of principles
of geological science to solutions of practical pro-
blems. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
1200. Environmental Geology/(2).S.
Application of the geological sciences to en-
viromental problems; study of geologic hazards
and potentials, using case histories. Lecture two
hours.
2010. Mineralogy/(2).F.
Fundamentals of crystallography and crystal
chemistry as applied to minerals; identification,
classification, and description of crystals and
minerals by chemical composition. Prerequisites:
GLY 1101 and 1102 or 1103, and General
Chemistry, or consent of the instructor. Lecture
one hour, laboratory three hours.
2020. Crystallography/(2).F.
The study of crystals, including their growth,
structure, physical properties, and classification by
form. Lecture one hour, laboratory three hours.
Chemistry 1101 is prerequisite or may be taken
concurrently.
2100. Preparation of Geologic Reports/(3).F.
This course consists of instruction in basic
methods of field data collection, proper use of
geologic library materials, organization of
materials, and writing reports. Prerequisite: GLY
1101. Lecture two hours, laboratory three hours.
2200. Introduction to Petrology/(4).S.
Characteristics, classification, and genesis of com-
mon rocks. Prerequisite: GLY 2010 and CHE
1101. Lecture two hours, laboratory five hours.
2450. Minerals, rocks, and fossils/(4).S;SS.
A study of the nature of minerals, including crystal
form; the origin of common rock-forming and
economically important minerals; the classification
and origin of common rocks; the history of plants,
invertebrate, and vertebrate animals; the se-
quence of major events in the history of life; and
the evolution of ecosystems. This course is not
open to geology majors for credit. Prerequisites:
Geology 1101 and 1102. Lecture two hours;
laboratory five hours (2.5 hours, twice each
week).
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3100. Optical Mineralogy/(3).S.
Theory and use of the transmitted light, polarizing
microscope in the study of common rock-forming
minerals is the focus of this course. Grain mounts
are used in the study of principles and thin-
sections analysis is introduced. Prerequisite: GLY
2010 and 2020. Lecture two hours, laboratory
three hours.
3200. Introduction to Stratigraphy and
Sedimentology/(3).F.
Properties, classification, and despositional
models of sedimentary rocks. Principles of collec-
tion and interpretation of stratigraphic data; em-
phasis on field relationships. Prerequisite: GLY
2010. Lecture two hours, laboratory three hours.
3300. Geomorphology and Remote
Sensing(3).F.
This course includes a study of the nature and
origin of landforms. Qualitative and quantitative
aspects of landform analysis in the field and
laboratory using maps, aerial photographs, and
satellite imagery are introduced. Prerequisites:
GLY 1101, 1102 or 1103. Lecture three hours,
laboratory three hours.
3350. Earth Science Investigations/(3). On
Demand.
A course for elementary education majors with a
concentration in science. Study of the composi-
tion of the earth, the physical processes con-
tinuously changing it, and the history of life, with
emphasis on man's interaction with the earth. Ac-
tivities suitable for presenting the material to
History
104
elementary school students will be stressed. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours. This course
is not available to anyone who has previously
completed GLY 1101.
3400. Introduction to Paleontology/(4).S.
Morphology, phylogeny, temporal distribution,
and paleoecology of fossils, with emphasis on in-
vertebrates. Prerequisites: GLY 2010 or Biology
1102. Lecture three hours, laboratory three
hours.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory /unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
3600. Structural Geology/(3).S.
Nature, classification, genesis, and quantification
of geologic structures with emphasis of field rela-
tionships. Prerequisite: GLY 1102 or 1103. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory three hours.
4220. Topics in Advanced Petrology/(3).S.
Igneous and metamorphic rocks, with emphasis
on current ideas regarding their origin and
significance, are the focus of this course. Thin sec-
tion analysis, field observations, and theoretical
analyses are emphasized. Prerequisites: GLY
2200, 3100. Lecture two hours, laboratory three
hours .
Senior /Graduate Courses
4650. Economic Geology and Exploration
Techniques/(4).S.
Principles, processes, and distribution of major
metallic and selected non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; geochemical and
geophysical exploration techniques as applied to
mineral exploration stressed in laboratory. Prere-
quisites: GLY 2010 and 2200. Lecture three
hours, laboratory three hours.
4850. Introduction to Oceanography/(2).F.
Physical, chemical, biological, and geological
oceanography and their interrelationships. Prere-
quisites—at least two of the following courses:
BIO 1101-02, CHE 1101-02, GLY 1102, and
PHY 1101-02. Lecture two hours.
4950. Advanced Historical Geology and Tec-
tonic Analysis/(4).F.
Comparison and analysis of major tectonic
theories proffered during the past century provide
a foundation for examination of the tectonic,
stratigraphic, and paleogeographic history of the
North American continent. Plate tectonic theory
and sedimentological analyses are stressed. The
emphasis is on Phanerozoic history. Prerequisites:
GLY 2200, 3200, and 3600, plus senior stan-
ding. Lecture and discussion, four hours.
Graduate Courses
5500. Independent Study/(l-3). On Demand.
5530-5549. Selected Topics in Geology/(l-3).
On Demand.
Department of History (HIS)
George P. Antone, Chairperson
The study of history is an essential part of a liberal arts education and offers a valuable
preparation for careers in law, journalism, public and applied history; in local, state, and
national public service; in business, where a knowledge of domestic and foreign affairs
is desirable as well as in teaching and the advanced study of history. By exposing
students to a variety of cultures and human experience and by training them in the in-
terpretation of conflicting evidence, the history department seeks to prepare the major
for the responsibilities of citizenship and for dealing with the ambiguities of human ex-
History
105
istence. Thus the department's program is designed to provide students with a
knowledge of their own cultural tradition and an appreciation of other cultures and
societies of the past.
The Department of History offers a broad curriculum in local, national, regional, and
world history. Diversity in the program encourages the history major to develop a com-
parative approach to human problems and discourages parochialism; specialization in
the major promotes an appreciation of the complexity of human affairs and the dif-
ficulties involved in interpreting them. Finally, the discipline of history provides an in-
tellectual challenge as well as a stimulus to the imagination and to analytical thinking.
Undergraduate Advisement Office
Information about History Department programs can be obtained from the
Undergraduate Advisement Office in Room 210 of Whitener Hall. The Advi'.ement Of-
fice is open daily and is staffed by faculty advisors who assist with academic scheduling,
explain departmental and university requirements, and provide descriptions of new and
existing courses and information on career development.
Departmental Learning Laboratory
A History Department Learning Laboratory is an important component in the instruc-
tional program offered by the History Department. This laboratory serves students as a
developmental center where assistance with study, reading, or testing skills can be ob-
tained; an enrichment center for students who want to use available equipment and
materials for projects conducted outside class; and a study center for those who need to
complete assignments in audiovisual or reserved reading materials.
Bachelor of Arts Degree BA
The Bachelor of Arts degree in history consists of 33 semester hours in history beyond
the General Education history requirement, including six hours from History 2201,
2204, 2208-2209 (United States History); History 2599 (History Scope and Method);
and twenty-four hours of general course work. Majors should register for History 2599
in their sophomore year or in the first semester after they elect to major in history. The
twenty-four hours of general course work must be distributed among three geographic
areas of study: (1) European history; (2) United States history; (3) non-Western history,
including Africa, Asia, Latin America, and the Middle East. Majors are required to take
a minimum of twelve semester hours in one of these areas and a minimum of six hours
in each of the two remaining areas. History majors seeking the BA degree are also re-
quired to acquire proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to courses 1010 through
1050, and to complete a minor in a related discipline.
Bachelor of Science Degree (with teaching certification) BS-Teaching
The Bachelor of Science Degree with teacher certification consists of at least 33
semester hours in history beyond the General Education history requirement, as
described for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students in this program are required to
complete 30 semester hours of professional education courses in place of a minor. A
foreign language is strongly recommended. For teacher education and certification re-
quirements see catalog section for the Department of Secondary Education.
History
106
Bachelor of Science Degree (non-teaching) BS
The Bachelor of Science (non-teaching) degree, with a concentration in a history-
related career area, consists of an acceptable program of 60 semester hours, including a
minimum of 33 semester hours in history, as described for the Bachelor of Arts degree,
and a minimum of 27 semester hours in a career-oriented concentration, with courses
drawn from various departments and disciplines. Examples of general areas of career-
orientation, around one of which the student may design a program, are: Business
(designated minor in College of Business) and Government Service (with courses in
political science, sociology, psychology, economics, geography, and other fields related
to specific career interests) .
Bachelor of Science in Social Science (with teacher certification and concentra-
tion in History.)
The BS in Social Science with a concentration in history consists of 36 semester hours
in the social sciences, including History 1101, 1102, 2201, 2204, 2599, and 3728, and
an additional 9 hours in history for the concentration. 30 semester hours in professional
education courses are required. Since this degree program requires careful planning,
interested students should contact the undergraduate advisor in the Department of
History early in their academic career. For a list of required courses in the Social
Science curriculum, as well as education and certification requirements, see the ap-
propriate sections in the catalog under the College of Learning and Human Develop-
ment and the Department of Secondary Education.
Applied/Public History Program
BSA students may also opt for a career concentration in public service fields such as
cultural resources management, historic site interpretation, architectural preservation,
planning, and cultural journalism. Careers in Applied/Public History require a
thorough grounding in local, social, and cultural history; an understanding of public
policy; and performance skills in areas such as planning, preservation and conservation
techniques, records management, historic interpretation, and grantsmanship. Students
in the Applied/Public History concentration are required to take History 4578 (In-
troduction to Applied History) . Non-history courses appropriate for this concentration
are listed on the Applied/Public History checksheet available in the History Department
Undergraduate Advisement Office.
All BS programs are to be planned in consultation with the undergraduate advisor in the
Department of History and are subject to the advisor's approval. Students are urged to
plan their programs as early as possible in their academic careers, but not later than
three semesters before anticipated graduation.
Minor in History
A minor in history consists of 18 semester hours above general education requirements,
including History 2201 and 2204. For sections describing an interdisciplinary minor in
Black Studies and an interdisciplinary minor in Latin American Studies, refer to index.
History Department Honors Program
The department offers honors courses on all undergraduate levels which are open to
students who have distinguished themselves. Honors courses carry full credit toward
History
107
the major or, for non-majors, full elective credit. Subject to the recommendation of the
Departmental Honors Committee, a student will be considered for graduation with
"Honors in History" upon successful completion of at least one semester of honors
work in world civilization or American civilization, one junior honors seminar, a senior
honors thesis, and an examination. Those meeting these requirements with the grade
"A" will be considered for graduation with "Highest Honors in History."
Master of Arts Degrees in History MA
Graduate programs in history are supervised by the departmental chairperson and the
departmental graduate committee. Requirements for the three graduate degree pro-
grams in history are:
1. Master of Arts in History: 30 semester hours total, including HIS 5000; at least nine
hours of HIS 5106 and/or HIS 5206; HIS 5999; up to eight hours of electives.
Students must also demonstrate either a reading knowledge of a foreign language
or competence in statistics and computer science as a research tool, subject to
departmental approval.
2. Master of Arts in History for Community/ Junior College Teaching: 30 semester
hours with thesis or 36 semester hours without thesis, including HIS 5000; at least
nine hours of HIS 5106 and/or HIS 5206; HIS 5450; either HIS 5999 or, if a
thesis is not included, HIS 5500; eight semester hours of electives; AH 5420; and
AH 5440 or AH 5451.
3. Master of Arts in History for Secondary School Teaching: 30 semester hours with
thesis or 36 semester hours without thesis, including HIS 5000; at least nine hours
of HIS 5106 and/or HIS 5206; HIS 5450; either HIS 5999 or, if a thesis is not in-
cluded, HIS 5500; eight hours of electives; CR 4560, AH 500 or SE 5620; AH
5470 or AH 5350; and PSY 4555 or PSY 5565.
The Department of History also offers a concentration in history as a part of the pro-
gram leading to the Master of Arts in Secondary School Teaching with a major in Social
Science. For requirements, see the Social Science description.
Courses of Instruction in History
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
HISTORY HONORS 251°- s°phomore Honors
Colloquium/(3).F,S.
1510. Freshman Honors Colloquium/(3).S. Study of a selected topic in American history
Study of a selected topic in the history of world Enrollment by invitation of the department or by
civilizations. Enrollment by invitation of the application. A history major may substitute 2510
department or by application. for any three semgster hours of me sophomore
modules in United States History.
History
108
3510. Advanced Honors Seminar/(3).F,S.
Seminar on a selected historical topic. Enrollment
is by invitation of the department, or by applica-
tion.
4510. Senior Honor Thesis/(1-3).F,S.
Independent study and research for an honors
thesis; directed by a member of the History
department. Prerequisite: completion of an ap-
proved honors sequence, including HIS 3510.
Enrollment by invitation only.
HISTORY
1101. World Civilization/(3).F;S.
An introduction to the development of world
civilizations from ancient times to 1650. Selected
topics trace the ancient, medieval, and early
modern periods with stress on western ideas and
institutions.
1102. World Civilization/(3).F;S.
An introduction to the development of world
civilization from 1650 to the present. Emphasis is
placed on the revolutionary epoch, the age of in-
dustrialization, imperialism, and ideology, and the
modern global society.
2201. Survey of American Civilization to
1876/(3).F;S.
An examination of United States history to 1876,
tracing the American experience from the colonial
era through the Civil War and Reconstruction .
2204. Survey of American Civilization since
1876/(3).F;S.
An examination of United States history since
1876 tracing the American experience from th
Gilded Age down to the contemporary era.
2207. Themes in American Civilization: North
Carolina and the Southern Region/(l).F;S.
A survey of major characteristics of North
Carolina and the southern region, with emphasis
on the teaching of these topics in elementary
school. Designed for Childhood Education ma-
jors.
2208, 09. Themes in American Civilization/
(1,1).F;S.
A modular-based introduction to the study of
American Civilization, offered in topical segments.
Students may enroll in one or more modules ex-
amining varying subjects, such as American
business and labor, the national character and the
concept of destiny, rural and urban America,
women and the family in American life, and
American minorities.
2215. The United States in the Contemporary
World/(2).F;S.
A study of contemporary issues confronting the
United States, both foreign and domestic, and of
their historical antecedents.
2301. History of Colonial Latin America/(3).F.
A survey of Latin America from the ancient Indian
civilizations to the ward for independence. Topics
include the ancient Maya, Aztec, and Inca In-
dians; the European discovery, conquest, and
colonization of the New World; the colonial ad-
ministration and exploitation of the Americas; and
the independence movements which usher in the
national period.
2302. History of Modern Latin America/(3).S.
A survey of Latin America from independence to
the present. Topics include the legacy of in-
dependence; the rise of the great dictators; causes
of instability and social change; twentieth-century
revolutions; and the effects of United States policy
in the region.
2401. History of Asia to 1500/(3).F.
A broad comparative survey investigating the for-
mation of great cultural traditions in India, China,
and Japan. The course begins with the birth of
these civilizations and the formation of their
distinctive ethical and political structures and con-
cludes with the spread of these structures into
southeast and northeast Asia and the appearance
of European merchants in the east.
2402. History of Asia since 1500/(3).S.
Continues to compare the development of distinc-
tive cultural processes and patterns in India,
China, and Japan from 1500 and the advent of
European merchants, through European domina-
tion, to Asian reaction, revolt, and eventual in-
dependence. The course concludes with an
analysis of the revolutionary experiences of India,
China, and southeast Asia in recent decades.
2421. History of Africa to 1850/(3).F.
A survey of pre-colonial Africa, examining such
topics as geographical influences, neolithic
development, structures of belief, ancient North
Africa, Islamic influence, trade, African kingdoms
and stateless societies, Bantu and other migra-
tions, the slave trade, and early nineteenth-
century changes in several parts of Africa.
2422. History of Africa since 1 850/(3). S.
A survey which examines such topics as tradition
and change in African cultures, the European par-
tition and the African response, colonial systems,
the Pan-African movement, the road to in-
History
109
dependence, and contemporary issues confron-
ting independent Africa.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
2599. History: Scope and Method/(3).F;S.
Introduction to the nature, meaning and method
of history, and to periodical literature,
microforms, bibliographies, indexes, and other
research tools. Required of all history and social
science majors.
3122. Ancient Greece/(3).F.
A survey of ancient Greek society, culture and
learning from the dawn of its beginnings to the
achievement of Alexander. Alternate years with
HIS 3124.
totalitarian movements such as Fascism and
Nazism, European socialism and the Cold War,
peace movements and peacemaking, the
emergence of a European community, and
cultural and social trends, all of which shape a
modern perspective.
3222. Colonial and Revolutionary
America/(3).F.
An examination of the formation of American
values and institutions through the interaction of
European traditions and the American environ-
ment; social mobility, economic opportunity, and
political democracy; the role of religion; Indian
relations; slavery; the causes and consequences of
the American Revolution; the Articles of Con-
federation; the Constitution.
3124. Ancient Rome/(3).F.
A study of Roman historical, religious, and
cultural practices covering the development and
decline of the Republic, and the establishment and
autocratic character of the Empire. Alternate years
with HIS 3122.
3126. The Middle Ages/(3).F.
An examination of selected topics in the develop-
ment of medieval civilization including such
themes as the shape of feudal society, the age of
Gregorian reform, the flowering of the 12th cen-
tury, the 13th century synthesis, and crisis and
transition in the 14th century.
3128. Renaissance and Reformation/(3).F.
The meaning of the Renaissance is investigated in
terms of humanism and the arts in the fifteenth
and sixteenth centuries; the emergence of the
Lutheran and Calvinist movements is then studied
against this background.
3130. Early Modern Europe, 1600-1815/(3).F.
This course will focus on the growth of royal and
republican governments, the formulation of scien-
tific methodology, the flowering of Baroque and
Enlightenment cultures, the major wars and
revolutions and the Napoleonic era and its impact.
3132. Nineteenth Century Europe/(3).F.
A survey of Europe, 1815-1914, which examines
such themes as romanticism, the industrial revolu-
tion, socialism and Marxism, national unification
movements, European expansion, the origins of
World War I, and major cultural and intellectual
developments.
3134. Twentieth Century Europe/(3).S.
A study of contemporary Europe which examines
the impact of total war upon society, modern
3224. Jeffersonian and Jacksonian America/
(3).S.
A study of the United States from 1789 to 1845.
Topics include the political, social, economic, and
ideological divisions of the 1790's; the triumph of
the Jeffersonian party; the War of 1812 and the
rise of American nationalism; the meaning of
Jacksonian democracy; slavery and race rela-
tions; Indian removal; religion and reform; ur-
banization; the westward movement.
3226. Civil War and Reconstruction/ (3).F.
A study of the era of national transformation, with
emphasis on the sectional conflict and causes of
the Civil War, its political and military conduct, its
international impact, the abolition of slavery, and
the principal political, social and economic aspects
of its Reconstruction aftermath.
3228. The Gilded Age and Progressive
Era/(3).F.
An analysis of the responses of the American peo-
ple to the rise of the urban-industrial nation. Pro-
blems associated with the growth of the city,
capital-labor confrontations, social mobility, black-
white relations, reform movements, cultural and
intellectual affairs, American imperialism, and
representative biography are examined.
3230. Recent United States History/(3).S.
A study of American society, politics, and institu-
tions in the period since 1920.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
History
110
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
3622. Tudor-Stuart England/(3).S.
An examination of selected themes and problems
beginning with the Wars of the Roses and exten-
ding through the Glorious Revolution of 1688.
While the focus will be on major per-
sonalities—Henry VIII, Mary, Elizabeth I, James I,
Charles I, Oliver Cromwell, William and
Mary— attention will also be given to the major
social and cultural developments to provide an in-
troduction to and background for the literature of
the period. Alternates years with HIS 3624.
3624. Modem Britain/(3).S.
A study of Britain from 1885 to the present which
emphasizes major political, social and constitu-
tional developments; the rise of the Labor Party,
attainment of democracy, evolution of the welfare
state, liquidation of empire, and foreign policy are
among the basic topics to be studied. Alternate
years with HIS 3622.
3720. History of the South/(3).F.
An examination of the development of America's
major regional sub-culture; a study of significant
trends in the social intellectual, economic, and
political evolution of the region from the seven-
teenth century to the present. Alternate years with
HIS 3724.
3724. History of the American West/(3).F.
A study of the colonial frontiers, the westward
movement, the settlement and development of
western America. Alternate years with HIS 3720.
3726. History of the Appalachian Region/
(3).S.
A survey of the history of the Appalachian region
from the period of exploration and settlement to
the present.
3728. History of North Carolina/(3).F.
This course will examine the major social,
economic, and political factors in the develop-
ment of North Carolina from its settlement to the
present. Consideration will be given to the rela-
tionship of the State to the Southern region and
the nation.
3820. United States Foreign Policy/(3).F.
Major episodes in the history of United States
foreign policy during the twentieth century are ex-
plored, with special consideration being given to
the ideas, ideals, domestic and international con-
ditions, and personalities that have played impor-
tant roles in determining relations with the rest of
the world.
3824. American Urban History/(3).S.
A study of the process of urbanization in America
from colonial times to the present, with attention
to the causes and nature of urban expansion, in-
stitutional development, class structure and
mobility, problems of the city, reform, the image
of the city in popular thought, and the impact of
urbanization on national life.
3922. The Western Intellectual
Tradition/(3).S.
Studies in western intellectual history which ex-
amine the interaction of historically important
ideas and their social milieu, with emphasis on
selected individuals and concepts that have
shaped and exemplified western thought.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Tsarist Russia/(3).F.
A survey of imperial Russia from the 15th Century
to 1917. Alternate years with HIS 4552.
4552. Soviet Union since 1917/(3).F.
The Russian Revolution and the Communist state
since 1917. Alternate years with HIS 4550.
4554. Modern China/(3).S.
Traces the course of man's longest and largest
continuous government and the development of
Chinese culture and nationalism which has
culminated in the founding of the People's
Republic of China, a nation that constitutes one-
fourth of the human race. Alternate years with
HIS 4558.
4558. History of the Islamic Middle East/ (3). S.
A survey of the development and expansion of a
distinctive Islamic civilization from the time of
Muhammad to the present. The course treats the
development of the Arab empire, the
Turkic/Mongol invasions, the Ottoman and
Safavid empires, and the establishing of the state
of Israel, concluding with an investigation of cur-
rent affairs in the Middle East. Emphasis is placed
on social and cultural history, investigated from
the point of view of the creators and transmitters
of the civilization. Alternate years with HIS 4554.
4564. History of Canada/ (3). S.
A survey of Canadian history since 1760 which
stresses understanding of a unique Canadian
identity by emphasizing Canada's evolution into
an independent state, its bi-cultural and bi-linqual
History
111
nature, its federal-provincial structure, its relation-
ship to the United States and the British Empire-
Commonwealth, its role in the modern era of
super-powers, and selected aspects of its cultural
and economic development. May be counted as
American history. Alternate years with HIS 4566.
4566. History of Mexico/(3).S.
Traces the evolution of Mexican society from pre-
Columbian times to the present. Topics include
the Maya and Aztec civilizations; the Spanish col-
onial heritage; the nation's struggle for in-
dependence; the tumultuous Mexican Revolu-
tion; and problems of economic development in
the twentieth century. Alternate years with HIS
4564.
4578. Introduction to Applied History/(3).F.
An introduction to the techniques and skills
employed by historians and other professionals
working in historical agencies, museums, restora-
tions, and the Park Service. Topics considered in-
clude history archeology, family and community
history, material culture, architecture, preserva-
tion techniques, site interpretation and administra-
tion, and historic district planning and manage-
ment.
4900. Internship: Experiential Learning in
Public and Applied History/(3-12).F;S;SS.
An on-the-job work experience individually
tailored to the students' career orientation.
Students may be required to reside off -campus for
periods of from six weeks to a full semester. Grad-
ed on S/U basis.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F;SS.
Instruction in the types of source material available
to the advanced researcher in history, methods
used in locating and evaluating the sources, and
techniques for communicating the results of
research. Required in the first semester of all
beginning graduate students.
5102. European Historiography/(3).F.
The lives and contributions of the great historians
in the West from ancient Greece to the present are
studied, with emphasis upon the 19th Century;
attention is given to methodology, to primary
sources in translation, and to some of the
philosophical assumptions which underlie
historical writing.
5104. Philosophy of History/(2).S.
Seminar on the major philosophical issues that
challenge the historian, including the questions of
meaning and value in history; the ideas of pro-
gress and causation; and the logic of historical in-
quiry and proof.
5106. Studies in European History/(2-9).F;S.
Variable content. Barring duplication, a student
concentrating in European history may repeat the
course and must earn a total of nine semester
hours. Emphasis will be indicated on individua
study forms or semester schedules.
5202. American Historiography/(3).S.
A study of the writing and interpretation of
American history from the seventeenth century to
the present, with emphasis on the historical con-
cepts, interpretations, contributions, and careers
of the major nineteenth and twentieth century
historians.
5204. Interpreting American History/(3).SS.
A course designed to provide students with a
broad overview of United States history through a
study of conflicting interpretations of the great
5206. Studies in American History/(2-9).F;S.
Variable content. Barring duplication, a student
concentrating in American history may repeat the
course and must earn a total of nine semester
hours. Emphasis will be indicated on individual
study forms or semester schedules.
5208. Seminar in Appalachian History/(3).F.
A seminar exploring topics designed to define the
history of Appalachia. Participants will be ex-
pected to develop research projects based upon
the use and interpretation of original source
materials. A variety of inquiry models will be
employed, including traditional approaches as
well as those employed in the new social history.
5406. Studies in Asian History/(3).F.
Investigation of selected topics in the history of
Asia— primarily China— in the twentieth century
through reading, analysis, reflection, and seminar
discussions.
5450. History and Social Studies Education/
(3).S;SS.
A flexible program of reading, study, planning,
and writing designed to meet the needs of in-
dividual teachers or groups of teachers in the fields
of secondary school and/or junior college history
and social studies. Special attention is given to re-
cent developments in teaching strategies and
classroom techniques, and to the availability of
new materials. The structure of the history and
social studies disciplines are examined in relation
to each other and to other academic disciplines.
Mathematical Sciences
112
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/ (1-3). On De-
mand.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(4j.F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis only.
APPALACHIAN STUDIES
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3530. Selected Topics/(l-3).On demand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
Appalachian Studies curriculum. May be
repreated for credit when content does not
duplicate.
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F.
Instruction and study in bibliographical problems
and types of source materials available in Ap-
palachian topics; methods used in locating and
evaluating the sources and in reporting of
research. Required in the first semester of beginn-
ing graduate students.
5010. Appalachia in Social Context/(3).S.
A survey of the interrelationships between the
physical environment, social history, and
economic development which have resulted in the
particular character of the Southern Appalachian
region .
5020. Colloquium in Appalachian Studies/(3).
On Demand.
A team-taught interdisciplinary colloquium which
will examine contemporary regional, state, and
national issues that affect the Appalachian region.
The course is designed to help students unders-
tand the Appalachian region from a multi-
disciplinary perspective. The course should be
taken by the student during the last semester of
residence in the program.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
5530-5549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
5900. Internship/(4).F;S;SS.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
Department of
Mathematical Sciences (MAT)
H. William Paul, Chairperson
Through its faculty and curriculum the Department of Mathematical Sciences provides
undergraduate and graduate programs of study which are designed to complement
other areas of study in the University and to prepare students for careers in business, in-
dustry, and government, as well as in teaching at the elementary, secondary, and junior
college levels.
The Bachelor of Science degrees in Mathematical Sciences offer a flexible curriculum to
meet the professional objectives of the individual. By combining a strong background in
the mathematical sciences with appropriately chosen study in related disciplines, the
programs allow the student, with professional guidance, to prepare for desired career
objectives.
Typical examples include: computer science combined with business, accounting, and
data processing; probability and statistics combined with courses in business and
economics related to actuarial science; applied mathematics combined with physical or
Mathematical Sciences
113
natural science; statistics combined with social science; applied mathematics and
statistics combined with economics.
The department has Bachelor of Science Advisory Committees to review and approve
programs, and each student is assigned an advisor for guidance in pursuing a program
of study. Degree candidates should seek approval of their program of study as early as
possible in their career, but no later than three semesters before intending to graduate.
For additional information, contact the chairperson of the Department of Mathematical
Sciences.
Course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degrees in mathematical sciences
(without teacher certification) are as follows (with program subject to the approval of the
advisory committee) and must include an acceptable program of at least 65 semester
hours but no more than 80, with a minimum of 34 hours in the Department of
Mathematical Sciences (at least 5 from 4000 level). The three degree programs are:
B.S. Statistics
1. MAT 1110, 1120, 2130, 2240.
2. ST 3820, 3840, 4810, 4830, 4850, 4860 plus five hours from CS 1440, 1430,
2440, 3110, 3210, 3310, 4310 plus six hours of related* work.
3. A "concentration" of at least 18 semester hours from disciplines outside
mathematical sciences. * *
B.S. Mathematics
1. MAT 1110, 1120, 2130, 2240.
2. Completion of one of the options
a. General - 3110, 3210 plus 13 hours of electives* * in mathematical sciences
(at least 5 at 4000 level) plus 10 hours of related* coursework.
OR
b. Applied - 3130, 3310, 4310, 1440, 2440, 4850 plus 6 hours of electives* in
mathematical sciences with 6 hours of related* coursework.
3. A "concentration" of at least 18 semester hours from disciplines outside
mathematical sciences. * *
B.S. Computer Science
1. MAT 1100, 1110, 1120, 2240, and STT 4850.
2. CS 1440, 2440, 2450, 3460, 3481, 3482, 3490, plus one of the course groups
a) CS 4510, 4520; b) MAT 3130, 3310, 4310, plus two hours at 2000 level or
above in mathematical sciences; c) BE 3670, 3680, 3690, plus five hours at 2000
level or above with at least two hours at 4000 level in mathematical sciences.
3. A "concentration" of at least 18 semester hours from disciplines outside
mathematical sciences. * *
Mathematical Sciences
114
Note: Transfer students must have completed the equivalent of CS 1440 to enter the
computer science option at the sophomore level. The equivalent of CS 2440 and CS
2450 are needed to enter this option at the junior level.
'Related coursework may be outside mathematical sciences and must be approved by
advisory committee.
* 'Must be approved by advisory committee.
A major leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics consists of 34 semester hours in
the Department of Mathematical Sciences including 1110, 1120, 2130, 2240, 3110,
3210 plus 14 hours of electives in mathematical sciences numbered 2000 or above (at
least five hours from 4000 level) .
A major in mathematics leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certifica-
tion consists of 34 hours in the Department of Mathematical Sciences with at least five
hours from 4000 level. A Teacher Certification Advisory Committee reviews and ap-
proves programs and each student is assigned an advisor for guidance in selecting an
appropriate program of studies. Students should submit a proposed program as early as
possible, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. For the requirements in teacher
education, see the Department of Secondary Education.
All programs must include the 15 hour nucleus in mathematics of 1110, 1120, 2130,
and 2240. Since certification requires competencies in the areas of computer use,
algebra, geometry, and statistics, a typical program might include CS 1400, MAT
3110, 3210, 3610, 3920, and STT 4850. PHY 1150 and 1151 are also required.
The Department of Mathematical Sciences encourages multiple majors. To obtain a se-
cond major within the department there must be a significant difference in the program
content for that major compared to the first major. Approval by all involved departmen-
tal advisory committees is required.
Three minors are offered within the Department of Mathematical Sciences. A minor in
computer science consists of 12 hours in computer science, including CS 2440 but ex-
cluding CS 3470, a statistics minor consists of 12 hours in statistics, and a minor in
mathematical sciences consists of 1110 or 1030 plus eight hours of electives in
mathematical sciences which may include 1120 or any course numbered 2000 or
above.
A student beginning a graduate program of study leading to a master's degree in
mathematics must have the equivalent of an undergraduate major in mathematics. The
Department of Mathematical Sciences offers graduate programs in secondary school
teaching and junior college teaching as well as a general academic graduate degree pro-
gram. For each program the appropriate committee in the department determines an
acceptable program for each student which will include requirements as follows.
For the Master of Arts degree program in secondary school teaching:
I. (a) (Without thesis) 24 hours of acceptable t coursework in mathematics, at least
12 of which must be at the 5000 level, (b) (With thesis) Including the thesis, 22
Mathematical Sciences
115
hours of mathematics coursework at the graduate level, at least 12 of which must
be at the 5000 level. Eight hours professional education. Four hours electives. For
the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Educa-
tion.
^Determined by the Graduate Advisory Committee.
II. Prior to beginning course work, the candidate will meet with the Graduate Ad-
visory Committee to design a program of study. Any subsequent changes in the
program are made with the counsel and approval of this committee.
III. The candidate must have completed an acceptable* teaching apprenticeship prior
to receiving the degree.
For the Master of Arts degree program in junior college teaching:
I. (a) (Without thesis) 36 semester hours of graduate course work including: AH
5420, 5440 and 32 additional semester hours of acceptable * course work, at least
16 semester hours of which must be numbered 5000 or above, (b) (With thesis)
30 semester hours of graduate course work including: AH 5420 and 5440 and 26
additional hours of acceptable* course work at least 16 hours of which must be
numbered 5000 or above.
II Prior to beginning course work, the candidate will meet with the Graduate Ad-
visory Committee to design a program of study. Any subsequent changes in the
program are made with the counsel and approval of this committee.
III. The candidate must have completed an acceptable * teaching apprenticeship prior
to receiving the degree.
For the general Master of Arts program in mathematics:
I. (a) General (Without thesis) 36 hours of acceptable* course work, at least 30
hours of which must be in mathematical sciences with a minimum of 15 hours at
the 5000 level. (With thesis) In addition to the thesis, 26 hours of acceptable*
course work in mathematical sciences, at least 15 hours of which must be at the
5000 level, (b) (Applied Mathematics) Required (9 s.h.): MAT 5120, 5230,
5310. Fifteen hours of applied mathematics from MAT 5160, 5330, 5340, 5410,
STT 4830, 5850. Twelve additional hours of approved electives in mathematical
sciences. (Eleven if STT 4830 is taken as one of the above options) . A concentra-
tion in Computer Science: Nine hours of approved computer science courses, in-
cluding CS 4510 or 4520.
II. Prior to beginning course work, the candidate will meet with the Graduate Ad-
visory Committee to design a program of study. Any subsequent changes in this
program are made with the counsel and approval of this committee.
'Determined by the Graduate Advisory Committee.
Courses of Instruction in Mathematics,
Computer Science, and Statistics
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
Mathematical Sciences
116
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
MATHEMATICS
0010. Developmental Mathematics/
(1).F;S;SS.
This course is intended for those persons with
algebra deficiencies who are thus not prepared to
enter MAT 1010 or MAT 1020. It is mandatory
for students whose scores on the Mathematics
Placement Test indicate deficiency. The course
content is elementary algebra. Study skills are em-
phasized. Class meets five hours per week in-
cluding laboratory and the format allows for self-
pacing and individualization.
1010. Introduction to Mathematics/
(4).F;S;SS.
Designed to develop appreciation for
mathematical concepts from different viewpoints
and aid in the development of mathematical
literacy of a citizen of modern society. Topics
covered may include systems of linear equations,
inequalities, computer programming, probability
and statistics, consumer mathematics and graph
theory. Word problems are stressed. Not open to
students with credit for MAT 1110. Prerequisite:
Must pass placement test or MAT 0010.
1020. Algebra and Trigonometry/(4).F;S;SS.
An integrated study of algebra and trigonometry
including such topics as the real and complex
number systems, algebraic relations and func-
tions, trigonometric functions, and elementary
theory of equations. (For the student who wishes
to strengthen his background in the computational
aspects of the mathematics he began in high
school.) Not open to students who have credit for
MAT 1110. Prerequisite: MAT 0010 or place-
ment.
1025. Algebra and Elementary Functions/ (4).
F;S;SS.
An overview of algebraic concepts and a thorough
treatment of functions such as rational,
logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric. In-
cluded will be a rigorous treatment of analytic
geometry. Recommended for students with less
than four units of high school mathematics who
plan to take MAT 1110. Student cannot receive
credit for both 1020 and 1025. Prerequisite: must
pass placement test or MAT 0010.
1030. Calculus With Business Applications/
(4).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the concepts of differentiation
and integration with particular emphasis upon
their applications to solving problems that arise in
business and economics. This course is designed
primarily for business and economics majors and
is not open to mathematics majors, students with
credit for MAT 1110 or MAT 1040. Prerequisite:
MAT 1020 or MAT 1025 or equivalent.
1040. Calculus With Applications/(4).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the concepts of differentiation
and integration with particular emphasis upon
their applications to solving problems that arise in
the natural and social sciences. Not open to
mathematics majors, students with credit for MA
1110 or MAT 1030. Prerequisite: MAT 1020 or
MAT 1025 or equivalent.
1100. Discrete Mathematics/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of discrete mathematics with special em-
phasis on topics applicable to computer science.
Concepts covered in the course include number
systems, models, combinatorics, graphs, recur-
sion, networks, and analysis of algorithms. Prere-
quisite: Must pass placement test or MAT 0010.
1110. Calculus With Analytic Geometry 1/(4).
F;S;SS.
A study of limits, continuity, differentiation, ap-
plications of the derivative, the differential, and
antiderivatives. Prerequisite: MAT 1020 or MAT
1025 or equivalent.
1120. Calculus With Analytic Geometry 11/(4).
F;S;SS.
A study of the definite integral, area, volume, arc
length, logarithmic and exponential functions,
hyperbolic functions, and methods of integration.
Prerequisite: MAT 1110.
1910. Mathematics for Elementary School
Teachers/(2).F;S;SS.
A course designed for the future elementary
school teacher. Among other topics this course
will include a development of the real number
system, Euclidean geomety, number theory,
mathematical systems, probability, and problem
solving.
2130. Calculus With Analytic Geometry III/
(4).F;S.
A study of polar coordinates, the conic sections,
indeterminate forms, improper integrals, Taylor's
formula, infinite series, partial derivatives and
multiple integration. Prerequisite: MAT 1120.
Mathematical Sciences
117
2240. Introduction to Linear Algebra/(3).F;S.
A study of vectors, matrices and linear transfor-
mations, principally in two and three dimensions,
including treatments of systems of linear equations
and determinants. Prerequisite: MAT 1120 or
permission of instructor.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3010. History of Mathematics/(2).On De-
mand.
A study of the development of mathematical
thought, mathematics and culture, and the per-
sons who have made significant contributions to
these.
specific real- world problems. Prerequisite: MAT
2130 or permission of instructor.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
3110. Introduction to Modern Algebra/(3).F;S;
SS.
Topics covered include sets, functions,
equivalence relations, groups, rings, integral do-
mains, fields and homomorphisms of these struc-
tures. Prerequisite: MAT 2240 or permission of
the instructor.
3130. Introduction to Differential Equations/
<3).S.
A study of methods of solution of differential
equations including classical methods for ordinary
differential equations, matrix methods, series, and
Laplace transform techniques. Partial differential
equations and Fourier series are briefly introduc-
ed. Prerequisite: MAT 2130, with MAT 2240
recommended.
3210. Intermediate Analysis/(3).F;S;SS.
A treatment of the calculus of real valued func-
tions of real variables including limits, differentia-
tion and Riemann integral. Prerequisite: MAT
3110 or permission of instructor.
3250. A Study of the Integers/ (2). S.
A study of the integers beginning with the Peano
postulates and including the Fundamental
Theorem of Arithmetic, Diophantine equations,
congruences, Fermat's and Wilson's theorems,
perfect numbers, Euler's theorem. Fermat's con-
jecture and the Goldbach conjecture. Emphasis
will be on the historical as well as the theoretical
development of the subject. Prerequisite: MAT
3110 or permission of the instructor.
3310. Applications of Mathematics/(2).F.
A survey of problems in the physical, engineering,
biological and management sciences in which
undergraduate level mathematics is applied in the
formulation and solution. The course offers an op-
portunity for the student to bring all of his
mathematical background to bear on some
3610. Introduction to Geometry/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of the development of Euclidean
geometry including both the synthetic and the
metric approach. Topics to be considered include
parallelism and similarity, measurements, ruler
and compass constructions, and consideration of
at least one non-Euclidean geometry. Prere-
quisite: MAT 1120.
3910. Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers/(4).F;S.
A study of the area of mathematics related to the
modern elementary school curriculum. To be in-
cluded are topics from abstract algebra, geometry,
number theory, mathematical logic, trigonometry
and an intuitive approach to calculus. Not open to
mathematics majors. Prerequisite: MAT 1910.
3915. Computer Languages for Learning
Mathematics/(2).F;S;SS.
An introduction to computer languages such as
LOGO which are especially designed to create en-
vironment for the learning of mathematics and are
based on learning theory. The course will em-
phasize the learning theory foundations of the
language as well as programming and
teaching/learning applications.
3920. Elementary Mathematics for
Teachers/(4).S.
This course is an extension of 3910 covering con-
cepts of the elementary and junior high school
curriculum. It also deals with remediation efforts
involving these concepts when encountered at the
10-12 grade levels. Open to mathematics majors
seeking secondary certification.
4010. Undergraduate Seminar/(l-3).On De-
mand.
(Permission to register must be given by the
department chairman.)
Mathematical Sciences
118
4110. Introduction to Real Variables 1/(3). F.
A rigorous treatment of the concepts of se-
quences, limits, continuity, and uniform continui-
ty. Prerequisite: MAT 3110 or 3210.
4210. Abstract Algebra/(3).F.
A study of group theory including quotient
groups, the fundamental theorem of finite Abelian
groups, and the Sylow theorems. Includes an in-
troduction to rings with emphasis on Euclidean
rings and other principal ideal domains. Prere-
quisite: MAT 3110 or permission of the instructor.
4310. Introduction to Numerical
Methods/(3).S.
The development and application of numerical
methods for the solution of transcendental equa-
tions, systems of linear equations, differential
equations, integrations, and related problems
utilizing the computer. Prerequisite: MAT 2130
and programming experience.
Senior/Graduate Courses
4560. Methods of Applied Mathematics/(3). F.
Odd numbered years.
Topics from complex variables, vector field
theory, Fourier and Laplace Transforms, and in-
tegral equations. Prerequisites: MAT 2130 and
3130.
4570. Advanced Differential Equations/(3).F.
Even numbered years.
Topics include ordinary differential equations,
Green's functions, partial differential equations
and boundary value problems, calculus of varia-
tions, and numerical solutions of partial differen-
tial equations. Prerequisites: MAT 2130 and
3130.
riculum. the topics considered include con-
gruence, measure of segments and angles con-
structions, parallels and parallelograms, similarity,
space geometry, areas and volumes, and
measurements related to circles. Not open to
mathematics majors.
4930. Foundations of Arithmetic/(3).F;SS.
A study of the properties of integers, rational
numbers, and real numbers through a postula-
tional treatment. Included is a study of logic, pro-
bability, and elementary statistics. Not open to
mathematics majors.
Graduate Courses
5120. Introduction to Real Variables 11/(3). S.
A rigorous develoment of the Riemann (or the
Riemann-Stieltjes) integral, infinite series, se-
quences and series of functions, and uniform con-
vergence. Prerequisite: MAT 4110.
5140. Real Variables/ (3). On Demand.
A study of Lebesque measure, the Lebesque in-
tegral, and an introduction to Banach spaces.
Prerequisite: 5120 or permission of the instructor.
5160. Complex Variables/(3). On Demand.
An introduction to the study of complex variables
to include such topics as line integrals, the Cauchy
theorem, the Cauchy integral formula, Morera's
theorem, and the Laurent series.
5230. Linear Algebra/(3).F.
A study of finite dimensional vector spaces.
Among the topics covered are matrices, linear
transformations, change of basis, eigenvalues,
canonical forms, quadratic forms and quasi-
inverses. Prerequisites: MAT 2240 or 3110.
4610. Foundations of Geometry/(2).S;SS.
A treatment of projective geometry including both
the synthetic and the analytic approach. Also to
be considered is a study of the relation to Eucli-
dean, affine and hyperbolic geometries to projec-
tive geometry. Prerequisites: MAT 2240 and
3610.
4710. Introduction to Topology/(3).F.
A study of the basic concepts of general
topological space including such topics as com-
pactness, connectedness, project spaces, metric
spaces, and continuous functions. Prerequisite:
MAT 3110.
4910. Geometry for Elementary School
Teachers/(3).S;SS.
An informal treatment of aspects of geometry
which are relevant to the elementary school cur-
5240. Field Theory/(3). On Demand.
A study of field theory including an introduction to
Galois theory. Several of the classical theorems on
solvability of equations by radicals and construc-
tibility will be covered. Prerequisite: MAT 5220.
5310. Numerical Analysis with Computer Ap-
plications/^).F.
A study of methods of solving systems of linear
and non-linear equations, differential equations
and numerical integrations with emphasis on con-
vergence properties and error analysis. Prere-
quisites: Linear algebra, Real Analysis Computer
programming. CS 1400 or 1440, MAT 2240; cor-
equisite 4110.
5330. Mathematical Models/(3).S.
A problems oriented course. The student uses
mathematics to model a number of different situa-
Mathematical Sciences
119
tions. Among the tools used will be statistics,
linear programming, differential equations, and
computer simulation. Prerequisites: CS 1400 or
1440 and background in at least two of the utilized
tools.
5340. Introduction to Operations Research/
(3).S.
Begins with a thorough study of linear programm-
ing including duality and sensitivity analysis, after
which the transportation and assignment pro-
blems will be studied. As time allows, topics from
game theory and network analysis will be
covered.
5410. Computer Applications/(3).S.
Prepares the student ot use the computer as a tool
in applying mathematics. Topics will include
numerical problems, some problems requiring
graphic output, and a simulation. Good program-
ming organization will be emphasized. The editor,
job control language, file manipulation, and in-
troductory data structures will be introduced as
needed. Prerequisites: CS 1400 or 1440 and con-
sent of the instructor.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
Prerequisite: 12 hours of graduate mathematics.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
5720. Topology/(3).S.
A study of topology to include such topics as
general project spaces, complete metric spaces,
compatifications, embedding, metrization
theorems, and quotient spaces. Prerequisite:
MAT 4710.
5910. Investigations in the Teaching of
Mathematics/(2).SS.
An examination of recent research and ex-
perimental programs in the teaching of secondary
school mathematics. Students are encouraged to
write experimental designs for potential research
problems. Prerequisite: Undergraduate
mathematics major or permission of the instructor.
5920-5921. Linear Algebra for Teachers/(2-2).
SS.
A study of elementary concepts of linear algebra
extending to a rigorous level of algebraic proof.
Prerequisite: Undergraduate major in
mathematics.
5930-5931. Analysis for Teachers/(2-2).SS.
A rigorous study of elementary calculus extending
to a treatment of fundamental concepts of analysis
involving functions of a real variable. Prerequisite:
Undergraduate major in mathematics.
5933. Topics in Algebra and Analysis for
Teachers/(2).SS.
An extension of 5921 and 5931 with a treatment
which investigates the unifying concepts of algebra
and analysis.
5941. Microcomputer Programming for Secon-
dary Schools/(3).SS.
Students will use the BASIC programming
language to apply microcomputers to a number of
areas, such as graphics, word-processing, data
management, sorting and simulations. Some
previous exposure to computing is helpful but not
required. Prerequisite: Undergraduate
mathematics major or permission of the instructor.
5960. Mathematical Applications in the High
School Disciplines/(2).SS.
An examination of mathematical theories with
respect to their applications to other high school
disciplines such as biology, chemistry and physics.
Prerequisite: Undergraduate major in
mathematics.
5980. Special Topics in Mathematics Educa-
tion/(l-3).F;S;SS.
A flexible program of reading, study, planning,
and writing designed to meet the needs of in-
dividual teachers or groups of teachers in the field
of secondary school mathematics. Prerequisite:
Undergraduate major in mathematics and recom-
mendation of graduate advisor. "May be taken up
to a total of fifteen semester hours.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis only.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
1400. FORTRAN Programming/(3).F;S;SS.
A first course in FORTRAN programming intend-
ed for any student having a need for computer
assistance. The course uses flowcharts and FOR-
TRAN IV language for a set of programs introduc-
ing commonly encountered applications.
1410. Introduction to Computing/(2).F;S;SS.
This course includes an introduction to BASIC
language, use of the software editor on the local
mainframe computer and word processing on a
microprocessor, and packages on both types of
computers. Not intended for computer science
majors. Prerequisite: Must pass placement test or
MAT 0010.
Mathematical Sciences
120
1430. COBOL Programming/(3).F;S;SS.
A first course in COBOL programming with
primary objective a basic competence in writing
and running programs in standard COBOL for a
variety of applications.
1440. Programming Fundamentals/(3).
F;S;SS.
This course will provide an introduction to pro-
gramming in a block structured language, such as
FASCAL. It is intended to be the initial course for
computer science majors and will be a prerequisite
for the next sequence of courses. Prerequisite:
Must pass placement test or MAT 0010.
2440. Algorithms and Programming/(4).F.
A course in various programming concepts, in-
cluding compiler characteristics and operating
systems as needed, but with emphasis on
algorithms using flowcharts. Original algorithms
are developed, programmed, and documented.
Use is made of subroutines, disc files, arrays, and
the various programming paraphernalia during
the course. Prerequisites: CS 1400 and MAT
1100.
2450. Assembly Language and Machine
Operation/(4).S.
This course includes data representation in the
computer, computer logic, and a brief look at cir-
cuits, hexadecimal and binary numerals and
arithmetic with emphasis on the study and prac-
tice of assembly language programming. Prere-
quisite: CS 2440.
2460. Files: Structure and Processing/
(3).S.
A study of important types of file organization
together with problems involved in their
maintenance and use. Topics in addressing
techniques as well as sorting and searching are in-
cluded. Prerequisites: CS 1430 and CS 1410 or
1440.
3440. Microcomputer Systems/(3).F.
A hands-on study of the software-hardware rela-
tionships used to create computer systems, with
emphasis on readily-available micro-processors
and operating systems. The student will in-
vestigate systems of increasing complexity, from
minimal configurations for running short machine-
language programs through multi-use disk
operating systems. Prerequisites: SC 2450 and
PHY 3700 or permission of the instructor.
3441. Microprocessor Applications/(3).S.
The purpose of this course is to develop software
to apply microprocessors to a variety of useful
tasks utilizing families of support chips devices.
Students will write device- and task-level software
to control available hardware. Sample individual
projects may involve music or voice synthesis,
communication, process control or graphics,
prerequisite: CS 3440.
3460. Data Structures/(3).F.
The use and implementation of various informa-
tion structures is studied, including arrays,
records, stacks, queues, linked lists, and trees.
Prerequisite: CS 2450.
3470. Current Computer Use/(l-6). On De-
mand.
Work experience which contributes to the
student's background in the computing field, such
as working as a programmer for a faculty member
engaged in research or working in a computer in-
stallation for a period of time. The responsibility
for arranging such work rests with the student with
final approval given by the department chairper-
son. Graded on an S/U basis.
3481. Computer Systems 1/(3). F.
The hardware and software components of com-
puter systems are studied. Included are pro-
cessors, memories, input/output devices, inter-
rupts, microprogramming, suitable description
languages, and the elements and structures of
multiprogrammed operating systems. Significant
projects are undertaken by each student. Lecture
two hours, laboratory three hours. Prerequisite:
CS 2450. Corequisite: CS 3460.
3482. Computer Systems 1I/(3).S.
Continuation of CS 3481. Lecture two hours,
laboratory three hours. Prerequisites: CS 3481
3460. Corequisites: CS 3490, ST 4850.
3490. Programming Languages/(3).S.
Comparison of user and implementation aspects
of several programming languages, e.g., ALGOL
60, SNOBOL, lists processing languages and ex-
tensible languages. The concept of metalanguage
is included. Prerequisite: CS 3460.
3500. Independent Study in Computer
Science/(l-3).On Demand.
This course helps the student advance through
study under the direction of a faculty member, in
the area(s) of special interest in computer science.
It may be taken only after a minor in computer
science is completed.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
Mathematical Sciences
121
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected
mand.
Topics/(l-3).On De-
Senior/Graduate Courses
4510. Programming Language Translation/
(4).F.
Techniques for the translation of programming
languages into machine or assembly language.
Each student will participate in the writing of a
compiler. Prerequisite: CS 3482, 3490.
4520. Operating Systems/(4).S.
Study in depth of the various parts of operating
systems including schedulers, memory manage-
ment, interrupt handling and time sharing. Lec-
ture three hours, laboratory three hours. Prere-
quisite: CS 3482, STT 3810 or STT 4850.
STATISTICS
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: Junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
3810. Statistical Methods I/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of statistical methodology including
organization and presentation of data, probability,
statistical distributions, confidence intervals and
hypothesis testing. Emphasis will be on computa-
tional procedures rather than theoretical develop-
ment. Prerequisite: MAT 1020 or the equivalent.
3820. Statistical Methods II/(3).S;SS.
A continuation of Statistics 3810. Topics covered
will include regression, analysis of variance,
analysis of covariance and experimental design.
Emphasis will be on computational procedures
rather than theoretical development. Prerequisite:
STT 3810 or 4860.
3840. Elementary Probability and Survey
Sampling/(3).S.
The course begins with an introduction to discrete
probabilities and related applications. In par-
ticular, the application of probability to sampling is
studied in detail. The remainder of the course is
devoted to the theory of sampling and sampling
techniques. Applications are highlighted through
examples and illustrated problems. Prerequisite:
STT 3810 or STT 4860.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4810. Non-Parametric Methods/ (3). F.
A study of non-parametric methods in hypothesis
testing. Emphasis will be on applications rather
than theoretical development. Prerequisite: STT
3810 and consent of instructor or 4860.
4830. Linear Statistical Models/(4).On De-
mand.
A study of regression analysis, analysis of
variance, analysis of covariance, and associated
tests of hypothesis via least squares theory. Cann-
ed computer programs will be utilized and inter-
preted in applications of the above topics. Prere-
quisites: MAT 2240 and STT 3820.
4850. Probability and Mathematical Statistics
I/(3).F;SS.
An introduction to axiomatic probability theory.
Topics include a study of sample spaces, pro-
bability theory, random variables and their proper-
ties, and the fundamental limit theorems. Prere-
quisite: MAT 1120.
4860. Probability and Mathematical Statistics
II/(3).S.
An introduction to the mathematical principles of
statisticsl inference. Topics include a study of
sampling theory, point and interval estimation,
and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: STT 4850.
Graduate Courses
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5810. Advanced Experimental Design/(3).S.
Begins with review of general statistical inference
including estimation, sampling distributions, and
hypothesis testing. Proceeds to thorough study of
single and multi-factor designs including nesting,
repeated measures, analysis of covariance, and
interaction effect. Prerequisite: STT 3810 and
PSY 5000, or STT 3820, or permission of instruc-
tor.
5850. Mathematical Statistics/(3).S.
A study of mathematical statistics to include such
topics as sampling distributions, consistency, best
asymptotic normal estimators, sufficiency, max-
imum likelihood estimation, Bayes' estimators,
confidence intervals, and tests of hypothesis.
Prerequisite: STT 4850.
Philosophy and Religion
122
Department of
Philosophy and Religion (P&R)
Alan J. Hauser, Chairperson
The objectives of the Philosophy and Religion Department are to acquaint students with
the religious and philosophical history of humankind, giving special attention to those
aspects of tradition having most to do with the shaping of the modern mind; to promote
critical examination of and reflective discourse about philosophical and religious issues;
and to promote a desire for advancing the skills and frontiers of knowledge in
philosophy and religion.
In keeping with these objectives, an interdisciplinary major and minor in philosophy and
religion are offered. Within the framework of these programs one may choose to elect
an emphasis in philosophy or religion. For participants in the graduate program a
limited amount of graduate work is available, including an eight hour graduate minor.
The graduate minor is designed for students on an individual basis. For further informa-
tion contact the department chairperson.
A major in philosophy and religion leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 36
semester hours, 30 hours of which must be above the freshman level. Students must
participate in the following core: 1030. Philosophy and Religion in Life, one philosophy
course at the 2000 level, one religion course at the 2000 level; one philosophy course
at the 3000 level or above; one religion course at the 3000 level or above; two seminars
(one a colloquium).
A minor in philosophy and religion consists of 18 semester hours, nine of which must be
above the freshman level and must include a seminar or the seminar colloquium.
A student majoring or minoring in the department must obtain credit for one course in
literature outside the department. If a student has satisfied the general education re-
quirement of one course in literature by taking one or more courses in religion counting
towards this requirement, he or she will be allowed to count them toward the major, but
must obtain additional credit in literature equal to that counted toward the major.
To earn the Bachelor of Arts degree the student must complete six semester hours of
the second year of a foreign language or higher. The department recommends that a
major who anticipates graduate studies elect a second foreign language in addition to
the one required (German and French are preferred) .
Courses of Instruction in Philosophy and
Religion
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
Philosophy and Religion
123
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1000. Introduction to Philosophy/(3).F;S;SS.
A general introduction to the basic patterns and
methods of philosophy as presented through
representative thinkers.
1020. Religions of the World/(3).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the major living religions of the
world .
1030. Philosophy and Religion in
Life/(3).F;S;SS.
Major problems in contemporary life as examined
by philosophy and religion. Emphasis will be plac-
ed on the way in which philosophy and religion
clarify the individual understanding of these pro-
blems.
1100. Logic I: Basic Thinking
Skills/(3).F;S;SS.
An introduction to critical thinking, including
deductive and inductive reasoning, fallacy iden-
tification, the careful use of language, identifying
and resolving problems. A study of traditional
Aristotelian Logic will be included.
2000. Clarifying Values/(3).F.
An examination of the application of ethical
theories to the identification, clarification, and
criticism of values, using a case studies approach.
2010. Old Testament Literature/(3).F;S;SS.
An analysis of the Old Testament literature as the
product of the life of the Hebrew people . Selected
Old Testment documents will be studied in terms
of their literary structure, historical context and
religious perspective.
2012. Humanities: Music, Art, and Ideas
I/(3).F.
A course which concentrates on the interplay of
art, music, philosophy and religion in the ancient
through medieval cultures and their influences as
manifested in other centuries.
2013. Humanities: Music, Art, and Ideas
II/(3).S.
A course which concentrates on the interplay of
art, music, philosophy and religion in contem-
porary culture.
2020. New Testament Literature/(3).F;S;SS.
An analysis of New Testament literature as the
product of the life of the early Christian Church.
Selected New Testament documents will be
studied in terms of their literary structure, au-
dience, historical context, religious perspective,
and their relation to the broader Christian com-
munity and Western culture.
2030. Islam/(3).S.
A selective survey of the religion and its expres-
sion in Islamic civilization and literature from the
time of the revelation of the Quran to the prophet
Muhammad to the Islamic revival of the current oil
age.
2040. Religions of Asia/(3).F;S.
An analysis of the Hindu, Buddhist, Confucianist,
and Taoist literatures as seen in the life of the
Asian people. Selected literatures will be studied
in terms of literary, philosophical and religious
perspectives.
2050. Religion in America/(3).F.
An examination of religious beliefs and practice in
the United States.
2100. Logic II/(3).S.
A study of some major systems of formal logic,
such as Boolean Algebra, Quantification Theory,
Modal and Inductive Logics. Discussions of the
theory of Logic, the limits of the axiomatic
method, and the relationship between Logic,
computer machine languages and programming
languages will be included.
2200. Philosophy of Art and Beauty/(3).F.
A study of the nature and value of beauty, uni-
queness, and creativity in art, nature and human
affairs.
2500 Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3000. Ancient Philosophy/(3).F.
An introduction to philosophy through the study
of the pre-Socratic Philosophers and of Plato and
Aristotle. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy
or consent of the instructor.
3200. Modern Philosophy/(3).S.
A study of views of eminent philosophers of the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, including
Descartes, Hume, and Kant. Prerequisite: one
course in philosophy or consent of the instructor.
Philosophy and Religion
124
3250. Modern Christian Thought/
(3).S.
An examination of the development of Christian
thought from the Protestant Reformation to the
present. The course will focus on important
theologians and movements among the Protes-
tant and Catholic traditions.
3300. Twentieth Century Philosophy/ (3). S.
An examination of major continental European
and Anglo-American developments in philosophy
during the twentieth century. Such major figures
as Russell, Wittgenstein, Moore, Ayer, Ryle and
Austin in the analytic tradition, and Heidegger,
Husserl, Sartre, and Merleau-Ponty in the existen-
tial tradition will be examined.
3410. Religious Awareness/(3).S.
An existential approach to spirituality based on the
methods and insights of the religious traditions of
East and West. Each person will have an oppor-
tunity for inquiry into the framework of a religious
tradition of his or her choice.
3420. African Religions/(3).F.
An examination of Folk religion, Christianity and
Islam in Africa. Particular attention will be given to
symbol, ritual, belief and community within the
African religions.
3430. Judaism/(3).F.
An examination of the history, literature, and faith
of post-exilic Judaism, with concentration on
selected topics and periods.
3440. Zen Buddhism/(3).S.
An exploration of the impact of Zen Buddhism
upon Western cultures through materials drawn
from Zen literatures, Western writings about Zen,
and paintings.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
3600. Philosophy of Science/(3).S.
An investigation of the foundations, structure, ac-
tual attainments, and ideals of the sciences. Prere-
quisite: one course in science or science education
or philosophy or consent of instructor.
3700. Values and Sociery/(3).S.
A study of the sources and limits of moral obliga-
tions for various social roles such as parent,
teacher, politicians, businessperson, and heatlh
care professional.
4000. Nature of Knowledge/(3).F.
A study of the traditional problems of the origin,
nature, and limitations of knowledge. What do we
know and how do we know it? Prerequisite: one
course in philosophy or consent of the instructor.
Senior/Graduate Courses
4549. Seminar/(3).F;S.
An intensive study of special problems, topics, or
issues related to the study of philosophy and/or
religion. The subject matter of this course will vary
and barring duplication of subject matter a student
may repeat the course for credit. Prerequisite: one
course in philosophy and/or religion or consent of
instructor.
4900. Internship/(3-6). On Demand. Graded
on an S/L) basis.
Graduate Courses
5400. Religion in Appalachia/(3).S.
An examination of the origins, history, contem-
porary practices, and beliefs of the people of the
Southern Appalachia region. Attention will be
given to religion within the formal structure of the
Church, within the social structures of mountain
life and as a component of individual identity.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics in Philosopy
and/or Religion/(l-3). On Demand.
Physics and Astronomy
125
Department of Physics
and Astronomy (PHY)
Karl C. Mamola, Chairperson
The objectives of the Department of Physics and Astronomy are:
1. to prepare students for a variety of careers which require a technical background,
and
2. to provide service courses at appropriate levels for students in many disciplines.
The versatility of physicists is a result of a basic education which emphasizes fundamen-
tal phenomena in nature. Understanding these fundamentals allows a physicist to attack
a wide range of problems in many different fields, from energy resources and the en-
viroment to transportation and communications.
By taking appropriate physics courses one can simultaneously learn about the physical
side of nature in a most general way, acquire useful specific knowledge, and satisfy
general education science requirements.
In keeping with these objectives, three undergraduate major programs are offered.
Minor programs are offered for both the undergraduate and the graduate student.
A major in physics leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of a minimum of 36
hours in physics including 1150-1151 or 1103-1104; 2010-2020, 3010-3020, 4210
and eight to 10 hours of physics electives. A physics major must take two semesters of
chemistry and MAT 1110, 1120, 2130, and 3130.
An undergraduate minor in physics consists of PHY 1103-1104, or 1150-1151 and
any eight hours of electives in physics.
A major in physics leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification in
Science Education consists of a minimum of 32 hours in physics (including PHY
1103-1104, or 1150-1151, 2010-2020, 3520, 4210, and 10 to 12 hours of physics
electives-PHY 2100 or 2200, 3210, and 2630 or 3630 being recommended), plus
BIO 1101-1102, CHE 1101-1102, and MAT 1110, 1120, 2130, and 3130. IET 2004
is also recommended. For the section describing the Curriculum in Science Education ,
refer to index. For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of
Secondary Education.
A major in physics leading to the Bachelor of Science degree (without teacher certifica-
tion) with a concentration in applied physics consists of a minimum of 28 hours in
physics including 1150-1151 or 1103-1104; 2010-2020; 4210; MAT 1110, 1120, and
19 to 44 hours in a core concentration. The mathematics, physics and core concentra-
tion constitute a 55 to 80 semester hour block. General education requirements and
electives complete 122 hours required for graduation. A committee consisting of two
Physics and Astronomy
126
faculty members from physics and one from each of the other disciplines in the core
concentration must advise each student individually and approve a program of study
and any subsequent modifications. Some suggested core concentrations are:
astrophysics, geo-physics, engineering electronics, radiation safety physics, medical
physics, technical management, industrial physics, computational physics,
mathematical physics, and technical writing. The technical management concentration
includes all those core courses that are prerequisite to the Master of Business Ad-
ministration (MBA) degree program in the College of Business. (See the Graduate
Catalog for details regarding the MBA Program). Many other combinations for core
concentrations are possible and will be developed in consultation with the departmental
chairperson and the faculty advisory committee.
Honors Program in Physics and Astronomy
The department of Physics and Astronomy offers a Senior Honors Research and Thesis
Course (PHY 4510) open only to majors in physics and astronomy during their final
undergraduate semester and who have an outstanding undergraduate record. A stu-
dent who wishes to enroll in the Senior Honors Research and Thesis course should con-
tact the department chairperson and make the necessary arrangements during the first
semester of his/her senior year.
In order to graduate "with honors in Physics and Astronomy" or "with highest honors in
Physics and Astronomy", a student must successfully complete PHY 4510. Additional
information may be obtained from the department chairperson.
A graduate (M.A.) minor in physics consists of 8-12 hours selected from physics offer-
ings numbered 4500 and above.
Courses of Instruction in Physics and Astronomy
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1101. Concepts of Physics/(3).F;S;SS.
This course presents a broad view of physics and
its interrelations with other subjects. Some ideas of
mechanics, heat, light, sound, electricity,
magnetism, and quantum physics are surveyed at
an introductory level, with energy as the connec-
ting theme. A second semester of physics (1105
or 1106) covers certain of these topics in more
depth. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
1103-1104. General Physics/(4-4).F;S.
A study of the basic principles of physics including
mechanics, thermodynamics, sound, electricity
and magnetism, optics and modern physics. Cor-
equisite for PHY 1103: MAT 1020 or MAT 1025
or equivalent. Lecture three hours, laboratory two
hours.
1105. Physics of Sound/ (3).F.
Designed for music majors and others interested
in music, this course applies the physics of wave
behavior to the understanding of musical sounds
and instruments, auditoriums, high fidelity sound
equipment, electronic sound synthesizers and to
the ear and hearing. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
Physics and Astronomy
127
1106. Physics of Light and Color/(3).F;S;SS.
An introductory course intended primarily for
students of the fine and applied arts and others in-
terested in optical phenomena. Topics include the
perception of light and color, color mixing,
polarized light, photography, lasers, and
holography. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
1150-1151. Analytical Physics/(5-5).F-S.
An analytical and quantitative treatment of
physics at a somewhat more advanced level than
the 1103-1104 sequence. Students who should
take this sequence include those majoring in
mathematics, chemistry, physics, and pre-
engineering, as well as any others whose future
work will benefit from practice in problem solving.
Topics covered include mechanics, heat, light,
sound electricity, magnetism and quantum
phenomena. Corequisite: MAT 1110. Lecture
four hours, laboratory three hours.
2200. Stars, Black Holes, and Galaxies/(3).S.
A study of phenomena beyond the solar system,
including quasars, pulsars, nebulae, black holes,
galactic dynamics and systems, cosmological
models for the origin of the universe, and physical
evidence for extraterrestrial life. There are also
night observations and photography with reflec-
ting and refracting telescopes, some experiments
with optical instruments and light and analysis of
celestial data. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
2210. Intermediate Physics Laboratory/(l).S.
A course designed for physics and astronomy ma-
jors emphasizing experimental techniques,
measurements, data and error analysis, experi-
ment planning and evaluation, and report writing.
Intermediate classical experiments with both oral
and written reports. Corequisite: PHY 2020.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
1700. Personal Computers I/(2).F;S;SS.
Introduction to small computers, their features,
their applications and future developments. Pro-
gramming in elementary BASIC will emphasize
graphics and animation. Demonstrations of
assorted hardware and software. No prerequisite.
1701. Personal Computers II/(2).F;S;SS.
Intermediate BASIC programming to include the
arithmetic and string handling functions of small
computers as well as advanced graphics.
Demonstrations of assorted hardware and soft-
ware. Prerequisite: PHY 1700.
2010-2020. Intermediate Physics
I-II/(4-4).F-S.
A study of basic formulations and concepts in
classical physics, especially mechanics, static and
dynamic electricity and magnetism, but also heat,
light, sound and modern physics. Calculus, vector
methods and computer techniques are used. In-
tended primarily for students majoring or minor-
ing in physics. Prerequisite: PHY 1104 or 1151
and Mathematics 1120. Lecture four hours.
2100. Descriptive Astronomy of the Solar
System/(3).F.
A study of the sun, moon, planets, meteors, com-
ets, constellations, zodiac and origin of the solar
system. There are also night observations and
photography with reflecting and refracting
telescopes, some experiments with optical in-
struments and light and analysis of celestial data.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
2630.* Circuit Analysis and Measurement/
(3).S.
AC & DC Circuit Analysis. Topics include discrete
passive components, network analysis,
Thevenin's & Norton's Theorems, use of common
electronic instrumentation. Lecture two hours,
laboratory three hours. Prerequisites: PHY 1104
or 1151. MATH 1120.
'Offered in even numbered years.
2700.* Computer Interfacing/(3).F.
An introduction to the basic principles of com-
puter interfacing and machine language program-
ming. Topics to be covered include analog to
digital, digital to analog, voltage to frequency con-
version, data transmissions and applications of
these topics using departmental microcomputers.
Prerequisites: PHY 1700 or 1701 and PHY 1104
or 1151.
'Offered in even numbered years.
3000.* Microcomputer Methods in
Physics/(2).F.
A course designed to acquaint the student with
the uses of microcomputers in physics calcula-
tions. Applications will be selected from the areas
of mechanics, electricity and magnetism, thermal
physics, optics and modern physics. Prerequisites:
PHY 1701 (or equivalent) and MAT 1120; core-
quisite: PHY 2010.
'Offered in odd numbered years.
Physics and Astronomy
128
3010-3020. Classical Physics I-II/(3-3).F-S.
A continuation of PHY 2010-2020 into the formal
methods of classical physics with special attention
to concepts in dynamics and electromagnetic
theory. Prerequisite: PHY 2020; MAT 3130 is
also recommended as prerequisite or corequisite.
Lecture three hours.
3100*. Astrophysics/(3).S.
An introduction to the scope and nature of
astrophysical problems. Topics to be covered in-
clude astronomical molecular spectra, the emis-
sion and absorption of radiation, spectral line for-
mation, line broadening mechanisms, the energy
balance of stellar envelopes, and nuclear energy
generation. Prerequisite: PHY 2200 and MAT
1120; or PHY 1151. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
"Offered in even numbered years.
3200". Astromechanics/(3).S.
An analytical treatment of central force motion,
conservation theorems, orbital stability, and the
computation of orbits. Laboratory meetings will
deal primarily with computer simulations of orbits,
and the solution for the elements of orbits from
limited data. Prerequisite: PHY 1104 or 1151 and
MAT 1120; or PHY 2020. Suggested corequisite:
CS 2400 or CS 2420. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
"Offered in odd numbered years.
3210. Modern Physics/(3).F.
A study of the theories and experiments which
have led to current models in special relativity,
atomic structure, lasers, solid state physics, x-rays,
artificial and natural radioactivity, nuclear struc-
ture, nuclear fusion and fission and particle ac-
celerators. Prerequisite: PHY 1151 or corequisite
PHY 2010. Lecture three hours.
3220. Waves and Oscillations/(3).S.
A study of systems in physics described by
oscillatory or wavelike motions. Some topics
covered are: free and forced vibrations of coupled
systems, electromagnetic waves, interference and
diffraction. Corequisite: PHY 2010. Lecture two
hours, laboratory three hours.
3230.' Thermal Physics/(3).S.
A study of the laws of thermodynamics and their
application to physical, chemical and biological
phenomena. An introduction to kinetic theory
and statistical mechanics is included. Prere-
quisites: PHY 1104 or 1151, and MAT 2130.
Lecture three hours.
'Offered in odd numbered years.
3350. Physical Science Investigations/
(3).F;SS.
A course primarily for elementary education ma-
jors who choose their academic concentration in
science. Simple demonstrations and laboratory
experiments will emphasize a conceptual ap-
proach to the physical ideas usually introduced in
the elementary science curriculum. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Required
of all physics majors seeking the B.S. degree and
teaching certification in Science Education.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
For example: Biomechanics/ (3), a study of
physics as applied to the motion of the human
body, particularly in various sports. Topics include
vectors and resolution of forces, kinematics and
the trajectories of balls, momentum and energy
and power with applications to football and track,
rotational motion and torques with applications to
diving, gymnastics and skating. Photographic
studies and demonstrations will be emphasized.
Lecture three hours.
3630. Digital Electronics/(3).F.
A study of the basic concepts and circuits based on
Boolean algebra as applied to modern day digital
equipment, especially microprocessors. Emphasis
will be placed on integrated circuits TTL and
CMOS sequential and combinational logic circuits
and will include: gates, flip-flops, counters, shift-
registers, multiplexers, decoders, and ROMS.
Elements of digital logic design including
simplification by Boolean algebra will be covered.
The laboratory will consist of building TTL and
CMOS circuits and examining their electrical and
logic properties. Prerequisite: PHY 1104 or 1151.
Lecture two hours, laboratory three hours.
3700. Microprocessors/^). S.
A study of the architecture and instruction sets of
common microprocessors including memory, in-
put/output and support integrated circuits,
assembly and high level languages. Lecture two
hours, laboratory three hours. Prerequisites: PHY
2630, 3630.
Physics and Astronomy
129
3850. Environuclconics/(3).S.
A study of the interaction of atomic and nuclear
radiation with Man and his environment — with
special emphasis on the technology of measure-
ment and criteria for evaluation. Discussions of
basic radiation properties and radiation detection
as well as special analysis techniques such as
neutron activation and X-ray fluorescence will be
integral to the course. Prerequisite: PHY 1104 or
1151. Lecture three hours.
3851. Environucleonics Laboratory /(1).S.
Laboratory investigation and skills development
aligned with the methods of Physics 3850. Basic
detection involving GM, gas flow and scintillation
detector systems, pulse height analysis, statistical
tests and treatment of data, utilization of neutron
activation and X-ray fluorescence will be featured.
Field trips may be required. Corequisite or prere-
quisite: PHY 3850. Laboratory three hours.
4210. Experimental Physics Seminar/(4).F.
An advanced laboratory course in classical and
modern physics. Results of experimental in-
vestigations will be presented to colleagues and to
the faculty. Literature searches, written reports,
and some oral reports will be required. Lecture
one hour, lab six hours. Prerequisite: PHY
2010-2020 or equivalent.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4510. Senior Honors Research and Thesis/(3).
On Demand.
Independent in-depth research and preparation of
a thesis on a significant topic in physics, directed
by a member of the physics faculty. A thesis is
presented orally and in writing to the department.
Course grade assigned by the departmental
honors committee. Required for graduation with
honors in physics. A student who completes this
course with a grade of B and who graduated with
a GPA of 3.5 in physics courses will be graduated
with "Honors" in physics; with a grade of A and a
GPA of 3.7 in physics a student will be graduated
with "Highest Honors" in physics. Prerequisites:
GPA of at least 3.5 overall and 3.5 in physics
courses. Approval of proposed research topic and
methods by departmental honors committee, and
assignment of research thesis advisor during the
semester prior to enrollment in this course. Core-
quisite: PHY 4640. Open only to majors in
physics during their final undergraduate semester.
4630.* Electronics/(3).S.
A study of the analog electronics. Topics include:
operational amplifiers, wave-shaping circuits,
transducers, optoelectric isolators and
preamplifiers and power amplifiers necessary to
interface input and output transducers to digital
equipment. Lecture two hours, laboratory three
hours. Prerequisite: PHY 2630.
'Offered in odd numbered years.
4640.' 'Advanced Modern Physics/(3).S.
A study of quantum mechanics and its applica-
tions to statistical, solid state and nuclear physics.
The major experimental and theoretical results
that led to the development of the quantum
theory are discussed in deatil. Corequisites: PHY
3010-3020, 3210, or 3220, and MAT 3130.
"Offered in even numbered years.
4820. Medical Physics/ (3).F.
A study of the various applications of the prin-
ciples of physics to functions of the human body.
Topics include: mechanics of the skeleton, fluid
mechanics and the cardiovascular system, elec-
trical signals in the body and cardiology, light and
vision, sound and hearing, radiation in diagnosis
and therapy. Prerequisite: PHY 1104 or 1151.
Lecture three hours.
4880. Special Topics in Physics/(3).On De-
mand.
A course devoted to a single topic. Current ex-
amples ar? advanced microprocessors and vector
analysis. For example, Advanced Micropro-
cessors/^), a study of microprocessor hardware
and software with emphasis on applications to
technical problems of current interest. Prere-
quisite: Consent of instructor.
4900. Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS.
Supervised work in applied physics in an industrial
or other laboratory setting. Students must obtain
approval of the departmental internship coor-
dinator prior to enrolling. Graded on S/U basis
only.
Graduate Courses
5160. Astronomy/(3).SS.
A study of the solar system, measuring and detec-
ting instruments, and phenomena beyond our
solar system. Stellar evolution, nebulae, quasars,
black holes, comets and physical evidence for ex-
traterrestrial life are also discussed. Lecture three
hours .
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics in
Physics/(l-3).On Demand.
An intensive study of a single topic in physics.
Political Science/Criminal Justice
130
Department of
Political Science/
Criminal Justice (PS/CJ)
Carl David Sutton, Chairperson
The purposes of the Department of Political Science/Criminal Justice are: to enable
students to critically observe, analyze, and understand the complex political world in
which they live; to make students cognizant of the fact that crime is only one of a variety
of the nation's problems; to prepare individuals to recognize and to meet the complex
problems of our society which affect our governmental and criminal justice systems; and
to encourage students to become knowledgeable, active citizens who play a role in the
political processes of the nation and the world.
A major in political science leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 33 hours
including PS 1100, 2100, 2115, and at least one course in four of the following areas
(1). Theory and Methodology; (2) International Relations; (3) American Politics and
Government; (4) Comparative Government; (5) Public Law and Judicial Behavior; (6)
Public Administration; (7) Political Behavior; (8) Public Policy. The area in which any
particular course may be credited is indicated by the third digit of the course number.
For example, Political Science 3660 is credited to area (6) Public administration. The
remaining 12 hours are elective. To earn the Bachelor of Arts degree a student must
complete six hours of the second year of a foreign language. Normally, an internship
will not be offered for students seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree.
A major in criminal justice leading to the Bachelor of Science Criminal Justice (BSCJ)
degree consists of 54 semester hours including completion of CJ 1100, 2020, 3150,
3400, 3430, 3551, 4552, 4900; PS 1100; PSY 4551; and 15 semester hours of elec-
tives to be taken from a group of specified courses and approved by the advisor.
A minor in criminal justice shall consist of eighteen semester hours including CJ 1100,
2020, 3430, 3551, and six hours of electives in criminal justice.
To earn a Bachelor of Science Criminal Justice degree a field experience in the form of
an internship for 12 semester hours is required. This may be waived if the student has
more than one year of work experience in a criminal justice agency. If it is waived, the
student will complete 12 semester hours of approved criminal justice electives as a
substitute. In addition, the student must complete STT 3810 before being eligible for the
awarding of the degree.
A major in social science leading to a Bachelor of Science degree (without teacher cer-
tification) with a concentration in political science consists of 27 to 30 semester hours in
the social sciences to include: six hours of HIS from 2201, 2204, 2207-09; ECO 2030
and 2040; SOC 1115; and three additional hours in sociology or anthropology chosen
with the approval of the advisor; PS 1100 and 2130; three to six hours in geography
Political Science/Criminal Justice
131
approved by the advisor; and a professional concentration consisting of 36 to 50
semester hours which will normally require an internship. STT 3810 will be required for
all concentrations. Some suggested professional concentrations are Public Manage-
ment; Town, City and County Management; Political Communications; Public Rela-
tions; Political Analysis; Para-legal, (legal assistant); and American Political Manage-
ment.
All programs leading to a Bachelor of Science (non-teaching) degree must be planned
in consultation with the departmental chairperson or the advisor for a specific concen-
tration. Students should begin planning their concentration as early as possible in their
academic career.
The department also provides a concentration in political science for those majors in
social science seeking a Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification. Refer to
index for that section. For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department
of Secondary Education.
A minor in political science consists of 18 hours including PS 1100 or 2100. The re-
maining 15 hours are elective but the courses must come from at least three of the areas
of political science, as outlined above, and nine of the 15 elective hours must be taken
at the 3000-4000 level.
The Master of Arts degree in political science requires PS 5000 and a minimum of 30
semester hours of graduate credit with a thesis, or a minimum of 36 semester hours of
graduate credit without the thesis. Each candidate for the Masters degree will
demonstrate a proficiency in reading a foreign language or using computer science and
statistics as research tools. The department may determine the proficiency required. A
student may also earn a Master of Arts degree with a major in political science in the
program for secondary teachers or the program for junior college teachers. The depart-
ment also provides a concentration in political science for those majors in social science
seeking a Master of Arts degree.
Courses of Instruction in Political Science
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1100. American National Government and in such areas as labor, education, the economy,
Politics/(3).F;S;SS. agriculture, equal rights, foreign relations and na-
A study of the development and operation of the tional security will be analyzed.
American National government, its powers,
organization and policies. 2100. Introduction to Political Science/(3).F;
S;SS.
1200. Current Political Issues/(3).F;S. A study of Political Science as a discipline; the
A study of the current political issues and pro- course is divided into two parts. The first part
blems facing the national government. Problems familiarizes the student with the scope and content
Political Science/Criminal Justice
132
of politics and introduces the main approaches us-
ed to study political phenomena. The second part
applies the general knowledge acquired in the first
part to the study of a selected number of actual
political systems.
2115. Research Methods/(3).F;S.
An introduction to the logic and techniques of
social science research, examination of the struc-
ture of scientific inquiry, methods utilized to
analyze information, with emphasis placed upon
the interpretation of that information.
2130. State and Local Government/
(3).F;S;SS.
An examination of the organization, problems and
powers of state and local governments in the
United States, focusing upon the responses of
states, counties, and municipalities to needs caus-
ed by poverty, growth, and social change.
2160. Introduction to Public Administration/
(3).F;S.
A general survey course aimed at introducing the
student to the theory and practice of public ad-
ministration. The course includes an introduction
to organization, theory, personnel and financial
administration and administrative responsibility.
The principal focus is on American public ad-
ministration, but some comparisons and illustra-
tions from other administrative systems are includ-
ed.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3110. Political Theory Through Sixteenth Cen-
tury/(3).F.
An examination of political theory from approx-
imately 300 B.C. through the sixteenth century.
The political philosophers studied include Plato,
Aristotle, Cicero, St. Augustine, St. Thomas
Aquinas, Machiavelli, Luther, Calvin, and Jean
Bodin. Emphasis is placed on historical develop-
ment of political philosophy. Offered alternate
even years.
3120. International Politics and Foreign
Policy/(3).F;SS.
A study of the goals of foreign and national securi-
ty policy and of the means by which they are
achieved.
3130. American Political Parties and Interest
Groups/(3).F;SS.
A study of the organization, tactics and functions
of political parties and interest groups. A com-
parison of goals and methods of influencing public
policy ranging from the normal to the revolu-
tionary. Campaigning techniques discussed.
3150. The Judicial Process/(3).F.
An examination of the development and powers
of the judiciary as seen through selected cases;
and an examination of the operation and behavior
of the courts and their personnel.
3210. Political Theory From the Seventeenth
Century to the Present/(3).S.
A study of political thought from the seventeenth
century to the present. Political philosophers
studied include Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Marx, and Lenin. Em-
phasis is placed on the development of na-
tionalism, capitalism, communism, socialism, and
fascism.
3230. American Legislative Politics/(3).S.
An examination of the structure, functions and
behavior of Congress and state legislatures, with
emphasis on how composition, leadership, consti-
tuency role orientations and interest groups ac-
tively influence public policy. The legislative in-
stitutions are also viewed in relationship to larger
environments and inclusive political systems.
3240. Comparative Politics/(3).F.
An examination of political system challenges and
development patterns, with comparative
reference to a number of systems including the
USSR, Britain, France, and selected African and
Asian countries.
3280. Public Policy Analysis/(3).F.
A study of the policy making process, with special
attention to the various factors that influence
policy choices in the American government and
an examination of the procedures for evaluating
actual and alternative public policy programs.
3328. Socio-Political Environment of Leisure/
(3).F.
An interdisciplinary approach to the study of the
development of and participation in leisure ac-
tivities. A practical approach through the integra-
tion of social and political phenomena. Prere-
quisite: junior standing. (Same as SOC 3328.)
3330. Urban Politics/(3).S.
A focus upon politics in urban areas. Topics in-
clude the problems of urban government, politics
within metropolitan areas, community power
structures, and decision-making structures.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
Political Science/Criminal Justice
133
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On demand.
3630. Appalachian Politics/(3).F.
An examination of the fundamental political pro-
blems and possibilities for the people in the Ap-
palachian Region. The interrelationships of Ap-
palachia with the larger American political system,
political culture, and economy will also be studied.
Offered alternate even years.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4540. Studies in Regional Political
Patterns/(l-3).On Demand.
An examination of selected regions of the world
which have common historical and cultural pat-
terns influencing their political styles and
capabilities. Topics may vary from semester to
semester.
4550. Law and Society/(3).S.
An examination of the relationship between the
values and culture of a society and the laws which
it adopts; how law interacts with and responds to
change in social values as seen by the courts
through selected cases.
3660. Administrative Law/(3).F.
A study of the administrative powers and pro-
cedures in the United States and of the relevant
experiences of some other democracies such as
Britain, France with special attention to the legal
and administative methods of achieving a respon-
sible bureaucracy and of balancing public interest
with private rights.
4175. Public Opinion/(3).F.
An examination of attitude and opinion formation
within and among publics; the role and impact of
government secrecy on opinion; and a study of
media as influence mechanisms.
4230. The Presidency and the Executive
Branch/(3).F.
An examination of the central role of the
American presidency in the political process. Em-
phasis is given to contemporary responsibilities of
the President and of the major agencies suppor-
ting the President.
4270. Political Socialization/(3).S.
Focuses upon the process by which political
behavior is learned; analyzes the role of socializa-
tion agencies throughout the life cycle; cross na-
tional comparisons; political elites and masses ex-
amined; discussion of counterculture trends.
4310. American Political Theory/(3).S.
A survey of American political thought from the
colonial period to the present. Theorists discussed
include Hamilton, Jefferson, Calhoun, and
Dewey. Special emphasis is placed on the various
modes of American political thought in the twen-
tieth century.
4665. Public Management/(3).F;S.
A study of the organization and operation of
government agencies and their role in policy mak-
ing and implementation and an examination of
the various concepts and theories pertaining to
administrative behavior and to the performance of
the basic tasks of management.
4720. International Organization and
Law/(3).S.
An examination of the goals and structures of
multinational organizations created to solve pro-
blems between nations, and the ways in which
disputes between nations are settled.
4900. Internship in Public Affairs/
(3-12).F;S;SS.
Field work in government, community, profes-
sional offices and agencies and involvement in
problem solving in these offices and agencies.
Graded on S/U basis.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F;SS.
5030. Seminar in American Government and
Politics/(3).F;SS.
Special investigation of selected topics in
American government and politics. The tdpics
may vary from year to year.
5050. Seminar in Public Law and Judicial
Behavior/(3).S.
An examination of the multiple roles of law and
the judicial system in the formulation and execu-
tion of public policy, to include the role of the
judiciary in politics and government with emphasis
on variables affecting judicial decision making.
4400. Selected Topics in Political
Science/(l-3). On Demand.
An intensive examination of selected topics.
5120. Readings and Research in International
Relations/(3).F.
The problems and policies of developing nations,
Political Science /Criminal Justice
134
the issues of colonialism, imperialism, na-
tionalism, and an examination of current
methodological trends in the exploration of these
problem areas.
5130. Appalachian Political Perspec-
tives/(3).F.
An examination of the political process in the Ap-
palachian region. The fundamental political pro-
blems, the interrelationships of Appalachia and its
people with the larger American political system,
political culture, and economy. Offered alternate
odd years.
5160. Problems of Public Administration/
(3).S.
An examination of selected problems in public ad-
ministration with emphasis on analytical case
studies.
and their critics. The topics may vary from year to
year.
5240. Seminar in Comparative Government
and Politics/(3).S.
An examination of selected topics in comparative
political analysis. The topics may vary from year
to year.
5330. Problems in State and Local Govern-
ment/(3).S.
Research on selected topics and American state
and local government. The topics may vary from
year to year.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5180. Problems in Public Policy
Analysis/(3).S.
An examination of problems focusing on the pro-
cess, politics and administration of public policy-
making, includes agenda setting, formulation, im-
plementation and evaluation, and surveys the
theoretical bases, methodological tools and
political manueuvers available to policy-makers
5900. Internship in Public
Affairs/(3-9).F;S;SS.
Field work in government, community, profes-
sional offices and agencies and involvement in
problem solving in these offices and agencies.
Graded on S/U basis only.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS.
Courses of Instruction in Criminal Justice
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1100. Introduction to Criminal Justice/
(3).F;S.
A study of the development and operation of the
criminal justice system in the United States. In-
cluded will be an examination of the components
which make up the criminal justice system, their
roles and reponsibilities as a part of the system.
2020. Police Process/(3).S.
An examination of social and historical settings of
the police; police role and career; police discre-
tion; police values and culture; organization and
control.
2050. Introduction to the Legal System/(3).S.
An overview of the development of law and law
as an instrument of social control; an examination
of the different types of law and the nature of
each; the framework within which the American
legal system operates; an introduction to the basic
terminology of law and the judicial system and
how to use the library resources dealing with the
study of the legal system.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3060. Crime Prevention/(3).F.
A study of comprehensive crime prevention in-
volving neighborhood and urban design, com-
munity action, law enforcement practices, and en-
vironmental engineering.
3080. Security Systems/ (3). S.
An examination of the role of security and security
industry in criminal justice; the administrative,
personnel, and physical aspects of the security
Political Science/Criminal Justice
135
field; loss prevention management in proprietary
and governmental institutions; and variations in
physical security systems.
3150. The Judicial Process/(3).F.
An examination of the development and powers
of the judiciary as seen through selected cases;
and an examination of the operation and behavior
of the courts and their personnel.
3250. Juvenile Justice/(3).S.
Legal and philosophical basis for a separate
juvenile justice system, with a focus on juvenile
rights and will include such topics as the police
role in delinquency, due process, venue, ad-
judication and disposition hearings, and confiden-
tiality in the juvenile process.
3330. Social Deviation/(3).S.
The course emphasizes the social factors in causa-
tion. Review is made of the leading theories in
deviation and then deviation types are analyzed;
homosexuality, drug use and addiction,
alcoholism, alienation, etc. Prerequisite: SOC
3400 or permission of instructor. (Same as
Sociology 3330)
3400. Criminology/(3).F.
Study of origins and purposes of criminal law;
survey of the various theoretical approaches to the
study of crime causation; examination of various
categories of criminal behavior including violent
crime, occupational crime, political crime,
criminal sexuality; and an overview of the criminal
justice system which seeks to deter, convict and
punish offenders. (Same as Sociology 3400).
3430. Corrections/(3).F;S.
A study of the history and development of the
adult correctional system as part of the larger adult
criminal justice system. Includes overview of the
criminal justice system, a review and analysis of
theories of punishment, a study of institutional
treatment in a total institution and the roles of in-
mates and staff, and a study of alternatives to in-
carceration such as parole and probation. Prere-
quisite: SOC 3400 or 3435 or permission of in-
structor. (Same as Sociology 3430).
3435. Delinquency and Juvenile
Corrections/(3).S.
A study of the history and development of the
juvenile correctional system as part of the larger
juvenile justice system. Includes definitions of
delinquency, a survey of various theoretical ap-
proaches to delinquency causation and punish-
ment, a comparison of the juvenile and adult
systems of correction and an overview of the
special problems of juvenile offenders. (Same as
Sociology 3435) .
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading on
S/U basis. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
May be repeated for a total credit of three
semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
criminal justice curriculum. May be repeated for
credit when content does not duplicate.
3551. Criminal Law/(3).F;SS.
An introduction to the basic concepts of criminal
law, definition of crime and defenses, function
and purposes of substantive criminal law, limits of
the criminal law, case study approach.
3552. Criminal Procedure/(3).S.
An analysis of constitutional limitations from arrest
to release in the administration of criminal justice,
including arrest, search and seizure, interrogation,
identification procedures, and post conviction
relief, case study approach.
4020. Police Administration and Organization/
(3).S. (Alternate years.)
An examination of police organization and
management, allocation of police resources, infor-
mation systems, career and recruitment, policy
formulation, and community relations concerns.
Senior/Graduate Courses
4550. Law and Society/(3).S.
An examination of the relationship between the
values and culture of a society and the laws which
it adopts how law interacts with and responds to
change in social values as seen by the courts
through selected cases.
4552. Abnormal Psychology/(3).F;SS.
The study of individuals and groups who
demonstrate atypical behaviors. This may include
historical definitions of abnormality, standard
psychiatric nosology and etiology, prevention and
treatment of maladaptive behaviors. The concept
of ultra-normal behavior may also be explored.
Theoretical basis for the courses will reflect biases
of the professor. (Same as PSY 4552)
Psychology
136
4580. Private Security/(3).F. (Alternate years).
An examination of unique security problems in
establishments, industrial establishments, univer-
sities and colleges; a review of private security
regulatory boards, licensing, registration of private
security businesses and personnel.
4670. Crime Analysis and Criminal Justice
Planning/(3).S.
An examination of crime analysis-functions,
methodologies, capabilities, and limitations; an
examination of the function of planning in the
criminal justice system on the national, state and
regional levels and within local agencies. Offered
alternate years.
4700. Behavior Modification/(3).F;S.
The application of operant contingency manage-
ment principles to personal, interpersonal, and
learning problems. (Same as PSY 4700)
4800. Criminal Justice Administration
/(3). F. (Alternate years).
A discussion and evaluation of criminal justice
policies and practices with a focus upon a systems
approach to criminal justice, interaction of theory,
research and practice into preparation of a senior
research paper.
4900. Internship in Criminal Justice/(3-12).
F;S;SS.
Field work in a criminal justice agency, office or in-
stitution and involvement in problem solving in
these agencies and offices. Graded on S/U basis.
Graduate Courses
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
Department of Psychology (PSY)
Joyce G. Crouch, Chairperson
The objectives of the Department of Psychology are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To provide students, majors or nonmajors, with excellent instruction in psychology.
To prepare students for specialization in psychology, so that they can function as
bachelor level paraprofessionals, master level professional psychologists or con-
tinue training toward doctoral level competence.
To create interest in psychology— an interest that will be paralleled by a growing
competency in the discipline.
To provide future teachers with sound psychological principles to underlie the
teaching methodology.
To advance psychology as a science and as a means to promote human welfare.
A major in psychology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 36 semester
hours including PSY 2201, 3365, 4658, and STT 3810, and two courses from each of
the following groups:
Group I-Psychology 3364, 4650, 4651, 4652, 4655
Group II-Psychology 3301, 4550, 4551, 4552
Group Ill-Psychology 3390, 4660, 4670, 4671, 4700
An additional six hours of psychology electives are required. These courses may not be
taken under the pass/fail grading system.
Psychology
137
A major in psychology leading to the Bachelor of Science (non-teaching) degree with a
psychology career orientation consists of 60 semester hours. This includes:
1. A core area in psychology consisting of PSY 2201, STT 3810, PSY 3390 and
3640. Twelve hours will be chosen from PSY 3301, 3364, 4550, 4551, or 4658.
The major consists of 36 semester hours, including 12 semester hours of electives.
2. A minimum of 24 semester hours in his career oriented concentration with courses
drawn from various departments and disciplines. Examples of career-oriented plan-
ning are Vocational Rehabilitation, Social Services, Corrections, Child Develop-
ment, Employment Counseling, Personnel Management, and various paraprofes-
sional careers. A departmental advisor must approve the student's program of
study before admission to the B.S. program.
A minor in psychology consists of 15 semester hours of psychology.
Elementary Education, Home Economics and Psychology cooperate to offer the B.S.
in Child Development Degree conferred by the Department of Home Economics upon
the completion of the required 20 semester hours multidisciplinary core curriculum (EE
3130 and 4590; HEC 2201, 3101 and 4100; and Psy 3660 and 4560) and courses in
one of the three areas of concentration: Psychology, Elementary Education or Home
Economics. Students will be advised in their department of concentration.
Students interested in a Master of Business Administration may complete the B.S. in
psychology and the 24 semester hours required in the College of Business Core. (See
College of Business General Undergraduate Plan Outline.) Application for admission to
the Master of Business Administration program should be made in the fall of the stu-
dent's senior year and admission will be contingent upon a satisfactory combination of
undergraduate GPA and GMAT and three favorable references. An MBA degree with a
psychology option consists of 24 semester hours from the College of Business and
12-15 semester hours of psychology including Psychology 4655, 4660 (if it has not
been taken at the undergraduate level) and nine semester hours chosen from the
following courses: PSY 5530, 5550, 5552 and 5590.
The Master of Arts in General-Experimental psychology consists of 30 semester hours
including PSY 5000, 5010, 5550, 5610, 5650, 5999; STT 5810; and a concentration
of six semester hours. PSY 4650 and 4658 are prerequisite to or co-requisite with
courses required in the program. Students who lack an undergraduate major Mn
psychology must complete 45 hours in psychology, nine of which will be PSY 3364,
3365, and STT 3810 or the undergraduate equivalent. Each candidate will
demonstrate proficiency in reading a foreign language or using computer science
and/or statistics as a research tool.
The candidate must elect a concentration in an approved area. A student may elect to
take a sufficient number of hours above those required for the degree to complete a
minor.
Within the general-theoretical framework, a candidate may choose to pursue a program
for junior college teaching. The Master of Arts degree in Junior College Teaching con-
Psychology
138
sists of 30 semester hours with a thesis and 36 semester hours without a thesis. The
following courses must be completed: PSY 4650, 4658, 5000, either 5550 or 5650,
STT 5810, and education requirements for the degree.
Also within the General-Theoretical framework is a program in Rehabilitation
Psychology, which is accredited by the National Council on Rehabilitation Education.
This two year Master of Arts degree consists of 45 semester hours and has two concen-
trations—Rehabilitation in Psychology and Health Psychology. Core courses include
PSY 5000 or CR 5000, PSY 4700 or PSY 5710, PSY 5010, PSY 5591, PSY 5592,
and PSY 5900. Additional requirements for the General Rehabilitation concentration
are as follows: PSY 4655, PSY 5711 or CR 5220, and PSY 5595.
Option 1: Rehabilitation Psychology
Psychology 4655
Psychology 5711
or
Counselor Education and Research 5220
Psychology 5595
Approved electives to complete 45 semester hours
Option 2: Health Psychology
Psychology 5593
Biology 4590 (or approved statistics course)
Health, Physical Education and Recreation 5620
Counselor Education and Research 4570
or
Sociology 4570
Physics 4820
An approved nutrition course
Approved electives to complete 45 semester hours
The Master of Arts degree in Industrial-Organizational Psychology consists of 46
semester hours. Prerequisites for admission are courses in introductory psychology , in-
troductory statistics, experimental psychology or principles of learning, accounting,
principles of management, and macroeconomics. Required courses for the degree in-
clude STT 3820, PSY 5000, PSY 5060, PSY 5660, PSY 5661, PSY 5671, PSY 5500
or PSY 5999, MGT 4630, MGT 5150, MGT 5160, MGT 5170, and approved elec-
tives to complete the requirements.
The Master of Arts degree in Clinical Psychology consists of 48 semester hours of
graduate credit. Required courses include PSY 5000, 5700, 5701, 5710, 5711, 5900,
5999, six semester hours in an approved concentration and eight semester hours of ap-
proved electives. Each candidate will demonstrate proficiency in reading a foreign
language or using computer science and/or statistics as a research tool. The completion
of a minor in statistics or computer science will be accepted as a demonstration of profi-
ciency.
Psychology
139
A two-year master's degree program is offered in cooperation with the Department of
Counselor Education and Research. This program is designed to meet the requirements
for certification as a Level II school psychologist. In addition to the MA degree a Cer-
tificate of Advanced Study will be awarded.
A graduate minor in Psychology consists of 9-12 semester hours.
Prerequisites may be waived by permission of chairperson and/or instructor.
Courses of Instruction in Psychology
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2050. Psychology of Personal Adjustment/
(3).F;S.
Psychology of Personal Adjustment is a course
designed to increase the student's level of
awareness of strategies useful in meeting a wide
variety of situations encountered throughout life.
Means of dealing with problems of motivation,
self-identity, conflicts, and life goals are emphasiz-
ed.
2201. General Psychology/(3).F;S;SS.
General Psychology introduces students to the
study of human and animal behavior, providing a
review and survey of basic principles and widely
cited research. A first course in psychology sampl-
ing from the following areas of theoretical and ap-
plied psychology: experimental design and
measurement; physiological aspects of behavior;
learning and behavior modification; sensation and
perception; personality; social psychology; clinical
psychology and psychotheraphy.
PSY 2201 IS PREREQUISITE TO ALL
PSYCHOLOGY COURSES EXCEPT AS
NOTED UNDER 3301 AND 3302 BELOW.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3301. Developmental Psychology/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of the aspects of human growth and
development from conception through maturity.
Attention is devoted to these processes as they
may pertain to the educational setting. Students
accepted into a teacher education program
(Junior level or above) may enroll without prere-
quisite.
3302. Educational Psychology/(3).F;S;SS.
An analysis of the principles of classroom learn-
ing. The major concepts, theories, and research in
the acquisition of knowledge and interpersonal
social skills are emphasized. Special attention is
given to the educational application of these prin-
ciples. Students accepted into a teacher education
program (Junior level or above) may enroll
without prerequisite.
3318. Outdoor Recreation: An Ecological and
Behavioral Approach (2). S.
Teaches the recreation manager to better unders
tand the complex interactions between the recrea-
tion resource and the human user. Recreation is
described and studied as need-fulfilling behavior
which can be enhanced by an understanding of
the biological entities (flora and fauna) and their
ecological relationships. (Same as BIO 3318).
3364. Principles of Learning/(3).F.S.
Theories and evidence concerning the nature of
learning and learning phenomena. Emphasis is
upon relationships between characteristics of
learning tasks and resultant performance of both
animals and humans.
3365. Experimental Psychology/(3).F.
An introduction to basic principles and methods of
conducting psychological experiments is
presented through lectures, discussions, and
laboratory experience in a variety of problem
areas, such as perception, learning, and social
processes. Recommended for those preparing for
graduate study. Prerequisite: STAT 3810. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours.
Psychology
140
3390. An Introduction to and Procedures in the
Helping Professions/(3).F.S.
Historical, philosophical, and legal aspects of the
helping professions. Emphasis placed on
understanding the various approaches to counsel-
ing. Contributions of paramedical and other areas
are discussed. (Same as SPE 3390.)
3392. Medical Aspects of Disability/(3).F.
Medical aspects of major physical disabilities with
implications for rehabilitation. Opportunities will
be provided for first-hand observation and ex-
perience in an institutional setting. (Same as SPE
3392.)
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Such topics as hypnosis, ethology,
psychotherapy, sex role differences, verbal learn-
ing, philosophical issues have been taught.
3640. Applied Research Methodology. (3). S.
A practical application of basic research concepts
and skills useful in studies conducted in human
services and other organizations. The course will
provide familiarity with model studies, and prac-
tice in reading and evaluating research literature.
Prerequisite: STT 3810 or equivalent.
3660. Psychology of Parenting/(3).S.
A study of the psychological impact of parenting
upon adults and children. The psychological
bases, the effects of parenting, styles, and the in-
fluence of cultural and role expectations will be ex-
amined as a background for analyzing and apply-
ing parenting skills. Prerequisite: PSY 3301 or
equivalent.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4510. Senior Honors Seminar 1/(2). F.
A critical examination of selected contemporary
issues in psychology. During the first seven weeks
of the semester the seminar will meet with an
honors team. The purpose of this segment is to
acquaint students with areas of study and/or
research, to stimulate student-student and
student-faculty interaction, and to provide
guidance in the selection of an area for individual
study. During the remainder of the semester, each
student will work independently on a research
project or other in-depth study and will regularly
consult with a designated member of the honors
team. Eligibility: Rising seniors, either BA or BS
candidates with minimum overall GPA of 3.2 and
ranked in top 10-15 in psychology, will be invited
to enroll.
4515. Senior Honors Seminar 11/(2). S.
The second segment of the senior honors pro-
gram. Students will work under the direction of
the designated member of the honors team and
complete the project during the first seven weeks
of the semester. The seminar will meet regularly
for seven weeks near the end of the semester.
Students will present their work for discussion and
evaluation by their peers and the honors team.
Students who complete PSY 4510 and 4515 with
a grade of B or above and 3.45 GPA in
Psychology will be graduated with "Honors;" with
a grade of B+ or above and 3.65 GPA in
Psychology will be graduated with "High
Honors;" and with a grade of A and 3.85 GPA in
Psychology will be graduated with "Highest
Honors." Prerequisite: PSY 4510.
4550. Psychology of Personality/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of factors involved in the developmental
and applied aspects of the broad area of personali-
ty theory.
4551. Social Psychology/(3).F;S;SS.
Social psychology surveys groups phenomena
and the effects that group influence has on in-
dividual behavior. Key topics reviewed incude
social validation processes, conformity and obe-
dience behavior, cognitive dissonance, prejudice
and attitude change, group differences, and a
critique of intelligence testing.
4552. Abnormal Psychology/(3).F;S;SS.
The study of individuals and groups who
demonstrate atypical behaviors. This may include
historical definitions of abnormality, standard
psychiatric nosology and etiology, prevention and
treatment of maladaptive behaviors. The concept
of ultra-normal behavior may also be explored,
theoretical basis for the course will reflect biases of
the professor. (Same as CJ 4552)
4560. Psychology of Early Childhood/(3).F.
An intensive study of the physical, social, emo-
tional and intellectual development from concep-
tion to the beginning school years. Emphasis will
be placed on reviewing relevent research from
major contributors such as Piaget, Erickson,
White, Bruner, etc. The course will focus on the
Psychology
141
interrelatedness of the various aspects of
development— the "whole child" concept. Prere-
quisite: PSY 3301 or equivalent.
4562. Psychology of Aging/(3).F.
Focus on the psychological changes associated
with the process of aging. Particular attention will
be devoted to cognitive and personality fac-
tors— stressing the elements of consistency and
change in each. An attempt will be made to
separate myth and reality as each area of function-
ing is discussed. Graduate students will be ex-
pected to become involved in an area of research
at some level.
4640. Seminar in Critical Issues in
Psychology/(l-3).On Demand.
Contemporary research issues in psychology. Op-
portunities to consider a particular aspect of
research in depth. Topics vary from year to year
depending upon the interests of students. Prere-
quisite: A major or minor in psychology and per-
mission of instructor.
4650. Physiological Psychology/(3).F.
An examination of the physiological correlates of
behavior. Emphasis is placed on sensations, emo-
tions, memory, and the basic drives.
4651. Perception/ (3). S.
A survey of classical and contemporary theories of
perception. Visual and auditory systems are em-
phasized.
4652. Comparative Psychology/ (3). S.
Covers psychological processes in infrahuman
oranisms. The plan of animal experimentation in
pscyhology and animal research. Prerequisite:
STAT 3810 or equivalent.
4655. Advanced General Psychology/(3).S.
A critical study of some of the major experimental
and research findings and methods in contem-
porary psychology. Prerequisite: 15 hours of
Psychology or permission of the chairperson of
the Psychology Department.
4658. History and Systems of Psychology/
(3).F;S;SS.
An analysis of physiological and philosophical
antecedents for modern psychology, and the
systems which emerge from these. The course
provides perspective and closure relevant to the
development of behaviorism, neobehaviorism,
psychoanalysis, and gestalt psychology.
4660. Psychological Tests and
Measurements/(3).S.
A critical survey of measuring devices in clinical,
counseling, and educational practice emphasizing
theory, development and standardization.
Laboratory practice in methods of appraisal to in-
clude their administration, scoring and interpreta-
tion. Prerequisite: STT 3810.
4670. Industrial Psychology/(3).S.
A survey of potential and actual applications of
psychological principles and methods to the pro-
blems of business, indistrial and other organiza-
tions. Emphasis on personnel functions, the
nature and etiology of behavioral deviations, and
organizational factors related to these deviations.
4671. Organizational Psychology /(3).F.
A survey of potential and actual applications of
psychological principles and methods to the prob-
lems of business, industrial and other organiza-
tions. Emphasis on organizational communica-
tion, the dynamics of work groups and individual
motivation.
4700. Behavior Modification/(3).F;S.
The application of operant contingency manage-
ment principles to personal, interpersonal, and
learning problems. (Same as CJ 4700)
4900. Internship: Field Work in Applied
Psychology/(3-12).F;S.
Supervised placement in a setting which provides
appropriate opportunity for observing and practic-
ing psychological skills. Among the settings in
which such skills could be practiced are mental
health centers, hospitals, rehabilitation centers,
and departments in which personnel services are
coordinated. Students must seek approval of their
advisor in the psychology department before
enrolling. Graded on S/U basis only.
Graduate Courses
5000. Research Problems/(3).F;SS.
An advanced treatment of principles and pro-
cedures for conducting psychological research, in-
cluding problem formulation, sampling, research
design, and data analysis. Students will propose
and conduct original research projects which will
be supplemented by concurrent lectures and
discussions concerning selected methodological
and substantive issues.
5010. Research Seminar/(1).F;S.
The seminar on selected topics in research is
designed to handle the various problem en-
countered by students in their research. Students
will present research proposals and discuss current
research in various areas of psychology.
Psychology
142
5011. Teaching of Psychology/(l). On De-
mand.
A course required of all Graduate Teaching
Assistants responsible for teaching one or more
sections of Psychology 2201. Students will be in-
troduced to alternative teaching approaches,
guided in constructing tests, and provided infor-
mation about teaching resources. Students' suc-
cess in teaching will be evaluated. Graded on an
S/U basis.
5060. Methods of Industrial-Organizational
Psychology/ (3). F.
A study of several selected methods and issues in
the field of industrial-organizational psychology
such as systematic job analysis techniques,
criterion development and validation, job design,
as well as the legal, ethical, and social context of
practice in the field. Emphasis on practical ap-
plications within a variety of types of organiza-
tions.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On demand.
Altered states of consciousness, clinical hypnosis,
death and dying, classroom management, ra-
tional emotive approach to marriage and family
therapy, psychophysiology, rehabilitation adjust-
ment services, and research in and the use of tests
such as the MMPI, Binet and Wechsler have been
offered.
5550. Theories of Personality/ (3). F.
A study of contemporary and/or traditional
theories of individual personality structure and
development. Prerequisite: PSY 4550 or
equivalent.
5552. Advanced Abnormal Psychology/ (3). S.
A critical examination of major theories and data
concerning the emotionally handicapped. Em-
phasis placed on resent findings and experimental
research. Alternative ways of viewing "abnormal"
behaviors may be presented. Prerequisites: PSY
4550, 4552, or 5550.
tions, development of capacity, formation of in-
terests, mental hygiene, and physiological facets
of behavior which have particular implications for
teachers, counselors, and librarians.
5565. Adolescent Psychology/(2-3).S;SS.
A study of students of high school age in the light
of modern investigations of the physical, intellec-
tual, and emotional changes as well as the relation
of physical development to mental growth,
adolescent interests, personality and social con-
sciousness, and the adaptation of programs of
study and amusement.
5590. Evaluation of Exceptional Children/(3).
F;SS.
A study of special diagnostic procedures with
children who have physical, intellectual and sen-
sory impairments.
5591. Principles and Practices of Rehabilita-
tion Counseling/(3).F.
Vocational planning and work preparation for the
handicapped. Includes consideration of basic oc-
cupational skills, work, training, and sheltered
workshop programs. (Same as SPE 5591).
5592. Medical and Psychosocial Aspects of
Disability/(3).S;SS.
What constitutes severe disability; its effect on the
individual, and multidisciplinary approaches to
amelioration. Disabilities will include epilepsy,
spinal cord and brain injuries, degenerative
diseases, and their sequelae. Prerequisite: PSY
3392. (Same as SPE 5592.)
5593. Biofeedback/(3).F.
This course will review the historical background
of biofeedback, stressing Biofeedback as an aid in
stress management, treatment of psychosomatic
disorders and in muscle relaxation, and the
physiological basis of self regulation. Students will
become familiar with the application of the EMC,
ST trainer and other biofeedback instrumentation
through demonstration and practice. Ethical
issues are explored.
5555. Advanced Educational Psychology/(2)-
3).F;S;SS.
An exploration of how learning theory can be ap-
plied in the school environment by teachers,
counselors, and administrators to enhance the
learning experience.
5560. Child Psychology/(2-3).F;SS.
The development of behavior of the child. Em-
phasis will be placed upon growth and maturation
of structure, the acquisition of habits and emo-
5595. Evaluation and Placement of the Excep-
tional Individual/(3).S.
A study of evaluative procedures aimed at
assisting handicapped individuals in achieving a
more satisfying and productive life. Exploration of
occupational and educational opportunities and
resources. Consideration is given to supportive
services including education, workshops, job
modification, and vocational placement.
Psychology
143
5610. Advanced Experimental Psychology/
(3).F.
A critical study of some of the major experimental
findings and of research methodology in contem-
porary psychology is the major focus. Emphasis
will be placed upon problems in perception and
animal conditioning.
5640. Seminar/(3).
Consideration of contemporary research issues in
psychology. Opportunity for graduate students to
consider a particular aspect of psychology in
depth. Topics vary from year to year depending
upon the interest of students. Prerequisite: Six
graduate hours in psychology.
5650. Learning, Cognition, and Memory/(3).
S.
Classical learning theory is reviewed and ex-
trapolations which comprise the current state-of-
the-art in cognition and memory are examined in
depth. Current literature relevant to contem-
porary models of learning, cognition, and
memory is reviewed, and specific problems are
identified and examined in the laboratory. Lecture
2 hours; laboratory 2 hours.
struments. Supervised practice in administration,
scoring, and interpretation is provided.
5701. Psychological Assessment 11/(3). S.
Theory, research findings and clinical applications
of major projective techniques with emphasis on
Rorschach and TAT. Techniques for assessment
of family interactions, couples dynamics, and
other interactional groups may also be included.
New and developing techniques used for assess-
ing individuals may be included at the professor's
discretion. Prerequisite: PSY 5700 and 4552.
5710. Behavior Change I/(3).F.
Theory and application of operant and respon-
dent learning principles to the treatment of
maladaptive behaviors in various settings. Self-
management and the acquisition of new skills are
also emphasized. A practicum experience is pro-
vided.
5711. Behavior Change H/(3).S.
A critical evaluation of the current major ap-
proaches to psychotherapeutic behavior change
including research findings applications. Prere-
quisite: PSY 5710.
5660. Personnel Selection and
Placement/(3).F.
A study of the most effective techniques of
employee selection and placement. Consideration
given to such topics as legal issues, use of
biographical data, test construction and employ-
ment interviewing. Prerequisite: PSY 4660.
5661. Performance and Attitude
Measurement/(3).S.
A study of employee performance appraisal
systems and approaches to measuring employee
attitudes. Consideration given to such topics as
legal issues in performance appraisal, perfor-
mance appraisal techniques, development of at-
titude surveys and organizational applications of
survey generated data. Prerequisite: PSY 4660.
5671. Human Resources Development/ (3). S.
A study of the design and implementation of train-
ing and development programs in business, in-
dustrial and other organizations. Emphasis on
training techniques and strategies for evaluating
training.
5700. Psychological Assessment 1/(3). F.
A practice based study of the development, stan-
dardization, and interpretation of variety of
cognitive and developmental measures including
the Wechsler Scales, Stanford-Binet and selected
other individually administered psychometric in-
5810. Functions of the School Psychologist/
(3).F.
This course is designed to provide training in
several areas relevant to the functioning of the
school psychologist. This will be accomplished
both didactically and experientially. Among the
major topics to be covered are models of school
psychology, legal issues, relevant research, per-
forming a case study, and interviewing skills.
5900. Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS.
Subject areas include the following and may be
combined for a total credit of 15 semester hours:
Clinical Practicum 1(3). F.
A group process oriented experience in which the
study participants focus on the development of
such interpersonal skills as communication of self
to others, feedback, self -disclosure; and construc-
tive confrontation of others. Graded on S/U basis
only.
Rehabilitation Counseling Practicum/(3).S.
Application of counseling techniques to problems
encountered by clients with various disabilities.
Students cannot take both this practicum and
Clinical Practicum I for credit.
Clinical Practicum II and III/(3-3).F;S.
Progressive assumption of responsibility in im-
plementing behavior change, psychological
Sociology
144
assessment, consultation skills and other profes-
sional responsibilities of the clinical psychologist or
rehabilitation psychologist. Supervision is provid-
ed by staff psychologists and other area profes-
sionals in settings such as The Counseling and
Psychological Services Center, area mental health
centers, hospitals, and develomental evaluation
units. Prerequisite: Admission to MA program in
clinical psychology or rehabilitation psychology.
Graded on S/U basis only.
Clinical lnternship/(6).F;S.
Six months full-time placement in a mental health
setting under professional supervision; to include
experience with psychological ^valuation, in-
dividual and group psychotherapy and behavior
change, work with interdisciplinary team; con-
sultation with community agencies and schools,
and work in institutional settings. Prerequisite:
Approval of the director of the clinical or
rehabilitation program. Graded on an S/U basis
only.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis only.
6100. Advanced Developmental
Psychology /(3).S.
An advanced study of how developmental pro-
cesses influence human behavior as evidenced by
current development theories and current
research findings. Special attention is devoted to
these processes as they relate to school settings.
6900. Internship: School Psychologist
H/(6).F;S.
Placement in a school setting under professional
supervision; to include experience with
psychological evaluation, individual and group
counseling, behavior change strategies, work with
interdisciplinary team; consultation with com-
munity agencies. Graded on S/U basis only.
Department of Sociology (SOC)
Alfred M. Denton, Jr., Chairperson
The purposes of the Department of Sociology are:
1 . To help the student gain an understanding of the structures and processes through
which the individual participates in society.
2. To help provide a mature understanding of social behavior.
3. To prepare students for post-graduate programs in sociology.
4. To help prepare future teachers in colleges and in primary and secondary schools.
5. To help prepare students for a wide variety of vocations and professional careers.
A major in sociology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 30 semester
hours including SOC 1115, 3885, 3950, and 21 semester hours of electives in
sociology. In addition, STT 3810 and ANT 1210 are required. MAT 1020 should be
the course taken to fulfill the mathematics requirement in general education.
A major in social science leading to a Bachelor of Science degree (without teacher cer-
tification) with a concentration in Sociology consists of 27 to 30 semester hours in the
social sciences to include: history 2201, 2204; ECO 2030 and 2040; SOC 1115; and
three additional hours in sociology chosen with the approval of the advisor; PS 1100
and 2130; three to six hours in geography approved by the advisor; and a professional
concentration consisting of 36 to 50 semester hours. STT 3810 will be required for all
concentrations.
Sociology
145
Some suggested professional concentrations are Corrections, Social Services,
Evaluative Research. Departmental committees will be established to approve the pro-
fessional concentrations and make recommendations regarding specific courses in the
concentration and in the social science sequence. Every student will be assigned an ad-
visor who will work closely with the committee and the student in planning the pro-
gram. Chairpersons from ancillary departments will be consulted with regard to courses
that fit into the student's professional concentration.
A minor in sociology consists of 18 semester hours including SOC 1115, and 15
semester hours of electives in sociology.
A multidisciplinary minor in gerontology offered on the baccalaureate level consists of
15-18 semester hours. The student's program of study must be approved by the
chairperson of the Department of Sociology.
For the section on the curriculum for a major in social science with concentration in
sociology leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification, refer to
index. MAT 1020 should be the course taken to fulfill the mathematics requirement in
general education. For" the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of
Secondary Education.
The program leading to the Master of Arts degree has three tracks. These include a pro-
gram for junior college teachers with a major in sociology, a program for secondary
school teachers with a major in sociology, and an academic track leading to the Master
of Arts in sociology. Any one of these consists of 30 semester hours with a thesis or 36
hours without a thesis. The following courses must be completed: SOC 5000, 5100,
5200, STT 3820. If the candidate has not had the equivalent of SOC 3950 and STT
3810, these course must be completed and graduate credit may be received for SOC
3950. The program for junior college teachers and the program for secondary school
techers require certain courses in education. For further information, see the Graduate
Catalog.
Courses of Instruction in Sociology
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1110. Marriage and Family Relations/(3).F;S.
May not be counted toward a major or minor in
sociology in the B. A. degree program. Analysis of
the forms and functions of family relationships;
sex roles, marital choice, procreation, and
socialization; history of American family patterns
and effects of contemporary social changes. This
course is for freshmen and sophomores. Others
must have permission of instructor.
1115. Introduction to Sociology/(3).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the field of sociology and the
sociological perspective. Gives students a basis for
understanding how society operates. Topics in-
clude, groups, family, bureaucracies, social class,
power, deviance, minority relations, community
and social change. Required for majors and
Sociology
146
2000. Social Problems in American
Society/(3).F;S.
A survey course which examines the major social
problems in America today, such as poverty,
racism, sexism, aging, militarism and war, en-
vironmental abuse, crime, mental illness,
drug abuse and alcoholism.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
2850. Sex Roles/(3).S.
This course looks at sex roles in contemporary
society with emphasis on the changing roles of
women. Topics include socialization, work, law,
interpersonal power, family roles and sexuality.
Other topics may be added at the request of the
students or initiative of the instructor.
3100. Gerontology/ (3). F.
This course will provide a broad overview of the
physical, psychological, social, and cultural
aspects of aging. Major concepts, issues, and cur-
rent research on aging will be analyzed, and cur-
rent and proposed federal, state, and local pro-
grams impinging on the aged will be examined.
mates and staff, and a study of alternatives to in-
carceration such as parole and probation. Prere-
quisite: SOC 3400 or 3435 or permission of in-
structor.
3435. Delinquency and Juvenile
Corrections/(3).S.
A study of the history and development of the
juvenile correctional system as part of the larger
juvenile justice system. Includes definitions of
delinquency, a survey of various theoretical ap-
proaches to delinquency causation and punish-
ment, a comparison of the juvenile and adult
systems of correction and an overview of the
special problems of juvenile offenders.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3328. Socio-Political Environment of Leisure/
(3).F.
An interdisciplinary approach to the study of the
development of and participation in leisure ac-
tivities. A practical approach through the integra-
tion of social and political phenomena. Prere-
quisite: junior standing. (Same as PS 3328.)
3330. Social Deviation/(3).S.
The course emphasizes the social factors in causa-
tion. Review is made of the leading theories in
deviation and then deviation types are analyzed;
homosexuality, drug use and addiction,
alcoholism, alienation, etc.
3400. Criminology/(3).F.
Study of origins and purposes of criminal law;
survey of the various theoretical approaches to the
study of crime causation ; examination of various
categories of criminal behavior including violent
crime, occupational crime, political crime,
criminal sexuality; and an overview of the criminal
justice system which seeks to deter, convict and
punish offenders.
3430. Corrections/(3).F;S.
A study of the history and development of the
adult correctional system as part of the larger adult
criminal justice system. Includes overview of the
criminal justice system, a review and analysis of
theories of punishment, a study of institutional
treatment in a total institution and the roles of in-
3530-3549. Selected Topics /(l-3).On De-
mand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
sociology curriculum. May be repeated for credit
when content does not duplicate.
3750. Propaganda/(3).S.
A study of the media and techniques of propagan-
da as an instrument of public opinion formation.
Concepts from political science and sociology will
be used in an analysis of the formation and nature
of public opinion and pressure groups.
3885. Research Methods/(3).F;S.
Relationship of theory to research; research
design, sampling procedures, research analysis.
Required of majors.
3920. Panics, Disasters and Social
Movements/(3).F.
A study of crowd, mass, and public behavior in
panics, disasters and social movements. Patterns
of leadership and social control are considered as
are the effects of these events on society. Alter-
nate years. Offered Fall, 1984.
3950. Sociological Theory/(3).F;S.
A study of the various explanations of how society
operates and major ideas and assumptions that
have made the greatest impact on the field of
sociology. The course covers both the early
Sociology
147
history of sociology as well as contemporary ideas
and recent trends. Required of majors.
4000. Religion and Society /(3).F.
A general introduction to a sociological perspec-
tive on religion. Examines the social meaning and
consequences of religion in both its religious and
secular roles in modern society. Alternate years.
Offered Fall, 1985.
4100. The Community and
Urbanization/ (3). S.
Analysis of the structure and functioning of rural
and urban communities; social organization and
change within and among communities.
4300. Population and Society/ (3). S.
Systematic study of the growth and change of
populations in relation to their cultural setting;
trends in fertility, mortality, migration, composi-
tion, and population policies, national and inter-
national implications of recent population growth
trends. Alternate years. Offered Spring 1985.
4400. Social Change/(3).S.
A study of the changing nature of culture and
society. Among the topics covered are: the social
forces and processes that provide the setting for
change, tactics and strategies of change,
resistance and opposition to change, and the ef-
fects of social change. Alternate years. Offered
Spring, 1986.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. The American Social Welfare System/
(3).F.
An introduction to the concept of social welfare
and to the public and private network of social
programs, systems and services which exist, for-
mally and informally, to resolve or ameliorate
those personal and social problems which in-
terfere with the fulfillment of basic human needs.
Analysis of major issues, problems, strengths, and
philosophical values related to the development,
functioning, and evaluation of social welfare pro-
grams. Agency visit required. Prerequisite for
SOC 4552, 4554, and the required social services
internship.
4552. Professional Social Work in Contem-
porary Society/(3).S.
Designed to provide the student with essential
beginning and basic knowledge about social work
as a profession and social work practice in a
changing society. Prerequisite: SOC 4550 or per-
mission of instructor.
4554. Methods of Social Work Practice/(3).S.
Opportunity for acquisition of knowledge,
understanding of values, and development of
skills consistent with those needed at the beginn-
ing level of social work practice. Experiential lear-
ning included. Required for students in Social Ser-
vices or Corrections concentration. Prerequisites:
SOC 4550, 4552, or permission of instructor.
Taken prior to the social services internship.
4560. Race and Minority Relations/(3).F;SS.
Examination of intergroup relations, including
racial, ethnic, and women's issues; the bases of
conflict, accommodation, and assimilation; the
nature and consequences of prejudice and
discrimination; evaluation of proposals for reduc-
tion or elimination of prejudice and discrimina-
tion.
4570. The Addictive Process/(3).F;SS.
An examination of sociological and psychological
contributants to alcohol and drug addiction and
abuse in our society. The addictive process and its
impact on the individual and society are describ-
ed, as well as treatment and preventive program
efforts. Students will also examine their own feel-
ings and attitudes about alcohol and drug use and
abuse. Prerequisite: Sociology 1115 or permis-
sion of instructor.
4600. Political Sociology/(3).F.
Social influences on political behavior; the rela-
tionship between political and other institutions.
4750. Class, Power and Inequality/(3).S.
A study of the distribution of wealth, power,
privilege, and prestige. The course examines con-
servative, liberal, and radical explanations of
human inequality. Cross-cultural and comprative
analysis is used to focus on various problems of in-
equality and their consequences.
4800. Sociology of the Family/(3).S.
The origin and development of the family as a
social institution; the contemporary family in
various cultures; the relationship of the family to
the economic, political, religious, and educational
institutions in American society.
4900. Field Experience: Internship (variable
credit)/F;S;SS.
Supervised placement in a setting which provides
an opportunity to observe and practice
sociological skills. Graded on an S/U basis.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).S.
Sociology
148
5025. Concepts in Sociology/(3).F.
Systematic survey and critical analysis of selected
sociological concepts and theories. This course is
for graduate students who have only a limited
background in sociology. Prerequisite: Permission
of instructor or department chairperson.
5080. Urban Environment and the
Individual/(3).F.
This course is devoted to an examination of rela-
tions between the individual and the urban en-
vironment. It is an attempt to present the urban
environment as a frame of reference in which to
understand the individual within the home, the
neighborhood, the community, and other aspects
of his/her social environment. Specific problem
areas will be suggested with an opportunity for the
students to explore those areas of practical interest
for them.
5100. Theory Construction/(3).F.
This course will provide the tools for analyzing
both the classical and contemporary forms of
social theory and aid students in the develoment
of their own theories and conceptual models as
part of an integrated research process. The aim is
to provide a background in the logic, structure,
and usage of sociological theory, prereqisite: SOC
3950 or equivalent.
5200. Contemporary Sociological Theory/
(3).S.
A review and assessment of the works of leading
contemporary sociologists with critical analysis
centering around the nature of sociological ex-
planation.
5270. Complex Organizations/(3).F.
An examination of theories of large scale
organizations with a substantive, comparative
analysis of types of organization such as
bureaucratic, prison, hospital, industrial, scientific,
and voluntary organizations. Offered alternate
years. Offered Fall, 1985.
5350. Contemporary Social Issues/(3).F.
A critical analysis of some of the major social
issues in American society. Emphasis will be plac-
ed upon the theoretical and empirical implications
of social attitudes toward the explanation, treat-
ment, and public policy decisions related to these
issues.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
An opportunity to study a special topic or com-
bination of topics not otherwise provided for in the
sociology curriculum. May be repeated for credit
when content does not duplicate.
5900. Field Experience: Internship (variable
credit/F;S;SS.
Supervised placement in a setting which provides
an opportunity to observe and practice
sociological skills. Graded on an S/U basis.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S.
Graded on S/U basis only.
The College of Business
149
The John A. Walker
College of Business
J. Paul Combs, Dean
Barry W. Elledge, Assistant Dean
The College of Business has as its primary aim the development of future leaders for the
business, industrial, governmental and educational communities. Through courses of
instruction and other educational programs, an attempt is made to develop the
analytical skill and decision-making ability of each student; to enhance one's understan-
ding of economic concepts; to increase one's knowledge of business and educational
practices and innovations; and to expand one's awareness of the role and function of
industrial organizations.
Departments
The College of Business consists of the following five departments:
Accounting Finance, Insurance and
Business Education and Real Estate
Office Administration Management
Economics Marketing
Degrees Offered
Through the College of Business, students can obtain the following degrees:
1. Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) , with majors in accounting,
banking, economics, finance, health care management, individually-designed, in-
formation systems, management, marketing, real estate and urban analysis, risk
and insurance.
2. Bachelor of Science in business education (with teacher certification) or in office ad-
ministration .
3. Bachelor of Science in distributive education (with teacher certification).
4. A Master of Business Administration (MBA).
5. A Master of Science in Accounting.
6. A Master of Arts in Economics and Business with a major in Business Teacher
Education (options in two-year college education or secondary education) .
The College of Business
150
7. A Master of Arts in Economics.
The Department of Economics offers the following degrees through the College of Arts
and Sciences:
1. Bachelor of Arts in Economics.
2. Bachelor of Science in Social Science (non-teaching) with a concentration in
economics.
Advisement
Advisement for students in the College of Business is available through the Office of the
Dean of the College of Business. Advisement is not compulsory, but each student is
urged to use the available services and especially to visit the Dean's Office one semester
prior to graduation. Note that neither advisement by a representative of the College of
Business or transference of student records to the College constitutes admission to the
College of Business.
Internship Programs
The College of Business offers internship opportunities for juniors or seniors (generally
not authorized in the student's last semester) who have a declared major or minor in the
College of Business. Such internships may be designed in the areas of accounting,
banking, business education, economics, finance, health care, information systems, in-
surance (actuarial science), management, marketing or real estate with the permission
of the Internship Coordinator. An internship course is offered in every department in
the College of Business. See courses listed as 3900.
General Undergraduate Degree Plan Outline
I. A minimum of 50 semester hours as follows:
General Education requirements with MAT 1030
being the Math selection 39-4 1 s . h .
ECO 2030, 2040, 2100 9 s.h.
Free electives 0-2 s.h.
(Math 1030 and Economics 2030, 2040, and 2100 max; not
be taken on the pass-fail option fay College of
Business majors.)
TOTAL 50 s.h.
II. A minimum of 54 semester hours inside the College of
Business as follows:
Core requirements (College of Business majors may not elect the
pass-fail option for the following courses)
The College of Business
151
ACC 2100, 2110
FIR 3680
MGT 3151, 3650, 4750
MKT 3050
BE 2150, 2660
ECO 3100 (B.S.B.A. majors) or
PSY 3302 (BE and DE majors) or
BE 3550 (Office Admin, majors)
TOTAL 30s.h.
Major requirements plus College of
Business electives numbered 3000 or above 24* s.h.
6s.h
3s.h
9s.h
3 s.h
6s.h
3s.h
3s.h
3s.h
TOTAL 54** s.h.
*30 s.h. for Accounting majors
* * 60 s.h. for Accounting majors
III. Completion of an additional 18 semester hours. At least
9 semester hours must be outside the College of Business*
(they may be at any level). At least 9 s.h. must be 3000
level or above (they may be taken inside or outside the
College of Business) . Total 18 s.h.
Total semester hours required for graduation
TOTAL 122* "s.h.
* * * 128 s.h. total for Accounting majors
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(BSBA)
In order for a student to earn the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
degree, the following requirements must be met:
1. Completion of a minimum of 122 semester hours (128 hours for the accounting
major) with a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.00, and a grade-point
average of 2.00 on all work attempted in the College of Business. A transfer stu-
dent must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work attempted in the
College of Business and complete at ASU a minimum of eight semester hours (14
hours for the accounting major) of courses in the major field of study.
2. Completion of:
A. A minimum of 50 semester hours outside the College of Business including
ECO 2030, 2040, 2100, MAT 1030 and the university-wide general education
requirements as outlined in the General College section.
B. The 30 semester hours core in the College of Business as follows: ACC
2100-2110; FIR 3680; MKT 3050, MGT 3151, 4750; BE 2150, 2660; ECO
3100.
The College of Business
152
C. A minimum of 24 semester hours (32 hours for the accounting major) in the
College of Business at the 3000 level or above including the major re-
quirements.
D. An additional 18 semester hours. One-half of these hours must be outside the
College of Business (they may be at any level) . One-half must be 3000 level or
above (they may be taken inside or outside the College of Business.)
3. No minor is required for the BSBA degree.
4. Completion of residence requirements.
5. Compliance with regulations concerning the settlement of all expense accounts.
6. Recommendation of the faculty.
Advising and counseling assistance is available to each student to help select and plan
an academic program. However, the final responsibility for meeting all academic re-
quirements remains with the student.
Bachelor of Science Degree in Office
Administration
Degree requirements are identical to the BSBA degree program, with the exceptions
noted in the College of Business core.
Bachelor of Science Degree in Distributive
Education
In order for a student to earn the Bachelor of Science degree in distributive education,
the following requirements must be met:
1. Completion of a minimum of 122 semester hours, with a cumulative grade-point
average of at least 2.00, and a grade-point average of 2.00 on all work attempted
in the College of Business. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point
average on all work attempted in the College of Business and completed a
minimum of eight semester hours in his/her major at ASU.
2. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester hours outside the College of Business in-
cluding ECO 2030, 2040, 2100, MAT 1030 and the university-wide general
education requirements as outlined in the General College section.
3. Completion of a minimum of 54 semester hours in the College of Business, in-
cluding:
A. The 30 semester hours core in the College of Business as follows: ACC
2100-2110, FIR 3680, MKT 3050, MGT 3151, 3650, 4750; BE 2150 and
2660, PSY 3302.
The College of Business
153
B. Completion of the 20 semester hour major requirements for teacher certifica-
tion.
C. A minimum of four semester hours in the College of Business at the 3000 level
or above.
4. Completion of professional education and proficiency requirements as outlined in
the Department of Secondary Education.
5. Completion of residence requirements.
6. Compliance with regulations concerning satisfactory citizenship and the settlement
of all expense accounts.
7. Recommendation of the faculty.
Advising and counseling assistance is available to each student to help select and plan
an academic program. However, the final responsibility for meeting all academic re-
quirements remains with the student.
Bachelor of Science in Business Education
(approved for North Carolina teacher certification) *
*// a student is planning to teach in another state, certification requirements may differ somewhat;
therefore, please consult with the department chairperson or appropriate state agency
In order for a student to earn the Bachelor of Science degree in business education, the
following requirements must be met:
1. Completion of a minimum of 122 semester hours, with a cumulative grade-point
average of at least 2.00, and a grade-point average of 2.00 on all work attempted
in the College of Business. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point
average on all work attempted in the College of Business and completed a
minimum of eight semester hours in his/her major at ASU.
2. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester hours outside the College of Business in-
cluding ECO 2030, 2040, 2100, MAT 1030 and the university-wide general
education requirements as outlined in the General College section.
3. Completion of a minimum of 54 semester hours in the College A Business, in-
cluding:
A. The 30 semester hours core in the College of Business as follows: ACC
2100-2110; FIR 3680; MKT 3050, MGT 3151, 3650, 4750; BE 2150, 2660;
PSY 3302.
B. Completion of the 14 semester hour major requirements for teacher certifica-
tion.
C. A minimum of 10 semester hous in the College of Business at the 3000 level or
above .
The College of Business
154
4. Completion of professional education and proficiency requirements as outlined in
the Department of Secondary Education.
5. Completion of residence requirements.
6. Compliance with regulations concerning satisfactory citizenship and the settlement
of all expense accounts.
7. Recommendation of the faculty.
Advising and counseling assistance is available to each student to help select and plan
an academic program. However, the final responsibility for meeting all academic re-
quirements remains with the student.
Bachelor of Arts Degree
In cooperation with the Department of Economics, the College of Arts and Sciences of-
fers the Bachelor of Arts degree in economics. For the requirements for this major see
the Department of Economics. For the requirements for this degree programs, refer to
that section in the index.
Bachelor of Science in Social Science
(non-teaching)
In cooperation with the Department of Economics, the College of Arts and Sciences of-
fers the Bachelor of Science in Social Science (non-teaching) with a concentration in
economics. For requirements see the Department of Economics.
Undergraduate Minor in Business
Students not majoring in the College of Business may earn a business minor by comple-
tion of the following 18 hours of coursework:
Course
ECO 2030 Principles of Economics-Micro
ACC 2100 Principles of Accounting I
MGT 3010 Survey of Management
MKT 3010 Survey of Marketing
FIR 3010 Survey of Finance
Plus one of the following courses:
ECO 2040 Principles of Economics-Macro
ECO 2100 Economic & Business Statistics I
ACC 2110 Principles of Accounting II
BE 2150 Law and Society
BE 2660 Introduction to Data Processing
TOTAL 18 s.h.
Credit
3
3
3
3
3
3
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
The College of Business
155
All 2000-level courses should be taken prior to the 3000-level courses in the minor.
ECO 2030 can also be used as a social science credit for the general education re-
quirements.
For those who want a more specialized minor, each department in the College of
Business offers a departmental minor. For more information, see the appropriate
department.
Graduate Degrees
The College of Business offers four master's degrees: the Master of Business Ad-
ministration (MBA), the Master of Science in Accounting, and the Master of Arts in
Economics and Business (with a major in Business Teacher Education,) and the Master
of Arts in Economics. All master's programs except the Master of Science in Accounting
require a minimum of 36 semester hours. The Master of Science in Accounting requires
a minimum of 30 semester hours for persons who have completed the BSBA/Acc-
counting major at ASU or an equivalent program. No foreign language is required. A
thesis option which receives six hours of credit toward the degree is available for any of
the four degrees.
Students interested in graduate work in the College of Business are encouraged to talk
with the Graduate Coordinator in the College of Business or to inquire at the Dean's Of-
fice for additional information.
1. Master of Business Administration (MBA)
The objective of the MBA program is to provide a curriculum which offers professional
training for those interested in executive positions for business, industry, and govern-
ment. The program is designed for those who hold baccalaureate degrees in business
and, with additional undergraduate work in the following prerequisites, for those who
have earned degrees in other disciplines. Undergraduate prerequisites include ECO
2030, 2040, ACC 2100, 2110, FIR 3680, MKT 3050, MGT3151, 3650, BE 2150,
2660, statistics, and calculus.
Students in undergraduate majors outside the College of Business may be able to in-
tegrate these MBA prerequisites with their undergraduate major. For more information,
contact the Graduate Coordinator.
Any or all of these courses may be waived if the student has taken equivalent work.
Prerequisite courses may also be waived through written examination if the student
feels academically prepared through appropriate business experience. There is a $20
fee for such examinations. Students lacking some or all of the prerequisites, if otherwise
qualified, may be admitted on a "provisional" basis until the prerequisites are com-
pleted.
The College of Business
156
The following are required courses for the MBA:
MGT/ECO 5250 Statistical Methods for Business and Economics
MGT 5150 Behavioral Applications in Business
MKT 5020 Marketing Strategy
ECO 5200 Advanced Microeconomic Theory
ECO 5180 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory
(Note: A student who has not completed intermediate economic
theory as an undergraduate would substitute ECO 5160
Economic Analysis for ECO 5180. ECO 5160 would be taken
prior to ECO 5200.)
ACC 5190 Managerial Accounting
FIR 5010 Managerial Finance
MGT 5750 Business Strategy in a Dynamic Environment
In addition to these required courses, the student would select 12 semester hours of
electives, with the approval of the Graduate Advisor, to complete the MBA program.
All students must develop a program of study with their Graduate Advisor.
Depending upon the interests of the student and permission of the advisor, electives
may be taken outside the College of Business. Special concentrations for MBA students
have been developed in chemistry and psychology. Options may be available in other
departments as well. For more information, see the Graduate Coordinator.
All MBA students will take an oral comprehensive examination during their last term of
study.
Application for admission to the MBA program will be open to any graduate of an ac-
credited four-year baccalaureate program. Admission will be on a competitive basis,
with admission granted only to students showing high promise of success in post
graduate business study. The following admissions formula will be used: the applicant
must generate at least 950 points based upon the GMAT (Graduate Management Ad-
missions Test) score plus 200 times the overall GPA (4.0 system), or at least 1000
points based upon the GMAT score plus 200 times the upper division GPA. The trend
of grades during undergraduate schooling, the GPA in the undergraduate major, and
relevant work and experience may also be considered in the admission process. Three
favorable letters of reference are also necessary for admission.
The GMAT is administered by appointment four times a year at the testing center on the
campuses of major colleges and universities.
A GMAT information bulletin and registration materials can be obtained from GMAT,
Educational Testing Service, Box 966, Princeton, NJ 08541.
2. Master of Science in Accounting
The College of Business, through the Department of Accounting, offers the Master of
Science in Accounting. The basic educational objective of the MS in Accounting is to
provide advanced education to meet the needs of persons planning careers in accoun-
ting at the professional level. The M.S. in Accounting program offers courses of study
The College of Business
157
which greatly enhance success in completing certifying examinations needed for
designation as Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Certified Management Accountant
(CMA), Certified Internal Auditor (CIA), and other professional designations. Addi-
tionally, the program broadens the general business knowledge and intensifies accoun-
ting knowledge of its graduates so as to enhance their performance beyond the en-
try/certification stage in their professional careers.
An undergraduate degree in accounting, or equivalent, is required for regular admis-
sion to the program. For students without adequate preparation in accounting and
business, undergraduate prerequisite courses, as outlined in the following section, must
be completed.
The following undergraduate courses are prerequisite to graduate study: ECO 2030,
2040, ACC 2100, 2110, FIR 3680, MKT 3050, MGT 3151, 3650, BE 2150, 2660,
statistics and calculus. In addition, the undergraduate preparation must include ACC
3100, 3110, 3200, 3580, and 4560.
Any or all of these course may be waived if the student has taken equivalent work.
Prerequisite courses may also be waived through written examination if the student
feels academically prepared through appropriate business experience. There is a $20
fee for such examinations. Students lacking some or all of the prerequisites, if otherwise
qualified, may be admitted on a "provisional" basis until the prerequisites are com-
pleted.
The curriculum for the M.S. in Accounting includes the following core courses (9
semester hours):
FIR 5010 Managerial Finance
MGT 5150 Behavioral Applications in Business
MGT/ ECO 5250 Statistical Methods for Business and Economics
To complete the program, 21 semester hours of electives must be selected in consulta-
tion with the Graduate Advisor of the Department of Accounting. Business Strategy in a
Dynamic Environment, (MGT 5750) will be included among electives for students who
have not taken Business Policy, (MGT 4750), or an equivalent course for
undergraduate credit. Most electives will be accounting courses; however, students are
encouraged to select courses in Information Systems, Law, Economics, Management,
Quantitative Methods, or other areas.
All students in the M.S. in Accounting will take a comprehensive examination prepared
by the Department of Accounting, which may be oral or written or both, during their last
term of study.
Application for admission to the M.S. program will be open to any graduate of an ac-
credited four-year baccalaureate program. Admission will be on a competitive basis,
with admission granted only to students showing high promise of success in post
graduate business study. The following admissions formula will be used: the applicant
must generate at least 950 points based upon the GMAT (Graduate Management Ad-
missions Test) score plus 200 times the overall GPA (4.0 system), or at least 1000
The College of Business
158
points based upon the GMAT score plus 200 times the upper division GPA. The trend
of grades during undergraduate schooling, the GPA in the undergraduate major, and
relevant work and experience may also be considered in the admission process. Three
favorable letters of reference are also necessary for admission.
3. Master of Arts in Economics and Business
Business Teacher Education. The objective of the major in Business Teacher Educa-
tion is to prepare teachers of business and business related subjects. Two teaching areas
are available: Area I — two-year colleges, and Area II — secondary schools.
Undergraduate prerequisites include ECO 2030, 2040, ACC 2100, 2110, FIR 3680,
MKT 3050, MGT 3151, MGT 3650, BE 2150, 2660, statistics, and calculus. Any or all
of these courses may be waived if the student has taken equivalent work. Prerequisite
courses may also be waived through written examination if the student feels
academically prepared through appropriate business experience. There is a $20 fee for
such examinations. Students lacking some or all of the prerequisites, if otherwise
qualified, may be admitted on a "provisional" basis until the prerequisites are com-
pleted.
The graduate curriculum requires 24 hours of the College of Business to include:
BE 5000 Bibliography and Research
MGT 5150 Behavioral Applications in Business
ECO 5160 Economic Analysis
MGT 5750 Business Strategy in a Dynamic Environment
The remaining 12 hours are approved electives to be chosen in consultation with the
Graduate Advisor.
Twelve hours are required in Business Teacher Education. For Area I (Two-Year Col-
lege Education), required courses include:
AH 5420 The Community/Junior College and Technical Institute
AH 5440 Instruction in Postsecondary Institutions
CR 4560 Measurement and Assessment
and five to six hours in professional business education as recommended by th
Graduate Advisor.
For Area II (Secondary Education), required courses include:
CR 4560 Measurement and Assessment
AH 5060 Curriculum Planning
or
SE 5620 Secondary School Curriculum
AH 5470 Social Foundations of Education
or
AH 5350 Philosophy of Education
PSY 4555 Advanced Educational Psychology
or
PSY 5565 Psychology of Adolescence
The College of Business
159
plus three to four hours in professional business education as recommended by the
Graduate Advisor. It is necessary for a student to hold a Business Teacher Certificate to
complete the M.A. option in Area II (Business Secondary Education).
All students must develop a program of study with the Graduate Advisor.
All students in the M.A. in Economics and Business Program will take a comprehensive
examination during their last term of study.
Application for admission to the M.A. in Economics and Business program will be open
to any graduate of an accredited four-year baccalaureate program. Admission will be on
a competitive basis, with admission granted only to students showing high promise of
success in post graduate business study. The following admissions formula will be used:
the applicant must generate at least 950 points based upon the GMAT (Graduate
Management Admissions Test) score plus 200 times the overall GPA (4.0 system), or at
least 1000 points based upon the GMAT score plus 200 times the upper division GPA.
The trend of grades during undergraduate schooling, the GPA in the undergraduate
major, and relevant work and experience may also be considered in the admission pro-
cess. Three favorable letters of reference are also necessary for admission.
4. Master of Arts in Economics
The objective of the major in Economics is to prepare students for career opportunities
in economic analysis and related careers.
The program is designed for those who have an undergraduate background in
economics. Minimum prerequisites include a first course in calculus, a course in
statistics, and at least 12 semester hours in economics to include intermediate
microeconomic and macroeconomic theory.
The graduate curriculum for the economics major includes the following required
courses:
MGT/ECO 5250 Statistical Methods for Business and Economics
ECO 5180 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory
ECO 5200 Advanced Microeconomic Theory
In addition to the above, a minimum of nine additional hours in economics is required.
A nine-hour minor is required in some functional area outside the department. Ex-
amples include Planning, Public Administration, and Quantitative Methods. No foreign
language is required. It is expected that most students in this program will write a thesis.
The thesis will count for six hours credit. All students must develop a program of study
with the Graduate Advisor. At least 21 hours of the 36-hour program must be taken at
the 5000 level or above. All students in the M.A. in Economics will taken an oral ex-
amination during their last term of study.
Application for admission to the M.A. in Economics program will be open to any
graduate of an accredited four-year baccalaureate program. Admission will be on a
The College of Business
160
competitve basis, with admission granted only to students showing high promise of suc-
cess in graduate work. A score from either the GMAT or GRE must be submitted in sup-
port of the application for admission. The trend of grades during undergraduate school-
ing, the GPA in the undergraduate major, and relevant work and experience may also
be considered in the admissions process. Three favorable letters of reference are also
necessary for admission.
Scholarships
The College of Business offers several very attractive scholarships to interested and
qualified students. Information about these scholarships may be obtained from the
assistant dean.
Individually Designed Major
Any student, in consultation with an adviser and with the permission of the Dean's Of-
fice, can contract to pursue an individually designed major in the BSBA program. The
program of study will focus on courses selected to fit the student's particular career ob-
jectives. Some examples are athletic administration, actuarial science, personnel
management, commercial law, tourist and recreational management, transportation,
and countless other fields of specialization. Such a program will constitute a contract
between the student and the College of Business and must be formulated at least one
academic year prior to expected graduation. Interested students should confer with the
Assistant Dean of the College of Business to develop a specific program of study.
An individually designed major, leading to the Bachelor of Science in Business Ad-
ministration degree, may be obtained by completion of the College of Business core
and a minimum of 24 additional semester hours numbered 3000 or above contracted
individually with the College of Business.
Internship in Industry Program
Many College of Business students each semester are studying off-campus as interns in
business, industry and government. This program recognizes that all learning cannot
take place in the typical classroom -lecture situation. Students need to make career
plans early in their programs at Appalachian, not during the final semester before
graduation. Students work in internships usually during the junior year, while there is
plenty of time for them to change their course of study based on the internship ex-
perience. Generally, internships are not authorized during the student's last semester.
Internship programs are coordinated with academic programs and are based on the
principle that students learn by doing.
Students receive academic credit from the College of Business and generally receive
some financial assistance from the participating firms for the internship experience.
Executive-in-Residence Program
Through this program, an executive with a business firm becomes a full-time member of
the faculty in the College of Business for a semester or shorter period of time. Students
The College of Business
161
can interact with active businessmen with varied backgrounds adding an exciting new
dimension to the educational process, as well as gaining valuable insight into the "real
world" of business prior to graduation.
Admission to the College of Business
(Undergraduate)
To be qualified for admission to the College of Business as a candidate for a bac-
calaureate degree, a student must have:
1. Completed at least 60 semester hours.
2. A grade-point ratio of at least a 2.00.
3. Completed: a. ENG 1000, 1100
b. MAT 1030
4. Completed the following College of Business courses with a grade-point average of
at least 2.00:
ECO 2030, 2040, 2100
ACC 2100, 2110
BE 2150, 2660
5. Received a satisfactory score on an English examination as designated by the Dean
of the College of Business, currently interpreted as a minimum grade of "C" in
English 1000.
6. Neither advisement by a representative of the College of Business or transference
of student records to the College of Business constitutes admission to the college of
Business.
A student who is a candidate for a teaching certificate must be admitted to the teacher
education program by the chairperson of the Department of Secondary Education.
SPECIAL NOTE:
Enrollment by undergraduates in 3000 and 4000 level courses in the College of
Business is limited to those students admitted to a degree-granting college (and meeting
the listed course prerequisites) , or by special permission of the appropriate department
chairperson. However, the College of Business core courses of FIR 3680, MGT 3151,
and MKT 3050 are limited specifically to those students admitted to the College pf
Business, or by special permission of the appropriate department chairperson.
Transfer of Credit from a Two-Year Institution
Courses substantially equivalent to those numbered 1000-2999 in the College of
Business at Appalachian may be acceptable for transfer from an accredited two-year in-
stitution as credit toward meeting degree requirements within the College. Credit for
upper-division courses (numbered 3000 or above) taken at a two-year institution may
be earned by examination.
Accounting
162
Department of Accounting (ACC)
James F. Jones, Chairperson
Accounting students are encouraged to acquire a sound liberal education. They are ex-
pected to demonstrate a grasp of the broader purposes of business and governmental
organizations so that their accounting studies can be seen in the perspective of those
broader purposes. Accounting courses in the curriculum are designed to develop strong
professional capabilities which enable students to pursue successfully their chosen
career paths in public accounting, managerial accounting and accounting for not-for-
profit institutions such as hospitals or governmental entities.
Students are encouraged to consider planning a program of six to seven semesters
and/or summer sessions of study beyond the sophomore level in order to:
1. Earn both the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) and the
Master of Science (M.S.) degrees in Accounting.
2. Spend one semester as an intern (with pay) in accounting with a CPA firm,
business firm, governmental entity, or not-for-profit private institution. Internships
are optional.
3. Engage in a concentration of study in a selected area of accounting (for example,
auditing or taxation) or a complementary discipline, such as electronic data pro-
cessing, health care management or financial analysis.
Students majoring in accounting may earn the BSBA degree in four to five semesters
and/or summer sessions of study beyond the sophomore level. Students who complete
upper level studies in two years usually must take some courses in summer session.
Credit toward the BSBA is given for approved internships. Prior to an internship the
student must consult with the department chairperson regarding courses to be taken
following the internship. A special option for accounting majors is a ten-week winter in-
ternship for six semester hours of credit. Students completing the special winter intern-
ships return to campus shortly after March 15 and attend special "spring minimester"
accounting courses to earn an additional six semester hours of credit, making a total of
12 hours of credit for the entire spring semester. The 10 week winter internships and
spring "minimester" constitute a unique program in North Carolina offered only at
ASU.
The BSBA degree with a major in accounting may be obtained by completion of the
following courses in addition to the required College of Business core courses.
ACC 3100-3110 Intermediate Accounting 1 and II 8s. h.
ACC 3200 Cost Accounting 3 s . h .
ACC 3580 Individual Income Taxation 3s.h.
ACC 4550 Accounting Theory 3s.h.
ACC 4560 Introduction to Auditing 3s.h.
ACC — (Accounting electives approved by
ACC — department chairperson or designee) 6s.h.
Accounting
163
In addition to these requirements, each accounting major must complete a minimum of
six semester hours in College of Business courses numbered 3000 or above. Students
intending to qualify for one of the professional examinations in accounting should take
the following:
CPA Examination: ACC 3550, 4580, 4590, 4660, 4710, 4990; BE 3910, 3920.
CM A Examination: ACC 4580, 4660, 4710, 4990; ECON 3020; FIR 3690; MGT
3700; BE 3680.
(Two of these courses could be taken for above electives.) The certifying agency should
be contacted for other examination requirements.
Accounting majors are advised to use their elective hours in areas such as law, finance,
data processing, mathematics, statistics, economic theory, additional accounting
courses, and management. An internship (see above) may be elected to provide prac-
tical experience, with academic credit, in the field of specialization.
A minor in accounting may be obtained by the completion of 15 semester hours, con-
sisting of ACC 2100-2110 and nine additional semester hours of electives in accoun-
ting.
A Master of Science in Accounting consisting of 30 semester hours is available. For
more information, refer to the description of the Master of Science in Accounting pro-
gram in the Graduate School section.
Courses of Instruction in Accounting
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2160. Introduction to Individual
Taxational ).F.
Preparation of state and federal income tax
returns. Topics emphasized include gross income,
adjusted gross income, deductions and exemp-
tions, capital gains and losses, computation of tax
liability, audit of tax returns, tax questions, the IRS
and the courts. Prerequisite: None. Not available
to accounting majors.
2100. Principles of Accounting I/(3).F;S;SS.
The initial course in the theory and practice of
financial accounting. Topics emphasized include
the preparation, reporting, and analysis of finan-
cial data. Prerequisite: sophomore standing.
2110. Principles of Accounting 11/(3). F;S;SS.
A course dealing with the concepts and develop-
ment of accounting data for decision making.
Topics emphasized include manufacturing cost
systems, cost-volume-profit analysis, and
budgeting concepts. Prerequisite: ACC 2100.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3100. Intermediate Accounting I/(4).F;S;SS.
Financial accounting theory and practice underly-
ing the accounting process. Topics emphasized in-
clude asset and liability accounts, the related in-
come measurement, valuation, and reporting pro-
blems associated with these accounts. Prere-
quisite: A minimum grade of C in ACC 2110.
3110. Intermediate Accounting 11/(4). F;S;SS.
A continuation of Accounting 3100. Topics em-
phasized include analysis of stockholders' equity
Accounting
164
accounts, income determination problems,
changes in accounting methods and estimates,
fund statements, statement analysis, and special
problems. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C- in
ACC 3100.
3200. Cost Accounting/(3).F;S;SS.
Introduction to cost accounting, definitions and
objectives. Topics emphasized include cost-
volume-profit relationships, job-order accounting,
budgeting, systems design and human motiva-
tion, flexible budgets, standard costs, contribution
approach to decisions, cost allocation, joint pro-
duct and by-product costing, process costing.
Prerequisite: ACC 2110.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
3550. Accounting for Non-Profit Organi-
zations/(3).S;SS.
Application of principles of accounting, budgetary
control, and financial management to nonprofit
organizations. Discussion and cases will be drawn
from municipal and county governmental units,
universities, hospitals, and other nonprofit
organizations. Prerequisite: ACC 2110.
3570. Accounting Systems and Internal Con-
trol/(3).S;SS.
An in-depth treatment of internal control and
related accounting procedures; authorization and
documentation; flowcharting and scheduling.
Design of Accounting Systems to provide infor-
mation for financial reports and to meet legal re-
quirements for adequacy of accounting records
and internal controls. Development of skills and
expertise required for the study of contemporary
accounting systems and internal auditing.
Knowledge of a computer programming language
is desirable but not essential. Prerequisite: ACC
3100.
3580. Individual Income Taxation/(3).F;S;SS.
Concepts and methods of determining federal in-
come tax liability for individuals. Topics emphasiz-
ed include personal deductions, tax credits,
capital gain and loss provisions and accounting
methods. Emphasis is also placed on researc
methodology and individual tax planning.
3900. Internship/(6 or 9).F;S;SS.
A full-time work situation for accounting majors
providing an in-depth exposure in accounting
practices. Nine hours granted for 15-week intern-
ship, six hours granted for 10-week summer in-
ternship or the special senior internship scheduled
during a mini-session of the spring term. The stu-
dent must report on his/her experiences and will
participate in individual conferences and/or
seminars related to the experience. Prerequisite:
Junior or senior standing and permission of the
departmental internship coordinator. Graded on
an S/U basis.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Accounting Theory/(3).F;S;SS.
Study of the history and development of accoun-
ting principles with special emphasis on the
authoritative pronouncements. Prerequisite: ACC
3110.
4560. Introduction to Auditing/(3).F;S;SS.
A survey course introducing the student to
selected auditing standards, types of services,
analysis of reports, legal responsibility, ethics, in-
ternal control and SEC requirements. Prere-
quisite: ACC 3110.
4580. Income Taxation of Corporations/
(3).F;S;SS.
Concepts and methods of determining federal tax
liability of corporations. Topics include ordinary
income, capital gains and losses, net operating
loss, reorganizations, contemporary problems in
corporate taxation and tax research. The student
will also be introduced to estate, gift and partner-
ship taxation.
4590. Advanced Accounting I/(3).F;SS.
An examination of the special problems in ac-
counting for business combinations and con-
solidated corporate entities. Topics also include
home office/branch and foreign operations ac-
counts. Prerequisite: ACC 3110.
4660. Auditing Concepts and Applications/
(3).F;S.
An indepth study of ASB pronouncements and
application of GAAS to an audit (public, internal
and governmental) engagement. Greater em-
phasis on system analysis, relationship of internal
control to audit objectives, and purpose of
selected audit procedures— cases used where ap-
plicable. Prerequisite: ACC 4560.
Accounting
165
4690. Advanced Accounting 11/(3). S.
An examination of special problems in accoun-
ting. Topics include partnership, reorganization,
estates and trusts, and other current practice
topics. Prerequisite: ACC 3110.
4710. Advanced Cost Accounting/(3).S;SS.
Cost analysis and capital budgeting. Topics em-
phasized include inventory planning and control,
spoilage and scrap, systems and internal control,
performance measurement, transfer pricing, deci-
sion models, cost behavior patterns, analysis of
variance, mix and yield variances, operations
research techniques, linear programming. Prere-
quisite: ACC 3200.
4810. Seminar in Accounting/(3).On Demand.
4990. Professional Examination
Preparation/(3).F;S.
An intensive review of the accounting discipline,
the purpose of which is to assist the student to
bring together his/her coursework in accounting
so as to maximize performance on a professional
examination. All coursework is updated to include
the latest pronouncements of the various rule
making bodies. Prerequisite: Consent of Instruc-
tor.
Graduate Courses
5000. Accounting Research and Data Presen-
tation/^).F and/or SS.
Study of methods used in research and data
presentation in accounting; practice in using those
methods.
5190. Managerial Accounting/(3).F;SS.
An introduction to internal accounting — manage-
ment accounting— with emphasis on planning and
control and on product costing for purposes of in-
ventory valuation and income determination.
Subjects include, but are not limited to: not-for-
profit, retail, wholesale, selling, and administrative
situations as well as manufacturing. Of the three
functions of accounting — scorekeeping, attention
directing, and problem solving — attention is focus-
ed on the latter two functions. Prerequisite: ACC
2110 or equivalent.
5230. International Accounting/ (3). S.
This course is designed to provide students with a
background in international accounting. Emphasis
will be placed upon the fact that accounting is not
just a doctrine that has been handed down from
generation to generation, but is actually the pro-
duct of the environment in which it is used.
5310. Auditing Theory Seminar/(3).S and/or
SS.
An auditing case study oriented course. Current
accounting and auditing case problems are
presented and evaluated. Selected contemporary
auditing topics are presented.
5350. Advanced Accounting Theory/(3).S
and/or SS.
A comparative study of current generally accepted
accounting theory and alternative concepts. The
course encourages students to consider the merits
and the shortcomings of alternative accounting
concepts rather than studying only those concepts
that support present accounting practices. Prere-
quisite: ACC 4550.
5380. State and Local Income Taxation/(3).S
and/or SS.
A study of income tax laws of state and local
governments. Objectives and impact of state and
local income taxation. Emphasis on North
Carolina income tax. Prerequisite: ACC 4580.
5390. Contemporary Problems in Accounting/
(3).F and/or SS.
A seminar approach to the fringes of contem-
porary thought. Topics include cost-benefit
analysis and the environment, social accounting,
managerial auditing, human asset accounting,
behavioral sciences and accounting, in-
dependence and the development of accounting
principles, quantitative models and accounting,
communication theory and counting.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5580. Tax Planning and Research/(3).F.
A research oriented course designed to emphasize
the need for tax planning. The student will be re-
quired to research and to make class presentations
as to his findings. The course will covet income
tax, estate tax and gift tax code provision. Prere-
quisite: ACC 3580 and ACC 4580.
5999. Master's Thesis/(6).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
Business Education and Office Administration
166
Department of Business
Education and Office
Administration (BE)
Sidney W. Eckert, Chairperson
The objectives of the department are (1) to aid students in becoming effective business,
distributive education, data processing, economic, and occupational teachers on all
educational levels, (2) to prepare students to become efficient office administrators, and
(3) to prepare students for careers in computer-based business systems analysis, design,
and implementation.
Bachelor of Science Degree in Business
Education
(with teacher certification)
BSBE majors in the Department of Business Education and Office Administration must
complete (1) the General Education course requirements including EC 2030, EC 2040,
and MAT 1030; (2) the College of Business core course requirements with the excep-
tion of taking PSY 3302 in lieu of EC 3100; (3) the Professional Education re-
quirements as shown in the Secondary Education Department section; (4) completion
of appropriate tests NTE Common and Teaching Area, and demonstrate proficiencies
in English, Reading, and Speech; and (5) the requirements of the Business Education
major shown below:
BE 1020 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hrs.
BE 1060 Business Mathematics 2 hrs.
BE 3340 Business Communications 3 hrs.
BE 3380 Adm . Office Systems 3 hrs .
BE 3890 Princ. of Occup. Business Educ. 3 hrs.
College of Business electives 3000 or above 10 hrs.
Those students who wish to be granted a comprehensive certificate in order to teach
shorthand must elect, in lieu of six (6) hours at the 3000 level or above in the College of
Business, BE 2010, 2020, and 3150.
Students who have not had 400 hours of relevant business office experience within the
last three years need to complete BE 4030 or 3900. The business office experience
must be approved by the department chairperson. Students who wish to qualify for a
Vocational Business and Office Certificate must complete, in addition to the foregoing,
BE 5100, 4610, and present documentation of having completed one year of recent
business experience or BE 3900.
Business Education and Office Administration
167
Bachelor of Science Degree in
Distributive Education
(with teacher certification)
BSDE majors in the Department of Business Education and Office Administration must
complete (1) the General Education course requirements including EC 2030, EC 2040,
and MAT 1030; (2) the College of Business core course requirements with the excep-
tion of taking PSY 3302 in lieu of EC 3100; (3) the Professional Education re-
quirements noted in the Secondary Education Department section; (4) completion of
appropriate tests NTE Common and Teaching Area, and demonstrate proficiences in
English, Reading, and Speech; and (5) the requirements of the Distributive Education
major as shown below:
BE 1070 Intro, to Distributive Education 2 hrs.
BE 4610 Coord. Tech. and Job Analysis for Voc.
Bus. and Dist. Education 3 hrs.
BE 4850 Management of Occup. Educ. Youth Orgns. 3 hrs.
BE 4851 Orgn. and Adm. of a Dist. Educ. Program 3 hrs.
BE 4852 Methods in Distributive Education 3 hrs.
MKT 3210 Retail Management 3 hrs.
MKT 3240 Advertising Management 3 hrs.
College of Business Electives 3000 or above 4 hrs.
Internship BE 3900 may be taken for those students who have not had two years of full-
time retail experience. The experience must be approved by the Distributive Education
Teacher educator, the department Internship Coordinator, and the chairperson.
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(with major in Information Systems)
BSBA majors in the Business Education and Office Administration Department must
complete (1) the General Education course requirements including EC 2030, EC 2040,
and MAT 1030; (2) the College of Business core course requirements; and (3) the re-
quirements of the Information Systems major shown below:
BE 3550 Systems Analysis and Design 3 hrs.
BE 3670 Applications (COBOL) in Bus . Data Proc . 3 hrs .
BE 3680 Modeling and Simulation 3 hrs.
BE 3690 Adv . Appl . (COBOL) in Bus . Data Proc . 3 hrs .
BE 4690 Data Base Processing 3 hrs .
BE 4790 Current Topics in Information Systems 3 hrs.
College of Business electives 3000 and above 6 hrs.
A minor in Information Systems requires 12 hours of course work including BE 3550,
3670, 3680, and 3690. In addition to these courses, BE 2660 or an equivalent course
must be completed.
Business Education and Office Administration
168
Bachelor of Science Degree in
Office Administration
BSOA majors in the Department of Business Education and Office Administration must
complete (1) the General Education course requirements; (2) the College of Business
core course requirements with the exception of taking BE 3550 in lieu of EC 3100; and
(3) the requirements of the Office Administration major shown below:
BE 1020 Intermediate Typewriting
BE 2020 Intermediate Shorthand
BE 3150 Advanced Dictation and Transcription
BE 3340 Business Communications
BE 3380 Administrative Office Systems
BE 4510 Office Management
BE 4220 Records Management and Control
College of Business Electives 3000 or above
3 hrs.
3hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
A minor in Office Administration requires 15 hours in Office Administration courses.
The recommended courses are: BE 1020, BE 3340, BE 3380, BE 4220, and BE 4510.
Master of Arts Degree
A Master of Arts in Economics and Business with a major in Business Teacher Educa-
tion is available. Options are available in either two-year college business teacher educa-
tion or secondary school business teacher education. For more information, see the
graduate catalog.
Courses of Instruction in Business Education
and Office Administration
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1010. Typcwriting/(3).F;S.
Keyboard control, technique, simple personal and
business letters, tabulation, and manuscripts.
1020. Typewriting/(3).F;S.
Increased speed and accuracy in typing different
styles of letters, manuscripts, statistical reports,
business papers, and production work. Prere-
quisite: BE 1010 or equivalent.
1060. Business Mathematics/(2).F;S;SS.
The fundamental process of mathematics and
their application to common business practices.
Topics included are trade, merchandising, valua-
tion of assets, payrolls, taxes, insurance, banking,
investments, credit, business ownerships and
distribution of earnings, and income taxes.
1070. Introduction to Distributive
Education/(2).F.
An introductory course to give prospective
Distributive-Teacher-Coordinators an over-view
of the Distributive Education Program; its history
and development, its aims and objectives, and ac-
Business Education and Office Administration
169
tivities of a Distributive Education Program and re-
quirements for persons employed in this field.
1590. Personal Money Manage-
ment/(3).F;S;SS.
Planning and managing personal finances. Em-
phasis is placed on controlling expenditures, con-
sumption, emergencies, borrowing, insurance,
home ownership, taxes, savings, investing, retire-
ment, and personal estate planning.
2010. Shorthand/(3).F.
Basic principles of Gregg Shorthand, including
alphabet, extensive reading, beginning dictation
and transcription. Five meetings per week, two of
which are laboratories. Prerequisite BE 1010.
2020. Shorthand/(3).S.
Continued study of fundamental principles with
emphasis on increased speed and accuracy in dic-
tation and transcription. Five meetings per week,
two of which are laboratories. Prerequisite: BE
2010 or equivalent.
2150. Law and Society/(3).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the legal process in order to
demonstrate its effect on individuals and
businessmen. A philosophical and historical
background of jurisprudence and of the American
legal system is supplied as well as a larger in-depth
study of the federal and state court systems. Em-
phasis is also placed on legislative, administrative
and common law, stressing specific topics affec-
ting the businessman, such as contracts, business
crimes and torts, government regulations, en-
vironmental protection, and the ethical problems
confronting businessmen in both the national and
international trade settings.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
2600. Computer Survey for Non-Business Ma-
jors/^).On demand.
A non-technical survey of the applications of com-
puters in a wide range of academic disciplines.
Designed to acquaint the student with new and in-
novative applications of the computer to his/her
primary field of study.
2660. Introduction to Business Data Process-
ing/(3).F;S;SS.
A survey of computer processes and equipment.
The course includes principles of data processing,
computer language, and the application and im-
pact of data processing on business.
3050. Advanced Shorthand/(3).F.
Further application of shorthand theory develop-
ing skill for production of mailable transcripts. Five
meetings per week, two of which are laboratories.
Prerequisite: BE 2020.
3150. Advanced Dictation and
Transcription/(3).S.
Advanced study of shorthand dictation and
transcription as applied to office situations.
Students may select special areas such as medical,
legal, court reporting, educational and law en-
forcement. Special emphasis is placed on exper-
tise in writing shorthand and transcribing. Prere-
quisite: BE 2020.
3340. Business Communications/(3).F;S;SS.
Education to develop competence in business
communications: effective business organizational
reports, letter and memorandum writing, nonver-
bal communication, and study of research,
methods, and communication analysis. Course
intended primarily for Business majors. Prere-
quisites: MM 3150 and 3050 or equivalent with
permission of instructor.
3350. International Business
Transactions/(3).F;S.
The mechanics of international trade involving
private and public law are the essentials for study.
Emphasis is on providing the exporter/importer
with legal knowledge to facilitate international
trade and its related activities. Basic international
agreements for trade will be examined, including
GATT and its implications for U.S. importers
under American law. Legal problems of multina-
tional corporations, technology transfer, and
business ethics are also studied, prerequisite: BE
2150 or permission of instructor.
3380. Administrative Office Systems/(3).F;S.
Electronic office systems and equipment from a
management and practice perspective. Course
covers: management of computer-based office
systems, office systems development/implemen-
tation, hardware and software evaluation, selec-
tion and practice. Laboratory work in word pro-
cessing, computer programming for document
preparation and reprographics. Prerequisite: BE
2660 or equivalent.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
Business Education and Office Administration
170
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On demand.
3550. Systems Analysis and Design/(3).F;S.
The role of management in the planning,
development, and control of data processing
systems. The primary activity of this course will be
to prepare and present for discussion case studies
in the development of management information
systems. Prerequisite: BE 2660 or equivalent.
3670. Applications in Business Data Process-
ing/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of the problems encountered in the im-
plementation of business systems. The COBOL
language is used in order to complete application
type programs. Prerequisite: BE 2660.
3680. Modeling and Simulations/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of data processing systems to satisfy
business systems requirements. The techniques of
computer based and non-computer based infor-
mation systems are included. The design of
simulation models as they apply to business and
economics is studied. Prerequisite: BE 2660.
3690. Advanced Applications in Business Data
Processing/(3).F;S.
This course will develop the necessary skills to
plan and implement computerized systems requir-
ing both sequential and direct access processing.
File organization and the processing of files using
the COBOL language will be emphasized. Prere-
quisite: BE 3670.
3691. Applications in RPG II
Programming/(3). On Demand.
A study of the problems encountered in the im-
plementation of business systems. The RPG II
language is introduced/taught in order to com-
plete application programs. Prerequisite: BE
3550.
3695. Management of Computer
Operations/(3).F;S.
Practical experience with the operation, supervi-
sion, and management of a remote computer ter-
minal installation. Student will work in the Univer-
sity Computer Center operations area for 20
hours during the semester. Prerequisite: Approval
by instructor.
3890. Principles of Occupational Business
Education/(3).S;SS.
A study of the history and philosophy of voca-
tional business and office education.
3900. lnternship/(6 or 9).F;S;SS.
A full-time work experience in business. Nine
semester hours of credit are granted for a normal
15-week internship with six semester hours
granted for a 10-week internship. Students are
encouraged to do internships during the summer
between their junior and senior years of study.
Prerequisites: Full admission to the College of
Business, junior or senior standing, and permis-
sion of Department Chairperson and Internship
Coordinator. Graded on an S/U basis.
3910. Business Law I/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of selected traditional areas of the law that
affect the commercial community. Includes law of
contracts, commercial paper, agency, personal
property and bailments. Common law concepts
are investigated as well as the impact of the
Uniform Commercial Code on commercial tran-
sactions. The course is designed to give students
an awareness of legal problems that may exist in a
commercial transaction, and to develop the
analytical skills necessary to recognize and seek
assistance for such problems. (A special objective
of this course is to assist students in preparing for
the CPA examination.)
3920. Business Law 11/(3). F;S.
Includes real property, estates, sales, security
devices, partnerships and corporations, bankrupt-
cy and government regulation of business. Study
is devoted to an understanding of the common
law, the Uniform Commercial Code and other
statutory law as it applies to these areas. Course
objectives include aiding the students in becoming
aware of special legal problems of business and
assisting students in gaining a background for the
CPA examination. Prerequisite: BE 3910.
3950. Real Estate Law/(3). On Demand.
(Same as FIR 3950)
Legal aspects of real property ownership,
development, transfer and brokerage. Prere-
quisite: FIR 2850.
4030. Cooperative Office Education/(2). On
Demand.
Actual work in an office. Group conferences to be
arranged. (By permission only.) Prerequisite: BE
1020 or equivalent.
4220. Records Management and Control/
(3).F.
Study of the planning, implementation, and
maintenance of records management and control
programs (creation, distribution, retention, utiliza-
tion, storage, retrieval, protection, preservation,
and final disposition) in organizations in order to
Business Education and Office Administration
171
reduce costs in handling records and to develop
efficient systems and procedures for the storage
and retrieval of records at the corporate level,
public governmental units: local, state, regional
and national levels. Prerequisites: Senior standing
and instructor approval.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4510. Office Management/(3).F.
Study of the responsibilities, problems and duties
of the office manager approached from a manage-
ment viewpoint; study made in managing the
modern office from both a traditional and com-
puterized office systems approaches; study of ad-
ministering systems and procedures in office work
and expansion of knowledges and techniques us-
ed to reduce and control office costs. Prerequisite:
BE 3380.
4610. Coordination Techniques and Job
Analysis for Vocational Business and
Distributive Education/(3).F;SS.
An analysis of the job in which prospective
students are placed in a cooperative office and/or
distributive education program and methods and
techniques of coordinating the work.
4690. Data-Base Processing/(3).F.
This course introduces the student to the proper-
ties, logic, design, implementation, and accessing
of business data-bases as contrasted to conven-
tional data file creation and maintenance techni-
ques, particular emphasis is placed upon the
CODASYL approach to data-base management
and processing, which focuses more on the logical
nature of a data-base than its physical
characteristics. CODASYL data-base programm-
ing assignments are drawn from the fields of
business and government. Prerequisite: BE 3670.
4750. Management Science
Techniques/(2).On Demand.
A study of the interrelationships between manage-
ment functions and the data processing environ-
ment. The impact of automation upon operations
management is included.
4790. Current Topics in Information/(3).F;S.
Advanced topics in the field of Business Data Pro-
cessing will be studied. These topics may include
but are not limited to Data Communications, Ad-
vanced Systems Analysis, Distributed Processing
Systems, Micro-processing and/or Business Soft-
ware Packages. Prerequisite: BE 3550, and 3670
or permission by instructor.
4810. Seminar/(3).On Demand.
4850. Management of Occupational Education
Youth Organizations/(3).S.
A study of how to organize and administer youth
organization in occupational business and
distributive education in order to establish an ex-
cellent learning situation.
4851. Organization and Administration of a
Distributive Education Program/(3).F.
A study of the philosophy, practices, and pro-
cedures used in the organization and administra-
tion of an occupational distributive education pro-
gram.
4852. Methods in Distributive
Education/ (3). S;SS.
A study of approved methods of teaching
distributive education. Prerequisites: SE 3040 and
PSY 3302.
4910. Seminar: Hospital and Health Law/(3).
On Demand.
This course is designed to provide students with a
background in hospital law principles, emphasiz-
ing particularly the basis of liability of public and
private hospitals.
4920. Law and Business Regulation /(3). On
Demand.
This course explores the legal problems created by
the thrust and magnitude of the governmental
regulatory agency. Specific agencies such as the
SEC, the FTC, the EEOC, and the EPA will be
examined. Case examples will be used to
demonstrate the interaction between the
regulatory process and the courts. Prerequisite:
BE 2150.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F.
A study of bibliographical problems, types of
research, and organization and reporting of
research.
5050. Current Problems in Business Educa-
tion/^). On Demand.
Problems in organizing and administering business
education programs.
5060. Instruction in the Secretarial
Subjects/(2). On Demand.
Trends and research in the teaching of shorthand,
typewriting, and related subjects.
5070. Instruction in the Basic Business Sub-
jects/^). On Demand.
Objectives, organization of the curriculum, in
structional materials, and methods of instruction
of the basic business subject.
Economics
172
5080. Business Report Writing/(2).On de-
mand.
A study of business report writing required of men
and women in their professional careers in
business, industry, education, and government.
Emphasis is on concepts in creative and functional
aspects in understanding the problems, gathering
and organizing data, and writing reports for
management, employees, and the public.
5100. Administration and Supervision of Voca-
tional Office Education/(3).On Demand.
A study of principles, practices, and techniques of
organizing and supervising vocational office
education programs.
5210. Methods of Developing Economic Con-
cepts/^).On Demand.
A study of basic economic concepts and how they
can be developed by students of economics and
related fields.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
5530-5549. Selected topics/(l-3).On Demand.
5650. Automatic Data Processing for Business
Teachers/(3).On Demand.
Emphasizes the problems and techniques en-
countered in the teaching of data processing at the
public school, technical institute, and community
college levels. This course will cover introductory
data processing concepts, unit record hardware,
key-punch operation, flow-charting techniques,
and elementary terminal communication. Prere-
quisite: graduate standing.
5999. Master's Thesis/(6).F;S.
Graded on S/U basis.
Department of Economics (ECO)
Garey Durden, Chairperson
The objectives of the Department of Economics are:
1. to provide the basic institutional and theoretical knowledge required for the
understanding of the functioning of the American economy and the world
economy and for the understanding and analysis of current economic issues and
problems;
2. to develop the institutional and theoretical knowledge and analytical abilities
necessary to prepare students for careers in business and government as managers
and researchers on social and business problems; and
3. to prepare students for graduate school and to provide graduate level training and
experience for those who seek to become professional economists and/or
economic educators.
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
BSBA majors in the Economics Department must complete (1) the General Education
course requirements and ECO 2030, 2040, and 2100; (2) the College of Business core
course requirements; and (3) the requirements of the chosen major (listed below).
Economics
173
BSBA in Economics
Economics 3010, 3020 (Intermediate Theory) 6 s.h.
Economics Electives (3000 and above, at least 3 semester
hours at the 4000 level) 9 s.h.
College of Business Electives (3000 and above) 9s. h.
BSBA in Banking
Economics 3010, 3020 (Intermediate Theory) 6 s.h.
Economics 3070, Money and Banking 3 s.h.
Economics 4620, Commercial Bank Mgmt. & Operations 3s. h.
BE 3670, Applications in Business Data Processing 3 s.h.
FIR 3790, Financial Markets; or FIR 4660, Financial
Decision-Making; or FIR 4610, Management of Financial
Intermediaries 3 s.h.
College of Business Electives (3000 and above) 6s. h.
BSBA Double Major in Economics and Banking requires completion of re-
quirements for major in banking and including one Economics course (3000 or above)
among the College of Business electives.
BSBA Double Major in Economics and a Functional Area of Business requires
careful selection of elective courses so as to satisfy the requirements of both majors.
Bachelor of Arts Degree
The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics is offered in the College of Arts
and Sciences in cooperation with the Department of Economics. Students may earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree in economics by completing the following requirements in addi-
tion to the requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences:
ECO 2030/2040 Principles of Economics 6 s.h.
ECO 3010 Microeconomic Analysis 3 s.h.
ECO 3020 Macroeconomic Analysis 3 s.h.
ECO 2100/3100 Business and Economic Statistics I and II 6 s.h.
Electives in Economics 12 s.h.
(3000 and above, at least 6 s.h.
at 4000 level)
TOTAL 30 s.h.
BS in Social Science (with teaching certification)
with a Concentration in Economics
For the curriculum for a major in social science with a concentration in economics
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, refer to that section in the index. For the re-
quirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Education.
Economics
174
International Economics and Business Options
International economics and business options are available within the following majors:
Bachelor of Arts with a major in Economics, Bachelor of Arts with a double major in
Economics and French or Spanish, and Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
with an individually designed major in International Studies.
Students pursuing this option and/or the B.A. in Economics or the BSBA individually
designed major in International Studies must take at least 15 semester hours in the
chosen language. In some cases more than 15 semester hours will be required to
achieve reading and speaking proficiency in the language.
For each of the two B.A. majors, students will take the required courses for an
economics major, ECO 4050, and ECO 4810, Seminar in European Economic Institu-
tions. In addition, they will take ACC 2100 and 2110.
For the BSBA program, the College of Business core must be completed including in
the major program ECO 3010, 3020, 4050, and 4810. Seminar in European
Economic Institutions, and HIS 3134. Under each option, an opportunity will be of-
fered for a summer internship abroad if possible.
In order to be admitted to the major under any of these options students must pass a
special examination demonstrating reading and speaking proficiency in the language (s)
chosen. Also, students taking any of these options will choose general education
courses in consultation with the advisor for this program.
For further information, students should consult either the chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Foreign Languages or the chairperson of the Department of Economics.
Minor in Economics
Undergraduate: A minor in economics consists of ECO 2030, 2040, and nine semester
hours of economics electives numbered 3000 or above.
Graduate: A graduate student can obtain a graduate minor in economics by completing
nine semester hours of economics courses approved by the Chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Economics.
Honors Program in Economics
The Department of Economics offers at the sophomore level two Honors Seminar
courses (ECO 2510 and 2515) in Principles of Economics, open by invitation only to
students who have excellent records on their previous college courses. Any student
who has not been invited to participate in these sophomore-level seminars and would
like to be considered may contact the department chairperson or the departmental
honors advisor.
Economics
175
The department also offers a Senior Honors Research and Thesis course (ECO 4510)
open only to majors in economics during their final undergraduate semester and who
have an outstanding undergraduate record. A student who wishes to enroll in the
Senior Honors Research and Thesis course should contact the department chairperson
or the departmental honors advisor and make the necessary arrangements during the
first semester of his/her senior year.
In order to graduate "with honors in Economics" or "with highest honors in Economics"
a student must successfully complete ECO 4510.
Additional information is provided in the course descriptions of ECO 2510, 2515, and
4510, and may be obtained from the department chairperson, or the departmental
honors advisor.
Master of Arts in Economics
A Master of Arts in Economics is available. For more information consult the section on
Master of Arts in Economics or the graduate catalog.
Courses of Instruction in Economics
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1010. Survey of Current Economic Issues/(3).
F;S.
Application of basic economic concepts in the
analysis of current issues such as: unemployment,
inflation, energy, pollution, poverty, government
regulation, etc. Prerequisite: None.
2030. Principles of Economics-Micro/(3).
F;S;SS.
A brief introduction to the study of economics
followed by an in-depth analysis of
microeconomics: theories of supply and demand,
the price mechanism, income distribution, con-
sumer choice, cost and revenue analysis and the
theory of the firm, competition and monopoly and
antitrust policy, government spending and taxing,
agriculture, labor, and big business in the
American economy, and current economic pro-
blems such as pollution, population expansion,
urbanization, poverty, and discrimination. Prere-
quisites: None.
2040. Principles of Economics-Macro/ (3).
F;S;SS.
A brief introduction to the study of economics
followed by an in-depth analysis of
macroeconomics: the circular flow of the
economy, money and banking, national income
analysis, business cycles, monetary and fiscal
policy, and including an introduction to interna-
tional trade and finance and international
economic issues. Prerequisites: It is strongly
recommended that ECO 2030 be taken prior to
taking ECO 2040.
2100. Business and Economic Statistics
I/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of statistical tools used to analyze business
and economic problems. The major subject matter
includes descriptive statistics, the concepts of pro-
bability, confidence intervals and hypothesis
testing, and statistical comparison of production
and marketing methods. Prerequisites: MAT
1030 or MAT 1020.
Economics
176
2500. Independent Study/(l-4).
2510. Honors Seminar in Principles of
Economics-Micro/(3).F. (Substitutes for ECO
2030)
Tutorial instruction in the functioning of a market
economy. Topics covered include supply and de-
mand; market; income distribution; production
theory; international trade and financial problems.
Available to all qualified students. Not limited to
students who are planning to major in Economics.
Any student who has not been invited to par-
ticipate in this course and who would like to be
considered should contact the Economics depart-
ment Chairperson or departmental honors ad-
visor. Prerequisites: None. Open to students by
invitation only.
2515. Honors Seminar in Principles of
Economics-Macro/(3).S. (Substitute for ECO
2040)
Tutorial instruction in the formulation and execu-
tion of economic policy in a modern market
economy. Topics covered include the basic prin-
ciples of a market economy; the measurement of
macroeconomic magnitudes; income determina-
tion; fiscal policy, taxation, and government ex-
penditure; the nature, source, and control of
money; monetary policy. Available to all qualified
students. Not limited to students who are planning
to major in Economics. Any student who has not
been invited to participate in this course and who
would like to be considered should contact the
Economics department Chairperson or depart-
mental honors advisor. Prerequisites: none. Open
to students by invitation only.
3010. Microeconomic Analysis/(3).F;S.
An intermediate course in economic theory with
emphasis on the theory of consumer behavior,
price theory and resource allocation. Prere-
quisites: ECO 2030, 2040.
3020: Macroeconomic Analysis/(3).F;S.
An intermediate course in economic theory with
emphasis on the analysis of the determinants of
the nation's income, output, employment, and
general price level. Prerequisites: ECO 2030,
2040.
3040. Economic Growth and
Development/(3).S.
Acquaints the student with the traditional and
contemporary literature on economic growth and
development, the history of economic develop-
ment in advanced and developing countries, alter-
native strategies in economic development theory
and their relevance to domestic economic issues.
Prerequisite: ECO 2030 and 2040 or permission
of instructor.
3050. Industrial Organization and Public Policy
Toward Business/ (3). S.
The economics of competition and monopoly in-
cluding antitrust, regulatory, and other govern-
ment policies influencing market structure and
business performance in the American economy.
Prerequisites: ECO 2030, 2040.
3070. Money and Banking/(3).F.
An institutional and theoretical study of the struc-
ture and functioning of the central and commer-
cial banking systems in the United States, money
and monetary theory, the money and capital
markets and financial intermediaries, and
monetary policy. Prerequisites: ECO 2030, 2040.
3100. Business and Economic Statistics
II/(3).F;S;SS.
Applications of statistical tools to a variety of
business and economic situations. These tools in-
clude survey sampling methods, hypothesis
testing using analysis of variance, regression and
time-series analysis, and non-parametric statistics.
Emphasis is placed on computer applications us-
ing available programs. Prerequisites: ECO 2030,
2040, 2100.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/ (1-3). On De-
mand.
Topics covered have ranged from mathematical
economics to economics of the law. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor.
3900. Internship/(6 or 9).F;S;SS.
A full-time work experience in business. Nine
semester hours of credit are granted for a normal
15-week internship with six semester hours
granted for a 10-week internship. Students are
encouraged to do internships during the summer
between their junior and senior years of study.
Prerequisites: Full admission to the College of
Business or College of Arts and Sciences, junior
or senior standing, and permission of Department
Chairperson and Internship Coordinator. Graded
on an S/U basis.
Economics
177
4050: International Economics/(3).F.
A survey of the theory, development, and prac-
tice of the international trade and payments
system. Special attention is given to the basic con-
cepts and different mechanisms which have been
and are used in international economic affairs, as
well as to governmental policies and domestic and
international institutions regulating them. Prere-
quisites: ECO 2030, 2040.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4510. Senior Honors Research and
Thesis/(3).On Demand.
Independent in-depth research and analysis and
preparation of a thesis on a significant topic in
Economics, directed by a member of the graduate
faculty in Economics. A thesis is presented orally
and in writing to the Economics Department. Oral
examination and grade assigned by the depart-
mental honors committee. Required for gradua-
tion "with honors in Economics." A student who
completes this course with a grade of B and who
graduates with a GPA of 3.5 in Economics
courses will graduate with honors in economics;
with a grade of A and a GPA of 3.7 in economics
courses a student will graduate "with highest
honors in Economics." Prerequisites: GPA of at
least 3.5 overall and 3.5 in Economics courses.
Approval of proposed research topic and methods
by departmental honors committee and assign-
ment of research thesis advisor during the
semester prior to enrollment in this course. Open
only to majors in Economics during their final
undergraduate semester.
4550. Public Finance and Taxation/(3).F.
Economic analysis of government revenues and
expenditures, impact of the government budget,
shifting and incidence of taxation, public debt,
fiscal policies. Prerequisites: ECO 2030, 2040.
4610: Economics of Health Care/(3).S.
Economic Theory is applied to the health care in-
dustry. Included is an overall perspective of the
health care industry, identification of the factors
influencing the demand for and the supply of
health care; identification of some costs and
benefits of health programs, hospital organization
and efficiency, and a consideration of alternative
methods of financing health care. Prerequisites:
ECO 2030, 2040, and 2100.
4620. Commercial Bank Management and
Operations/ (3). F.
A seminar in applied banking. The student is guid-
ed by bankers through an analysis of the major
functions of a commercial bank, including opera-
tions, loans, asset management, and trusts. Stu-
dent research project involves interviews with
bankers. Prerequisites: ECO 2030, 2040, also
ECO 3070 or permission of the instructor.
4630. History of Economic Thought/ (3). S.
Origin, development, and analysis of the major
trends, contributions, and conflicts in the develop-
ment of modern economic philosophy, analysis,
and theory. Prerequisites: ECO 2030, 2040.
4710: Managerial Economics/(3).S.
Use of statistical and mathematical concepts and
techniques in solving problems in economics.
Microeconomic theory is reviewed and optimizing
techniques are used in decision making. Prere-
quisites: ECO 2030, 2040, and 2100 or
equivalent.
4720: Labor Economics/(3).S.
An analysis of the labor market including the de-
mand and supply of labor under various market
structures. In addition, labor unions and other
market constraints are analyzed and the aggregate
level of employment is considered. Prerequisites:
ECO 2030, 2040.
4740. Applications for Forecasting Techni-
ques/^).F.
The study of the behavior of time series (data col-
lected over a period of time) in order to explain
past and forecast future events and conditions in
business and economics. Major emphasis will be
placed on the understanding and application
rather than the theoretical and computational
aspects of the statistical techniques. This will be
accomplished through heavy usage of canned
computer programs. Prerequisite: ECO 3100, or
permission of the instructor.
4750: Econometrics/(3).S.
Identification, measurement, and interpretation of
demand, production, cost and consumption rela-
tionships, including simple and multiple regression
analysis of time series and cross sectional data.
Prerequisites: ECO 2030, 2040, and 3100 or
equivalent.
4800: Urban and Regional Economics/(3).F.
An examination of the institutional background
necessary for urban and regional growth. An in-
troduction to theoretical models of growth. Prere-
quisites: ECO 2030, 2040.
4810. Seminar in Economics/(3).On Demand.
Analysis of selected economic issues and pro-
blems. Courses subject to be offered at various
times include: economics of state and local
government, comparative economic systems, cur-
Finance, Insurance and Real Estate
178
rent economic issues, American or European
economic history, and others. Prerequisites:
Senior standing, ECO 2030, 2040, and permis-
sion of the instructor.
Graduate Courses
5160: Economic Analysis/(3).F;SS.
An accelerated survey of macro- and micro-
economic theory. Topics include models of na-
tional output determination, banking, and price
and production decisions under different condi-
tions of competition. (This course is not available
for credit to economics majors.) Prerequisites:
ECO 2030, 2040, and graduate standing.
5180. Advanced Macro-Theory/(3).S.
A review of the literature in aggregate economic
theory with special reference to the prediction of
economic activity and policy formulation.
Monetary and fiscal policy will receive special at-
tention. Prerequisites: ECO 3020 (or ECO 5160),
graduate standing, and permission of the instruc-
tor.
5200. Advanced Micro-Theory/(3).F;S.
A rigorous treatment of the theory of the firm
under alternative competitive conditions. Prere-
quisites: ECO 3010 (or ECO 5160), a first course
in calculus, and graduate standing.
5250. Statistical Methods for Business and
Economics/(3).F;S.
Provides an understanding of research
methodology and the available statistical tools.
Specific areas include descriptive statistics, pro-
bability, sampling techniques and distributions,
estimation, hypothesis testing (including analysis
of variance) , non-parametric statistics, simple and
multiple regression. (Same as Management/
Marketing 5250.) Prerequisite: ECO 2100 and
graduate standing.
5260. Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics/(3).S.
A study of the application of optimization techni-
ques to decision making. Available computer pro-
grams will be used for problem-solving and short
project papers, the course emphasizes problem
analysis and solution. The topics covered include
linear programming (and the assignment and
transportation problems), network models,
calculus opitimization, and dynamic programm-
ing. (Same as Management 5260.) Prerequisite:
ECO 5250 and graduate standing.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
An analysis of selected economic problems.
Courses may include topics such as: American
Economic History; Advanced Monetary Theory;
Analysis of Various Current Economic Issues; and
advanced courses in any of the major subject
areas in Economics. Prerequisite: graduate stan-
ding.
5999. Master's Thesis/(6).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
Department of Finance,
Insurance and Real Estate (FIR)
Harry Davis, Chairperson
The objective of the Department of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate is to develop
responsibile and successful business leaders by providing undergraduate and graduate
education in the fields of finance, insurance, and real estate.
A Master of Business Administration (MBA) consists of a minimum of 36 semester
hours. For more information, see the section on graduate programs.
The Department of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate houses the North Carolina
Savings Institution Chair, the Risk and Insurance Center and the Real Estate Research
Center.
Finance, Insurance and Real Estate
179
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(with a major in Finance)
A Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree (BSBA) with a major in
Finance consists of 18 hours in addition to the College of Business core courses re-
quired for the BSBA degree. Twelve hours come from the structured finance core and
six hours from the sub-area.
Finance Core
FIR 3690 Financial Management 3s.h.
FIR 3790 Financial Markets and Intermediaries 3s.h.
FIR 3890 Survey of Investments 3 s . h .
FIR 4660 Financial Decision Making 3s.h.
Sub-Area (Take two of the following courses) :
FIR 4610 Management of Financial Intermediaries 3 s.h.
FIR 4400 Savings and Loan Management 3 s.h.
FIR 4620 Investment Management 3 s.h.
FIR 4630 Working Capital Management 3 s.h.
FIR 4750 International Business Finance 3 s.h.
Finance majors are advised to use their elective hours in areas such as accounting,
data processing, insurance, and real estate and additional finance courses. An intern-
ship may be elected to provide practical experience, with academic credit, in the field
of specialization.
A minor in finance may be obtained by completion of 12 semester hours, consisting of
FIR 3680, FIR 3690 and six additional semester hours of electives in finance.
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(with a major in Risk and Insurance)
A Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) with a major in Risk and In-
surance consists of 18 hours in addition to the College of Business core courses re-
quired for the BSBA degree. The course requirements for the Risk and Insurance ma-
jor are: Nine hours from the structured risk and insurance core and six hours from the
sub-area.
Risk and Insurance Core
FIR 3071 Principles of Risk Management and Insurance 3 s.h.
FIR 3690 Financial Management 3 s.h.
FIR 3790 Financial Markets and Intermediaries 3 s.h.
FIR 3890 Survey of Investments 3 s.h.
Sub-Area (Take two of the following courses) :
FIR 3072 Life and Health Insurance 3 s . h .
FIR 3073 Property and Liability Insurance 3 s.h.
FIR 4576 Insurance in Business and Estate Planning 3 s.h.
Finance, Insurance and Real Estate
180
Risk and Insurance majors are advised to use their elective hours in areas such as ac-
counting, economics, finance, management, mathematical sciences, law, real estate,
and additional risk and insurance courses. An internship may be elected to provide
practical experience, with academic credit, in the field of specialization.
A minor in Risk and Insurance may be obtained by completion of nine semester hours,
consisting of FIR 3071, FIR 3072, and FIR 3073.
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(with a major in Real Estate and Urban Analysis)
A Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) with a major in Real Estate
and Urban Analysis consists of 18 hours in addition to the College of Business core
courses required for the BSBA degree. The course requirements for the Real Estate
and Urban Analysis major are 12 hours from the structured Real Estate and Urban
Analysis core and six hours from the sub area.
Real Estate and Urban Analysis Core
FIR 3790 Financial Markets and Intermediaries 3s.h.
FIR 2850 Real Estate Principles and Practices 3 s.h.
FIR 3890 Survey of Investments 3 s.h.
FIR 3940 Real Estate Financial Analysis 3 s.h.
Sub-Area (Take two of the following courses) :
FIR 3860 Real Estate Appraisal 3 s . h .
FIR 3950 Real Estate Law 3 s . h .
FIR 4560 Real Estate Investments 3 s.h.
FIR 4704 Property Development Planning 3 s.h.
Real Estate and Urban Analysis majors are advised to use their elective hours in areas
such as data processing, statistics, geography, finance, insurance, management, law
and economics. An internship may be elected to provide practical experience, with
academic credit, in the field of specialization.
The course FIR 2850 is required for a North Carolina Real Estate Salesperson license.
Also, students must take FIR 2850, 3940 and 3950 to obtain a North Carolina Real
Estate Brokers licences.
A minor in Real Estate and Urban Analysis may be obtained by completion of nine
semester hours, consisting of FIR 2850, and six additional semester hours of electives in
Real Estate and Urban Analysis.
Courses of Instruction in Finance, Insurance and
Real Estate
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
Finance, Insurance and Real Estate
181
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
2850. Real Estate Principles and Practices/
(3).F;S;SS.
The economics of real estate, legal instruments,
marketing, and management are the subjects
covered. Includes valuation, appraisal and en-
trepreneurship.
2860. Personal Finance/ (3).F;S.
A study of the key concepts, tools, and techniques
of personal financial management. Focus is plac-
ed on the financial statements of the individual.
The balanch sheet model includes a discussion of
personal assets - both financial and non -financial,
personal liabilities including all types of loans, and
personal net worth. The implications of the cur-
rent financial environment (i.e., changing tax
laws, savings instruments, interest rates, etc.) is
also considered from the standpoint of the in-
dividual.
3010. Survey of Finance/(3).F;S.
May not be used to satisfy elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. An introduction to the field of
finance in the private sector. The student is in-
troduced to financial management in the business
firm to the principles of investment and valuation,
and to financial markets and prices. Prerequisites:
ECO 2030, ACC 2100.
3071. Principles of Risk Management and In-
surance/^).F;S;SS.
Covers risk management, general principles of in-
surance, economic security, individual life in-
surance, health insurance, social insurance, pro-
perty insurance and liability insurance. Prere-
quisite: Admission to the College of Business.
3072. Life and Health Insurance/(3).F;S;SS.
Provides a comprehensive examination of life and
health insurance including economic security,
group and individual coverages, life insurance
law, mathematics of life insurance, social in-
surance, pension planning, business insurance
and estate planning. Prerequisite: FIR 3071.
3073. Property and Liability Insurance/(3).
F;S.
Provides a comprehensive examination of proper-
ty and liability insurance including personal and
commercial property and commercial liability risk
management and insurance; the legal environ-
ment of property and liability insurance; and pro-
perty and liability insurance function, practices
and issues. Prerequisite: FIR 3071.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in the classroom situation. Grading will
be on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only.
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
3680. Introduction to Finance/(3).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the field of finance in the
private sector. The student is introduced to finan-
cial management in the business firm to the prin-
ciples of investment and valuation, and to finan-
cial markets and prices. Prerequisite: Admission
to the College of Business.
3690. Financial Management/(3).F;S;SS.
Study of financial functions of a business enter-
prise conducted from the standpoint of the finan-
cial manager. Emphasis on analysis, planning,
and control; working capital management; capital
budgeting; long-term financing; financial structure
and valuation; and required return. Prerequisite:
FIR 3680.
3790. Financial Markets and Intermediaries/
(3).F;S.
An in-depth study of the markets in which savers
and borrowers of short and long-term funds come
together. Focus is on the supply and demand for
funds, the resulting yields and effects on capital
formation, and evaluation of market perfor-
mance. Course coverage will also include an ex-
amination of the various intermediaries that
operate within financial markets. Prerequisite: FIR
3680.
3860. Real Estate Appraisal/(3).F;S.
Approaches and methods of property valuation.
Comparable sales analysis, cost-depreciation
analysis, and income capitalization techniques are
emphasized. Prerequisite: FIR 2850.
3890. Survey of Investments/(3).F;S.
A survey of investment media and investment
Finance, Insurance and Real Estate
182
goals, with emphasis upon their economic effects
and relationships to the private investor. In-
vestments media covered include money-market
instruments; government issues, corporate debts
issues, preferred and common stock, convertible
securities, securities options, real estate, mor-
tages, commodities, gold, silver, gems, art, anti-
ques, coins, stamps, business ventures, invest-
ment companies, other financial institutions, and
foreign investment. Prerequisite: FIR 3680.
3900. Internship/(6 or 9).F;S;SS.
A full-time work experience in business. Nine
semester hours of credit are granted for a normal
15-week internship. Six semester hours are
granted for a 10-week internship which is general-
ly during the summer only. Prerequisite: Admis-
sion to the College of Business and permission of
the department chairperson. Graded on an S/U
basis.
3940. Real Estate Financial Analysis/(3).F;S.
Real Estate Financial Analysis as applied to
various types of property. Includes the under-
writing process, sources of funds, portfolio pro-
blems, and governmental programs. Money and
mortgage market analysis and the use of modern
creative finance are emphasized. Prerequisite: FIR
2850.
3950. Real Estate Law/(3).F;S. (Same as BE
3950)
Legal aspects of real property ownership,
development, transfer, and brokerage. Prere-
quisite: FIR 2850.
4400. Savings and Loan Management/(3).SS.
Views the management of the savings and loan
association from the perspective of its competitive
position with other financial intermediaries, and
from the prospective of internal management of
savings and loan associations Prerequisite: FIR
3680.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4560. Real Estate Investment/(3).F.
Analysis of real estate investments, using modern
tools such as the computer. Current issues as well
as analytical methods are presented. Includes
financing and income tax considerations. An in-
vestment analysis will be required. Prerequisite:
FIR 2850.
4576. Insurance in Business and Estate Plann-
ing/(3).S.
Covers the orderly and efficient disposition of per-
sonal and commercial interests in property, in-
cluding business insurance and the taxation of
estates, gifts and trusts. Prerequisite: FIR 3072.
4610. Management of Financial In-
termediaries/(3). F.
A study of the intermediaries who function in the
money and capital markets bringing together
savers and borrowers. Emphasis is placed on the
competitive structure of the industry and
managerial problems of the several institutions.
Prerequisite: FIR 3680.
4620. Investment Management/(3);F;S;SS.
A survey of investment media and investment
goals, with emphasis upon their economic effects
and relationships to the private investor. Tradi-
tional (fundamental and technical) and modern
(randomized selection and efficient diversification)
approaches are used for investment decision mak-
ing Prerequisite: FIR 3680.
4630. Working Capital Management/(3).F.
Considers the day-to-day decisions of the financial
manager with regards to the firm's working capital
position. Topics examined in detail include cash
and marketable securities management, accounts
receivable management and inventory manage-
ment. Practical problems and decisions are
simulated through use of the case method. Prere-
quisite: FIR 3680.
4660. Financial Decision Making/(3).F;S.
The capstone study of the application of financial
policy. Emphasis is placed on problem solving
through the use of cases. This course integrates all
financial areas. Prerequisite: FIR 3690.
4704. Property Development Planning/(3).S.
An analysis of the major elements of community
growth and their relation to a proposed real estate
development. Included is an examination of local,
state, and federal development regulations as well
as the relationship of the proposed development
with several contemporary intraurban problems
such as: Pollution, transportation, public utilities,
and the local political environment. Prerequisite:
FIR 2850.
4750. International Business Finance/(3).F.
A study of the financial decision-making process
of a multinational enterprise when funds are
transferred over national borders and from one
economy and currency system to another. Prere-
quisite: FIR 3680.
4810. Seminar/(l-3).On Demand.
Graduate Courses
5010. Managerial Finance/(3).S;SS.
An intensive study of the instruments and pro-
cedures of managerial finance. Financial theory
Management
183
and techniques for financial decisions are are accomplished using the computer. Prere-
presented. Students are expected to use financial quisite: FIR 3680.
models and/or methods in solving financial pro-
blems. Integration of desciplines is encouraged. 5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5100. Portfolio Management/(3).S. 5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
A study of portfolio management with heavy em- mand.
phasis on the composition of portfolios of private
and public institutions. Current theory is reviewed 5999. Master's Thesis/(6).F;S;SS.
with its implication for portfolio management. Graded on S/U basis.
Analysis and evaluations of investment securities
Department of Management
(MGT)
James Overstreet, Chairperson
The objective of the Department of Management is to develop responsible and suc-
cessful business leaders by providing undergraduate and graduate education in the
fields of management and health care management (undergraduate only).
A Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree with a major in management
or health care management may be obtained by completion of the following courses, in
addition to the College of Business core courses required for the BSBA degree.
Major in Management
MGT 3620 Personnel Administration 3s.h.
MGT 3630 Introduction to Organizational Behavior 3s.h.
MGT 4651 Production and Operations Management 3s.h.
MGT 4700 Organization Theory 3 s . h .
and one of the following courses:
MGT 4570 Compensation Administration 3s.h.
MGT 4630 Labor Relations 3 s.h.
MGT 4770 Social Responsibilities of Management 3 s.h.
Major in Health Care Management
MGT 3110 Health Care Organizations and Administration 3 s.h.
MGT 3130 U.S. Health Care System Resources 3 s.h.
MGT 3920 Health Care Policy 3 s . h .
MGT 4430 Planning and Marketing of Health Care Services 3 s.h.
MGT 4440 Health Care Financing 3 s.h.
In addition to the above requirements, each management or health care managment
major must complete a minimum of 9 semester hours respectively in College of
Business courses numbered 3000 or above. Majors in these areas are advised to use
their elective hours in mathematics, statistics, finance, economic theory, additional
Management
184
marketing and accounting; and in the case of health care management majors, the
social sciences. An internship may be elected to provide practical experience, with
academic credit in the field of specialization.
A Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree consisting of 36 semester hours is
available. For more information, refer to either the Graduate Degrees described earlier
under College of Business programs, or the Graduate Catalog.
Minor in Management
Students not majoring in the College of Business may earn a minor in Management
completing 18 hours in the following areas:
a. Required Courses
ECO 2030 Principles of Economics - Micro 3s.h.
ACC 2100 Principles of Accounting I 3s.h.
MGT 3010 Survey of Management 3s.h.
MGT 3020 Introduction to Personnel Administration 3s.h.
MGT 3030 Introduction to Small Business Management 3s.h.
b. and one course from the following: 3 s.h.
ACC 2110 Principles of Accounting II
ECO 2040 Principles of Economics - Macro
ECO 2100 Business and Economic Statistics
BE 2150 Law and Society
BE 2660 Introduction to Business Data Processing
MKT 3010 Survey of Marketing
18 s.h.
Office of Health Care Management
As a major component of the Department of Management, the Office of Health Care
Management assists in planning and coordinating major programs of study in the
management of health care delivery systems. In consultation with an adviser, students
may elect a major in health care management leading to the Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration degree. Programs may be planned leading to careers in a
variety of inpatient, ambulatory and other health care settings, to include general and
mental hospitals, primary care facilities, group practices, long term care facilities, public
health organizations, health insurance companies, federal, state and local agencies and
other health-related organizations and services.
The health care management programs are strongly interdisciplinary, reflecting the
broad economic and social base of the profession. Courses in health care management
are available in each department within the College of Business and include:
ACC 3550, Accounting for Non-Profit Organizations
BE 4910, Seminar in Hospital and Health Law
ECO 4610, Economics of Health Care
MGT 3110, Health Care Organization and Administration
MGT 3130, U.S. Health Care System Resources
Management
185
MGT 3920, Health Care Policy
MGT 4150, Ambulatory Health Care Systems
MGT 4430, Planning and Marketing of Health Care Service
MGT 4440, Health Care Financing
MGT 4560, Issues in Health Care Administration
In addition, many academic departments outside the College of Busines offer courses
which closely complement the health care management major. These are found
especially in the departments of sociology, psychology, political science, and health
education.
Courses of Instruction in Management
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1050. Elements of American Business/(2).
F;S.
The relationship and responsibility of business to
its economics, social and political environment.
Available to freshmen only.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3010. Survey of Management/(3).F;S.
May not be used to satisfy elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. An introduction to traditional
and contemporary functions and concerns of
management, including the history of manage-
ment; planning, organizing, and controlling;
decision-making fundamentals; information
systems; motivation, communications, and
leadership; international management; and social
responsibilities of management.
3020. Introduction to Personnel Administra-
tion/^).F;S.
May not be used to satisfy the elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. A study of basic personnel
policies, practices, objectives, functions and the
organization of personnel programs. Emphasis is
placed on recruiting, selection, placement, train-
ing and development, employee evaluation, com-
pensation, accident prevention, and union
management relations in modern business cor-
porations.
3030. Introduction to Small Business
Management /(3).S.
May not be used to satisfy the elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. A study of the unique pro-
blems involved in managing a small business in a
modern complex economy. The course in-
vestigates the role of the small firm in a changing
environment, the strengths and weaknesses of
small business, and the procedures for starting a
new business. Specific attention is given to the
uniqueness of the small business in areas such as
financing, risk and insurance, personnel,
marketing, and government regulation.
3070. Small Business Management/(3).F;S.
A study of the unique problems involved in
managing a small business in a modern complex
economy. The course investigates the role of the
small firm in a changing environment, the
strengths and weaknesses of small business, and
the procedures for starting a new business.
Specific attention is given to the uniqueness of the
small business in areas such as financing, risk and.
insurance, personnel, marketing, and govern-
ment regulation. Prerequisite: Admission to the
College of Business.
3110. Health Care Organization & Administra-
tion/(3).F;S.
This course shall focus on the organization and
administration of health care services in the U.S.
with occasional reference to foreign service
systems. The course will examine health system
Management
186
structure and administration at the Federal, state
and local level and will also differentiate between
public and private sector health care efforts. The
course, in addition, is designed to provide an
elementary understanding of the various forces
which shape the health care system and those
issues of relevance to the future of health care.
3130. U.S. Health Care System
Resources/(3).S.
This course shall focus on the service and person-
nel resources which make up the U.S. health care
system. Considerable attention shall be devoted to
the nature of the various U.S. health care service
settings to include detailed presentations on all
forms of inpatient, ambulatory, home and com-
munity based care. In addition the course will pro-
vide an introduction to the various types of health
care personnel and their service system functions.
Finally the course shall identify new/emerging
health care settings and health care personnel.
3151. Introduction to Management/(3).
F.S;SS.
An introduction to traditional and contemporary
functions and concerns of management, including
the history of management; planning, organizing,
and controlling; decision-making fundamentals;
information systems motivation, communications,
and leadership; international management; and
social responsibilities of management. Prere-
quisite: Admission to the College of Business.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/ (1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in the classroom situation. Grading will
be on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On demand.
3620. Personnel Administration/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of basic personnel policies, practices, ob-
jectives, functions and the organization of person-
nel programs. Emphasis is placed on recruiting,
selection, placement, training and development,
employee evaluation, compensation, accident
prevention, and union management relations in a
modern business corporation. Prerequisite: MGT
3151.
3630. Introduction to Organizational
Behavior/(3).F;S.
A study of individual and small group behavior in
a work setting with focus on how this knowledge is
reflected in current management theories. Em-
phasis is placed on understanding why employees
behave the way they do, and how to use this
understanding to either maintain or change this
behavior. Prerequisite: MM 3151. Management
majors are encouraged to take this course before
or concurrently with MM 3620.
3650. Production and Operations
Management/(3).F;S.
An introduction to the basic functions and con-
cepts involved in managing the production and
operations function of an organization. Topics in
operations system design, and analysis at the in-
troductory level are included. Prerequisite: MAT
1030 and ECO 2100.
3900. Internship/(6-9).F;S;SS.
A full-time work experience in business and health
care, usually limited to College of Business ma-
jors. Nine semester hours of credit are granted for
a normal 15- week intership. Six semester hours
are granted for a 10-week internship which is
usually in the summer only. Prerequisites: Admis-
sion to the College of Business, and permission of
Department Chairperson and Internship Coor-
dinator. Graded on an S/U basis.
3920. Health Care Policy/(3).S.
Health Care in the U.S. is embodied within loose-
ly configured systems which operate on different
levels within both the public and private sector.
Within these multilevel systems various political
decision-making bodies promulgate policy which
greatly affects the operation and growth. This
course will examine the political decision-making
machinery in the U.S. and the process by which
health care policy is formulated and implemented.
Specific examples of major health policy issues
will be drawn from Federal and state sector and
will focus on personnel, financing and health care
program development. Prerequisites: MGT 3110
and MGT 3130.
4150. Ambulatory Health Care Systems/(3).S.
Description and organization of those emerging
health care delivery systems which provide alter-
natives to traditional health delivery. Among
those considered will be health maintenance
organizations, outpatient clinics, and medical
group practice settings. Both cost control and
quality assurance will be emphasized. Prere-
quisite: MGT 3110 or permission of instructor.
4430. Planning and Marketing of Health Care
Services/(3).F.
This course shall initially focus on the various
Management
187
methods used in planning for health care services
and will then review the Federal comprehensive
health planning program in the 1960s and the
Health System Agency approach in the 1970s.
Concepts of marketing and their application to the
health care industry shall be examined. The
course shall require the student to participate in a
marketing exercise involving an emerging health
care setting such as a hospice, health maintenance
organization, home health care agency, etc.
Prerequisites: MGT 3110 and MGT 3130.
4440. Health Care Financing/(3).S.
This course focuses on the variety of public and
private third party mechanisms for financing of the
treatment of physical and mental illness. A review
shall be made of the various trends and constraints
associated with each mechanism. Particular atten-
tion shall be paid to the developing role of private
health insurance and the potentialities of national
health insurance. Prerequisites: MGT 3110 and
MGT 3130.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4560. Issues in Health Care
Administration/(2).F.
An examination of topical environmental and
managerial issues having current impact on the
health care industry, with particular emphasis
upon administrative implications.
4570. Compensation Administration/(3).S.
A study of the economic, legal, psychological and
social aspects of employee compensation with
consideration given to Federal and N.C. laws;
techniques for analyzing, evaluating and pricing
jobs. Planning for and administering a total com-
pensation program including incentives and fringe
benefits. Prerequisite: MGT 3620 or MGT 3020.
(This course may not be taken on an individual
study basis.)
4630. Labor Relations/(3).F;S.
A study of labor-management relations with em-
phasis on management's relations with organized
labor. Lecture, discussion and cases are used to
study the reasons employees join unions, the laws
that apply, and the process of working out a labor
contract after it is negotiated. Prerequisite: MGT
3620, MGT 3020 or permission of instructor.
(This course may not be taken on an individual
study basis.)
4651. Applied Operations Management/
(3).F;S.
A study and application of quantitative tools of
analysis used in production and operations
management. Specific topics include decision
theory and mathematical modeling, linear pro-
gramming, queuing theory, network models, in-
ventory analysis, and operations processes. Cases
and projects are widely used. Prerequisites: MGT
3650, and ECO 3100.
4700. Organizational Theory /(3).F;S.
The development and maintenance of organiza-
tional effectiveness are studied in terms of en-
vironmental effects, systems aspects, communica-
tions, structure, and the dynamics of problem
solving, goal setting, politics, conflict, and gover-
nance. Organizations are treated as behavioral
units from the macro perspectives of general
managers and organization planners. Prere-
quisite: MM 3151 or MGT 3010.
4750. Business Policy/(3).F;S;SS.
Comprehensive analysis of administrative policy
making from a total organization point of view;
use of case analysis and simulation to develop in-
tegrative decision skills. Prerequisites: All College
of Business core courses. (This course may not be
taken on an individual study basis.)
4770. Social Responsibilities of
Management/(3).F;S.
A study of the economic, legal, political, and
social environment within which business process
takes place; how such environment affects the
decisions managers must make. Prerequisite:
MGT 3151 or MGT 3010.
4810. Seminar/(l-3). On Demand.
Graduate Courses
5150. Behavioral Application in
Business/(3).F;S.
This course aims to give the student practice in ap-
plying concepts and techniques useful in solving
managerial, organizational and human behavior
problems. It will highlight current research and
theoretical background in social sciences oriented
to the solutions of business problems. Prere-
quisite: Graduate standing.
5160. Applied Personnel
Administration/(3).S.
The study of problems in a field of personnel
management emphasizing development of the
ability to analyze problems and to apply manag-
ment fundamentals to specific behavior problems.
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
5170. Organization Design and Development/
(3).F.
A study of traditional and contemporary ap-
proaches to the design and evolution of organiza-
Marketing
188
tions. Emphasis will be placed on the impact of
organizational elements on overall organizational
behavior, the concepts of formal and informal
organizations, the dynamics of change in
organizational environments, new matrix struc-
ture, and the emerging discipline of organization
development. Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
5180. Systems Management/(3).F.
A nonquantitative introduction to General
Systems Theory and its application to the analysis,
design, and operation of complex socio-
technological/organizational systems. Emphasis
will be placed on the design and management of
information technology, cybernetics, real-time
systems, models and simulations, mechanistic
control systems, and man-machine systems
(Ergonomics), and ongoing social institutions
(business, government, education, and service).
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
5250. Statistical Methods for Business and
Economics/(3).F;S.
This course gives the student a better understan-
ding of research methodology and the quan-
titative tools available. Specific areas include
hypothesis-testing, statistical estimation, sampling
distributions, regression and correlation analysis,
time series analysis and forecasting, linear pro-
gramming, nonparametric statistics, and selected
topics. Also, this course will use a number of in-
teractive computer programs to solve business
oriented problems. (Same as Economics 5250.)
Prerequisite: ECO 3100 and Graduate Standing.
5260. Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics/(3).S.
A study of the application of optimization techni-
ques to decision-making. Available computer pro-
grams will be used for problem-solving and short
project papers. The course emphasizes problem
analysis and solution. The topics covered include
linear programming (and the assignment and
transportation problems), network models,
calculus optimization, and mathematical program-
ming. (Same as Economics 5260). Prerequisite:
ECO 5250 and Graduate Standing.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5750. Business Strategy in a Dynamic En-
vironment/(3). S;SS.
An applied problem solving approach to business
strategy. Seminars, case analysis, business games,
field studies, or other methods will be used. The
course focuses on defining, assessing and resolv-
ing corporate-wide problems which affect a firm's
long-run performance, with particular emphasis
on the impact of public policy and enviromental
factors. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty-one
hours of graduate course work in the College of
Business.
5999. Master's Thesis/(6).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
Department of Marketing (MKT)
James H. Barnes, Jr., Chairperson
The objective of the Department of Marketing is to develop responsible and successful
business leaders by providing undergraduate and graduate education in the field of
marketing.
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(with a major in Marketing)
A Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) degree with a major in
Marketing consists of 18 hours in addition to the College of Business core courses re-
quired for the BSBA degree. Fifteen hours come from the structured Marketing core
and three hours from Marketing elective courses.
Marketing
189
Marketing Core
MKT 3220 Sales Management 3s.h.
MKT 3240 Advertising Management 3s.h.
MKT 4230 Distribution and Transporation Management 3s.h.
MKT 4250 Marketing Research 3s.h.
MKT 4610 Consumer Behavior 3s.h.
One elective chosen from the following:
MKT 3210 Retail Management 3s.h.
MKT 3230 Industrial Marketing 3s.h.
MKT 4100 Marketing Management 3s.h.
MKT 4550 International Marketing 3s.h.
In addition to the above requirements, each marketing major must complete a
minimum of six semester hours respectively in College of Business courses numbered
3000 or above. These elective hours may be in additional marketing courses, accoun-
ting, business communications, data processing, management, finance or economic
theory. An internship may be elected to provide practical experience, with academic
credit, in the marketing field.
Undergraduate Minor in Marketing
A minor in Marketing for non-business majors may be obtained by completing the
following 18 hours of requirements:
I. Required Courses:
ECO 2030 Principles of Economics - Micro 3s.h.
ACC 2100 Principles of Accounting I 3s.h.
MKT 3010 Survey of Marketing 3s.h.
II . One course from the following : 3 s . h .
ACC 2110 Principles of Accounting II
ECO 2100 Business and Economic Statistics
BE 2150 Law and Society
BE 2660 Introduction to Business Data Processing
III . Two courses from the following : 6 s . h .
MKT 3052 Personal Selling
MKT 3239 Survey of Advertising
MKT 4609 Survey of Consumer Behavior
MGT 3030 Introduction to Small Business Management
Total Hours for the Minor in Marketing 18 s . h .
It should be noted that ECO 2030, Principles of Economics - Micro can also count for
Social Science credit in general education requirements. It is strongly recommended
that the 2000 level courses be completed in the Sophomore year. The courses at the
3000 and 4000 level should be taken in the Junior or Senior year after the student has
been admitted to one of the degree-granting colleges.
Marketing
190
A Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree consisting of 36 semester hours is
available. For more information, refer to either the Graduate Degrees described earlier
under College of Business programs, or the Graduate Catalog.
Courses of Instruction in Marketing
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3010. Survey of Marketing/(3).F;S.
May not be used to satisfy elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. An introductory study of the
marketing process in advanced market
economies. Consideration of psychological
theories and determinants of buyer behavior. A
background in the elements of the marketing mix,
the product distribution structure, the price
system, and promotional activities. Survey of
marketing in special fields. Planning and
evaluating the marketing effort. (Prerequisite:
ECO 2030).
3050. Principles of Marketing/(3).F;S;SS.
An introductory study of the marketing process in
advanced market economics. Consideration of
psychologial theories and determinants of buyer
behavior. A background in the elements of the
marketing mix; the product distribution structure,
the price system, and promotional activities.
Survey of marketing in special fields. Planning
and evaluating the marketing effort. Prerequisite:
Admission to the College of Business.
3052. Personal Selling/(3).F.
May not be used to satisfy elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. The principles of salesman-
ship and their application to sales situations, the
economic and psychological motivations underly-
ing customer purchases and product performance
as they affect sales of industrial and consumer
goods and services.
3210. Retail Management/(3).F;S;SS.
Focus is on operational problems, retail store
organization, location analysis, buying, selling,
sales promotion, service, and merchandise handl-
ing. Case analysis of managerial problems in
retailing establishments. Prerequisite: MKT 3050.
3220. Sales Management/(3).S.
Management of sales force: Quantitative techni-
ques and behavioral research applied to planning,
organizing, directing, and controlling field sales ef-
fort. Prerequisite: MKT 3050.
3230. Industrial Marketing/(3).F.
A study of the nature and importance of the in-
dustrial market to include classification of in-
dustrial products, characteristics and determinants
of industrial market demand and applications of
marketing strategy of industrial marketing. Prere-
quisite: MKT 3050.
3239. Survey of Advertising/(3).S.
May not be used to satisfy elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. Intensive investigation of the
field of advertising, to include a review of the
history and economics of advertising, research,
copy, layout, production, budgeting, organiza-
tion. Theory and application are stressed. Prere-
quisite: MKT 3010.
3240. Advertising Management/(3).F;S;SS.
Intensive investigation of the field of advertising,
to include a review of the history and economics
of advertising, research, copy, layout, production,
budgeting, and advertising organization. Theory
and application are stressed. Prerequisite:
MKT3050.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in the classroom situation. Grading will
be on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. May be
repeated for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On demand.
Marketing
191
3900. Internship/(6 or 9).F;S;SS.
A full-time work experience in business, usually
limited to College of Business majors. Nine
semester hours of credit are granted for a normal
15-week internship. Six semester hours are
granted for a 10-week internship which is usually
in the summer only. Prerequisites: Admission to
the College of Business, and permission of
Department Chairperson and Internship Coor-
dinator. Graded on an S/U basis.
4100. Marketing Management/(3).S.
An integrated course in marketing, systematically
oriented with emphasis on the marketing mix, the
formulation of competitive strategies, and special
attention to market analysis, marketing informa-
tion, and sales forecasting. Case analysis is stress-
ed. Prerequisites: MKT 3050 and Senior stan-
ding.
4230. Distribution and Transportation
Management/(3).F;S;SS.
An analysis of the subsystems of physical distribu-
tion including transportation, warehousing, inven-
tory control, material handling, industrial packag-
ing, order processing, and location analysis.
Prerequisite: MKT 3050 and ECO 3100.
4250. Marketing Research/(3).F;S.
Techniques involved in the collection, tabultion
and analysis of marketing information. The
analysis will include experimental design, factorial
analysis, and regression analysis. Prerequisites
MKT 3050 and ECO 3100.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. International Marketing/(3).F;S.
An analysis of cultural, legal, political, and
economic factors affecting marketing in world
markets. Emphasis is placed upon the differences
in life styles, beliefs, attitudes, behaviors, and their
influence upon the marketing decisions of the
foreign firm. Prerequisites; MKT 3050 and Senior
standing.
4609. Survey of Consumer Behavior/(3).S.
May not be used to satisfy elective re-
quirements within the College of Business for
the BSBA degree. An examination of the
psychological, sociological, and economic
theories of buyer behavior. Prerequisite: MKT
3010.
4610. Consumer Behavior/(3).F;S;SS.
An examination of the psychological, sociological,
and economic theories of buyer behavior. This is
followed by analysis of the major current and
classical empirical research studies designed to test
the different theories of buyer behavior. Prere-
quisite: MKT 3050 and ECO 3100 (or its approv-
ed alternative).
4810. Seminar/(l-3). On Demand.
Graduate Courses
5020. Marketing Strategy/(3).F.
Market-oriented problems of the firm; identifica-
tion and selection of marketing opportunities; for-
mulation of competitive strategies; marketing
policies and programs. Prerequisite: Graduate
standing.
5030. Marketing Theory/ (3). S.
An investigation of the development and current
state of the theoretical and conceptual constructs
of marketing principles, institutions, and pro-
cesses. The course develops an understanding
and appreciation of the philosophy of science and
the contributions of other disciplines to marketing
theory and practice. Prerequisite: MKT 3050 and
graduate standing.
5040. Market Segmentation/(3).F.
A comprehensive and critical review of the
segmentation research and methodologies with
special emphasis on the use of market segmenta-
tion as a management strategy. Prerequisite:
MKT5020.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5999. Master's Thesis/(6).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
The College of Fine and Applied Arts
192
The College of Fine
and Applied Arts
Nicholas Erneston, Dean
Noyes C. Long, Assistant Dean
In cooperation with other colleges of the University, the College of Fine and Applied
Arts strives:
1. To provide for varied interests, desires, needs, and abilities of students.
2. To provide a liberal education for all Appalachian students.
3. To expand cultural horizons and develop appreciation of ethical and aesthetic
values.
4. To prepare students for certain professions.
5. To prepare students for entrance into certain professional schools.
6. To provide sound foundations for students capable and desirous of advanced
study.
7. To prepare students for graduate study and research.
Departments
The College of Fine and Applied Arts consists of the following seven departments:
Art Home Economics
Communication Arts Industrial Education and Technology
Health, Physical Education Military Science
and Recreation Music
Degrees Offered
The College of Fine and Applied Arts offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of
Science, and the Bachelor of Music degrees. In cooperation with the College of Learn-
ing and Human Development it offers the Bachelor of Science degree with teacher cer-
tification in art, health and physical education, home economics education, industrial
arts, music (Bachelor of Music in Music Education), and communication arts.
To be admitted to the College of Fine and Applied Arts as a candidate for a bac-
calaureate degree a student must have:
1. Completed at least 60 semester hours.
2. A grade-point of at least 2.00, which must be maintained.
3. Completed ENG 1000 and 1100.
The College of Fine and Applied Arts
193
4. Been accepted by a department in the college as a major in that department.
5. Students moving from the General College to the Degree Granting Department
must see the Department Chairperson for the purpose of being assigned a faculty
advisor.
A student who is a candidate for a teaching certificate must be admitted to the teacher
education program by the chairperson of the Department of Secondary Education.
Advisement
The College of Fine and Applied Arts considers student advisement one of its most im-
portant responsibilities and priorities. Through annual advising seminars for college
faculty, we seek to foster a commitment on the faculty advisor's part to render accurate,
appropriate, and timely advisement. The college office provides a graduation check for
all majors during the semester immediately preceding the student's last semester. We
urge all students in our college to avail themselves of this service, as well as that
available at the departmental level.
Independent Study
Students intending to pursue independent study in the College of Fine and Applied Arts
are reminded of the existence of deadline dates for applying for independent study. For
information and details pertaining to independent study procedures established by the
college contact the department chairperson or the assistant dean of the college.
Pass-Fail
Students majoring in programs in the College of Fine and Applied Arts are not permit-
ted to take any course on the pass/fail option that is a major, minor, departmental, or
professional requirement, even if the course also fulfills part of the general education
program.
Bachelor of Arts Degree
In order for a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Fine and Ap-
plied Arts, the following requirements must be met:
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least
2.00. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work
at Appalachian.
2. Completion of general education requirements.
3. Completion of six semester hours of a second year of foreign language or higher.
The Department of Foreign Languages places students at the level at which they
are prepared to perform regardless of previously earned units.
The College of Fine and Applied Arts
194
4. Completion of a major consisting of 39 to 40 semester hours from one of the fields
listed below:
Art Music Communication Arts
Students must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major.
Transfer students must complete at least eight semester hours of work in their major
at Appalachian and must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in
the major at Appalachian.
Specific requirements for each departmental major preface the list of courses of-
fered by the department.
5. Completion of a minor consisting of 12 to 18 semester hours from a department
other than the departments of Administration, Supervision and Higher Education,
Elementary Education, Counselor Education and Research, Reading Education,
and Secondary Education. Transfer students must complete at least four semester
hours in their minor at Appalachian. The choice of a minor should be made under
the guidance of the student's advisor.
Specific requirements for each departmental minor preface the list of courses of-
fered by the department.
6. Completion of electives to total 122 semester hours.
7. Completion of residence requirements.
8. Compliance with regulations concerning the settlement of all expense accounts.
9. Recommendation of the faculty.
Meeting graduation requirements is the student's responsibility.
A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree may qualify for a teacher's certificate by ad-
mission to professional education courses through the Office of Laboratory Experiences
and by completing all academic and professional educational requirements for certifica-
tion.
Bachelor of Science Degree
(without teacher certification)
In order for a student to earn the Bachelor of Science degree in the College of Fine and
Applied Arts, the following requirements must be met:
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least
2.00. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work
at Appalachian.
2. Completion of the general education requirements.
The College of Fine and Applied Arts
195
3. Completion of a major as described by the various departments offering Bachelor
of Science programs without teacher certification:
Art Music Merchandising
Communication Arts Physical Education
Home Economics Recreation
Industrial Arts
In addition, a student may earn the Bachelor of Science degree in Communica-
tions Media. Required is completion of a specified core, plus an option selected
from one of the following areas:
Media Advertising, Broadcasting, and Public Relations (Communication Arts)
Graphics (Art)
Printing Production Management (Industrial Arts)
The core in the Communications Media Program is required in lieu of a minor in
the media advertising, broadcasting, public relations, and graphics options. The
Printing Production Management option requires a minor in Management.
In conjunction with the Colleges of Education and Arts and Sciences, the College
of Fine and Applied Arts offers the Bachelor of Science degree in Child Develop-
ment. Participating departments in the Child Development Degree program are
Elementary Education with teacher certification (College of Education),
Psychology without teacher certification (Arts and Sciences), and Home
Economics without teacher certification (Fine and Applied Arts) . The degree pro-
gram is housed in the Department of Home Economics. For information regar-
ding degree requirements for these three tracks, refer to the respective depart-
ment.
Students must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major.
Transfer students must complete at least eight semester hours of work in their ma-
jor at Appalachian and must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work
in the major at Appalachian.
Specific requirements for each department major preface the list of courses of-
fered by the department.
4. Completion of a minor consisting of 12 to 18 semester hours (with the exception
of the Communications Media Programs in Media Advertising, Broadcasting,
Public Relations, and Graphics) from a department other than the departments of
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education, Elementary Education,
Counselor Education and Research, Reading Education, and Secondary Educa-
tion. (Transfer students must complete at least four semester hours in their minor
at Appalachian.) The choice of a minor should be made under the guidance of the
student's advisor.
Specific requirements for each departmental minor preface the list of courses of-
fered by the department.
5. Completion of electives to total 122 semester hours.
6. Completion of residence requirements.
The College of Fine and Applied Arts
196
7. Compliance with regulations concerning the settlement of all expense accounts.
8. Recommendation of the faculty.
Meeting graduation requirements is the student's responsibility .
Bachelor of Science Degree
(with teacher certification)
For the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree with teacher certification, refer
to that section in the index.
Bachelor of Music
In order for a student to earn the Bachelor of Music degree in the College of Fine and
Applied Arts, the following requirements must be met.
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least
2.00. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all
work at Appalachian.
2. Completion of general education requirements.
3. Completion of a major in the following fields:
Music Education
Performance:
Church Music
Composition/Theory
Piano Pedagogy
Vocal or Instrumental
4. A student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major.
Transfer students must complete at least eight semester hours of work in their ma-
jor at Appalachian and must have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work
in the major at Appalachian.
Specific requirements for each departmental major preface the list of courses of-
fered by the department. '
5. Completion of a 32 semester hour block in education (Music Education majors
only) .
6. Completion of electives to total 122 semester hours.
7. Completion of residence requirements.
8. Compliance with regulations concerning the settlement of all expense accounts.
9. Recommendation of the faculty.
For the specific requirements for the Bachelor of Music degree programs, consult the
section dealing with degree programs in the section of this catalog which discusses the
Department of Music.
The College of Fine and Applied Arts
197
Opportunities are available for students to become involved in internships associated
with the academic disciplines represented by all the departments in the College of Fine
and Applied Arts. These internships provide students with on-the-job experiences in
many areas of endeavor, and allow them to earn academic credit which is applicable
toward their degree programs. Students interested in pursuing this valuable educational
opportunity should contact either their departmental advisor or the Student Internship
Office. Consult the catalog statement which describes the Student Internship Program.
Dual-Degree Engineering Program
with Auburn University
A Dual-Degree Program offered in cooperation with Auburn University is designed to
give students the opportunity to attend Appalachian State University for three years and
Auburn University for two years. This three-two program results in two college degrees.
Study during the first three years would include course work in mathematics and the
sciences and also courses chosen to meet ASU's general education requirements. Dur-
ing the last two years, the student is involved in course work in one of the many
engineering disciplines at Auburn University.
Upon completion of this three-two program, the graduate is awarded a baccalaureate
degree from Appalachian State University and an engineering bachelor's degree from
Auburn University. The Dual-Degree Program also contains a provision enabling highly
qualified students to obtain a Master's Degree in Engineering after obtaining the liberal
arts undergraduate degree.
Dual-Degree candidates from Appalachian State University are eligible to seek any of
the following degrees from Auburn University:
Bachelor of Aerospace Engineering
Bachelor of Aviation Management
Bachelor of Chemical Engineering
Bachelor of Civil Engineering
Bachelor of Electrical Engineering
Bachelor of Industrial Engineering
Bachelor of Materials Engineering
Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Textile Chemistry
Bachelor of Textile Engineering
Bachelor of Textile Management
For additional information contact Donald W. Sink, Assistant Dean, College of Arts and
Sciences.
Art
198
Department of Art (ART)
Warren C. Dennis, Chairperson
The Department of Art believes that a visual base of understanding, articulation, and
respect is not only essential for the majors in this department but for all men and women
who desire a full and enriching living experience.
The objectives of the Department of Art are twofold. One objective is to provide the best
preparation and training of teachers of art for public schools. The second objective is to
provide the best professional training in order that the art student, whether planning to
teach or not, may make a creative contribution to the visual arts of our culture.
In addition, the general community will have the opportunity to increase its knowledge
and appreciation of art through service courses and the major professional exhibitions
of art sponsored by the department.
A major in art leading to the Bachelor of Science degree consists of 43-52 semester
hours with three areas of study available, two of which are teacher certification and
commercial art. The third area, communications media with graphics option is discuss-
ed on the next page. The core requirements for the degree consist of ART 1000, 1001,
1002, 1003, 2004, and 3002.
The area of concentration in Teacher Certification consists of the core and ART 2000,
2002 or 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 or 2009, 3006, 3007, and two semester hours
of independent study or art electives (approved by chairperson) and one of the follow-
ing areas of specialization: ART 2001, 3000, 4000; or ART 2002 or 2003, 3001,
4001; or ART 3003, 3004, 4003. Students seeking specialization in constructive design
must complete ART 2008 and 2009 with a minimum of six semester hours to be taken
from ART 3005, 3012, 4004, and 4008. In addition the art major must satisfy specified
professional education requirements. For the requirements leading to secondary cer-
tification, see that department.
The area of concentration in Commercial Art consists of the core and one of the follow-
ing two options:
OPTION I Commercial Design: ART 2005, 2006, 2015, 2017, 3003, 3010, 3011,
4009, 4010, 4011; IET 1002, and LM 4760. It is recommended that the minor re-
quirements be met in the Departments of Management, Marketing, or Industrial Arts.
OPTION II Art Marketing and Production: ART 1000, 1001, 1002, 1003, 2006, 4008,
4900 (6 semester hours), and IET 3530 (Room Planning). In addition, six-seven s.h.
from ART 2004, 3002, 4002, 4007, 4552 and eight s.h. from ART 2000, 2002 or
2003, 2005 or 3003, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2017. An additional five-six s.h. in art
beyond first studio courses is required. A minimum of two s.h. of an art elective approv-
ed by the advisor is required. CMA 1100 is required. A minor in management or
marketing is recommended.
Art
199
A major in art leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree consists of 40 semester hours, in-
cluding ART 1000, 1001, 1002, 1003, 2000, 2002 or 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
3002, 4002, 4007; and a minimum of eight semester hours from one of the following
areas of specialization: ART 2001, 3000, 4000; or ART 2002 or 2003, 3001, 4001; or
ART 3003, 3004, 4003. Students seeking specialization in constructive design must
complete ART 2007, 2008, and 2009, with a minimum of two semester hours from
ART 3012, 3005, 4004, 4008. The art major must also take two semester hours of art
electives. Six hours are required of a second year foreign language. A minor of 12-18
s.h. is required.
The Art Department, in conjunction with the Departments of Industrial Education and
Technology and Communication Arts, offers a B.S. Degree in Communications Media
with an option in Graphics. For the Graphics option the student must meet the 12-13
semester hour core requirements of CMA 2300 and CMA 2305 and one course from
each of the following two areas: CMA 2600 or CMA 2316; and IET 1001 or IET 1002.
In addition to the core, the student will complete 36-39 semester hours from: ART
1001, 1002, 1003, 2015, 2017, 3010, 3011, 4009; MKT3010, MKT4609; PS 4175;
IET 4582. One to two semester hours of independent study in Art and an internship of
four-six semester hours is also required. The 12-13 semester hour core is required in
lieu of a minor. In addition Economics 2030 is required for General Education.
Students majoring in an art degree program will not receive credit for art courses in the
major unless a grade of "C" (2.00)or higher is received.
Students wishing to transfer art credits will be expected to submit a representative port-
folio (slides) of work and transcript for review by the department chairperson. Approval
of transfer credits must be completed prior to registration. Students planning to register
for a Fall Semester should submit their portfolio and transcript by May 1; those planning
to enter for a Spring Semester should submit their portfolio and transcript by December
1. Students planning to register for Summer Term(s) should submit their portfolio and
transcript by May 1. Particularized information concerning these procedures can be ob-
tained by writing the chairperson.
The Art Department requires that each senior art major (except those majoring in Com-
munications Media/Graphics option) participate in an exhibit, with other seniors, of
new work during their final spring semester at Appalachian State University. The dates
of this exhibit will be established one year in advance. Participation in this exhibit is a
departmentally recognized requirement for graduation.
A minor in art consists of 16 semester hours including ART 1001, 1002, and 1003 and
a remainder of eight semester hours to be taken through consultation with and approval
by the chairperson. ART 2011, 2016, 4550, and 4551 are not approved for com-
pleting requirements for an art major, minor, or concentration.
An undergraduate concentration in art for elementary education majors consists of 12
semester hours, including ART 1001, 1002 and 1003 and a remainder of four semester
hours to be taken through consultation with and approval by the chairperson.
Art
200
The Master of Arts in Art Education degree at Appalachian is a 30-36 semester hour
program. There are three track options: (l)Master teacher, K-12, (2)Community Col-
lege teacher, and (3) Art or Cultural Arts Supervisor. Within each of these track struc-
tures the student has the opportunity to develop highly individualized goals and career
options. Within the tracks are opportunities to prepare for art therapy, teacher training,
community service, program directing, arts for aging, research, museum education and
arts for special groups.
The department is concerned both with educational and individual art skills prepara-
tion. A core curriculum of art education, studio, and art history is provided with varying
professional education courses and electives.
Individual advising and course emphasis enables the designing of each program for op-
timum professional value to the student.
An academic minor in art leading to the Master of Arts degree for elementary school
teachers consists of nine semester hours including ART 5009, 5010; two semester
hours of graduate level studio courses selected from the areas of painting or printmak-
ing, or sculpture or constructive design, and three semester hours in graduate level art
history.
Students must attend the first meeting of each class in order to assure themselves a seat
in the class.
Additional professional requirements for the Master of Arts degree for elementary
school teachers are listed in the Graduate School catalog. Unless specifically designated
as scheduled during summer sessions, art courses are available on demand during sum-
mer terms.
Courses of Instruction in Art
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1000. Equipment and Materials/(2).F;S;SS.
A study of equipment and materials necessary in
the production of art. Study and use of hand and
power tools, materials and processes as related to
diverse studio needs. Lecture and studio four
hours.
1001. Foundations 1/(3). F;S;SS.
First half of basic studio problems in the visual arts.
Basic introduction to the structural elements of art
and an exploration of the organizational principles
with emphasis on two-dimensional space. Struc-
tural analysis of selected examples of the visual
arts will be included toward the development of a
critical approach. Students are advised to com-
plete Foundations I and II with the various faculty
involved. Lecture and studio 6 hours.
1002. Foundations H/(3).F;S;SS.
Second half of basic studio problems in the visual
arts. In depth work with the structural elements of
art including color and an exploration of the
organizational principles with an emphasis on
three-dimensional space. Structural analysis of
selected examples of the visual arts will be includ-
ed toward the development of a critical approach.
Art
201
Students are advised to complete Foundations I
and II with the various faculty involved. Prere-
quisite: Art 1001. Lecture and studio 6 hours.
1003. Foundations 111/(2). F;S;SS.
Introduction to the drawing experience with em-
phasis on developing eye-hand coordination
through improvisational, perceptual, and concep-
tual experiences. Exploration will be directed
toward establishing a dialogue among artistic sur-
face, and media. Should be taken concurrently
with Art 1001. Lecture and studio 4 hours.
2000. Painting/(2).F;S.
Basic course in handling of a variety of painting
media and the exploration of pictorial solutions.
Prerequisites: ART 1000, 1001, 1002, and 1003.
Lecture and studio four hours.
2001. Painting/(2).S.
Intermediate studies with a variety of media.
Prerequisite: ART 2000. Lecture and studio four
hours.
2002. Sculpture/(2).F.
An introduction to sculptural ideas and concepts
with emphasis on modeling and casting. Prere-
quisites: ART 1000, 1001, 1002, and 1003. Lec-
ture and studio four hours.
2003. Sculpture/(2).S.
An introduction to constructive and subtractive
processes. Prerequisites: Art 1000, 1001, 1002,
and 1003. Lecture and studio four hours.
2004. Ancient Through Renaissance Art/(3).F.
A survey of painting, sculpture, and architecture
from prehistoric times through the sixteenth cen-
tury. Sophomore standing or consent of instruc-
tor. Lecture three hours.
2005. Printmaking/(2).F;S.
General introduction to and involvement with
basic printmaking processes. Emphasis on relief
printing. Prerequisites: ART 1000, 1001, 1002,
and 1003. Lecture and studio four hours.
2006. Drawing/(3).F;S.
Involvement with a variety of drawing concepts
and media. Work from the human figure, land-
scape, still life. Prerequisites: ART 1000, 1001,
1002, and 1003. Lecture and studio six hours.
2007. Constructive Design (Clay)/(2).F;S.
An introduction to clay and clay bodies through
constructive techniques, emphasizing form and
design. Prerequisites: ART 1000, 1001, 1002,
and 1003. Lecture and studio four hours.
2008. Constructive Design (Fibers)/(2).F;S.
Basic skills in fiber construction with emphasis on
design development. Prerequisites: ART 1000,
1001, 1002, and 1003. Lecture and studio four
hours.
2009. Constructive Design (Alloys)/(2).S.
Introduction to alloys and related media through
the synthesis of aesthetic concepts and skills.
Prerequisites; ART 1000, 1001, 1002, and 1003.
Lecture and studio four hours.
2011. Art Introduction/(3).F;S;SS.
Analysis of selected examples of architecture,
sculpture, painting, crafts, and industrial design in
relation to their historic time and need. Three
hours lecture.
2012. Humanities— Music, Art, and Ideas
I/(3).F.
A course which concentrates on the interplay of
art, music, philosophy and religion in the ancient
through medieval cultures and their influences as
manifested in other centuries.
2013. Humanities— Music, Art, and Ideas
II/(3).S.
A course which concentrates on the interplay of
art, music, philosophy and religion in contem-
porary culture.
2015. Photographic Design I/(2).F.;S.
Fundamentals of photographic design are in-
vestigated using student-made pinhole cameras
with emphasis on aesthetic images. Prerequisites:
ART 1001. Lecture and studio four hours.
2016. Studio For Non-Art Majors/(2).S.
Studio course for the non-art major wishing to
pursue the art experiences in varied studio areas,
(painting, sculpture, printmaking, etc.). Course
may be repeated barring duplication of ex-
periences. May be offered on a satisfactory/failure
basis. No prerequisites. Lecture and studio four
hours.
2017. Commercial Design I/(2).F;S.
Fundamentals of commercial design with an in-
troduction to layout design, color, and
typography as they relate to modern graphic pro-
blems. Prerequisites: ART 1000, 1001, 1002,
and 1003. Lecture and studio four hours.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Majors in art may broaden and intensify their pro-
gram through individual research and involve-
ment in a given area of art. Prerequisite: Permis-
sion of department chairperson.
Art
202
3000. Painting/(3).F.
Advanced problems in painting with emphasis on
the human figure. Individual experimentation and
expression stressed. Prerequisites: ART 2001 and
2006. Lecture and studio six hours.
3011. Commerical Design 1II/(2).F;S.
A wide range of design problems with emphasis
on the development of conceptual and technical
skills. Prerequisites: ART 3010, 2015, 1000,
2017, and 2006. Lecture and studio four hours.
3001. Sculpture/(3).S.
Intermediate exploration into theories of structur-
ing sculptural form through advanced skills and
processes. Emphasis on in-depth individual ex-
ploration in selected areas. Prerequisite: ART
2002 and 2003. Lecture and studio six hours.
3002. Baroque Through Modern Art/(3).F;S.
A survey of painting, sculpture, and architecture
from the seventeenth through the twentieth cen-
tury. Lecture three hours.
3003. Printmaking/(2).F;S.
Basic serigraphy processes with emphasis on
technical understanding and resolved pictorial
statements. Prerequisites: ART 2006. Lecture
and studio four hours.
3004. Printmaking/(3).F.
Involvement with the intaglio processes with em-
phasis on thorough technical understanding and
resolved pictorial statements. To be offered alter-
nate Fall semesters beginning 1978. Prerequisites:
ART 2005 and 2006. Lecture and studio six
hours.
3012. Constructive Design (Fibers)/(2).S.
Constructive design in fibers with advanced ex-
ploration of techniques. Prerequisite: ART 2008.
Lecture and studio four hours.
3013. Introduction to New York Art Scene/
(1).F;S.
Introduction to growth and development of New
York art scene as present center of historical and
contemporary art in the world. In-depth research;
will become familiar with New York galleries,
museums, and artists. Experiences will include
personal confrontation with art works, resultant
written analyses and criticisms. All experiences
organized and personally supervised by the New
York Director with student assuming primary
responsibility for communication. The one-hour
course may be repeated for a maximum of three
hours credit.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Majors in art may broaden and intensify their pro-
gram through individual research and involve-
ment in a given area of art. Prerequisite: permis-
sion of the department chairperson.
3005. Constructive Design (Alloys)/(2).F.
Advanced concentration in specific alloys with
emphasis on in-depth exploration in alloys em-
phasizing individual aesthetic statements. Prere-
quisite: ART 2009. Lecture and studio four hours.
3006. Interdisciplinary Arts Education/ (1).F.
Involvement with concepts from interdisciplinary
arts using direct experiences. Prerequisite: EE
2021. Two hours laboratory. Should be taken
concurrently with SE 3150.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract required.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
3007. Curriculum Methods and Materials in
Art Education/(3).S.
Curriculum and lab planning, purchasing, and
media translation in terms of aesthetic concepts
for Elementary and Secondary Art. Prerequisites:
EE 2021, ART 3006 and SE 3150.
3010. Commercial Design II/(2).F;S.
A concentration in the study of typography.
Course includes a survey of major typographical
trends, analysis of letterforms, hot and cold type
methods, use of type in layout design. Prere-
quisites: ART 1001, 1002, and 1003. Lecture
and studio four hours.
4000. Painting/(3).F.
Advanced painting emphasizing the solution of
problems to be planned by the students. Prere-
quisites: ART 2006 and 3000. Lecture and studio
six hours.
4001. Sculpture/(3).S.
Advanced study in sculpture with emphasis on in-
depth individual exploration in one area of
sculptural concern. Prerequisite: ART 3001. Lec-
ture and studio six hours.
4002. Art as Visual Language/(3).S.
A course in art criticism where techniques of
Art
203
analysis are approached through readings and
demonstrations. Major emphasis will be placed
upon interpretation and the developing of a
critical approach. Prerequisites: ART 2004 or
3002 or consent of instructor. Lecture three
hours. Offered alternate spring semesters beginn-
ing 1979.
4003. Printmaking/(3).F.
The basic chemistry and related techniques of
lithography with emphasis on technical understan-
ding and resolved pictorial statements. To be of-
fered alternate fall semesters beginning 1977.
Prerequisites: ART 2006. Lecture and studio six
hours.
4004. Constructive Design (Clay)/(2).S.
Advanced clay techniques including indepth study
in one area of concentration, with strong em-
phasis on form and design, Prerequisite: ART
2007. Lecture and studio four hours.
4007. Seminar/(2).S.
A special course offering based upon faculty and
student interest in advanced studies in art, art
history, art education, research and inter-
disciplinary art. Courses may be repeated barring
duplication of content. Times to be arranged.
Prerequisite: permission of the department
chairperson .
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Art Education Workshop/(2).SS. On
Demand.
An intensive two week course devoted to art in-
struction in grades one through twelve, including
the correlation of art with teaching at all levels. Art
materials and supplies for grade levels are examin-
ed. Each student pays for materials used, and all
articles made by the student become the student's
property. Lecture and studio four hours.
4551. Workshop in Studio/(2).SS. On De-
mand.
An intensive two week course to be offered in
selected media: i.e., painting, sculpture, print-
making, etc. Not for the Art major. Lecture and
studio four hours.
4552. American Art History/(3).S.
To acquaint the student with the evolution of art in
the United States from colonial times until the pre-
sent. Offered alternate Spring Semesters, begin-
ning 1978. Lecture three hours.
4553. Photographic Art Reproduction/(l). On
Demand.
Basic instruction in taking, developing, and prin-
ting both slides and prints of art work for portfolio
for educational purposes. Prerequisites: Art 1001,
1002, and 1003.
4008. Practicum of the Artisan/(2).S.
Understanding of theoretical and practical issues
encountered by the artisan. Prerequisite: two-four
semester hours above 2000 level or permission of
the instructor.
4554. Fibers/(3).S.
Advanced study in fiber construction with em-
phasis on in-depth individual exploration in one
area of fiber concern. Prerequisites: Art 3012.
Lecture and studio six semester hours.
4009. Commercial Design IV/(3).F;S.
Advanced graphic design problems combining ex-
perimentation with practical limitations applicable
to mass reproduction techniques. Prerequisite:
ART 3011, 4010. Lecture and studio six hours.
4900. Internship: Field Experience/(3-6).SS.
An on-the-job experience with artists, museums,
galleries, and businesses related to the promotion
of art professions. Graded on S/U basis.
4010. Photographic Design II/(2).F;S.
Advanced work with both pinhole and 35mm
photography with emphasis on aesthetic image
manipulation and darkroom procedures and-
techniques. Prerequisite: ART 2015. Lecture and
studio four hours.
4011. Senior Portfolio/(2).F;S.
Commercial design students may further their
design study for additional portfolio work. Each
student is responsible for the development and
completion of a specific design problem , resulting
in a class exhibition and faculty jurying of work.
Prerequisites: Art 3011 and 4010. Lecture and
studio four hours.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(2-3).SS.
A study of research in art and art education,
bibliographical problems, research types, tools
and resources, evaluating, organizing, and repor-
ting. The student will develop a documented
research proposal. Those earning 3 semester
hours credit will complete a research study and
prepare a final report for publication. Lecture 2-3
hours.
5001. Sculpture/(2).S.
Emphasis on individual student experimentation
on the graduate level. Lecture and studio four
hours.
Communication Arts
204
5002. Ancient Through Renaissance Art/
(3).F.
An intensive investigation of art forms from An-
cient through Renaissance Art. A graduate
research paper will be required. Emphasis upon
critical methods of evaluation. Lecture three
hours.
5003. Baroque Through Modern Art/(3).F;S.
An intensive investigation of art forms from Baro-
que through Modern Art. A graduate research
paper will be required. Emphasis upon methods
of critical evaluation. Lecture three hours.
5004. Art As Visual Language/(3).S.
An intensive course in art criticism where techni-
ques of analysis are approached through readings
and demonstrations. A graduate research paper
will be required. Emphasis upon developing a
critical approach. Lecture three hours.
5005. Printmaking/(2).S.
Advanced studio work in printmaking. Designed
to develop an individual sense of graphic form
Lecture and studio four hours.
5006. Constructive Design (Fibers)/(2).S.
Design with fibers on the graduate level. Broad
range and in-depth exploration of fibers with
research involving the place of fibers as both
historical and contemporary art forms. Lecture
and studio four hours.
5007. Constructive Design (Clay)/(2).S.
Individual problems in plastic media on the
graduate level. Theoretical and practical problems
of the craftsman are carried out to practical solu-
tion. Conventional or creative means of reporting
based on thorough research. Lecture and studio
four hours.
5008. Constructive Design (Alloys)/(2).F.
Design with alloys on the graduate level. Broad
range and in-depth exploration of alloys with
research involving the place of alloys as both
historical and contemporary art forms. Lecture
and studio four hours.
5009. Teaching and Learning Processes in Art
Education/(2).F.
A study of aesthetic and perceptual development
of the child; aesthetic content in the work of the
artist and of the child; teaching methodology,
historical and contemporary, through a study of
writings, philosophies and research. Lecture two
hours.
5010. History and Philosophy of Art Educa-
tion/^)^.
An in-depth study of the historical philosophies
and concepts of art education in western civiliza-
tion which provide the basis for contemporary ap-
proaches to art education. Emphasis on the effects
upon secondary and higher education. Lecturtwo
hours.
5011. Painting/(2).F.
Graduate courses in painting. Emphasis on a pro-
fessional level of accomplishment. Lecture and
studio four hours.
5012. Seminar in Art Education/(2).SS.
A required course for the MAAE degree. Content
based upon selected current issues in art educa-
tion. A graduate research project/paper will be re-
quired. Prerequisites: Art 5009, 5010. Lecture 2
hours.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Graduate students may broaden and intensify
their program through individual research and in-
volvement in a given art area.
5530-5549.
mand.
Selected Topics/ (1-3). On de-
Department of
Communication Arts (CMA)
Charles E. Porterfield, Chairperson
The objectives of the Department of Communication Arts are to prepare those who are
planning careers as teachers in the areas of speech communication or theatre; to
prepare those interested in a career in broadcasting and public relations; to provide a
Communication Arts
205
broad background of information and develop speech skills needed by those students
planning to enter other professions; to provide for the University and community the
cultural influence and entertainment of good theatre, debates and discussions of current
issues, and the informative and entertaining programs of radio.
The Department of Communication Arts offers a diversified program of courses in the
areas of drama, speech communication, radio and television broadcasting, journalism,
and oral interpretation. The department supports co-curricular programs including
competitive intercollegiate forensics, the University Theatre, and the ASU radio station,
WASU-FM. Also, the department actively supports student organizations which are
related to speech, such as the American Theatre Student League, Alpha Psi Omega
Dramatics Society, Forensics Union, and Pi Kappa Delta Forensics Society. Com-
munication Arts majors are expected to participate in dramatics, forensics, and broad-
casting activities.
A minor in Communication Arts consists of 14 semester hours above the 1000 level
selected in consultation with and approval of the chairperson.
The Department of Communication Arts offers a program which permits a major to ac-
quire a degree in Communications Media or Speech Communication and qualify for
entrance into the MBA program in the College of Business. For information on this pro-
gram see the department chairperson.
For the Bachelor of Arts degree with concentration in general speech, a major consists
of 39 semester hours above the 1000 level. This must include: CMA 2101, 2102,
2106, 2110, 2406, 3105, 3109, 3110, 3111, 3152, 3155, 3406, 4180, 4182, 4406;
and SOC 3750. A minor of 12-18 s.h. is required and also six semester hours of a se-
cond year foreign language or higher.
For the Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration in theatre, a major consists of
CMA 1200 and 38 semester hours above the 1000 level. This must include: 2102,
2200, 2201, 2203, 2208, 2209, 2210, 2212, 2406, 3202, 3203, 3210, 3212, 3406,
4202; and one semester hour from PE 1028, 1030 or Stage Movement; and ENG
2100. A minor of 12-18 s.h. is required and six semester hours of a second year foreign
language or higher.
For the Bachelor of Science degree in Speech and certification in speech communica-
tion, a major consists of 48 semester hours above the 1000 level. This must include:
CMA 2101, 2102, 2106, 2110, 2203, 2208, 2316, 2406, 3105, 3109, 3110, 3111,
3155, 3202, 3316, 3406, 4175, 4180, 4182 and 4256. For the requirements in
teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Education.
For the Bachelor of Science degree in Speech and certification in Theatre Arts, a major
consists of CMA 1200 and 48 additional semester hours above the 1000 level. These
must include: 2102, 2106, 2200, 2201, 2203, 2208, 2209, 2210, 2212, 2316, 2406,
3202, 3203, 3210, 3212, 3316, 3406, 4175, 4202, 4256, and one semester hour
from PE 1028, 1030, or Stage Movement. For the requirements in teacher education,
see the Department of Secondary Education.
Communication Arts
206
For a Bachelor of Science degree (non-teaching) in Communications Media, a major
consists of a core curriculum of 12-13 semester hours with an option in either Broad-
casting, Media Advertising, or Public Relations.
An option in Broadcasting consists of a core curriculum of 13 semester hours. The core
consists of CMA 2300, CMA 2305, ART 1001; and IET 1001 or IET 1002. In addition
to this core, 36 semester hours are required. Included must be CMA 2101, 2102,
2203, 2309, 2316, 2600, 3155, 3301, 3316, 4315, 4316, LM 4740, 4760. The 13
semester hour core is required in lieu of a minor.
An option in Media Advertising consists of a core curriculum of 12 semester hours. The
core consists of CMA 2300, 2305, 2600 and IET 1001 or IET 1002. In addition to this
core, 43 semester hours are required. Included must be: MKT 3010, 3239, 4609, PSY
4551, three semester hours approved by department chairperson, CMA 1100, 2110,
2316, 3155, 3301, 3316, 4180, 4315, ART 1001, and ART 1002. The 12 semester
hour core is required in lieu of a minor. In addition, students are required to take ECO
2030 as a general education requirements.
An option in Public Relations consists of a core curriculum of 13 semester hours. The
core consists of CMA 2300, 2305, Art 1001, IET 1002. In addition to this core 43
semester hours are required. Included must be MKT 3010, 3239, 4609; MGT 3020;
ENG 3100; CMA 2101, 2102, 2316, 2600, 2610, 3110, 3155, 3300, 3301, 3316,
3600. The 13 semester hour core is required in lieu of a minor. In addition, students are
required to take ECO 2030 and Psychology 2201 as a general education requirement.
Courses of Instruction in Communication Arts
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1100. Introduction to Speech Communication/
(2).F;S;SS.
Introduction to the theory and practice of speech
communication. A grade of C or higher in this
course fulfills the speech proficiency requirement
for teaching majors.
1200. Stage Arts I/(1).F.
Research techniques and materials in theatre and
related fields. Play analysis and criticism. Re-
quired of all students planning to concentrate in
theatre .
2011. Introduction to Theatre/(3).F;S;SS.
A nontechnical course for students with little or no
theatrical background. A survey of all phases of
theatre.
2101. Public Speaking/(2).F;S;SS.
Intensive practice in composition and delivery of
various types of speeches with emphasis on
speech structure and style.
2102. Voice and Diction/(2).F;S;SS.
Instruction and practice in voice production and
articulation; analysis of regional speech dif-
ferences and standards.
2106. Argumentation and Advocacy/(3).F.
Study of the theory of argumentation including
the reasoning process; the use, discovery, and
evaluation of evidence; refutation; advocacy
situation analysis and adaptation. Practice in
speaking in a variety of advocacy situations and
types.
Communication Arts
207
2110. Introduction to Nonverbal Communica-
tion/(2).F;S;SS.
An introduction to nonverbal behavior as a form
of communication, with emphasis upon nonverbal
communication in the classroom, in the business
world, and in general interpersonal relations. Ex-
amination will be made of such areas of nonverbal
behavior as kinesics (body language), haptics
(communication through touch), proxemics (use
of space and communication), paralinguistics
(vocal cues in communication), and nonverbal
factors in communication between variant ethnic
groups and cultures.
2115. Speech Activity/(1).F;S;SS.
Participation in activities of the Forensic Union or
other projects approved by the department. The
student will contract with the appropriate staff
member for the activities of this course. May count
four (4) hours toward graduation.
2121. Interpersonal Communication/(3).F;S.
Study and application of basic communication
concepts to interactive communication situations
and problems. Students will be involved in various
activities pertinent to understanding these con-
cepts.
Units on scenic history, styles of scenery, and the
use of design principles. Prerequisite: CMA 2208.
2210. Stage Lighting/(2).F;S.
Introduction to the use of stage lighting in-
struments and control. Includes units on in-
struments, lighting design, and control. Prere-
quisite: CMA 2208. One hour lecture, two hours
lab.
2212. Survey of Dramatic Literature/(3).S.
The study of selected plays from the classical
period to the rise of realism in terms of their
literary and production qualities.
2215. Theatre Activity/(1).F;S;SS.
Participation in theatre activities. Students will
contract to act or work in necessary technical and
management areas for the particular plays done
during the semester. Maximum of four hours may
apply toward graduation.
2256. Children's Theatre/(3).S.
Techniques of performance for a child audience.
Participation in a production touring to local
schools during the term. Prerequisite: permission
of instructor.
2200. Theatrical Costume/(2).F.
Introduction to the theory and practice of
theatrical costume including costume construc-
tion, organization, and maintenance. Work will in-
clude practical application of theory performance
during the semester. One hour lecture, two hours
laboratory.
2201. Stage Make-up/(l).S.
The theory and practice of theatrical make-up
design, and application of make-up theory on per-
formances during the semester. Two hours
laboratory.
2300. Introduction to Mass Communications/
(3).F;S;SS.
Study of the forms of mass communication in-
cluding newspaper, magazine, radio, television,
books, and film.
2305. Law and Ethics of Communication
Media/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of the legal sanctions and constitutional
freedoms affecting the communications media.
Consideration is given to the principles of profes-
sional ethics and social responsibility of the mass
communicator.
2203. Introduction to Acting Techniques/
(2).F;S.
Study of breath, voice and body control. Em-
phasis on development of self-control, concentra-
tion, and use of theatre environment. One hour
lecture, two hours lab.
2309. Scenic Technology for
Broadcasters/(3).F;S.
A course designed to introduce broadcasting
students to basic scenic and lighting techniques us-
ed in the television studio. Students receive prac-
tical experience by working in the TV area.
2208. Stagecraft/(3).F;S.
Introduction to the techniques used in construc-
ting stage scenery. Includes units on use of tools,
hardware, types of scenery, painting, and basic
lighting.
2209. Scene Design/(2).S.
Introduction to scene design. Application of
elementary design principles to scene design.
2315. Mass Communication Activity/
(1).F;S;SS.
Participation in broadcasting or journalism activi-
ty. Students will contract with the appropriate
faculty member to work in radio, TV, or jour-
nalism. Maximum of four hours may be applied to
graduation.
Communication Arts
208
2316. Radio Production/(3).F;S;SS.
Radio broadcast procedures; program types and
standards; social and programming aspects;
laboratory practice in radio, use of facilities of
radio station WASU-FM.
2406. Oral Interpretation/(3).F;S.
A study of literature through performance. Em-
phasis on compiling and reading aloud poetry and
short story programs.
2500. Independent Study/(1-2).F;S;SS.
2600. Introduction to Journalism/(2).F;S;SS.
Introduction to news gathering, writing, and
editing processes.
2610. Basic Newswriting/(2).S.
Study of newswriting for newspapers and
magazines. Emphasis on techniques of interview-
ing, newsgathering, newswriting, and typing news
stories. Prerequisite: Reasonable typing skill,
CMA 2600 or the consent of the instructor.
3105. Ethics and Freedom of Speech/(2).S.
An examination of theories of ethics of persua-
sion; an examination of theories, cases, and issues
related to the First Amendment and freedom of
speech; analysis of issues related to social protest,
dissent, artistic freedom, academic freedom, and
other related areas. Offered in odd numbered
years.
3109. Parliamentary Procedure/(l).F;S.
An introduction to the basic principles of
parliamentary procedure, with emphasis upon
types of motions, procedural rules in the
deliberative process, functions of a chairperson,
formalities of parliamentary debate, order of
business, the typical association's constitution, etc.
The course involves both theory and practice,
closing with a mock assembly conducted under
Robert's Rules of Order.
3110. Small Group Communication/(2).F.
The theory and practice of small group com-
munication, with emphasis upon the psychology
of small group interaction, styles and methods of
leadership, environments and small group interac-
tions, and problem/solution methodologies in
small group interactions. Students are provided
the opportunity to apply theory in actual small
group projects.
3111. Theory and Criticism of Rhetorical Com-
munication/^).F.
Study of the classical foundation of rhetorical
theory with emphasis on Greek and Roman con-
tributions and theorists. A study of methodologies
of rhetorical criticism including those of the
classical-traditional, experiential, new rhetoric and
contemporary. Application of rhetorical theory
and criticism to actual rhetorical events and situa-
tions.
3152. Communication in Organizations/
(3).F;S;SS.
Examines communication within organizational
structures; develops skill in language, observation
and listening; teaches improved communications
skill through interview and formal presentations.
Oriented to the speech communication re-
quirements of the contemporary business and
professional community.
3155. Theory and Practice of Persuasion/(3).S.
Survey of the theories of persuasion, with em-
phasis upon persuasive forms in public address,
print and non-print advertising, and all general
forms of public suasion. Practice in the prepara-
tion of a persuasive campaign, with options open
for that campaign to be developed for one or
more media.
3202. Theatre Directing Techniques 1/(2). F;S.
Basic directing techniques including script
analysis, production planning and coaching the
actor. Practical applications of the principles of
directing. Prerequisite: CMA 2203 & CMA 2208.
3203. Acting Techniques 11/(2). S.
Study of character development in relation to the
play. Explores techniques needed in a variety of
theatre styles. Prerequisite: CMA 2203.
3208. Advanced Stagecraft/(2).On Demand.
Study of modern stagecraft techniques in use in
the theatre. Includes study of latest methods and
materials, shapes and colors in both stage settings,
costume, and makeup. Prerequisite: CMA 2208.
3210. Classical Theatre History/(3).F.
Study of theatre architecture, production techni-
ques, and dramatic literature from primitive ritual
to the end of the 17th Century. Offered in odd
numbered years.
3212. Modern Theatre History/(3).F.
Study of theatre architecture, production techni-
ques, and dramatic literature during the eigh-
teenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Of-
fered in even numbered years.
3220. Theatre Management/(2).S.
The theory and practice of business management,
promotion principles and producing as applied to
the theatre. Offered in even numbered years.
Communication Arts
209
3256. Advanced Children's Theatre/(3).S.
Advanced problems in performance for the child
audience. Participation in a production touring to
local schools during the term. Prerequisite: CMA
2256.
3300. Mass Media and Society/(3).F.
A survey of the social impact of mass media.
Analysis of issues such as mass media and in-
dividual behavior, violence and TV, media and
consumers, and mass media and popular culture.
3301. Writing for Radio and TV/(3).F;S.
Formats and techniques of writing for the broad-
cast media.
3316. TV Production/(3).F;S.
Technical, aesthetic, organizational, and business
aspects of television production with an emphasis
on current equipment and production techniques;
laboratory practice in television production. Prere-
quisite: CMA 2316.
3406. Readers Theatre/(2).S.
Techniques of compiling, adapting, and directing
literature for group performance. Designed to
prepare students to direct readers theatre in the
public schools. Prerequisite: CMA 2406 or per-
mission of instructor.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract required.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/ (1-3). On De-
mand.
A program involving advanced study, a research
or creative project, and writing. Adapted to serve
students who have exceptional interests. The pro-
posals for this work must be approved by the in-
structor and the chairperson of the department
prior to registration.
3600. Advanced Journalism/(3).S.
Study of principles, processes and techniques of
editorial and feature writing for print media. In-
tense practical training in advanced writing styles
and skills. Prerequisite: CMA 2600, 2610, or con-
sent of the instructor.
3900. Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS.
A designed work experience program in either
broadcasting, theatre, or speech communication.
Graded on S/U basis.
4175. Directing Co-Curricular High School
Program/(2).F.
Prepares students to conduct the co-curricular
programs of dramatics and forensics in high
schools and junior high school.
4180. Communication Theory /(3).F;S.
Study of communication theories, systems,
models, formulations and measurements; new
dimensions in speech criticism and research
methodology; critical study of published reports in
the contemporary literature of the field.
4182. Speeches on American lssues/(3).F.
A study of American speakers from the Revolu-
tionary Period to the present, with special
reference to the influence of their rhetoric on the
issues of the period. Offered odd numbered years.
4202. Theatre Directing Techniques 11/(2).
F;S.
Advanced directing techniques including inter-
pretation, composition and picturization. Practical
application of directing principles through the pro-
duction of a one-act or full length play. Prere-
quisite: CMA 3202.
4256. Creative Dramatics/(2).F.
Aids the potential teacher in using drama as a
creative teaching technique. Practice in selecting
and acting out stories and poems.
4315. Broadcast Programming and Manage-
ment/(3).F;S.
A seminar approach to contemporary programm-
ing techniques for broadcasting including pro-
gramming analysis, development, and implemen-
tation in real and hypothetical situations. Em-
phasis on management functions of audience
analysis, selection of formats, financial considera-
tions, engineering problems, and personnel plan-
ning.
4316. Advanced TV Production/(4).F;S.
Advanced Problems in dramatic and non-
dramatic television for producer, director, and
performer; professional level production. Prere-
quisite: CMA 3316.
4406. Advanced Oral Interpretation/^). F.
Survey of interpretation history and theory; per-
formance emphasis on programming, book
reviewing, and adapting prose and poetry. Prere-
quisite: CMA 2406. Offered odd numbered years.
5530-5549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
210
Department of Health, Physical
Education and Recreation
(HED/PE/REC)
E. Ole Larson, Chairperson
The Health, Physical Education and Recreation Department, as part of the College of
Fine and Applied Arts, assumes the responsibility for educating students to understand
the significance of human movement, quality leisure, optimal health, and personal safe-
ty. The department offers instruction, research and services to meet these needs and
respond to current societal trends. Consequently, the student is prepared to develop
and lead related activities and programs in a variety of community settings, having ac-
quired knowledge and skills to plan and implement programs for diverse populations.
The Department also offers ongoing services for all students, faculty and staff, and ac-
tively supports the following student organizations: Health Educators and Professionals
Club, Physical Education Academy (ZAPEA), and Professional Recreators Association.
Physical Education - Degree Program
Graduates earning a BS degree in physical education will have an understanding of: the
relationship of the structure and the function of the human body to effective living,
methods and techniques used to develop motor skills, the implementation of programs
and services, and the use of evaluative techniques.
A major in physical education leading to a Bachelor of Science degree without teacher
certification consists fo 51 to 54 semester hours in addition to the general education re-
quirements. The student must select six semester hours of biology or chemistry or
physics, PE 1120 and 1121 as activity courses. History 1101 and 1102 and Math 1020
or higher. Core courses in the major include HED 1105 or 3110, 3100; PE 1550
(minimum grade of "C", 2.0, required for admission into P.E. program), 1220 and
1221 (or 1320 and 1321 for the transfer student) , 2000, 2010, and 2020, 2556, 2560,
3510, 3550, 4000. The student who is interested in the adolescent and adult popula-
tion selects courses in the secondary school emphasis: PE 3580; 4010; four to five
semester hours from Core 1, Individual and Dual Skill and Technique courses; four
semester hours from Core II, Team Sport Skill and Technique courses; and two
semester hours from Core III, Recreational Sport Skill and Technique courses. The stu-
dent who is interested in the child population selects courses in the elementary school
emphasis: PE 3010, 3020, 3030, 3560, 4050, 4060. A minor in another academic
area, as well as electives to total 122 s.h. minimum are required for graduation.
A major in physical education leading to a Bachelor of Science degree and teacher cer-
tification consists of 51 to 54 semester hours in addition to the general education re-
quirements. As part of the general education requirements, the student must select six
semester hours of biology or chemistry or physics, PE 1120 and 1121 as activity
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
211
courses, History 1101 and 1102, and Math 1020 or higher. Core courses in the major
include HED 1105 or 3110, 3100, PE 1550 (minimum grade of "C", 2.0, required for
admission into the P.E. program), 1220 and 1221 (or 1320 and 1321 for the transfer
student), 2000, 2010, 2020, 2556, 2560, 3510, 3550, 4000. The student who is in-
terested in teaching at the secondary school level selects courses in the secondary
school emphasis: PE 3580; 4010; four to five semester hours from Core I, Individual
and Dual Skill and Technique courses, four semester hours from Core II, Team Sport
Skill and Technique courses; and two semester hours from Core III, Recreational Sport
Skill and Technique courses. The student who is interested in teaching at the elemen-
tary school level selects courses in the elementary school emphasis: PE 3010, 3020,
3030, 3560, 4050, 4060. HED 3110 should be substituted for HED 1105 if receiving a
double major in Health Education and Physical Education or if minoring in Health
Education. For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secon-
dary Education.
A Minor in Physical Education
A minor in physical education consists of 20 semester hours. The program is designed
individually according to the student's interests and designated major, and in consulta-
tion with the department chairperson and the physical education area coordinator.
Minor in Athletic Coaching (Non-PE Major)
A minor or concentration of 22 semester credits in athletic coaching is open to non-
physical education majors. Courses required include: HED 3100; PE 1320, 1321,
2505, 3510, 3550, 4010, 4045; one course from Core I, Individual and Dual Skill and
Technique courses; one course from Core II, Team Sport Skill and Technique courses.
Recommended courses include: PE 2560, 3098, 4550, 4560. Six semester hours of
biology or chemistry or physics are also required.
Minor in Athletic Training (Non-PE Major)
A minor or concentration in Athletic Training for the student planning to enter the
athletic training profession consists of the following: PE 2000, 2010, 3550, 4000,
4010, 4030 (six semester hours), 4570, HED 1105, 3100, and HEC 2202. Any two of
the following: CHE 1101, 1102, 1110, or PHY 1101, or 1103, or 1103 and 1104; or
3530 (Biomechanics), 4820 (Medical Physics). In addition, the student must be in a
teacher certification program and spend a minimum of two academic years (minimum
800 clock hours) in the training room under the supervision of a certified trainer.
Minor in Athletic Training (Physical Education Major)
The Athletic Training minor or concentration for the physical education major in
teacher certification who is planning to enter the athletic training profession consists of:
PE 4030 (six semester hours), 4570, HEC 2202. Any two of the following: CHE 1101,
1102, 1110 or PHY 1101, or 1103, or 1103 and 1104; or 3530 (Biomechanics), 4820
(Medical Physics). In addition, the student must spend a minimum of two academic
years (minimum 800 clock hours) in the training room under the supervision of a cer-
tified trainer.
Minor in Dance
A minor or concentration in dance consists of 19 or 21 semester hours including PE
1026, 1400 or 2400, 1410 or 2410, 1420, 3073, 3420, 3430, and 3440. PE 2000 is
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
212
required of physical education majors and PE 2505 is required of non-physical educa-
tion majors who are minoring or concentrating in dance.
Health Education
Students earning a BS degree in Health Education will have the competencies needed
to provide leadership in health promotion and disease prevention for communities,
hospitals, voluntary agencies, schools, and private industry.
A major in health education leading to a Bachelor of Science with teacher certification
consists of 43 minimum semester hours in addition to the general education re-
quirements and the professional education courses required for state certification.
These courses include: HED 3000, 3100, 3110, 3120, 3130, 3530, 3655, 3900,
4100, 4650, 4660; TSE 3200; HEC 2202; EM 4750; any two semester hour sociology
or psychology course at or above the 3000 level (not counted toward general or profes-
sional education); and CMA 3155. Six semester hours of biology or chemistry are also
required. For the requirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary
Education.
A Minor in Health Education
A minor in health education consists of 16 semester hours. Required courses are: HED
3100, 3110, 3130 or 3120, 4650, and 4660. Six semester hours of biology or
chemistry are required. Students with teacher certification may take HED 3655 instead
of HED 3120 or 3130 for a total of 15 s.h.
Recreation
A major in recreation, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree is offered with two con-
centration options: RECREATION PROGRAM MANAGEMENT, 47 semester hours
required, and OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT, 48 semester hours re-
quired. A minimum grade of "C" (2.00) in REC 2100 and CMA 1 100 is required for all
recreation majors.
I. Required Courses - A. Introductory Courses: REC 2100, HED 3100, REC
2400, REC 3900 (2 s.h. min.), CMA 1100; B. Core Courses: REC 3440, REC
3450, REC 3860, REC 4320, REC 4850, REC 4900 (3 s.h. min.); C. Inter-
disciplinary Courses: (a minimum of 6 s.h. required) ACC 2100, PS 2160,
MGT 3010, BIO 3302, BIO/PSY 3318, SOC/PS 3328, GHY 3400, PLN
4430, AH 4980.
II. Options - The Student will complete the major requirements by choosing one of
the two following options:
A. Recreation Program Management Concentration (10)
Specialized Areas (a minimum of 5 semester hours is required):
REC 3310, REC 3320, REC 4600, PE 3088, PE 3089
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
213
Leisure Arts (a minimum of 5 semester hours is required):
ANT 2235, ANT 3400, ART 2016, PHY 2100, PHY 2200, IET 2005, IET
2006, IET 2016, IET 2026, IET 2036, HEC 1202, HEC 1300, CMA 2208,
MUS 1042, MUS 1100-1116, ENG 3650, ENG 3660, EM 4740, EM 3530,
(intermediate photography.)
B. Outdoor Recreation Management Concentration (11)
REC 3300, REC 4300, PE 3088 or PE 3089 and one course from the
following: REC 3310 or REC 3320 or REC 4600.
A minor of 12-18 semester hours is required.
A Minor in Recreation
A minor in recreation is offered. Sixteen semester hours are required to include: REC
2100, 2400, and 3900 (for a minimum of 2 semester hours), REC 3440, plus 5
semester hours from the "Specialized Areas" of the major in recreation.
Driver and Traffic Safety Education
Students earning a B.S. degree in Driver & Traffic Safety Education will have the com-
petencies and skills needed to develop and provide quality high school Driver Educa-
tion and school safety education programs. The curriculum also serves as a basis for in-
dividuals desiring employment in the field of Safety with the Armed Forces, industry,
insurance and loss prevention companies and governmental agencies.
A major in driver and traffic safety education leading to the Bachelor of Science degree
with teacher certification consists of 40 semester hours. Twenty-eight semester hours
are required from the following: HED 3100, 4650; TSE 2200, 3200, 3210, 4200,
4210, and 4750; SPE 2200. Electives: Nine semester hours from TSE 2500, 3500,
3530, 3750, 3900; LM 4750; PE 2020; IET 3017; and three semester hours of
psychology or sociology (subject to stated prerequisites and not included in general
education or professional education at upper division level) or SPE 3370. For the re-
quirements in teacher education, see the Department of Secondary Education.
A satisfactory driving record must be maintained to receive teacher certification in
Driver and Traffic Safety Education in North Carolina.
A Minor in Driver and Traffic Safety Education
A minor or concentration of 16 semester hours in driver education is open to all majors
and requires: TSE 2200, 3200, 3210, 4200, and 4210.
A Master of Arts Degree in Health and Physical
Education
An academic program consisting of 30 (thesis) to 36 (non-thesis) semester hours and
leading to a Master of Arts in Physical Education is available in two tracks: (1) teaching,
and (2) non-teaching. The teaching track provides the options of secondary education
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
214
teaching certification, junior college specialization or both. Several areas of concen-
trated study are available in the teaching track. These include general physical educa-
tion (secondary education certification and junior college specialization, athletic ad-
ministration (secondary education certification and junior college specification), and
recreation management (junior college specialization only and no thesis option). Also
available is an individualized program. The individualized program allows the student,
with the advice and consent of the advisor, to develop an academic program geared to
the needs and interest of the student. One example of the individualized program is
physical education for the handicapped. All concentrations require a common core
consisting of PE 5000, PE 5560, and PE 5570. Students seeking secondary education
teaching certification will also be required to complete CR 4560, AH 5060, AH 5350 or
AH 5470, and PSY 5555 or PSY 5565. Students seeking junior college specialization
will be required to complete AH 5420 and AH 5440 in addition to other core re-
quirements. The remaining hours for either the secondary education teaching certifica-
tion or junior college specialization will be elective hours (approved by advisor) or
courses prescribed for each concentration. One concentration is available in the non-
teaching track. This concentration is in the area of Exercise Science. The thesis option
within the Exercise Science concentration requires PE 5000 (3), PE 5530 (3), PE 5550
(3), PE 5596 (3), PE 5610 (3), PE 5620 (3), PE 5900 (3), PE 5999 (4), BIO 5506 (3),
and BIO 6614 (3). The non-thesis option requires PE 5000 (3), PE 5530 (3), PE 5550
(3), PE 5560 (2), PE 5591 (2), PE 5592 (3) PE 5610 (3), PE 5900 (3), BIO 3300 (3),
BIO 5506 (3), BIO 6614 (3), and a two semester hour minimum from the following: PE
4570 (2), BIO 4590 (2), CHE 4580 (3), HEC 4200 (3), PHY 4820 (3) or PSY 4650
(3).
Courses of Instruction in Health Education,
Physical Education, and Driver and Traffic Safe-
ty Education
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Health Education
1105. Fundamentals of Personal and Com-
munity Health/(2).F;S;SS.
Survey course for non-health majors. Topics to be
covered include basic principles of personal health
including diet, weight control, mental health,
drugs, degenerative diseases, personal hygiene,
smoking, human sexuality, etc. Analysis will also
be made of public and private health organiza-
tions, environmental health and basic factors
responsible for the cause and spread of com-
municable, chronic and stress related diseases.
Course emphasis will be placed on prevention of
health-related problems.
2500. Independent Study/(l-4). F;S;SS.
3000. Anatomy and Physiology, A Systems
Perspective/(3).F;S.
A study of the structural and physiological func-
tions of the human body with emphasis on the en-
docrine, reproductive and digestive systems and
the metabolic pathways. Required of health
education majors. (A student may not receive
credit for PE 2000 and HED 3000.) Lecture three
hours.
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
215
3100. First Aid/(3). F;S;SS.
Principles and techniques of emergency First Aid
including CPR with emphasis also placed on
related safety consciousness. American Red Cross
certification may be earned.
3110. Personal, School and Community
Health/(4).F.
An in-depth study course designed specifically for
health majors with an introduction to the field of
health education. A study of the physical, intellec-
tual, emotional and social factors of personal,
school and community health. Topics include
methods of control and prevention of com-
municable, chronic and stress-related diseases,
mental health, aging, and health of the school-age
child, as well as comprehensive analysis of private
and public health organizations.
3120. Consumer Health Education/(3).F.
A study of advertising techniques and claims con-
cerning a variety of health products. Analysis will
also be made of various health care services,
quackery and the role of the FDA and FTC and
other governmental agencies in protecting the
consumer.
3130. Environmental Health/(3). S.
Study of the application of various principles of
environmental sciences and ecology as they relate
to the prevention and control of disease, over-
population, pollution of water, air, land, solid
waste and noise. The interdependence of man,
the environment, and disease will be stressed.
3500. Independent Study/(l-4). F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract required.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Advanced study in selected current health topics.
Topics will be chosen or. the basis of their impact
on the health status of society and on their
relevance to students. May be repeated for a max-
imum of nine (9) hours with no specific topic being
taken more than once.
3655. Methods and Materials in Health Educa-
tion/(2).F;S;SS.
The theory and practice of planning various types
of health education programs for elementary and
secondary levels; including development of
teaching and audiovisual materials; resources and
organizations available for health teaching. A
grade of 2.00 is required.
3900. Internship in Health Education/(3-12).
F;S;SS.
The internship will consist of the student being
placed in health centers, public departments or
community action health for one semester for a
portion of a semester. The student will be exposed
to duties in all facets of the organization or institu-
tion, will complete a. comprehensive term paper
based on the internship experience, and take part
in a minimum of two seminars. Graded on S/U
basis.
4100. Biostatistics/(2).S.
A study of computational techniques, theoretical
frameworks and methodology used in the applica-
tion, measurement, interpretation and evaluation
of statistics in the health sciences.
4650 Drugs, Alcohol and Tobacco/(3).S;SS.
A study of drug use and abuse. All classes of drugs
including alcohol and tobacco will be discussed.
Emphasis will be placed on the psychological and
sociological factors which may lead to drug ex-
perimentation and heavy drug use. Emphasis will
also be placed on methodology and techniques
for the teaching of drug education.
4660. Human Sexuality and Family
Living/(3).F;S;SS.
Information and concepts of sex education in-
cluding physiological, social, psychological, and
moral aspects of human sexuality will be studied.
Such topics as dating, marriage, prenatal and
postnatal care and interfamily relationships
leading to reduction of stress on family members
are also to be included. Emphasis will also be plac-
ed on methodology and techniques of teaching
and organizing a sex education program.
Physical Education - General Education (Activity Courses)
All students are required to elect two semester hours of activity courses (numbered
1000 to 1082) . Nonswimmers are urged to take PE 1000. Courses need not be taken in
any particular sequence. The primary aim will be the attainment of knowledge and
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
216
understanding of skills for the enjoyment of lifetime physical activity. The physical
education activity courses will provide opportunities for skill analysis, skill acquisition
and physical fitness development through skill participation which will afford healthful
experiences for both the present and the future.
Physical education attire is furnished and laundered by the University for campus activi-
ty. Students furnish their own athletic socks, rubber-soled shoes, jackets, and swimming
suits. Towel service is provided.
Physical education attire must be turned in after the last period class is required to "dress
out". A fine of $10 will be assessed for turning in attire late.
The following activity courses (numbered 1000-1082) are open to all students to fulfill
the general education requirements of two semester hours of physical education and for
those electing to take more than the minimum:
Aquatics Courses
1000 through 1005 are graded on an S/U basis.
1000. Swimming for Nonswimmers (1).F;S.
1002. Beginning Swimming (1).F;S;SS.
1003. Intermediate Swimming (1).F;S.
1005. Open Water Scuba Diving (1).F;S.
(Fee charged)
Developmental Courses
1010 through 1016 are graded on an S/U basis.
1010. Physical Education for the (1).
Disabled. On demand.
1011. Lifestyles (1).F;S.
1013. Jogging/Conditioning (1).F;S.
1014. Weight Training (1).F;S.
1016. Self-Defense (1).F;S.
Individual /Dual Sports Courses
1018 through 1059 are graded on an S/U basis.
1018. Racquetball (1).F;S;SS.
1024. Handball (1).F;S.
1025. Badminton (1).F;S.
1026. Recreation Dance (1).F;S.
1027. Beginning Tennis (1).F;S;SS.
1028. Modern Dance (1).F;S.
1029. Intermediate Tennis (1).F;S.
1030. Fencing (1).F;S.
1031. Squash (1).F;S.
1032. Gymnastics (1).F;S.
1038. Archery (1).F;S;SS.
1044. Beginning Skiing (Fee charged) (1)-S.
1046. Intermediate Skiing (1).S.
(Fee charged)
1 047 . Cross Country Skiing ( 1 ) . S
and Snowshoeing (fee charged)
1049. Backpacking /Orienteering (1).F;S;SS.
1050. Bowling (Fee charged) (1).F;S.
1055. Horsemanship (Fee charged) (1). F.S.
1057. Canoeing (1).F;S.
1058. Marksmanship (1).F;S.
1059. Ice Skating (Fee charged) (1).F;S.
Team Sports
1071 through 1082 are graded on an S/U basis.
1071. Softball/Basketball (1).F;S.
1074. Soccer (1).F;S.
1076. Volleyball (1).F;S.
1080. Field Hockey (1).F.
1082. European Team Handball (1).F;S.
Physical Education Majors
Activity Cores
The following courses will be graded according to
the regular grading scale (A-F) :
Core A: (1).F. PE 1120.
Fundamental movements: field hockey, soccer;
for physical education majors. Three hours
laboratory
Core B: (1).S. PE 1121.
Basketball, stunts and tumbling, modern dance;
for physical education majors. Three hours
laboratory
Core C: (1).F. PE 1220.
Tennis, track and field, conditioning and weight
training; for physical education majors. Three
hours laboratory
PE
Core D: (1);S
Swimming, gymnastics, volleyba.i, iUi t
education majors. Three hours laboratory
1221.
for physical
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
217
Fundamental Movements
and Sport Skills
The following courses will be graded according to
the regular grading scale (A-F):
Intended for athletic coaching minor students and
transfer students majoring in physical education.
The addition of the courses Fundamental
Movements and Sports Skills, parts 1 and 2 for
the major student.
Part I: (1).F.
Fundamental movements:
hours laboratory.
PE 1320.
tennis, soccer. Three
Part II: (1).S. PE 1321.
Stunts and tumbling, gymnastics, modern dance.
Three hours laboratory.
Physical Education Profes-
sional Courses
The following Physical Education Professional
Courses (numbered 1400-4570) are open to
Physical Education majors and as electives to all
students. These courses may NOT be used to
fulfill the general education requirement of two
semester hours for physical education .
1400. Modern Dance I/(2).F;S.
An introduction to the art of dance, primarily con-
cerned with the development of technique and
the basic elements in dance, force, space, direc-
tion, time and rhythm.
1410. Ballet I/(2).F;S.
A beginning course in the study and practice of
classical ballet.
1420. Jazz I/(2).F.
A study and exploration of jazz technique with a
strong emphasis on rhythmic awareness. Prere-
quisite: PE 1400 and/or PE 1410.
1550. Introduction to Principles
and Philosophy of Physical Education/(4).F;S.
A course to orient beginning majors by introduc-
ing them to the foundations, principles, and
philosophies of physical education with a con-
sideration of professional opportunities and
evaluation of the competencies needed by a
physical education major. Rigorous testing of
basic competencies will be included. Must be
taken on ASU campus. A minimum grade of C
(2.0) is required to be admitted to the physical
education major program. Four hours lecture,
one hour laboratory.
1590. Advanced Life Saving and Water
Safety/(1).F;S;SS.
A course designed to provide an opportunity for
an individual to acquire the skills and knowledge
necessary to save his own life the life of another in
the event of an emergency while in, on or about
the water. American Red Cross certification
awarded with completion of American Red Cross
requirements. Prerequisite: PE 1003 or
equivalent.
2000. Human Anatomy and Physiology/(5).
F;S.
A descriptive study of the systematic and regional
structures of the human organism and of the basic
life functions of those systems for a better
understanding of physical activity. Prerequisite:
six semester hours of biology or chemistry or
physics. Four hours lecture, two hours lab.
2010. Physiology of Muscular Activity/(3).
S;SS.
A study of the physiological principles as applied
to muscular activity and the effects of muscular ac-
tivity on the human organism. Two hours lecture
and two hours laboratory. Prerequisite: PE 2000
or 2505. Two hours lecture, two hours lab.
2020. Measurement and Evaluation in Physical
Education/(3).F;S;SS.
A theory and methods course in the meaning and
application of measurement, tests, elementary
statistical procedures and evaluation in physical
education. Two hours laboratory and two hours
lecture. Prerequisite: MAT 1020 or higher.
2400. Modern Dance H/(2).S.
A second level of study of dance technique and
basic elements. Prerequisite: Modern Dance I or
equivalent competency. Two hours lecture, one
hour lab.
2410. Ballet II/(2).F.
Study and practice to develop skill, grace, preci:
sion and facility in the style of classical ballet.
Prerequisite: Ballet I or equivalent competency.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
2505. Applied Human Anatomy and
Physiology/(3).F;S.
A course for non-physical education majors. An
overview of the areas of human anatomy,
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
218
physiology, and physiology of exercise will
presented with an emphasis on application.
be
2556. The Child: Implications for Elementary
Physical Education/(3).F;S;SS.
A course focusing on children and how they learn
in the context of movement experiences. Three
hours lecture. Pre/corequisites: PE 1221 or
1321. (For Physical Education majors.)
2560. Physical Education, Sport, and Civiliza-
tion/(3).F;S.
A survey of the development of world civilization
as influenced by sport and physical education; to
include a study of historical backgrounds,
systems, organizations, leaders, movements, con-
cepts and socio-cultural processes. Three hours
lecture. Prerequisites: HIS 1101-1102 or
equivalent sequence.
3010. Games for Children/(2). Offered every
third semester.
A study and application of the movement themes,
which provide the games content for elementary
school physical education focusing on the move-
ment approach. One hour lecture and two hours
laboratory. Prerequisite: PE 2556 or 3556.
3020. Gymnastics for Children/(2). Offered
every third semester.
A study and application of the movement themes
which provide the gymnastics content for elemen-
tary school physical education, focusing on the
movement approach. One hour lecture and two
hours laboratory. Prerequisite: PE 2556 or 3556.
3030. Dance for Children/(2). Offered every
third semester.
A study and application of the movement themes
which provide the dance content for elementary
school physical education, focusing on the move-
ment approach. One hour lecture and two hours
laboratory. Prerequisite: PE 2556 or 3556.
Skill and Technique Courses (3072 through 3098)
Each course will emphasize the correct movement patterns and conditioning necessary
for efficient performance and will encourage the prospective teacher* to integrate
teaching strategies into lesson organization and planning. Each future teacher will be re-
quested to demonstrate proficiency in the teaching process related to selected aspects of
each course. The skills and techniques courses are designed to guide the prospective
teacher to select activities based upon growth maturation levels for preschool, elemen-
tary, junior high, secondary and college students. The prospective teacher will apply
basic anatomical, physiological, kinesiological, and socio-psychological concepts as
related to analysis, and evaluation of motor performance. When applicable, the future
teacher will also synthesize the principles relevant to the construction, selection, pur-
chase, and maintenance of facilities, equipment, and supplies.
When applicable, the student is to complete the appropriate physical education majors
activity core prior to the corresponding skill and technique course. For example, PE
1220 is prerequisite to PE 3072. For the student in the athletic coaching minor or the
junior transfer student majoring in physical education, the appropriate fundamental
movements and sports skills part is pre/corequisite to the corresponding skill and
technique course. For example, PE 1320 is a pre/corequisite to PE 3072.
Each skills and techniques course will further permit the prospective teacher to judge
the appropriateness of measurement procedures and evaluation tools devised to meet
the individual needs of the future student.
'Teaching is considered to be synonomous with coaching— coaching is teaching.
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
219
CORE I.
Individual and Dual Skills and Techniques
(Physical education majors must complete four-
five semester hours)
3072. Tennis (2).F;S;SS.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3073. Dance (2).F;S.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3075. Wrestling (2).F.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3076. Track and Field (2).F;S.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3077. Conditioning and Safety (2).F;S.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3078. Gymnastics (3).F;S.
Meets 250 minutes per week.
CORE II.
Team Sports Skills and Techniques (physical
education majors must complete four semester
hours) .
3080. Volleyball (2).F;S.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3081. Field Hockey (2).F.
3083. Basketball (2).F;S.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3084. Football (2).F;S.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3085. Soccer (2).F;S.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3087. Softball and Baseball (2).F;S;SS.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
CORE III.
Recreational Sport Skills and Techniques
(physical education majors must complete two
semester hours).
3088. Outdoorsmanship— Land Related/(2).
F;S;SS.
Includes archery, backpacking, hiking, basic
campcraft, orienteering, outdoor survival techni-
ques. Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3089. Outdoorsmanship— Water Related/(2).
F;S;SS.
Includes canoeing, tubing, water survival, various
boating techniques. Two hour lecture, one hour
lab.
3090. Aquatics/Water Safety
Instructor/(2).F;S;SS.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab. Prerequisite PE
1590 or equivalent. May be taken for American
National Red Cross Certification.
3092. Skiing
Intermediate skiing ability required,
teaching skiing and ski patroling.
(2).S.
Includes
(2).F;S.
3093. Badminton, Handball
and Racquetball
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3096. Selected Recreation Activities /(1).S.
Includes cycling, table tennis, shuffleboard,
horseshoes, deck tennis. One hour lecture, one
hour lab.
3098. Officiating (1-2).F;S.
A study of rules and rule interpretations of
seasonal sports with emphasis on the proper
mechanics, role, and judgment in officiating. Lec-
ture and laboratory.
3099. Golf and Archery (2).F;S;SS.
Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
Physical Education Professional
Courses (continued)
3420. Dance Composition and Improvisation/
(3).F.
Includes the study of space and design elements
used in choreography and the exploration of mo-
tion based on stimuli such as sound, space, force,
props and ideas. Prerequisite: Modern Dance I or
II.
3430. Dance History/(2).S.
The study of the history and motivation of dance
from primitive through present time. Two hours
lecture.
3440. Applied Dance/(2).S.
Application of learned techniques to dance perfor-
mance. Recital. Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3510. Organization and Administration/(2).
F;S;SS.
The organization, administration, supervision,
planning, budgeting, and evaluation of programs
on various levels, including: use of facilities,
maintenance, purchasing, insurance, varsity and
intramural programs, leagues and tournaments,
and public relations.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1). F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
220
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract required.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
3550. Kinesiology/ (3).F;S;SS.
A study of neuromuscular and mechanical prin-
ciples of motion as related to the analysis of op-
timum motor skill performance. Two hours lecture
and two hours laboratory. Prerequisite: PE 2000
or 2505; 1120 and 1121, or 1320 (pre/core-
quisite) .
3556. How Children Move: Implications for
Elementary Education/(3).F;S;SS.
An overview of movement experiences in games,
gymnastics, and dance focusing on the teaching of
children K-8. Three hours lecture. (For non-PE
majors.)
3560. The Process of Observing Children in
Movement Experiences/ (2). Offered every third
semester.
A study and practical application of the tool of
observation based on knowledge of the child,
motor development, and movement content.
Two hours lecture, one hour laboratory. Prere-
quisite: PE 2556 or 3556.
3580. Apprenticeship/d ).F;S;SS.
A practical experience in the teaching of physical
education activities under direct supervision. Re-
quired prior to student teaching. The appren-
ticeship should be done in an activity in which the
student has had the corresponding course from
the physical education majors activity cores or
fundamental movements and sports and skiils
parts or skill and technique courses. Pre/core-
quisite: PE 3550. Two hours laboratory with
periodic seminars. (S/U) May be repeated.
4000. Adapted Physical Education and Recre-
ation/(4).F;S;SS.
A survey of abnormalities and atypical cases;
identification, with preventive, corrective and
rehabilitative techniques and activities. Three
hours lecture and three hours lab. Prerequisites:
PE 2000, PE 2010, 2506, PE 3550, or by permis-
sion of instructor.
4010. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/
(3).F;S;SS.
A theory and methods course in the prevention
and care of injuries, including safety devices, use
of wraps and supports, massage, taping,
therapeutic techniques, and conditioning exer-
cises. Students will be required to purchase
minimum training supplies. Two hr. lecture & two
hr. lab. Prerequisites for the PE major: HEd 3100;
PE 2000, 2010, and 3550. For non-PE majors:
HEd 3100, PE 2505, and 3550.
4030. Athletic Training Laboratory Practice/
(2-2-2).F;S.
A course for the student minoring in athletic train-
ing. Included are the following: recognition of in-
juries, care and rehabilitation, modalities, wrapp-
ing and strapping, professional ethics. In addition
to training room responsibilities, the student will
be assigned to athletic practices and games. One
hour lecture and laboratory.
4045. Coaching Leadership/(2).F;S.
A study of the philosophical, sociological and
psychological problems in relation to leadership in
competitive athletics. The organizational ad-
ministrative aspects of coaching will be included.
Required of students with coaching concentration
and elective for physical education majors.
4050. Determining Teaching Styles Ap-
propriate for Elementary School Physical
Education/(3). Offered every third semester.
Study of the effective techniques of teaching,
designing, and evaluating movement experiences
for elementary school age children. Three hours
lecture. Prerequisite: PE 2556 or 3556.
4060. Developing a Physical Education Cur-
riculum for the Elementary School Child/(3).
Offered every third semester.
A study of the significance of physical education
and its role in a school curriculum. Three hours
lecture. Prerequisite: PE 2556 or 3556.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4550. Seminar in Individual and Dual Sports/
(2).S.
A study of individual and dual sports excluding
aquatics, track and field. Consists of practical
application, analysis of skills, problems en-
countered in implementation in curriculum, and
current trends associated with each sport.
4560. Seminar in Team Sports/(2).F;SS.
A study of team sports excluding basketball and
football. Consists of practical application, analysis
of skills, problems encountered in implementation
in curriculum, and current trends associated with
each sport.
4570. Advanced Athletic Training and Condi-
tioning/(2).F;SS.
Conditioning, advanced therapy techniques,
rehabilitative exercises, professional ethics, ad-
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
221
vanced taping and bandaging, specific advanced
first-aid techniques used in the care of athletic in-
juries, and the legal aspects of athletic training.
Prerequisite: PE 4010 or equivalent.
4580. Workshop/(2). On Demand.
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F;SS.
A study of bibliographical problems in the field,
types of research, research tools, resources,
organization and reporting, documentation of
graduate writing and application to term projects.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On
Demand.
Courses may include topics such as: Adult Fitness
and Cardiac Rehabilitation; Perceptual Motor
Development; Motor Development; Physical
Education for the handicapped; Motor Assess-
ment and Interpretation.
5550. Sports Science/(3).F;SS.
An integration of principles from various scientific
disciplines such as: homokinetics, physiology,
anatomy, psychosomatics and the social sciences
and their application in human movement perfor-
mance.
5560. Research Project/(2).F;S;SS.
Selected broad research topical area of student's
choice concerned with conceiving and carrying to
completion a research project. Each student will
have an advisor for the thesis style project and will
present the findings to peers in a colloquy situa-
tion.
5570. Current Trends and Literature in
Physical Education/(2).S;SS.
Identification and discussion of current issues,
concepts, objectives, programs, methodologies,
evaluation techniques and leaders as expressed in
current physical education literature.
5580. Philosophical and International Physical
Education/ (3).S.
Philosophical process of sport and life with em-
phasis on history, education, physical education,
Olympics and international sport. This is a
readings, practical applications and problem solv-
ing course.
5591. Laboratory Measurement Techniques/
(2).F.
Study and practical application of many tests,
measurement techniques, and instruments for
determining status of man in those qualities of im-
portance to the physical educator. One hour lec-
ture and two hours laboratory.
5592. Statistics in Physical Education/(3).S.
The mechanics of handling data from descriptive
through inferential statistics. The emphasis of the
course is directed toward the application of simple
and paired T-tests, analysis of variance, and sim-
ple post hoc tests that are most often encountered
in physical education research.
5600. Organization, Administration and
Supervision of Physical Education and
Athletics/(3).F;SS.
Analysis of problems, theory and practices of
physical education and athletic programs in
schools and colleges. Includes the study of ad-
ministrative process, liability, public relations, of-
fice management, legalities, personnel manage-
ment, travel, schedules, budgets and equipment.
5610. Analysis of Human Movement/
(3).F;SS.*
Theory and techniques for analyzing motor per-
formance, including cinematography, segmental
analysis, and sport skill fundamentals based on
the laws and principles of mechanical and
neuromuscular action.
5620. Physiology of Exercise/(3).S.
Integration of theoretical and practical aspects of
acute and chronic adaptations occurring within
the cardiovascular, musculoskeletal and in-
tegrative systems in response to the stress of exer-
cise. Two hours lecture, one hour lab.
5630. Dance Pedagogy/(3).On Demand.
Lecture discussions, practical analysis of dance
movements including folk, square, ethnic, social
and modern. Theoretical aspects of dance and
their relationships to various movement patterns.
5640. Physical Education for the Mentally
Retarded/(2).On Demand.
Developmental, therapeutic and recreational pro-
grams for the mentally retarded with the outcome
directed towards the improvement of the adaptive
behavior of the retarded individual.
5650. Theoretical Concepts in Elementary
Physical Education/(2).On Demand.
An interdisciplinary approach concerned with
theory, curriculum, practice and current
developments in elementary school physical
education. Movement exploration, lead up and
skill development concepts, problems and
teaching trends are included.
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
222
5660. Psychology of Motor Learning/
(2).S;SS.*
Theory and problems concerned with learning
concepts, practice, motivation, methodology,
transfer and distribution as applied to motor per-
formance.
"May be scheduled every other summer.
5670. Social and Psychological Dimensions of
Sport/(3).F;SS.
Current psychological and sociological theory and
findings relative to movement including group in-
teraction, perception, maturation, culture,
feminism, racial backgrounds, and economic
status.
5680. Planning and Developing Physical
Education and Athletic Facilities/(2).SS.*
The planning, construction, budgeting, and
maintenance of indoor and outdoor facilities for
athletics, physical education and recreation.
5690. Application of Creativity to Physical
Education/(2).F;SS."
The study, analysis, and demonstration of
teaching physical education, health, receation,
and athletic coaching employing creative and in-
novative techniques. Recent trends and research
findings of creative techniques in teaching physical
education will be presented.
"Scheduled alternate summers.
5900. Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
to
Outdoor
Recreation
2100. Introduction to Recreation and
Leisure/(3).F;S.
An introduction to the concepts of recreation and
leisure and a survey of the recreation profession.
A study of the history of leisure and the recreation
movement. Development of a personal
philosophy related to discretionary time an related
choices.
2400. Leadership and Group
Dynamics/(3).F;S.
This is a practical course in the development of
leadership styles, techniques, responsibilities and
liabilities in working with various recreational
groups. Includes lecture and laboratory situations
regarding individual qualities, leadership, com-
munication and group process skills. Will also in-
clude new games and other recreational activity
areas.
3300. Introduction
Recreation/(3).F.
A survey of outdoor recreation in local, county,
state, and federal agencies with emphasis on ob-
jectives, philosophies, problems, trends, and
modes of operational procedures.
3310. Aquatics Management/(3).
A survey of the nature, diversity, and extent of
aquatic programs and organizations including and
examination of the community, agency, and
group needs and interests. Planning and develop-
ment of aquatic programs and facilities. The ex-
amination of operational problems through obser-
vation and examination of a variety of aquatic
facilities and programs. Three hours lecture..
3320. Camp Management/(3).F.
The relationship of organized camping to pro-
gramming, facilities, and the individual needs of
the camper. Identification of administrative prin-
ciples, methodology, and problems relative to
staff, programming, resources, development, and
management. Emphasis will be placed on the
health, safety, enjoyment, and legal aspects of
organized camping.
3440. Organization and Administration/
(3).F;S.
The organization, administration, supervision,
planning, budgeting, and evaluation of recrea-
tional operations within most types of recreational
agencies. Prerequisite: REC 2100.
3450. Development and Maintenance of
Recreation Facilities/(3).F;S.
A course dealing with the developing, planning,
organizing, scheduling, and maintenance
management of indoor and outdoor recreation
areas and facilities.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract required.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
Health, Physical Education and Recreation
223
3860. Recreation Program Planning/(3).F;S.
Planning recreation and leisure activities through
the use of human and material resources in public,
private, and commercial recreation programs. A
study in the process of planning recreation ac-
tivities for various recreation agencies and for all
ages of the population to be served.
3900. Internship I/(1-12)F;S;SS.
A guided practical, direct leadership experience in
elected organized recreational settings. Credit is
determined by the degree of engagement over a
program season. Post-experience, identification,
and evaluation by the student concerning per-
sonal and professional capabilities, goals, and a
recommitment to a plan for continuous prepara-
tion. A minimum of 2 s.h. is required of recreation
majors and minors. Graded on S/U basis. Prere-
quisite: REC 2100 and HEd 3100.
and managerial requirements, facility develop-
ment, promotion and marketing strategies,
sources of technical assistance, and evaluation
techniques.
4600. Ski Area Management Seminar/(3).S.
The study of planning and managing alpine ski
areas. Frequent field trips to ski areas will be re-
quired. Prerequisite: beginning skiing or
equivalent.
4850. Senior Seminar/(3).F;S.
Planning for continuing individual professional ac-
tivity and growth in the leisure delivery services
field. A series of discussions, conferences and role
playing experiences related to the various aspects
of organized recreation as a career. A review of in-
ternships, employment opportunities, ethical con-
duct and other related topics will be included.
4300. The Management of Outdoor Recreation
/(3).S.
This course is in sequence to Introduction to Out-
door Recreation. Topics addressed include the
management process, recreation resource
management, visitor management, management
of intensive-use sites, management of dispersed
recreation areas, and special contemporary
management problems. Prerequisite: REC 3300.
4320. Special Populations/(3).F;S.
A study of and practical application of principles in
the provision of recreation services to populations
limited in their access to normal recreation pro-
grams. Attention of the course will focus on in-
dividual populations and the respective barriers to
participation, the process of program planning
and resource development that alter these limita-
tions, and the practical experience of application
of a particular plan. Attention will also be devoted
to a study of successful international, national,
local, and institutional programs. Prerequisite:
Junior or Senior standing.
4550. Travel and Tourism/(3).F.
This course provides an in-depth study of tourism
and recreational travel. Topics include the origin,
present characteristics, importance to state and
federal economies, societal impacts, and implica-
tions of non-business travel in the United States;
international travel; current issues, and manage-
ment problems.
4560. Commercial Recreation/(3).S.
This course examines the private-commercial side
of recreation. Topics covered include analysis of
resource characteristics, location and planning
aspects, analysis of development potential, capital
4900. Internship II/(1-12).F;S;SS.
A guided, practical, supervisory leadership ex-
perience of the "middle level" in the conduct of
recreation within a choice of recreational organiza-
tion. Credit is determined by a preplanned degree
of engagement over a program season. Post-
experience, identification and evaluation by stu-
dent of professional capabilities and goals and
recommitment to a plan for continuing prepara-
tion. A minimum of 3 s.h. is required of recreation
majors. Graded on S/U basis. Prerequisite: REC
3440, 3900.
Driver and Traffic Safety
Education
2200. Introduction to Driver Education/
(3).F;S.
Introductory course to prepare teachers of driver
education. Classroom and laboratory instruction
in driver education is presented in a correlated
and integrated manner to increase the knowledge
and skill of the driver education teacher. Driving
skills and abilities of future teachers are evaluated.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3200. Safety Education/(3).S.
A study of the broad area of safety content,
techniques, and programs and their relationship
to the school safety program. Examination of
OSHA and selected areas of industrial safety.
3210. Traffic Safety/(3).S.
An in-depth study of the content, methods,
techniques, and materials in behind-the-wheel in-
Home Economics
224
struction in driver education. In-car teaching ex-
perience provided. Prerequisite: TSE 2200 or
permission of instructor, valid driver's license.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract required.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
3750. Recreational Vehicles/(3). On Demand.
Safety, the functions, handling, and operational
characteristics of various recreational vehicles will
be provided with laboratory experience in the
operation of these vehicles and their special
equipment. Prerequisite: Valid driver's license.
3900. Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS.
The student will be assigned to an educational in-
stitution, safety, or traffic-related organization to
gain in-depth experience in various areas of safe-
ty. The student will provide a written report on the
experiences and will participate in several
seminars, small group, and/or individual con-
ferences, related to these experiences. Graded on
S/U basis.
4200. Transportation Systems/(3).F.
An overview of the broad area of transportation
systems with emphasis on the highway transporta-
tion system. The basic characteristics and func-
tions of traffic engineering applicable to driver and
traffic safety education are considered.
4210. Laboratory Programs in Driver Ed-
ucation/^).F.
A study of the content, methods, techniques, and
materials in simulation and off-street multiple-car
driving range instruction. Simulation and range
teaching experience provided. Prerequisite: TSE
3210 or permission of instructor.
4750. Administering the School Safety and
Driver Education Programs/(3).S.
Administrative and supervisory aspects of the
driver and safety education programs at the local,
state, and national level. Includes federal pro-
grams in driver and safety education. Prere-
quisites: TSE 4210 or permission of instructor,
junior standing or higher.
4800. Emergency Medical Technician Train-
ing/(3-6).F;S.
The Department of Transportation's Emergency
Medical Technician curriculum is presented in an
individualized competency based module format.
Hospital emergency room experience is required.
Other experiences may include: Basic rescue
techniques, extrication, field experience in am-
bulances, communication, and emergency vehicle
operation. Eight hours laboratory.
Department of Home Economics
(HEC)
John J. Beasley, Chairperson
Home economics is concerned with food quality, safety and adequacy; nutrition and
diet; consumer welfare and safety; child care; family economics and management;
clothing; shelter; and other issues related to individual and family well-being. The
Department of Home Economics is accredited by the American Home Economics
Association and offers undergraduate degree programs leading to the B.S. Degree in
the following:
Child Development
Clothing and Textiles Merchandising
Foods and Nutrition
Home Economics
225
General Concentration
Food Systems Management Concentration
Home Economics Education (teaching certificate)
Housing and Interiors
The Foods and Nutrition general dietetics concentration is approved by the American
Dietetic Association. Upon graduation the student is qualified for an internship or
traineeship in an accredited hospital or other acceptable institution, thus becoming eligi-
ble for ADA membership and Registered Dietitian status.
A common core of subjects in liberal education, as well as home economics, is required
of all majors. The general education curriculum is designed to provide instruction in the
natural and social sciences, the arts and humanities, and in general home economics
areas. In all programs, families and families as consumers are the primary foci. The cur-
riculum, based on the general education studies, relates basic knowledge to an
understanding of familial needs with regard to food, clothing, housing, management of
resources and human interactions and relationships. The program offers educational
preparation for professional careers, entry into continuing education programs and
graduate study.
The Lucy Brock Child Development Center, located adjacent to the Lillie Shull
Dougherty Building, serves as a laboratory for home economics majors and child
development students. It also provides observational opportunities for students enrolled
in courses in other departments.
Home Management Residence is offered each semester and is a requirement for Home
Economics Education and Housing and Interiors majors. The residence course may be
elected by majors in other home economics areas when space is available.
A minor in home economics consists of 16-18 semester hours scheduled in conference
with the department chairperson. Courses for the minor will be designed predominantly
in specialized areas.
Students majoring in home economics (with the exception of Child Development ma-
jors) are required to make of grade of "C-," (1.7) or better in all home economics
courses.
CHILD DEVELOPMENT: Elementary Education, Home Economics and Psychology
cooperate to offer the B.S. Degree in Child Development conferred by the Department
of Home Economics upon the completion of the required 20 semester hours
multidisciplinary core curriculum (EE 3130 and 4590; HEC 2201, 3101 and 4100; and
PSY 3660 and 4560) and courses in one of the three areas of concentration: Elemen-
tary Education, Home Economics, or Psychology.
The Home Economics concentration includes 20 semester hours of Core Re-
quirements (EE 3130 and 4590; HEC 2201, 3101, and 4100; PSY 3660 and 4560),
and 34-40 semester hours of Major Requirements: HEC 1000, 1100, 1202, 1300,
1400, 2101, 2103, 2202, 2600, 4101, 4400, and 4900 (6-12 s.h.).
Home Economics
226
In addition, the following general education courses are required: PSY 2201; BIO 1101
and 1102; HIS 1101 and 1102; and SOC 1115.
CLOTHING AND TEXTILES MERCHANDISING: 56-62 semester hours Home
Economics/ 1000, 1100, 1202, 1300, 1400, 2000, 2001, 2103, 2202, 2300, 2600,
3001, 3002, 3003, 4000, 4002, 4003, 4400, and 4900 (6-12 s.h.); and 10 semester
hours in the following related areas: ART 1001 and 2008; MGT 3010; and CMA 1100.
The student should also complete PSY 2201 as part of the general education format to
meet departmental requirements. A minor in Management or Marketing (18 s.h.) is re-
quired.
FOODS AND NUTRITION [General Dietetics Concentration]: 51-57 semester hours in
Home Economics/ 1000, 1202, 1300, 1400, 2103, 2202, 2203, 2204, 2600, 3202,
3204, 3205, 4200, 4202, 4203, 4205, 4400, 4900 (6-12 s.h.); 33 semester hours in
the following science courses: BIO 1101-1102, and 3308; CHE 1101-1102,
2201-2202, and CHE 4580-4581; HED 3000; and 14 semester hours in the following
related courses: ACC 2100; PSY 3302; ANT 2215 or SOC 1115; CS 1430 or STT
3810; and CMA 1100. The Chemistry minor for this major may be satisfied by comple-
tion of CHE 2201, 2202, and 4580-4581.
[Food Systems Management Concentration]: 39-45 semester hours in Home
Economics/ 1000, 1202, 1300, 1400, 2103, 2202, 2203, 2204, 3202, 3204, 3205,
4205, 4400, and 4900 (6-12 s.h.); 19 semester hours of professional requirements
which include BIO 3308; ECO 2040; 2100; ACC 2100 and 2110; and BE 2150; 14
semester hours in the following natural science courses: BIO 1101 and 1102, CHE
1101 and 1102. A minor in Management includes: MGT 3151, MKT 3050, MGT
3620, MGT 4700 and MGT 4570.
The student should also complete PSY 2201 and ECO 2040 as part of the general
education format to meet departmental requirements for General Dietetics concentra-
tion (Foods and Nutrition). Student should complete PSY 2201 and ECO 2030 as part
of the general education format to meet departmental requirements for Food Systems
Management Concentration.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION: A major in Home Economics Education leading
to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification requires 54 semester hours
in Home Economics/ 1000, 1100, 1202, 1300, 1400, 2000, 2001, 2103, 2202,
2204, 2300, 2350, 2600, 2700, 3001, 3205, 4350, 4400, 4700, 4701 with suggested
electives 4709 and 4719; 12-14 semester hours in the following related courses: ART
1001; science sequence (6-8); ECO 2040; and 31 semester hours of professional
courses: SE 3040, 3050, 3130, 4900; PSY 3301 and 3302; and CMA 1100, and RE
4630. The student majoring in home economics education must also complete profi-
ciency requirements in reading, speech and English and take both the Core Battery and
Specialized Area of the National Teachers Examination (NTE) .
HOUSING AND INTERIORS: 59-65 semester hours in Home Economics/ 1000,
1100, 1202, 1300, 1400, 2000, 2103, 2202, 2300, 2350, 2600, 3300, 3310, 4000,
4310, 4315, 4320, 4350, 4400, and 4900 (6-12 s.h.).
Home Economics
227
General education requirements for the Housing and Interiors Degree include a science
sequence (6-8 s.h.), ECO 2030, and either Psy 2201 or SOC 1115 as part of the
general education format to meet departmental requirements.
Professional requirements for the Housing and Interiors Degree include ART 1001 and
1002, MKT 3010, and CMA 2600.
A required minor for this degree could be Communication Arts, Industrial Arts,
Sociology, Art, Management, Marketing, or related area depending on the interests of
the student.
Courses of Instruction in Home Economics
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1000. Clothing and Consumer
Behavior/(3).F;S.
An introductory study of the nature and impor-
tance of life styles; communication, economics,
psychology, sociology, design and concepts of
manufacturing, marketing and retailing as factors
which influence consumer acceptance and utiliza-
tion of fashions. Lecture three hours.
1100. Development and Relationships: Con-
ception through Middle Years/(3).F;S.
A study of the development of children from con-
ception through middle school age, incorporating
the psycho-social, physical and cognitive com-
ponents of development and relationships. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours.
1202. Meal Management in Introductory
Foods/(3).F;S.
Integration of the introduction of food study, with
emphases on the scientific principles involved in
the identification and conservation of nutrients in-
to a meal management format. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours.
1300. Housing and Man/(3).F;S.
Introductory study of the nature of man's relation-
ship to his spatial environment. An historical and
international overview leading to an understan-
ding of the present conditions of contemporary
housing. Study and discussion of physiological,
psychological, social and economics aspects of
housing needs as well as the dynamics and com-
ponents of construction. Exploration of the con-
sumer's energy source and housing alternatives.
Lecture three hours.
1400. Professional Orientation: Freshmen/
(1).F;S.
Factors and personalities influencing the history of
home economics; present status of the discipline,
future responsibilities and career opportunities.
Lecture one hour. Required for all Home
Economics majors.
2000. Consumer Textiles/(3).F;S.
Consideration of textile fibers and fabrics from the
viewpoint of the consumer. Factors related to raw
materials, comparative quality, serviceability and
cost of textiles used in apparel and home fur-
nishings. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
2001. Clothing Construction/(3).F;S.
Theories and principles of garment design and
structure in relation to figure types and posture,
including their application in construction and fit
of apparel for men and women. Prerequisite:
HEC 2000. Laboratory six hours.
2101. Infancy/(2).F.
Basic concepts, principles and theories of infant
development and relationships. Review of
research of infant programs. Assessment of and
involvement in infant-toddler programs. Lecture
one hour; laboratory two hours.
Home Economics
228
2103. Family Development Over the Life
Cycle/(3).F;S.
A study, using the life span approach, of factors
affecting individual and family development.
Theories, patterns, structures and function of
diverse family groupings and interactions/rela-
tionships in family processes and development will
be considered in relation to current research. Lec-
ture three hours.
2201. Foods and Nutrition for Children/(2).S.
A study of relationships between nutrition and
emotional, mental and physical wellbeing of in-
fants and children. Diet planning, food prepara-
tion, food purchasing, storage, sanitation and
safety standards in child development programs.
Lecture one hour; laboratory two hours.
2202. Nutrition and Man/(3).F;S.
A study of the nutrients required by humans for
normal physiological function with emphasis on
nutrient requirements, sources, digestion, absorp-
tion, metabolism, and functions. Consideration of
contemporary nutritional issues to include:
overweight; malnutrition; health; natural and
organic foodstuffs; athletics' diets; and nutrient re-
quirements throughout life. Emphasis on nutrition
consumerism. Lecture three hours.
2350. Equipment For The Home/(2).F;S.
A study of equipment in relation to production,
selection, arrangement, and use for home living.
Lecture one hour, laboratory two hours.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
2600. Family Economics/(3).F;S.
A study of the management of human and
material resources designed to develop com-
petence as consumers of goods and services in a
modern economic society. Lecture three hours.
2700. Orientation to Teaching of Home
Economics/(l).S.
Observation of actual school activities as home
economics classes, classroom record-keeping,
planning done by teachers, faculty meetings, pro-
fessional meetings, and preparation for classes for
eight full school days. Participation of student op-
tional with cooperating teachers.
3001. Flat Pattern Design/(3).F;S.
The use of commercial basic patterns in develop-
ing slopers for use in designing garments in rela-
tion to figure problems and current fashion trends.
Prerequisite: HEC 2001. Lecture one hour,
laboratory four hours.
2203. Organization and Management in Food
Service/(3).F.
Factors involved in business policies, organization
theory, and principles of management applicable
to foodservice institutions. Administrative
development including management experience;
job analysis, and evaluation; salary and wage
structure; employee benefits; personnel selection
and employment practices including allocation of
labor. Exposure to major leadership-styles, effec-
tive communication management functions,
employee motivation, formal-informal work
groups, organizational charts, business social
responsibility, and management in the future in
food instructions. Lecture three hours.
2204. Advanced Foods and
Consumerism / (3 ). S .
Aesthetics of food as related to family meals; ad-
vanced meal management considerations; ap-
plication of scientific principles in distinctive
cuisine; food consumerism. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: HEC 1202.
2300. Furnishings and Interiors/(3).F;S.
A study of furnishings, material, and accessories
for individual and family living space. Prere-
quisites: HEC 1300, 2000. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours.
3002. Apparel Design and Production/ (3). S.
Interrelationship of historic costume, textile
materials, design and fashion drawing and illustra-
tion as tools of apparel design and production. A
study of apparel design and manufacturing pro-
cesses. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
3003. Fashion Merchandising/(3).S.
Fashion fundamentals applicable to merchandis-
ing. Emphasis on the study of materials used in
fashion merchandise. Lecture three hours. Prere-
quisite: HEC 2000.
3101. Enriching Experience for Young
Children/(2).F.
Planning, developing and evaluating creative ac-
tivities to meet the total needs of young children in
preschool program. Lecture one hour; laboratory
two hours.
3202. Quantity Food Production I/(3).F.
Application of food preparation principles to
quantity production, menu planning, use and care
of institutional equipment, standardized recipes,
and service to the public. Lecture one hour,
laboratory from hour. Prerequisite: HEC 2203 or
permission from instructor.
Home Economics
229
3204. Quantity Food Production II/(3).S.
In-depth study and practice in planning, prepar-
ing, and service of food in institutions such as
school foodservice, commercial restaurants,
fastfood operations, hospitals, and college feeding
facilities. Emphasis on food service purchasing to
involve principles and practices. Lecture one
hour, laboratory four hours. Prerequisite: HEC
3202.
3205. Nutrition and the Life Cycle/(3).S.
The study of nutritional needs and concerns in the
various physiological ages of humanity. Applica-
tion of the principles of nutrition to pregnancy,
lactation, infancy, preschool and school age
years, adolescence, adulthood, and later maturity
with discussions of nutrition services and pro-
grams available. Lecture three hours. Prere-
quisite: HEC 2202 and Biology recommended.
3300. Living Space: Planning and Design/
(3).F.
Communicating effectively on the professional
level ideas and designs of intelligently planned
space. Includes a mastery of drafting techniques
and equipment, a firm knowledge of construction
techniques and procedures, and site and structure
planning with regard to terrain, orientation and
energy conservation. Culminates in the execution
of a full set of working drawings which includes
foundation, floor, elevation, detail, and wiring
plans. Laboratory six hours. Prerequisites: HEC
1300 and 2300 or permission from instructor.
3310. Housing, Furnishings, and Equipment
Needs of Children, the Elderly, and Handicap-
ped/^). On Demand.
A study of the special housing, furnishings, and
equipment needs of children, the elderly, and the
handicapped. Emphasis is on the assessment of
these needs and the design or alteration of hous-
ing, furnishings, and equipment necessary to pro-
mote satisfying and worthwhile living. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: HEC
1300, 2300, 3300, or consent of instructor.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract required.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
4000. Textiles Merchandising: Apparel and
Furnishings/(3).F.
A study of factors influencing the merchandising
of textiles for apparel and furnishings. Emphasis
on the market structure and major fabric resources
for apparel and furnishings. Lecture three hours.
Prerequisite: HEC 2000.
4002. Merchandise Display and Promotion/
(3).S.
A study of promotion of merchandise through the
use of displays and diversified media. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: HEC
3003.
4003. Fashion Buying and Merchandising/
(3).F.
The planning, buying and selling of fashion mer-
chandise. Emphasis on knowledge and skills
needed for effective decision making in fashion
merchandising. Lecture three hours. Prerequisite:
HEC 3003.
4100. Administration of Preschool Programs/
(3).S.
A study of the role of preschool program ad-
ministratios in development of interpersonal rela-
tionships among staff members, planning for
parent involvement, assessing facility and equip-
ment needs, determining adequate guidelines for
financial management and funding, and studying
legislation and regulations affecting preschool pro-
grams. Lecture two hours; laboratory two hour.
Prerequisite: HEC 3101 or permission of instruc-
tor.
4101. Families in Later Life/(3).S.
In-depth study of factors influencing interrelation-
ships in family development in the later years.
Lecture three hours.
4200. Advanced Nutrition/(3).F.
The role of nutrients at the specialized cellula
level. Emphasis on intermediary metabqlism of
carbohydrates, proteins and fats. Scientific plann-
ing of adequate dietaries for normal individuals of
different economic levels as related to health and
efficiency. Lecture three hours. Prerequisites:
HEC 3205, CHE 2201, 2202.
4202. Experimental Food Study/(3).F.
A study of the theories of food preparation, the ef-
fect of processing on food, the interrelationship of
various aspects of food science to nutrition and
the judgment of products and establishing of stan-
dards. Lecture one hour, laboratory four hours.
Prerequisite: HEC 1202.
Home Economics
230
4203. Diet in Disease/(3).S.
Study of nutrition in the treatment of disease.
Changes in metabolism and relationship of
changes to dietary requirements and food intake.
Prerequisite: HEC 4200, Biochemistry 4580,
4581. Lecture three hours.
4204. Community Nutrition/(3).S.
An introduction to nutrition needs of the com-
munity and nutrition services provided to the
public through various agencies and organiza-
tions; techniques for determining nutrition needs
and methods of extending services to various
groups in the community and factors affecting ac-
ceptance of these services. Lecture three hours.
Offered even numbered years.
4205. Seminar in Food Systems
Management/(1).S.
A consideration of contemporary topics in food
systems management via seminar format. Prere-
quisite: Senior Status.
4310. Residential Interior Design/(3).S.
Exposure to and study of good design. Applica-
tion of design principles and elements through
composition and critiquing processes. Exploration
of presentation, drafting and rendering techni-
ques. Development of awareness of sociological,
psychological and economic influences on design
and market trends and resources. Instruction in
career opportunities, business practices, profes-
sional conduct, and designer-client interaction.
Lecture one hour, laboratory four hours. Prere-
quisites: HEC 1300, 2300, and 3300 or consent
of instructor.
4315. Habitats and Public Policy/(3).S.
Historical and current politico-economic climates
and their influences on the physiological,
psychological and sociological aspects of housing.
The interrelationships of the physical environment
with people in urban, suburban, and rural housing
situations. Current developments in housing with
emphasis on private and federal programs. Lec-
ture three hours.
4320. Contract Interior Design/(3).F;S.
Study of principles and procedures essential to the
contract interior design profession. The analysis
and solution of contract design problems with em-
phasis on logistics necessary for systemization and
control of operations, money, materials, and
commitments. Lecture one hour, laboratory four
hours. Prerequisite: HEC 3300.
4350. Management Within the Home/(4).F;S.
A study of the theory and application of manage-
ment principles with emphasis on experiences in
the management of resources to realize individual
and group goals. Prerequisites: HEC 1201, 2200,
2350, and 2600. Lecture one hour, laboratory six
hours.
4400. Senior Seminar/(1).F;S.
Home economics in the professional world and
continuing education job opportunities, inter-
views, and professional ethics. Development of
credentials and portfolios. Lecture one hour. Re-
quired of all seniors majoring in home economics.
4700. Occupational Education/(3).F;S.
A survey and analysis of occupations related to
home economics with emphasis on program plan-
ning and techniques of teaching. Prerequisites: SE
3040, 3050; and PSY 3301. Lecture three hours.
4701. Techniques and Materials/(3).S.
The selection, development, and use of pro-
cedures and materials for instruction and
guidance. Lecture one hour, laboratory four
hours. Prerequisites: HEC 1202, 2350.
4709. Middle Grades Occupational Explora-
tion/^). On Demand.
A study of the newer conceptual and pragmatic
models of middle grades occupational explora-
tion. Development of competencies of teachers in
relation to the development of models, integration
of cluster concepts, Occupational Information
Centers, and resources which might be utilized in
occupational explorations. Meets requirements for
certification and certificate renewal credit for
teachers involved in middle grades occupational
education, service laboratory. Prerequisite: HEC
4709 or equivalent. Lecture two hours, laboratory
two hours.
4719. Middle Grades Occupational Exploration
Service Lab/(3). On Demand.
Second course in Middle Grades Occupational
Exploration. In-depth study of the occupational
clusters related to consumer and homemaking,
health, personal and public service, and hospita-
lity and recreation. Meets requirements for cer-
tification and certificate renewal credit for teachers
involved in middle grades occupational educa-
tion, service laboratory. Prerequisite: HEC 4709
or equivalent. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours.
Industrial Education and Technology
231
4900. Internship/(6-12).F;S;SS.
In-the-field experience or employment in the area
of the student's interest: (a) clothing and textile
merchandising; (b) institutional administration;
child and family; (c) housing, interiors and equip-
ment. Supervision and evaluation by the employer
and faculty member. Prerequisite: completion of
all junior level courses. Graded on S/U basis.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
Subject matter content may vary and is dependent
on interests and needs of students. Students may
enroll more than once in a selected topics course
provided that the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course.
Department of Industrial
Education and Technology (IET)
Ming Land, Chairperson
The Department of Industrial Education and Technology provides study programs of
the technology of our industrial society. The curriculum consists of a series of courses
which include learnings related to planning and design, manufacturing, servicing, com-
munications, power, and construction. Through the pursuit of these areas, the student
develops a high degree of skill in the performance of the processes involved in these
areas. These experiences result in practices that are relevant to the learner and consis-
tent with identifiable needs of an individual.
The Industrial Education and Technology curriculum includes those kinds of
knowledge, experiences, and concepts which develop the learner's capacity to interpret
and manage the technological society of the future rather than knowledge and ex-
periences peculiar to a time or place. Industrial Education and Technology, therefore, is
predicated on the following:
1. The need to understand and manage the systems and products of technology.
2. The need to include motivational activity as an integral process of education.
3. The need to be an informed, productive, and involved citizen.
4. The need to have a positive sense of oneself, which relates to good mental health
and personal well-being.
The Industrial Education and Technology Department offers the following degree pro-
grams:
Bachelor of Science degree with teacher certification in industrial arts (industrial arts
and/or trade and industry)
Bachelor of Science degree without teacher certification
Bachelor of Technology degree for graduates of two-year technical institutes
Minor in industrial arts on the undergraduate level
Master of Arts degree for secondary school teachers
Industrial Education and Technology
232
Master of Arts degree for junior college teachers
Minor in industrial arts on the graduate level
A major in industrial arts leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher cer-
tification in industrial arts consists of 49 semester hours including 1001; 1002; 2004;
2005; 2023; four semester hours from 2006-2016-2026-2036; 4609; 4619; 4629; six
semester hours in advanced courses from each of at least two areas, or 12 semester
hours in advanced courses from one area: and four semester hours of industrial educa-
tion and technology electives. Required courses from other departments (not included
in the 49 semester hour major) are: one year of physics or chemistry (must be a se-
quence); MAT 1020; and CMA 1100. For requirements for teacher certification see the
Department of Secondary Education.
A major in industrial arts leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher cer-
tification in trade and industry consists of 49 semester hours including: 1001, 4609;
4619; 4629; 4639; 4900 (6-12 s.h.); a minimum of 16 semester hours from one of the
following skill areas: drafting, electronics, graphic arts, industrial crafts, metals, woods;
and 5-11 semester hours of industrial arts electives. Required courses from other
departments (not included in the 49 semester hour major) are: one year of physics or
chemistry (must be a sequence); MAT 1020; and CMA 1100. For requirements for
teacher certification see the Department of Secondary Education.
A major in industrial education and technology leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree in technical education (without teacher certification) consists of a minimum of 50
semester hours including: 1001; 2011; 3029, 3039; 18 semester hours selected from
1002, 2004; 2005; 2008; 2023; 3007; including 2-4 semester hours selected from:
2006; 2016; 2026; 2036; 12 semester hours in advanced courses from one technical
area: 9-12 semester hours of IE/T electives, which may include an internship. Required
courses from other departments (not included in the minimum 50 semester hour major)
are: one year of physics or chemistry: MAT 1020 and CMA 1100. A minor of 12-18
semester hours is required.
A major in industrial arts leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in technical educa-
tion with a concentration in manufacturing technology (without teacher certification)
consists of 50-60 semester hours including: 1001; 2004; 2005; 2008 or 2016; 2011;
2023; 3039; 3607; 3807; 4407; 4557; 4563; 8-12 semester hours of IE/T electives;
and 4900, an approved internship or approved IE/T electives of 6-12 semester hours.
Required courses from other departments (not included in the 50-60 semester hour
major) are: one year of physics or chemistry (must be a sequence); MAT 1020; and
CMA 1100. A required minor of 12-18 semester hours is to be selected in consultation
with an advisor.
A major in industrial arts leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in technical educa-
tion with a concentration in electronics technology (without teacher certification) con-
sists of 46-58 semester hours including: 1001; 2011; 2023; 3033; 3043; 4003; 4023;
4563; 4583; 18 semester hours of approved IE/T electives; and 4900, an approved in-
ternship (optional) of 6-12 semester hours. Required courses from other departments
Industrial Education and Technology
233
(not included in the 46-58 semester hour major) are: one year of physics or chemistry
(must be a sequence); MAT 1020; and CMA 1100. A required minor of 12-18
semester hours is to be selected in consultation with an advisor.
The Department of Industrial Education and Technology, in conjunction with the
departments of Art and Communication Arts, offers a B.S. degree (non teaching) in
Communications Media with an option in printing production management. The core
requirements consist of 11-12 semester hours from the following: CMA 2300, CMA
2305 and one course from each of the following two areas: CMA 2316 or CMA 2600
and ART 1001.
The printing production management option consists of the above core of 11-12
semester hours and 45-49 semester hours of IE/T courses including: 1001, 1002,
2012; 2023; 2042; 3012; 3022, 3042; 3520; 4552; 4562; 4572; 4582; 4592; and
4900, an "approved" internship of 8-12 semester hours. A minor in management is re-
quired. Required courses from other departments (not included in the 45-49 semester
hour major) are: one year of physics or chemistry (must be a sequence); MAT 1020;
and CMA 1100.
A minor in printing production management consists of 16 semeter hours, the courses
to be selected by the student in conference with the chairperson or designated advisor.
A minor in industrial education and technology leading to the Bachelor of Science non-
teaching degree consists of 16 semester hours, the courses to be selected by the student
in conference with the chairperson or designated advisor.
The requirements for a Bachelor of Technology degree are listed under the General
College.
The requirements for a major in industrial arts leading to the Master of Arts degree total
24 semester hours in industrial arts, and include 5009, 5019, 5039, and 5570. The
minor determines the kind of teacher certification: secondary or junior college. A minor
in secondary education is needed for G certification.
The requirements for a minor in Industrial Arts on the graduate level include 5009,
5019, 5039, and electives to total 16 semester hours.
Courses of Instruction in Industrial Education
and Technology
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer schol (S) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Industrial Education and Technology
234
1001. Technical Drawing/(4).F;S;SS.
Fundamentals of technical drawing including: let-
tering, projection; sections and sketching; size and
shape descriptions; orthographic projection; sec-
tions and conventions; auxiliary views; dimen-
sions; developments; and, pictorial and working
drawings. Lecture two hours, laboratory four
hours.
2011. Technical Design/(2).F;S.
Processes and methods of design with emphasis
on the designer's role in industry. Included are
principles of design applied to planning, sket-
ching, drawing and construction of projects
and/or problems for all areas of Industrial Educa-
tion and Technology. Lecture one hour,
laboratory two hours.
1002. Graphic Arts/(4).F;S;SS.
An exploration of basic areas of letter-press prin-
ting and photo-offset lithography. Auxiliary areas
are the study of type styles, comporition techni-
ques, paper technology, printing mathematics, in-
dustrial photography, plate manufacture, copier
technology and binding techniques. Lecture two
hours, laboratory four hours.
2001. Technical Illustration/(2).F;S.
Techniques of pictorial illustration including: sket-
ching; inking and shading; airbrush techniques;
airbrush rendering; and finished illustrations. Lec-
ture one hour, laboratory two hours. Prerequisite:
IET 1001 or permission of instructor.
2004. Introduction to Metals Manufacturing/
(4).F;S.
Experience-centered exploration into the sub-
fields of metals manufacturing with emphasis
given to both the unique and supportive roles the
metals industry plays in the total industrial
scheme. Specific areas to be covered are: the
nature and characteristics of metals, machine tool
operations, sheetmetal work, foundry, forging,
heat treatment, welding, and bench operations.
Lecture two hours, laboratory four hours.
2005. Wood Technology/(4).F;S.
Introduction to woodworking with wood and the
woods industry; care and use of basic woodwork-
ing tools and machines; processes and techniques
involved in the planning, designing, jointing,
shaping, and finishing of wood materials in the
furniture industry. Lecture two hours, laboratory
four hours.
2006. Leather/(2).F;S;SS.
Basic processes and techniques involved in work-
ing with leather, with emphasis on design and
skill. Lecture one hour, laboratory two hours.
2008. Plastics Technology/(2).S.
An introduction to Industrial Plastics with a con-
centration on thermoplastic materials. Processes
include materials identification, injection molding,
rotational molding, lamination, thermoforming,
foaming, fabricating, and finishing. Lecture one
hour, laboratory two hours.
2012. Production Techniques in Graphic Arts/
(3).S.
Theory and application of different production
techniques in photo offset lithography and aux-
iliary areas. The course will operate in the same
manner as a commercial print shop. Lecture one
hour, laboratory four hours.
2016. Ceramics/(2).F;S;SS.
Basic processes and techniques involved in work-
ing with ceramics with emphasis on design and
skill. Lecture one hour, laboratory two hours.
2023. Introduction to Electricity/Electronics/
(4).F;S.
An introduction to electricity and electronics
through applied AC and DC theory. Course con-
tent will include Ohm's Law, Kirchhoff's Laws,
Power Laws, Network Theorems, discrete elec-
tronic components and schematic diagrams.
Theory to be reinforced by practical laboratory ex-
perimentation emphasizing the use of the volt-
ohm-meter and oscilloscope. Lecture two hours,
laboratory four hours.
2026. Art Metal/(2).S;SS.
An introduction to metal craft techniques used to
design and construct utensils and functional pro-
ducts. Units included are: design, cold forging,
spinning, casting, and finishing techniques. The
materials used will be copper, brass, and pewter.
Lecture one hour, laboratory two hours.
2036. Jewelry/(2).F;S;SS.
An introduction to the materials, processes and
techniques used in the design and construction of
contemporary jewelry. Units included are: design,
fabrication, forging, forming, enameling and
finishing techniques. Lecture one hour, laboratory
two hours.
2042. Bookbinding/(2).F;S.
An exploration of the methods of construction of
standard types of books, pamphlets, and
magazines. Emphasis is on common practices and
materials. Lecture one hour, laboratory two
hours.
Industrial Education and Technology
235
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Approved contract is required.
3004. Welding/(2).S.
This course covers the basic information and skill
in the areas of arc and oxy acetylene welding.
Lecture one hour, laboratory two hours.
3007. Introduction to Power Mechanics/(4).F.
An introduction to the study of the power genera-
tion sources including power producing and con-
trol devices. Emphasis is on the small two and four
cycle engines typical of lawnmowers, outboard
engines, motorcycles, and overhaul and tune-up
procedures. Lecture two hours, laboratory four
hours.
3012. Screen Process Printing/(2).F;S.
An exploration of the construction of silk screen
printing equipment and various methods and
techniques of printing on different materials
through various media. Lecture one hour,
laboratory two hours.
3017. Transportation/(2).On Demand.
A study of the history and development of
transportation devices and systems on the
technology and society. Implications of transpor-
tation systems, land, sea, and air. Examination or
regulations, economics and the emerging con-
cerns for economical transportation of people and
goods. Discussions, research, and field trips as
practicable. Lecture two hours.
3021. Architectural Standards and Pro-
cedures/(3).F;S.
Introduction to and application of information
resources in architectural planning and pro-
cedures. Lecture one hour, lab four hours. Prere-
quisite: IET 2001, or permission of instructor.
3022. Beginning Photography/(2).F;S;SS.
An introductory course in black and white
photography which will cover cameras, films,
printing, and processes as related to graphic
reproduction. Lecture one hour, laboratory two
hours.
3025. Advanced Wood Technology/(4).F;S.
Advanced machine tool operations, furniture con-
struction, and a study of general materials used in
the furniture industry. Lecture two hours,
laboratory four hours. Prerequisite: IET 2005.
3029. Man, Society, and Technology/(3).On
Demand.
The effects of technology upon man. Aids in
developing a degree of technological literacy and
understanding of our complex society. Lecture 3
hours.
3033. Active Circuits/(3).F;S.
An introduction to solid state electronics including
diodes, bi-polar transistors, and junction field ef-
fect transistors. Circuit theory to include power
supplies, amplifier circuits, oscillator circuits, and
switching circuits. Theory to be reinforced through
practical laboratory experimentation. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: IET
2023 or equivalent.
3039. Materials/(2).S.
The structure, characteristics, testing, and applica-
tion of common industrial materials. Also includes
examination of strength of materials as it applies to
all industrial areas. Lecture two hours, laboratory
arranged. Prerequisites: MAT 1010 and either
PHY 1103 and 1104 or CHE 1101 and 1102 or
permission of the instructor.
3042. Cold Type Composition/(2).F;S.
The study of cold type composing machines. The
course includes several cold type strike-on
machines and photo composing machines with
the basics of producing mechanicals. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours.
3043. Integrated Circuits/(3).S.
An introduction to Metal Oxide Semiconductor
theory and Integrated Circuits, including Op-
toelectronic devices and members of the Thyristor
family. The course will include theory and applica-
tion for analog integrated circuits, the MOSFTE,
UJT, PUT, SCS, SCR, Diac, and Triac. Theory to
be reinforced through practical design and
laboratory experimentation. Lecture two hours,
laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: IET 3033 or
equivalent.
3054. Metals Technology/(3).F of odd years.
An indepth, experience-centered examination of
metal processing techniques. This course concen-
trates on advanced machine and non-machine
metal manufacturing techniques. Emphasis will be
placed on individual problem solving. Lecture one
hour, laboratory three hours. Prerequisite: IET
2004.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Approved contract is required.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
Industrial Education and Technology
236
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Approv-
ed contract is required.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
3607. Machine Systems and Controls/(3).F.
A study of mechanical systems and controls used
in industry today. Basic mechnical, electrical,
hydraulic, and pheumatic systems and their com-
ponents will be included in the classroom ac-
tivities. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
Prerequisite: IET 2004, 1ET 2005 and 2023.
3807. Industrial Maintenance and
Safety/(2).S.
The study and application of maintenance and
safety procedure that relate to manufacturing.
Classroom/laboratory problems will include units
on state and federal safety regulations pertaining
to manufacturing, preventive-emergency
maintenance problems that include: shafts, bear-
ings, belts and pulleys, sharpening and grinding,
electrical and mechanical problems. Lecture one
hour, laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: IET
2004 and 2005.
4003. Linear Systems/(3).F.
The course will revolve around linear integrated
circuits including voltage regulators, voltage
reference, voltage comparators, timers, opera-
tional amplifiers, industrial applications,
automotive applications, and consumer products
applications. Theory to be reinforced by
laboratory construction of circuits utilizing linear
IC'S. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
Prerequisite: IET 3033 or equivalent.
4021. Residential Drafting/(3).S.
A professional approach to preparing client
centered review drawings for approval and sales
purposes. Lecture one hour, laboratory four
hours. Prerequisite: IET 3021.
4023. Digital Systems/(3).S.
An introduction to combinational and sequential
digital logic with an emphasis on TTL and CMOS
integrated circuits. The course will include gates,
flip-flops, multiplexers, encoders, decoders, shift
registeres, counters, arithmetic logic units,
memory units, and an introduction to
microprocessors. Circuit simplication by Boolean
algebra and Karnaugh mapping. Theory to be
reinforced by practical design and laboratory ex-
perimentation. Prerequisite: IET 3033 or
equivalent.
4407. Production Planning and Control/(3).F.
An applied study of process planning and produc-
tion control systems used in modern manufactur-
ing. To include such topies as: production plann-
ing, automation, time and motion study, order
control, flow control and quality control, and plant
layout. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
Prerequisite: IET 2011 and 3607, or permission
of the instructor.
Senior/Graduate Courses
4552. Printing Estimating/(2).F.
The study of the many facets of a printing
estimator including estimating paper, ink, art-
work, copy preparation, copyfitting, composition,
photocopy, image assembly, platemaking,
presswork, binding and finishing. Also included is
the marketing analysis of the pricing procedure
and production standards. Lecture two hours.
4553. Research in Modern Electronics/(2).
F;S;SS.
Individual problems in modern electronics to be
determined by need, experience, and interest.
Lecture one hour, laboratory two hours. Prere-
quisite: IET 3023.
4555. Contemporary Industrial Finishing/(2).
On Demand.
Care and maintenance of finishing equipment;
selection and use of spray equipment; preparation
of the surface to be finished, staining and filling
undercoating, top coating, oil finishes, application
of simple and synthetic finishes. Lecture one
hour, laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: IET
2005.
4556. Problems in Leather Techniques/
(2-4).F;S;SS.
An analysis of functional design and production
methods of leather work. Individual projects
designed to employ various technical and com-
mercial methods of production. Lecture one or
two hours, laboratory two or four hours. Prere-
quisite: IET 2006.
4557. Manufacturing Production
Techniques/(3).S.
The design, development, and mass production
of a manufactured product. To include market
survey, design selection, prototype construction,
development of jibs and fixtures, implementation
of process planning and control systems, and the
actual production of a product. Lecture one hour,
laboratory four hours. Prerequisite: IET 4407 or
permission of the instructor.
Industrial Education and Technology
237
4560. Problems and Processes of Industrial
Arts and Technical Education/(l-2).F;S;SS.
Individual research on problems determined by
the student's need.
4562. Paper and Printing Substrates/(2).S.
This course is designed to provide the student with
an understanding of how printing substrates are
produced, the many different types and for what
purpose they have been designed. Lecture two
hours.
4563. Computer Programming and Instrumen-
tation/(3). F.
A study of computer application and programm-
ing concepts utilizing the BASIC and PASCAL
languages. Elementary skills in user-written pro-
grams will be developed as well as an understan-
ding of the use and application for manufacturer
supplied software. Lecture two hours, laboratory
two hours. Prerequisite: IET 4023 or equivalent.
4564. Introduction to Metallurgy/(2).F of even
years.
Study of ferrous and non-ferrous metals and their
alloys, physical characteristics, phase diagrams,
relation of properties to micro-structure. Lecture
three hours, laboratory arranged.
4565. Applied Furniture Design and Construc-
tion/^).S.
The study of traditional and contemporary fur-
niture, and its importance, design, and construc-
tion procedures. The student may design and
construct a piece of traditional or contemporary
furniture. Lecture two hours, laboratory four
hours. Prerequisite: IET 2015.
4566. Problems in Ceramic Techniques/
(2-4).F;S;SS.
An analysis of functional design and production
methods of ceramics. Individual projects, design-
ed to employ various technical and commercial
methods of production. Lecture one or two hours,
laboratory two or four hours. Prerequisite: IET
2016.
4571. Analysis of Drafting Problems/(2). On
Demand.
Individualized instruction devoted to the study of
special problems in drafting and design. Problems
growing from individual needs of the student and
meeting approval of the instructor are preferred.
Lecture and laboratory arranged. Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor.
4572. Printing Production Management/(3).S.
Practical management techniques and experience
in the areas of sales, finance and high, middle,
and lower level personnel management in an ac-
tive printing production facility. This course will be
taught concurrently with IET 2012 Production
Techniques in Graphic Arts. Lecture one hour,
laboratory four hours. Prerequisite: IET 2012.
4582. Industrial Photo-Lithography /(3).
F;S;SS.
Advanced studies in cold-type composition (both
photographic and mechanical) and offset press
operation. A major emphasis is the area of in-
dustrial photography up to four color separation
and printing; auxiliary areas are the use of test
equipment for negatives, plates, and the
technology of paper and its uses in the industrial
scheme. Lecture one hour, laboratory four hours.
Prerequisite: IET 2002.
4583. Microprocessor Technology/(3).S.
A detailed study of the architecture of the
microprocessor and microcomputer. The course
will include computation, machine representation
of information, storage structure, buses, in-
put/output, interfacing, peripheral devices, and
instruction sets. Theory to be reinforced by hands
on experience. Lecture two hours, laboratory two
hours. Prerequisite: IET 4023 or equivalent.
4586. Problems in Jewelry Techniques/
(2-4).F;S.
An analysis of functional design and production
methods of jewelry. Individual projects designed
to employ various technical and commercial
methods of production. Lecture one or two hours,
laboratory two or four hours. Prerequisite: IET
2036.
4592. Advanced Screen Process
Printing/(3).F;S;SS.
Advanced laboratory practice in transfer and
direct photographic screen printing with emphasis
on multicolor printing, cylinder printing 'and
finishing techniques. Lecture one hour, laboratory
four hours. Prerequisite: IET 3012.
4601. Advanced Technical Illustration/(3).F.
Indepth exploration in technical illustration and
sketching. Included will be freehand and template
isometric drawing. Units will include: layout and
construction methods, perspective, airbrush ap-
plications, and finished illustrations. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: IET
2001 or equivalent.
Industrial Education and Technology
238
4609. Introduction to Vocational and Industrial
Education/(3).F.
Vocational and industrial education in the modern
school and how they affect general education.
Historical and legal impacts and development.
Organization for effectiveness in public education.
Lecture three hours.
4611. Advanced Technical Design/(3).S.
The design process through problem identifica-
tion. Projects to include: preliminary ideation,
drafting standards, and design refinement. Units
to include: processes, identification, refinement,
finalization, and implementation of design. Lec-
ture two hours, laboratory two hours. Prere-
quisite: IET 2011 or equivalent.
4619. Curriculum Development in Vocational
and Industrial Education/ (3). S.
Procedures for identifying and developing cur-
ricular materials for vocational and industrial
education. Techniques of revising existing cur-
riculum to satisfy current or emerging technology.
Sources and resources used in developing valid
curriculum. Lecture three hours.
4629. Safety and Management in Vocational
and Industrial Education/(3).F;SS.
Industrial management, safety and maintenance
and their effect on vocational and industrial
education. Organization for effective and safe
maintenance of an occupational laboratory within
the confines of OSHA and local regulatory man-
dates. Lecture three hours.
4639. Vocational and Industrial Student
Organization/ (3). S.
Vocational student club organization and manage-
ment. Leadership training through student
organization. Lecture three hours.
Graduate Courses
5001. Industrial Design /(2). On Demand.
The design process through problem identifica-
tion. Problems will include preliminary ideas and
drafting standards. Units will include: the design
process; problem identification; design refine-
ment; design finalization; and, implementation of
design. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Lec-
ture one hour, laboratory two hours.
5002. Photo-Offset Lithography/(3).On De-
mand.
Individual problems in the advanced phases of in-
dustrial photography, film and lithographic plate
preparation, cold-type composition, and offset
press techniques. Lecture one hour, laboratory
four hours. Prerequisite: IET 4582.
5004. Machine Design and Construction/
(3).S.
The study of the machine design system, to in-
clude kinematics, simple machines, machine com-
ponents, and strength of materials factors which
effect the design and construction of machines.
Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours. Prere-
quisite: IET 2004 or equivalent.
5005. Specialty Woodworking/(4).On De-
mand.
Wood carving on flat, turned, and curved sur-
faces. Inlaying and marquetry with synthetic and
natural woods. Veneering flat and curved sur-
faces. Laminating with wood veneer, both flat and
curved. The design and construction of jigs and
fixtures for machines commonly found in in-
dustrial education shops. The use of common
school shop machines for production by adapting
the jigs and fixtures and special cutters. Design of
projects using the above. Lecture two hours,
laboratory four hours. Prerequisite: IET 4565.
4649. Cooperative Vocational and Industrial
Education/ (3). S;SS.
Organization and administration of a cooperative
program for vocational or interdisciplinary areas.
Included are locating and maintaining training sta-
tions and developing training plans. Lecture three
hours.
4781. Advanced Drafting Analysis/(2).S.
Objectives, course content, procedures and
materials for all units of drafting. Specific problems
in descriptive geometry and machine drafting are
developed. One hour lecture, two hours lab.
Prerequisite: IET 2001 or equivalent.
5009. Philosophy of Industrial Arts and
Technical Education/(2).F;SS.
The philosophy of industrial education from its
beginning in manual training through contem-
porary programs in industrial arts and vocational
education. Lecture two hours.
5011. Industrial Ulustration/(2). On Demand.
Freehand and template, axonometric drawing.
Units to include: layout and construction
methods; perspective and isometric drawings; air-
brush and shading techniques. Lecture one hour,
laboratory two hours. Prerequisite: permission of
instructor.
4900. Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
Military Science
239
5012. Problems in Screen Process Printing/
(3).On Demand.
Individual problems in the advanced phases of silk
screening multicolor on various media using
photographic techniques and other current
technology. Lecture one hour, laboratory four
hours. Prerequisite: IET 4592.
5016. Advanced Jewelry/(2-4).F;S.
Individual problems in the advanced phases of
jewelry design, production, and finishes. Lecture
one or two hours, laboratory two or four hours.
5019. Methods and Techniques for Industrial
Arts and Industries Laboratories/(2).S;SS.
The role of methods as a vehicle for learning.
Preparation of instructional materials, requisition-
ing of supplies. Lecture two hours.
5036. Advanced Leather/(2-4).F;S;SS.
Individual problems in the advanced phases of
leather design, production, and finishes. Lecture
one or two hours, laboratory two or four hours.
Prerequisite: IET 4556.
5039. Industrial Arts and Technical Education
Curriculum and Facilities Development/
(2).S;SS.
Planning and development of course content for
the major areas of industrial arts, incorporating the
prevailing philosophy and objectives of school
systems. Factors of school laboratory planning,
equipment selection, layout and arrangement and
architectural considerations. Lecture two hours.
5066. Advanced Ceramics/(2-4).F;S;SS.
Individual problems in the advanced phases of
ceramic design, production, and finishes. Lecture
one or two hours, laboratory two or four hours.
Prerequisite: IET 4566.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Approved contract required.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5560. Special Problems in Industrial Educa-
tion/(l-2).F;S;SS.
Individual research. Areas to be determined by
need, background, and interest. Prerequisite:
Must have been admitted to candidacy.
5570. Skill Development in Major Areas/
(2-4).F;S;SS.
Individual or group work in area competence.
Technique and process in the craftsmanship of the
transformation of materials. Prerequisite: Must
have been admitted to candidacy.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S.
Department of Military Science
(MS)
Charles B. Michael, Chairperson
The Army ROTC program has been developed to give college men and women train-
ing and experience in the art of organizing, motivating, and leading others. This pro-
gram includes instruction to develop self-discipline, physical stamina, and bearing
qualities that are an important part of leadership and that contribute to success in any
career.
The first two years of military training in the Reserve Officer Training Corps are strictly
voluntary for any student who is a United States citizen. An individual taking these
ROTC courses incurs absolutely no obligation to future military service. These two years
comprise the Basic course, which is normally completed during the freshman and
sophomore years.
Military Science
240
Students completing their sophomore year may attend the ROTC Basic Camp of six
weeks duration in lieu of completing the Basic Course. However, selection for atten-
dance at this camp is competitive nationally.
The Advanced Course is offered on a voluntary basis during the junior and senior years
to those cadets meeting the necessary qualifications. Upon successful completion of the
Advanced Course, which includes the ROTC Advanced Camp, which is six weeks'
duration at Fort Bragg, North Carolina and usually taken between the junior and senior
year, each cadet is commissioned as a second lieutenant in the U.S. Army. Outstanding
students designated as Distinguished Military Students may be selected for direct ap-
pointment in the Regular Army.
A minor consists of 16 semester hours in military science including 3001, 3002, 3003,
4001, 4002, and three semester hours from a 3000 or 4000 level course in political
science, psychology, or sociology. A semester of student teaching or student internship
may be substituted for the latter three hours.
Two-, three-, and four-year scholarships are offered by the Department of the Army.
These scholarships pay the full cost of tuition, textbooks, lab fees and other educational
expenses for the duration of the award. They also provide a subsistence allowance of
$100 a month up to 10 months of each academic year for which the award is in effect,
and pay for the students' first trip from home to the university. Participation in the Army
ROTC scholarship program does not preclude the holding of other scholarships. More
information may be obtained from the Professor of Military Science.
Basic Course Requirements
A candidate for ROTC training must:
a. Be of good moral character.
b. Be a citizen of the United States.
c. Be able to graduate before 30 years of age.
d. Be physically able to participate in the program of instruction.
e. Meet other entrance requirements as determined by the department chairperson,
current Army regulations, and University policies.
A student who does not meet all of the above requirements should consult with the
Department of Military Science to determine if waivers can be granted.
A waiver of attendance of Military Science I, and/or Military Science II may be granted
for previous ROTC training or military service upon application.
Texts and Uniforms
Basic Course students do not receive monetary allowances. Texts and uniforms are fur-
nished by the government. Students will be required to reimburse the government for
loss of uniform items or other equipment.
Military Science
241
Advanced Course Requirements
A candidate must:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
h.
Have a minimum of two years remaining at the University.
Meet all other requirements for the Basic Course.
Meet medical requirements for Advanced Course.
Possess qualifications for becoming an effective Army officer.
Achieve a passing score on ROTC qualifying examination.
Have satisfactorily completed the Basic Course, received a waiver in lieu thereof,
or have satisfactorily completed the Basic Camp, or have served as an enlisted
person in the armed forces with an honorable discharge.
Have satisfactorily completed loyalty requirements.
Agree to enlist in the United States Army Reserve, accept a commission if offered,
and serve three years on active duty if required.
Meet other requirements as determined by the department chairperson, current
Army regulations, and University policies.
A student who does not meet all of the above requirements should consult with the
Department of Military Science to determine whether waivers can be granted.
Texts and Allowances
Each cadet enrolled in the Advanced Course receives subsistence pay at the rate of
$100 per month. Textbooks and uniforms are furnished to all cadets. They are paid a
travel allowance to and from Advanced Camp. While at camp, cadets are paid approx-
imately $700 per month. The pay and allowances received while in the Advanced
Course total approximately $2,700.
Courses of Instruction in Military Science
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
1001-1002. Military Science I, Basic Course/
(1-1).F;S;SS.
Basic military subjects with emphasis on US Army
and ROTC organization, objectives of the Army,
leadership and management, individual weapons
and marksmanship, principles of war, evolution of
weapons and tactics, rules of warfare.
Leadership Laboratory (2 hours) Consists of skill
training and confidence building in subjects such
as rappelling, stream crossing, assault boat train-
ing, aircraft orientation, military weapons firing,
and night compass course, orienteering, and
other selected subjects.
2001-2002. Military Science II, Basic Course/
(2-2).F;S;SS.
Use of maps and compass for land navigation and
orienteering techniques. American military history
with emphasis on modern strategy and world
situation. Prerequisites: MS 1001-1002 or permis-
sion of department chairperson. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours.
2003. ROTC Summer Camp, Basic Course/
(5).SS.
Taken summer following sophomore year. Train-
ing conducted at designated US Army installation.
Music
242
This training provides cadets with practical ex-
perience in leadership and management and the
subjects covered in Military Science I and Military
Science II with the exception of American Military
History the following school year. Prerequisite:
Completition of sophomore year of college.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3001-3002. Military Science HI, Advanced
Course/(3-3).F;S.
Leadership, military principles of instruction, small
unit tactics, communication and pre-camp orien-
tation. Prerequisite: successful completion of the
Basic Course or its equivalent as approved by the
pr economic influences on design and market
trends and resources. Instruction in career oppor-
tunities, business practices, professional conduct,
and designer-client interaction. Lecture one hour,
laboratory four hours. Prerequisites: HEC 1300,
2300, and 3300 or consent of instructor.
3003. ROTC Summer Camp, Advanced
Course/(4).SS.
Usually taken summer following junior year.
Training conducted as designated US Army in-
stallation. This training provides cadets with prac-
tical experience in leadership, military teaching,
weapons, qualifications, and communications. To
receive credit, a student must register and pay a
fee at the University. Prerequisite: Successful
completion of MS III.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours. Aproved
contract required.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/ (1-3).
mand.
On De-
4001-4002. Military Science IV, Advanced
Course/(3-3).F;S.
A study of the officer personnel management
system, Army administration, military law, staff
operations and procedures, logistics, personal af-
fairs, service customs, and officer orientation. MS
IV cadets normally serve as cadet officers in the
cadet corps and are responsible for the leadership
laboratory instruction. Prerequisite: MS
3001-3002 or permission of Professor of Military
Science. Lecture two hours, laboratory two hours.
Department of Music (MUS)
B.G. McCloud, Chairperson
The Department of Music is a full member of the National Association of Schools of
Music. The requirements set forth in this catalog are in accordance with the published
regulations of the National Association of Schools of Music.
The Department of Music sees as its objectives the development of those elements
which relate to the teaching, creation, business, and appreciation of music. The
teaching objective is partially realized through those curricula leading to state certifica-
tion in either general music or instrumental music, through the junior college and
teaching and supervision curricula found in the graduate programs offered by the
department, and through the curricula designed to accommodate those who desire to
be private studio teachers or church musicians. The creative objective is satisfied by any
of the performance programs along with those opportunities which are available for
prospective composers. The business objective relates to those who desire to combine
music with the numerous aspects of the music business. The department also makes
every effort to fulfill its role as the prime purveyor of music for the University by presen-
ting numerous performances by soloists and ensembles along with music courses of a
general nature which may be of interest to the non-musician.
Music
243
Entrance Requirements for Freshmen
Applied Music: An audition in the principal or major performing area is required of all
incoming students. Should the appropriate performance level not be
met, those students who are deficient will be required to do remedial
applied music until the proper level has been attained.
Theory: All new students will take a theory placement examination. The results
of this examination will determine the level to which the new student
will be assigned.
Entrance Requirements for Graduate Students
All entering graduate music majors will demonstrate by examination their understand-
ing and achievement levels in music theory, music history and literature, performance
and music education where it applies. Any deficiency noted may require courses or in-
dividual study in the area of the deficiency prior to admission to candidacy for the
degree.
Degree Programs
The Department of Music offers programs under the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Music and Master of Arts degrees. In addition to the general
education requirements of the University the following music courses are required for
the various curricula.
The Bachelor of Arts in music consists of 40 semester hours in music in the following
areas: music history and theory 24 semester hours (MUS 1001-1002, 2001-2002,
2611-2612, 3611-3612); eight semester hours of applied music and eight semester
hours of ensembles. Also, six semester hours of a second year foreign language or
higher is required. A minor of 12-18 s.h. is required.
The Bachelor of Music degree in music education consists of a minimum of 59-60
semester hours of music in the following areas: music history and theory, 24 semester
hours (MUS 1001-1002, 2001-2002, 2611-2612, 3611-3612); applied principal 14
semester hours; ensembles seven semester hours; MUS 1030, 3020, and specific re-
quirements as follows (piano principals: MUS 1037-1038, 2030, 2037-2038, 3022,
3040, 4031-4032) (Voice principals: 1040-1041, 1044, 2030, 2040-2041, 3022,
4031-4032) (Instrumental principals: 1028, 1029, 1031, 1032, 1035-1036, 1037,
1040-1041, 2040-2041, 3021).
All students enrolled in teacher education programs are required to meet certification-
criteria as set by the North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction prior to their
graduation from Appalachian State University. For requirements in teacher education,
see the Department of Secondary Education.
The Bachelor of Music degree in performance is built around 64-79 semester hours with
the following tracks:
Music
244
Church Music is comprised of 76-79 semester hours of music courses in the
following areas: music history and theory, 24 semester hours (MUS 1001-1002,
2001-2002, 2611-2612, 3611-3612); applied principal 24 semester hours; eight
semester hours of ensembles; other music courses as follows: (MUS 1040-1041,
2040-2041 Vocal majors only); (MUS 1037-1038, 2037-2038, 3004 organ majors
only); MUS 1044, 2004, 4031-4032, 3020-3022, 4004 and a minimum of two
semester hours of MUS 2900.
Theory/Composition consists of a minimum of 76 semester hours of music as
follows: Music theory, 22 semester hours (MUS 1001-1002, 2001-2002, six
semester hours of selected topics MUS 3530); applied principal 16 semester hours;
composition 12 semester hours (MUS 2003 and 10 semester hours of applied com-
position) ; a minimum of four semester hours must be taken in secondary applied
and/or methods (MUS 1040-1041, 2040-2041 or piano proficiency); eight
semester hours of ensembles; music history and literature eight semester hours
(MUS 2611-2612, 3611-3612); and MUS 3020-3021 or 3022, and a three
semester hour independent study in orchestration. Senior Recital, half will be in ap-
plied principal and half will be in composition. Required courses from other depart-
ments (not included in the 76 semester hour major) are PHY 1105 and ART
2012-2013.
Piano Pedagogy requires a minimum of 64 semester hours in music from the
following areas: music history and theory, 24 semester hours (MUS 1001-1002,
2001-2002, 2611-2612, 3611-3612); applied principal 24 semester hours;
ensembles eight semester hours (four semester hours must be accompanying and
two semester hours must be piano); MUS 3020, 4619; piano pedagogy (indepen-
dent study minimum of two semester hours), and supervised teaching (indepen-
dent study minimum of two semester hours).
Vocal and Instrumental consists of 65-71 semester hours of music in the following
areas: music history and theory 24 semester hours (1001-1002, 2001-2002,
2611-2612, 3611-3612); applied principal 32 semester hours: ensembles eight
semester hours; MUS 3020; for non-pianists, MUS 1040-1041; for vocal majors
MUS 2040-2041 and MUS 1044.
The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Music Merchandising requires a
minimum of 50 semester hours from the following areas: music theory, four to seven
semester hours (MUS 1000 and 1001 or 1001); four semester hours in music literature
electives; four semester hours in one applied music concentration and the achievement
of Level I; six semester hours of ensembles; and the following courses: MUS
1040-1041 or 1042-1043 and 1030, 1032, 1028 or 1029, 1035 or 1036, 2400 or
2401, 3420, 1410, 4900 (8-12 semester hours) and 6 s.h. from: PSY 4551, 4670 or
4671; and CMA 1100 and 3152. Also, a minor of 18 semester hours is required in
Marketing. Economics 2030 and Psychology 2201 are required for General Education.
Graduate Programs
The Department of Music offers two degree programs under the Master of Arts degree:
the Master of Arts degree in Music Teaching and Supervision and the Master of Arts
degree in community/junior college teaching.
Music
245
The music requirements for the music teaching and supervision degree with thesis are
MUS 5000, 5006, 5032, 5999; three semester hours in music literature and three
semester hours in music theory. Without a thesis the requirements are MUS 5000,
5006, 5032; six semester hours in music literature and six semester hours in music
theory.
The music requirements for those pursuing a major in community/junior college
teaching with thesis are MUS 5000, 5006, 5999; six semester hours of music literature
and three semester hours of music theory. Without a thesis the requirements are MUS
5000, 5006; nine semester hours of music literature and six semester hours of music
theory.
Applied Music
Applied music majors and principals are required to take a jury examination before the
faculty in their applied area at the end of each semester. The jury functions as an ad-
visory group as far as the applied music grade is concerned. Students will also be
evaluated as to the level they have attained at the end of each semester. The level of
achievement required in order to complete an applied music major or principal in the
various areas is as follows:
Music Merchandising Level I
Music Education Level IV
Performance
Church Music Level VI
Composition/Theory Level IV
Piano Pedagogy Level VI
Vocal or Instrumental Level VIII
All music majors except those in the merchandising curriculum will further demonstrate
satisfactory proficiency in their major or principal performing medium by presenting,
during the senior year, either an individual recital or a joint program with no more than
three participants.
Students presenting recitals which are used to fulfill departmental requirements must be
students of applied music faculty members in the Department of Music at Appalachian
State University at the time of the recital.
Piano Proficiency
All music education majors must satisfy piano proficiency requirements before doing
their student teaching. Satisfaction of this requirement is usually achieved by passing
MUS 2041.
Recitals and Concerts
The Department of Music presents a large and varied number of solo and ensemble
programs throughout the year. Other programs are regularly brought in to the Universi-
Music
246
ty through the Artist and Lecture Series. Students are urged to attend as many pro-
grams as possible. All music majors are required to register for and successfully com-
plete MUS 1500 (Performance Seminar) for each semester in which they are enrolled
as a music major.
Ensembles
Music majors are required to be enrolled either for credit or non-credit in an appropriate
ensemble each semester in which they are full-time students. No music major will be
allowed to participate in more than three ensembles in any semester in which they are
full-time students. No music major will be allowed to participate in more than three
ensembles for non-credit or for which they are not enrolled.
Minor in Music
A minor in music consists of 16 semester hours above general education requirements,
the courses to be selected in conference between the student and the department
chairperson.
Courses of Instruction in Music
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Applied Music (Secondary) 1301-1399; 2301-
2399; 3301-3399; 4301-4399/(l-l).F;S;SS.
One 30-minute individual lesson and six practice
hours per week. Additional fee.
Applied Music (Major-Principal) 0401-0499;
1401-1499; 2401-2499; 3401-3499; 4401-
4499; 6401-6499/(2-4); 6301-6399/(1).
F;S;SS.
Two 30-minute individual lessons or equivalent in
individual and/or class lessons and six practice
hours per week for each semester hour credit. Ad-
ditional fee.
1000. Elements of Music Theory/(3).F.
Designed for students below the freshman level
theory and carries Elementary Education and
music minor credit but no credit toward music ma-
jor programs. Lecture and demonstration five
hours.
1001-1002. Basic Musicianship I and 11/
(4-4).F;S.
A course in the fundamentals of music integrating
basic materials and skills. Aural training, sightsing-
ing correlated with chord progression, modula-
tion, secondary chords, elements of form, and in-
strumentation are approached through integrated
avenues of writing and performing. Lecture and
demonstration five hours.
1028. Brass Class I: Trumpet and French
Horn/(l).F;S.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
trumpet and French horn technique. Lecture and
demonstration two hours.
1029. Brass Class II: Trombone, Euphonium
and Tuba/(1).F;S.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
trombone, euphonium and tuba. Lecture and
demonstration two hours.
Music
247
1030. String Class/(1).F.
A presentation of the fundamental principles in-
volved in playing and teaching stringed orchestral
instruments. Lecture and demonstration two
hours. Be enrolled in or have completed Music
1001.
1031. Advanced String Class/(1).S.
A continuation of the fundamentals involved in
playing and teaching stringed orchestral in-
struments with the addition of stringed and full or-
chestra music reading. Emphasis is placed on ex-
ploration of string literature and bowing problems
found in the music of elementary and secondary
schools. Prerequisite: MUS 1030. Lecture and
demonstration two hours.
1032. Percussion Class/(1).F;S.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
performance on the standard percussion in-
struments. Lecture and demonstration two hours.
1035. Woodwind Class I: Clarinet and Saxo-
phone/(l).F;S.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
clarinet and saxophone technique. Lecture and
demonstration two hours.
1036. Woodwind Class II: Flute, Oboe and
Bassoon/(l).F;S.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
flute, oboe and bassoon technique. Lecture and
demonstration two hours.
1037. Voice Class/(1).F;S.
A presentation of the fundamentals of singing for
teaching and performance. Lecture and
demonstration two hours.
1038. Voice Class 11/(1). S.
A continuation of materials covered in Music 1037
but with more emphasis on individual problems.
Lecture and demonstration two hours. Prere-
quisite: MUS 1037.
charged each semester for the use of the guitar.
Lecture and demonstration two hours.
1043. Guitar Class 11/(1). S.
Group instruction in intermediate level guitar. A
special rental fee of $13.50 is charged each
semester for the use of the guitar. Lecture and
demonstration two hours. Prerequisite: MUS
1042 or equivalent background.
1044. Diction/(2).S.
The principles and practice of Italian, German and
French pronunciation as applied to vocal music in
regard to performing and teaching. Lecture three
hours.
1410. Introduction to Instrument Repair: Wind
Instruments or Strings/(2).F;SS.
The use of proper equipment and the develop-
ment of those skills necessary for the solution of
basic problems in instrument repair. Lecture two
hours, laboratory two hours.
1500. Performance Seminar/(0).F;S.
A weekly seminar in solo recitals covering all
aspects and problems of public appearances. Re-
quired of all music majors. Graded on S/U basis.
Laboratory one hour.
2001-2002. Basic Musicianship III and
IV/(4-4).F;S.
A continuation of Basic Musicianship II.
Chromaticism, writing and analysis of 16th Cen-
tury and 18th- 19th Century Counterpoint, the
larger forms, and the contemporary techniques of
music composition are correlated with aural train-
ing and sightsinging. Lecture and demonstration
five hours. Prerequisite MUS 1002.
2003. Fundamentals of Composition/(2). On
Demand.
Provides writing experience in the important
musical forms. Prerequisite: MUS 1002. Lecture
and demonstration two hours.
1040. Piano Class I/(1).F.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
piano technique. Lecture and demonstration two
hours.
1041. Piano Class II/(1).S.
Group instruction in piano technique. Lecture and
demonstration two hours. Prerequisite: MUS
1040.
1042. Guitar Class I/(1).F;S.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
playing the guitar. A special rental fee of $13.50 is
2004. Liturgies and Hymnody/(3).F.
A study of the history of worship in the Jewish,
Eastern Orthodox, Roman Catholic, and Protes-
tant traditions. Included will be a study of the
hymn as it is used in the church's worship. Alter-
nate years. Lecture three hours.
2011. Introduction to Music/(3).F;S;SS.
A nontechnical course for students with little or
not musical background. Emphasis is placed on
the style and form of music as perceived by the
listener. (Humanities) Lecture three hours.
Music
248
2012. Humanities: Music, Art and IdeasI/
(3).F.
A course which concentrates on the interplay of
art, music, philosophy and religion in the ancient
through medieval cultures and their influences as
manifested in other centuries.
2013. Humanities: Music, Art and Ideas 11/
(3).S.
A course which concentrates on the interplay of
art, music, philosophy and religion in contem-
porary culture.
2014. Jazz Music in American Society/
(3).F;S;SS.
Jazz may be the United States' only original con-
tribution to music. Due to its comparatively recent
emergence as a recognized art form, a great deal
of confusion exists as to the meaning, origins,
development, and the place of jazz relative to
other areas of music. This course will define jazz as
precisely as possible and show its evolution in the
historical background of the United States. Lec-
ture three hours.
2038. Advanced Voice Class II/(1).S.
Continued study of literature and attention to the
specific needs of each student. Lecture and
demonstration two hours. Prerequisite: MUS
2037.
2040. Advanced Piano ClassI/(l).F.
Group instruction in piano technique. Lecture and
demonstration two hours. Prerequisite: MUS
1041.
2041. Advanced Piano Class 11/(1). S.
Group instruction in piano technique. Lecture and
demonstration two hours. Satisfaction of course
requirements will constitute passage of piano pro-
ficiency. Prerequisite: MUS 2040.
2400. History and Construction of Wind and
Percussion Instruments/(3).F.
A comprehensive course dealing with the
development of these instruments and their effect
upon music performance. Emphasis will be placed
upon design techniques, materials used, and
manufacturing procedures. Lecture three hours.
2020. Creative Music for the Classroom
Teacher (Humanities)/ (3). F.
Designed for the student who plans to become a
classroom teacher in the elementary school. It in-
volves an integrated approach to developing func-
tional musicianship through listening, reading and
writing musical notation, analyzing and creating
music. The emphasis is on understanding music
and being able to make use of this knowledge in
the classrooms. Lecture three hours.
2021. Music Methods for the Classroom
Teacher/(3).S.
The music elements learned in Music 2020 will be
used in studying materials and methods in the
elementary classroom. A variety of musical ac-
tivities will be presented which are suitable for all
ages of elementary children. Prerequisite: MUS
2020. Lecture three hours.
2030. Instrumental Playing Techniques (For
General Music Education Majors)/(l).S.
Group instruction in the fundamental principles of
playing on representative orchestral instrument in
each of the following categories: woodwind,
brass, percussion and string, lecture and
demonstration two hours.
2037. Advanced Voice Class I/(1).F.
A continuation of first year voice class with ap-
propriate vocal literature adapted to each
student's needs and progress. Lecture and
demonstration two hours. Prerequisite: MUS
1038.
2401. History and Construction of String and
Keyboard Instruments/(3).S.
This course will have the same structure a Music
2400, but will be concerned with string and
keyboard instruments. Lecture three hours.
2410. Production Technique in Instrument
Repair/(2).F;S.
Adaptation to professional tools and techniques in
repair of musical instruments. Prerequisite: MUS
1410. Lecture one hour, laboratory four hours.
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
2611. Music History and Literature 1/(2). F.
The history of music from the ancient Greeks
through the 17th century will be studied. Ex-
amples from the music literature of the thirteenth
through the seventeenth centuries (Renaissance
and early Baroque) will be analysed in detail.
Prerequisite: MUS 1002. Lecture and demonstra-
tion three hours.
2612. Music History and Literature II/(2).S.
The music of the late Baroque (including Bach
and Handel) and of the classic era (including
Beethoven) will be studied. Selected examples
will be used for detailed analysis. Prerequisite:
MUS 1002. Lecture and demonstration three
hours.
2900. Internship/(0-2).F;SS.
Subject areas include:
Music
249
Church Music Field Work 1 and II/(0-l).On De-
mand.
The student will be responsible for all or part of a
music program in an organized local church.
Periodic visits to the church will be made by the
professor who will attend rehearsals or services,
and evaluate the student's work. Private or group
conferences will be held with the professor, who
will give guidance to the student. Graded on S/U
basis.
Apprenticeship in Instrument Repair/(2).F;S.
Students will participate as apprentices in the
routine operation of a manufacturing or repair
facility. Prerequisite: MUS 2410. Graded on S/U
basis.
3004. Organ Literature and Service Playing/
(3).F.
A survey of the main stream of organ literature
from the 15th Century to the present. Laboratory
experience in playing for services of worship in-
cluding chant accompaniment, hymn playing, an-
them accompaniment and simple improvisation.
Lecture three hours.
3007. Counterpoint/(3).S. (Alternate years)
A comprehensive course in the fundamentals of
18th-19th Century counterpoint. Writing and
analysis is stressed and required. Prerequisite:
MUS 2002.
3008. Form and Analysis/ (3). F. (Alternate
years)
A detailed study of formal principals in music.
Music scores from several historical periods will be
analyzed; attention will be given to aural percep-
tion of various structures of music. Prerequisite:
MUS 2002.
3020. Conducting/(l).F.
Fundamentals of conducting technique and in-
troduction to score reading. Lecture and
demonstration two hours. Prerequisite: MUS
1002 or permission of instructor.
3021. Instrumental Conducting
Practicum/(2).S.
Supervised conducting experience with an in-
strumental ensemble. Score preparation and
rehearsal techniques. Lecture and practicum three
hours. A minimum of five hours of rehearsal
observations. Prerequisites: 1002, 3020.
3022. Choral Conducting Practicum/(2).S.
Supervised conducting experience with a choral
ensemble. Score preparation and rehearsal
techniques. Lecture and practicum three hours. A
minimum of five hours of rehearsal observations.
Prerequisites: 1002, 3020.
3031. Instrumental Techniques and
Materials/(2).S.
A survey of the materials and methods in in-
strumental class teaching. Prerequisite: PSY
3302. (Same as SE 3031.)
3032. Choral Techniques and Materials/ (2). S.
A survey of the materials and methods in choral
teaching. Prerequisite: PSY 3302. (Same as SE
3032.)
3035. Music in the Elementary School/(2).F.
S.
Materials and methods in the field of music
teaching in the elementary school. Music in the in-
tegrated program; emphasis on the creative
phases and the development of musicianship;
observation of teaching procedures with children.
Designed for music majors. (Same as EE 3035.)
3036. Music in the Middle/ Junior High
School/(2).F.S.
A study of the organization and direction of the
music program in the Middle/ Junior High School.
Materials for the changing voice, elementary
theory, music appreciation, operettas and pro-
gram building are surveyed. Designed for music
majors. (Same as EE 3036.)
3040. Class Piano/ (1).S.
Provides the piano principal with those practical
competencies which most directly relate to
classroom musical activities such as improvisation,
accompanying and related skills. Required of
music education majors with a piano principal.
Lecture and demonstration two hours.
3420. Music Industry Seminar/(l-l-l).S.
A series of lectures, panel discussions and field
observations with persons and firms in the music
industry. This course serves as a catalytic ex-
perience, bridging academic work and practical
application. The course will be a focal point for
merchandising majors during their entire program
cycle. Must be repeated for a minimum of three
hours credit. Lecture and demonstration three
hours.
3500. Independent Study in Music, (1-4).
F;S;SS.
3510. Honors Independent Study in Music/
(1-3).F;S;SS.
Special research or projects which the honors stu-
dent in music will pursue in lieu of required
courses in the music curriculum.
Music
250
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).F;S.
Variable content which may be repeated for
credit. Topics will include special areas of music
theory, music literature, and music education.
3611. Music History and Literature HI/
(2).F.
A comprehensive study of the history and
literature of music from Beethoven through Post-
Romanticism. Prerequisite: MUS 1002. Lecture
and demonstration three hours.
4611. American Music/(2).SS.
The development of American music from the
Puritan psalm singers to contemporary jazz with
particular attention given to those musical con-
cepts and practices which are distinctly American.
Lecture two hours.
4615. Concert Band Literature/ (2). On De-
mand.SS.
A study of the development of the wind band and
its literature. Significant original compositions and
transcriptions with emphasis on Twentieth Cen-
tury works. Lecture two hours.
4616. Opera Literature/(2). On Demand. SS
Operatic development and literature from the
Baroque period to the present day. Represen-
tative works will be studied visually and aurally.
Lecture two hours.
3612. Music History and Literature IV/
(2).S.
A survey of the history and literature of the early
20th Century to the present. Prerequisite: MUS
1002. Lecture and demonstration three hours.
4004. Organization and Philosophy of Church
Music/(2).F.
Organizational principles of a comprehensive
church music program, including a study of the
philosophy of the art form of music as it relates to
theological concepts. Alternate years. Lecture two
hours.
4617. Chamber Music Literature/(2).On De-
mand.SS.
Instrumental ensemble music from the early Eigh-
teenth Century to the present, with special em-
phasis on the string quartet as a musical form.
Lecture two hours.
4618. Symphonic Literature/(2).On Demand.
SS.
A comphrenesive study of the development of the
symphony from the Mannheim School to the pre-
sent through an analysis of selected works. Lec-
ture two hours.
4031. Choral Literature 1/(2). F.
A survey of representative choral literature from
the Renaissance through the Baroque with special
emphasis upon materials suitable for secondary
and college groups. Lecture two hours.
4032. Choral Literature II/(2).S.
A continuation of Choral Literature I covering the
periods from the Classic through the Modern.
Lecture two hours.
4619. Keyboard Literature/(3).F.
A survey of the music literature for keyboard writ-
ten from 1450 to the present. Selected examples
will be studied in detail. Lecture three hours.
4630. Problems in Elementary School
Music/(2).S;SS.
Music teaching in the primary and grammar
grades; research and demonstrations of methods
of teaching elementary school children. Lecture
two hours.
4510. Honors Project in Music/(2-3).F;S.
Appropriate research for the senior honors
students in music.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4610. Marching Band Techniques/(2).S.
A study of the fundamentals of marching, preci-
sion drill, formations and maneuvering; the plan-
ning of football shows and parades. Lecture two
hours.
4900. Internship in Music Merchandising/
Technology/(8 or 12).F;S.
The internship will be performed off campus in the
employ of a cooperating music sales, manufactur-
ing, or repair firm. Interns will receive compensa-
tion and will be responsible for certain duties in
return. Cooperating firms will work closely with
ASU faculty in training and evaluating the intern.
Graded on S/U basis.
Music
251
Graduate Courses
5000. Bibliography and Research/(3).F;SS.
A study of bibliographical problems, types of
research, and organization and reporting of
research. Required in the first semester of all
beginning graduate music students. Lecture three
hours.
5001. Analytical Technique/(3).S;SS.
The development of techniques for analysis of
music from the Baroque to Mozart through
counterpoint, melodic structure, harmony and
form. Lecture three hours.
5002. Pedagogy of Music Theory/(3).F;SS.
A comprehensive review of basic theory with
special emphasis placed upon the various
methods of approach and the means of determin-
ing a personal philosophy. Lecture three hours.
5006. Philosophy of Music/(3).F;SS.
An investigation of the major philosophies of
music in both historical and contemporary
perspective. Particular emphasis is placed on
aesthetic theory. The relationship between
aesthetics of music educational methodology will
be examined. Lecture three hours.
5014. Medieval and Renaissance
Music/(3).F;SS.
A study of the development of polyphony from its
monophonic origins with emphasis on the
religious, political, economic and social forces
which helped to shape the forms and practices of
the Baroque. Alternate years. Three hours lec-
ture.
5015. Music of the Baroque/(3).S;SS.
Originating from a study of Renaissance, reforma-
tion and other influences which led to the rise of
accompanied monody, separate instrumental
practices and new secular and sacred forms, this
course explores the experimental attitudes and
techniques of the Baroque period. Alternate
years. Three hours lecture.
5016. Classic and Romantic Music/(3).F;SS.
A study of the codification of the Baroque-derived
concepts of tonality and form and the expansion
of these concepts in accordance with the underly-
ing philosophies of Classic and Romantic com-
posers. Alternate years. Three hours lecture.
5017. Twentieth Century Music/(3).S;SS.
Includes a study of the dissolution of tonality and
the utilization of new technical opportunities
(especially electronic) along with the new spirit of
experimentation which characterizes much 20th
Century music. Alternate years. Three hours lec-
ture.
5021. Grants Funding in the Fine Arts/
(3).SS.
Acquaints students with federal, state, and private
sources of outside funding for arts programs in
educational institutions at all levels. Previous pat-
terns of agency and foundation funding will be ex-
amined and current guidelines will be made
available. Techniques of proposal writing will be
studied along with procedures proven to be
helpful in securing and negotiating grants. This
course will culminate in each student preparing a
grant proposal which may actually be submitted
for funding or serve as a model for future submis-
sions. Lecture three hours.
5030. Advanced Conducting/(2).S;SS.
Emphasis upon the critical examination of both
choral and instrumental scores, with development
of conducting skills necessary in securing the
desired effects. Lecture two hours.
5032. Organization and Supervision of School
Music/(2).S;SS.
The responsibilities of the music supervisor in rela-
tion to the classroom teacher, the music teacher
and the school administration. (Same as SE
5032.) Lecture two hours.
5500. Independent Study in Music/(l-4).
F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Variable content which may be repeated for
credit. Topics will include special areas of music
theory, music literature and music education.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
Performing Groups
1100. Marching Band/(0-l).F.
The marching band works in cooperation with the
athletic program during the fall semester. It ap-
pears in pep rallies, all home games, parades and
at several away games. Membership is open to all
students who play hand instruments. The band
usually meets for several days prior to the opening
of fall semester. All students interested in perform-
ing should write to the band director. Majorette
tryouts are held in the spring prior to the fall term.
Tuesday and Thursday two hours each day, one
dress rehearsal before each game.
Music
252
1101. Symphonic Band/(0-l).S.
The Symphonic Band is open to all students who
have had experience playing band instruments.
The group plays standard literature and presents
two concerts each year on campus. Rehearsal
three hours.
1102. Wind Ensemble/(0-l).F;S.
Membership in the Wind Ensemble is limited to
wind and percussion players who have attained
the highest level of performing ability. This usually
includes music majors, although non-majors can
qualify. The group performs twice each year on
campus and occasionally tours to schools in North
Carolina and surrounding states. Rehearsal three
hours.
1103. Brass Choir/(0-1).F;S.
The Brass Choir is limited in members to 25 and is
augmented with a percussion section for various
numbers. Rehearsal three hours.
1104. Stage Band/(0-l).F;S.
This group is open to all students by audition. Em-
phasis is placed on developing a variety of popular
music styles. Concerts are given on the campus
and occasionally at schools off campus. Rehearsal
three hours.
1105. Appalachian Symphony
Orchestra/(0-1).F;S.
The orchestra is open to all students who have
ability and experience in playing any orchestral in-
strument. Emphasis is placed on securing good
ensemble as well as the technical, dynamic and in-
terpretive demands of the composition perform-
ed. The orchestra appears in concert several times
during the year. Rehearsals three hours with addi-
tional sectional rehearsals.
1108. University Singers/(0-l).F;S.
The Singers accept students who read music and
sing well. Auditions are open to all students. Em-
phasis is placed on fine choral literature of all
periods, with particular emphasis given to the
works of outstanding composers. Rehearsal three
hours.
1109. Appalachian Chorale/(0-1).F;S.
A large group of 200-300 which is open to all
students and members of the community. A major
oratorio is presented each semester. Rehearsal
two hours on Monday evening.
1110. Treble Choir/(0-1).F;S.
This organization is open by audition to all
students capable of and interested in singing
literature for soprano and alto voices. Rehearsal
three hours.
1111. ASU Glee Club/(0-l).F;S.
This organization is open to all students capable of
and interested in singing literature for tenor,
baritone and bass voices. Rehearsal three hours.
1112. Chamber Singers/(0-l).F;S.
A select group usually consisting of 16 voices
which specializes in the performance of chamber
literature of all periods. Selection is based on audi-
tion. Rehearsal three hours.
1113. Opera Workshop/(0-1).F;S.
A select group of singers who design, plan and ex-
ecute an opera each semester. Rehearsal three
hours.
1114. Piano Ensemble/(0-l).F;S.
Supervised study and performance of duo and
four-hand piano literature. Rehearsal two hours.
1106. Chamber Orchestra/(0-1).F;S.
The Chamber Orchestra is open to qualified
students who have the ability and experience to
perform music literature of the most select and
demanding type. Due to the small size of the
ensemble, each musician must be prepared to
play solo passages. The group appears in concert
each semester. Rehearsal three hours.
1107. Small Ensembles/(0-l).F;S.
Small Ensembles are open to all qualified students
upon audition. Typical ensembles are the clarinet
choir, string quartet and baroque ensemble.
Rehearsal two hours.
1115. Accompanying/(0-1).F;S.
Supervised study of accompanying vocal and in-
strumental solos. Rehearsal three hours.
1116. Percussion Ensemble/(1).F;S.
The function of this ensemble is to introduce the
student to the wide area of percussion ensemble
literature and to give the student small ensemble
experience in his principal area of performance
Rehearsal three hours.
The College of Education
253
The College of
Education
Benjamin F. Strickland, Acting Dean
J. Pat Knight, Acting Assistant Dean
Mae Reck, Acting Coordinator of Planning and Curriculum
The College of Education has primary responsibility for the preparation of elementary
teachers, secondary teachers, teachers in special subject areas, library media coor-
dinators, reading teachers, reading specialists, special educators, speech pathologists,
supervisors, audiovisual specialists, counselors, teachers of higher education, ad-
ministrators for the public schools and institutions of higher education, and related
human development specialists for community agencies. One goal of the college is to
provide an efficient delivery system of preservice and inservice preparation to in-
dividuals pursuing a career in any of the above listed areas. Additionally, the college
houses a national resource center for developmental educators and the Bachelor of
Technology program.
Center for Developmental Education
Milton G. Spann, Director
The Center for Developmental Education, originally founded by a grant from the W.K.
Kellogg Foundation, offers a variety of resources and services to college and university
personnel concerned with the educational needs and problems of academically under-
prepared students.
The Center resources include a specialized library and a people-to-people linking ser-
vice composed of persons from across the nation knowledgeable in the ways of
teaching, counseling and motivating underachievers. The Center offers conferences,
workshops and seminars for practitioners in the field; conducts occasional research, and
works closely with the Department of Administration, Supervision, and Higher Educa-
tion in the implementation of the University's graduate programs in Developmental
Education. The Center also sponsors the nationally recognized Kellogg Institute for the
Training and Certification of Developmental Educators, which provides advanced train-
ing to selected practitioners from across the United States. In addition, the Center
publishes the leading periodical in the field, the Journal of Developmental and
Remedial Education as well as a bi-monthly newsletter, Research in Developmental
Education. The Center also provides consultation and technical assistance to colleges
and universities seeking to improve their program and services to students with
academic deficiencies.
The College of Education
254
Bachelor of Technology Program
Joe Widenhouse, Coordinator
The Bachelor of Technology Program, which is housed in the Department of Ad-
ministration, Supervision and Higher Education, is offered to graduates of technical in-
stitutes, community colleges or technical colleges who hold the Associate in Applied
Science degree in business or industrial technology from a technical institute, communi-
ty college or technical college.
All students making application to the BT program must meet the following re-
quirements:
1. Show evidence that they have mastered the basic technical skills in their areas by
satisfactorily completing the requirements for an Associate in Applied Science
degree or its equivalent in a business or industrial technology program.
2. Have a minimum GPA of 2.5 in their AAS work and recommendation from the
degree-granting institution, or a minimum of 2.2 with an outstanding recommenda-
tion from the AAS school, and an interview with the ASU-BT staff.
3. Submit an official transcript from the two-year school.
4. Submit a letter of endorsement from the president, dean or other comparable of-
ficial, from the AAS institution.
5. Submit a Student Application-Data Sheet, including a nonrefundable $15 process-
ing fee.
6. Submit a medical form after admission to the BT program is granted.
In no case will transfer credit be given for more than 62 semester hours. Applicants ac-
cepted into this program are eligible only for the Bachelor of Technology Degree. Ap-
plications should be directed to: Admissions Officer, Appalachian State University.
To earn a Bachelor of Technology degree, the following requirements must be met:
1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours at Appalachian after admission to the
Bachelor of Technology degree program. Student must maintain at least a 2.00
grade point average throughout the program.
2. Completion of the following general education requirements:
Humanities
One course in literature (at 2000 or 3000 level) 3 s.h.
Two courses from Art 2011, English 2170,
Music 2011, Communication Arts 2011 6 s.h.
One course in philosophy or religion 3 s.h.
Social Science
History 1101 and 1102 or proficiency at the level of these courses
demonstrated by examination. If proficiency is demonstrated by
examination , appropriate credit will be given without grade . 6 s . h .
If a student has completed a year of European or World History
in high school with an average of "B" or better, the requirement
in history may be met by electing History 2301, 2302; or 2401,
2402; or American History 2201, 2204.
The College of Education
255
8s
.h.
3s
.h.
2s
.h.
2s
.h.
3s
.h.
Psychology 2201 or Psychology 3301 3 s.h.
One course in Sociology, Anthropology, Political Science
or Criminal Justice ls.h.
(If the equivalent of one semester hour of an appropriate social science has been
completed prior to entrance in the BT Program, this requirement
is considered completed . )
TOTAL 22 s.h.
3. Completion of professional education requirements as follows:
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education 3060,
4950 and 4970 9 s.h.
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education 4900
(internship)
Secondary Education 3040
Educational Media 4750
Counselor Education and Research 4840
Psychology 3302
TOTAL 27 s.h.
4. Biological and Physical Sciences 6-8 s.h.
Biology 1101-1102;
Chemistry 1101-1102; 1101-1110;
Geology 1101-1102; 1101-1103;
Physical Science 1001-1002;
Physics 1103-1104; 1101, 1105; 1101, 1106
1150-1151; 2100; 2200
If six semester hours of a natural science have been completed prior to the entrance
of the BT program, this requirement is considered completed.
TOTAL 6-8 s.h.
5. Completion of an area of concentration consisting of a minimum of 12 semester
hours. The courses in the area of concentration are chosen with the approval of
the student's advisor from departments whose offerings are related to the
student's field of study. The student in business technology will choose courses in
accounting, office administration, business education, economics, finance or
marketing or management, taking up to, but not more than, 14 semester hours in
the College of Business during the BT Program. Business Technology students
must complete six semester hours of principles of economics and six semester
hours of principles of accounting if prior credit has not been earned. If taken on
the ASU campus during the BT Program these hours count toward the required
hours for graduation and fulfill the business concentration. The student in in-
dustrial technology will choose from the courses in industrial arts, the physical
sciences, and mathematics. The student must have at least a 2.00 grade-point
average on all work in the 12 hour concentration and the 27 hours of professional
education requirements.
6. Demonstration of proficiency in reading, speech, and written English. Proficiency
tests must be taken the first semester in which the student is enrolled.
7. Completion of residence requirements.
The College of Education
256
8. Compliance with regulations concerning settlement of all expense accounts.
9. Recommendation of the faculty.
The Bachelor of Technology degree program is not designed to prepare students
for secondary school vocational certification. Those who wish to pursue secondary
vocational certification should consult their advisor.
Meeting graduation requirements is the responsibility of the student.
Departments
The College of Education consists of the following departments:
Administration, Supervision Reading Education
and Higher Education Secondary Education
Counselor Education and Research Special Education
Elementary Education Speech Pathology and Audiology.
Library and Media Studies
Degree Programs
The College of Education offers the Bachelor of Science degree leading to teacher cer-
tification in the fields of child development (K-4), elementary education (K-6), middle
grades education (6-9), and K-12 certification in art, health education, library media
coordination, physical education, reading education, special education (in
mild/moderate handicapping conditions or severe/profound handicapping
conditions). A Bachelor of Science degree in habilitative science, which is a
nonteaching, noncertification program, is offered by the Department of Special Educa-
tion. The Bachelor of Music degree with K-12 teacher certification is available in music.
The Bachelor of Science degree with teacher certification (9-12) may be earned in:
business education; distributive education; driver and traffic safety; English; French;
history; home economics education; industrial arts; mathematics; Spanish; speech;
theatre arts; science (with concentration in biology, chemistry, earth science, or
physics); social science with concentration in anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science or sociology.
For graduate degree offerings see the graduate section of this bulletin and the Graduate
Bulletin .
The College of Education offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Technology
degree which are administered by the College of Education. These programs are for
graduates of technical institutes and community colleges who desire careers in business,
industry or teaching in technical institutes and community colleges.
Bachelor of Science Degree
(with teacher certification)
To earn the Bachelor of Science degree with teacher certification, the following re-
quirements must be met:
The College of Education
257
1. Completion of at least 122 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least
2.00. A transfer student must have at least a 2.00 grade point average on all work
at Appalachian.
2. Completion of the general education requirements.
3. Demonstration of proficiency in reading, speech, and written English.
4. Completion of a major consisting of 24 to 56 semester hours from one of the fields
listed below:
Art Reading
Business Education Special Education (Mild/Moderate
Communication Arts Handicapping Conditions or
Distributive Education Severe/Profound Handicapping
Driver and Traffic Safety Conditions)
Elementary Education Science, with concentration in
English Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science,
French or Physics
Health Education Social Science, general or with con-
History centration in- Geography, Political
Home Economics Education Science, Sociology, Anthropology,
Industrial Arts Economics or History
Library Science Spanish
Mathematics
Physical Education
A student must have at least a 2.20 grade-point average to enter the College of Educa-
tion and must maintain a 2.00 grade-point average on all work in the major. Transfer
students must complete at least eight semester hours of work in the major at Ap-
palachian and have at least a 2.00 grade-point average on all work at Appalachian in
the major. With the exception of the science and social science majors, specific re-
quirements for each major preface the list of courses offered by the department. Re-
quirements for the interdepartmental majors of science and social science may be found
by referring to those sections of the index.
5. Completion of professional education requirements as follows (five to six semester
hours) :
Elementary Education (See departmental requirements)
Special Education: SE 3040 and SE 3050
Secondary Education (9-12): SE 3040 and SE 3050
Special Subject Majors (K-12): EE 3010 and EE 3020
or
SE 3040 and SE 3050
or
EE 3010 and SE 3050
or
SE 3040 and EE 3020
PSY 3301, 3302 6 semester hours
Reading Education Course 2-3 semester hours
Methods course or courses See Departmental Requirements
EE 4900 or SE 4900 12 semester hours
The College of Education
258
Students must earn 12 semester hours credit for student teaching.
A grade of 2.00 or higher must be made in each professional education course.
These courses may not be taken under the pass-fail grading system.
6. Electives to complete 122 semester hours.
7. Completion of residence requirements.
8. Compliance with regulations concerning settlement of all expense accounts.
9. Recommendation of the faculty.
10. State certification requires the successful completion of competencies in the
teaching of reading. The departmental advisor should be consulted as to how the
student's program meets this requirement.
11. Take the Core Battery III examination and the Specialty Area Examination, if
available in the student's field, of the National Teacher Examinations. (The North
Carolina State Board of Education has designated the National Teacher Examina-
tions as the standard examinations required for initial certification.
Procedure for Applying to the College of
Education and to the
Undergraduate Teacher Education Program
1. When students have completed 60 semester hours, including ENG 1000 and
1100, and have obtained at least a 2.00 G.P.A., they will be notified to officially
declare their major. After the major is declared, the student's academic and ad-
visement records will be forwarded to the degree granting college. The college will
then forward these records to the appropriate academic department.
2. The chairperson of the academic department will be responsible for processing the
application for admission into the department.
3. Students enrolled in child development (K-4) secondary education (9-12), art
education, health education, physical education, and music education (K-12) will
be notified of their academic department acceptance (or rejection) and asked to
complete an application form for entry into the College of Education. The applica-
tion must be completed and returned to the appropriate department in that col-
lege.
4. Students enrolled in elementary education, (K-6, or middle grades education
(6-9); library science, reading education, special education, or speech pathology
and audiology, will be notified when their records are sent to the College of
The College of Education
259
Education and when to report to the College for advisement procedures. (Child
development majors see #3 above.)
5. Transfer students will follow the procedures above.
Admission to the College of Education and to
the Undergraduate Teacher Education Program
To be admitted to the College of Education and to the teacher education program a stu-
dent must have:
1. Completed at least 60 semester hours.
2. A grade-point average of at least 2.20 (a grade-point average of at least 2.0 must
be maintained thereafter) . Transfer students must have the ASU Admissions Of-
fice certify that they have maintained at least a grade-point average of 2.20 at the
school from which they transferred. Such certification will be submitted to the
Dean of the College of Education prior to enrollment in the teacher education
program at ASU.
3. Demonstrated proficiency in reading, speech, and written English.
4. Been accepted by a department as a major in that department.
5. A recommendation from the chairperson of the department in which the student
is majoring and for secondary education majors, acceptance by the chairperson of
the Department of Secondary Education.
6. All freshmen, sophomores, and incoming transfers enrolling in the teacher train-
ing program as of the Fall semester of 1983 and for all following semesters will:
I. At the end of their sophomore year and before they may be formally enrolled
with the College of Education, take and satisfy testing requirements for Core Bat-
tery I (Communication Skills) and Core Battery II (General Education) of the Na-
tional Teacher's Exam (NTE) .
II. College of Education policies operate to limit the progression of potential can-
didates in teacher education programs to introductory courses only until all formal
admission requirements (including Core Batteries I and II) have been satisfied.
Advisement
Advisement for teacher education students is available through the office of the Dean of
the College of Education and in each instructional department. Complete advisement
information may be secured from the office of the Director of Field Experiences of the
College of Education. Advisement is compulsory and students are urged to check with
the Office of the Dean immediately upon their decision to become a teacher.
The College of Education
260
Proficiency Requirements
All students who are candidates for baccalaureate level teacher certification must pass
proficiencies in reading, speech, and written English. These proficiencies should be
completed during the freshman and/or sophomore years. Transfer students in teacher
education also must pass these proficiencies during their first semester at ASU. Only
students who have completed their proficiencies will be admitted to the teacher educa-
tion program. Specific information on meeting requirements is presented below:
Native Students (defined as students who begin careers at ASU)
Speech Proficiency
Completion of CMA 1100, two semester hours with a 2.00 or
better.
English Proficiency
Completion of ENG 1000, three semester hours, Freshman
English course with a 2.00 or better.
Reading Proficiency
Taking the Nelson-Denny Test upon entering ASU and scoring
64 or better. If the score is less, a student must enroll in RE
1000, one semester hour. Upon sucessful completion of this
course with a 2.00 or better, the student will be declared profi-
cient.
Transfer Students
Speech Proficiency
If a student has had a comparable speech course (CMA 1100) at
her/his former school the student must make an appointment
with the Speech Pathology Department to be tested in com-
munication. It the student has not had a speech course, she/he
must enroll in CMA 1100. Upon successful completion of this
course with a 2.00 or better, the student will be declared profi-
cient.
English Proficiency
If the student has transferred Freshman English she/he must
take the test administered by the Testing Center. If the raw score
is below 30, the student must enroll in ENG 2000, one semester
hour. Upon successful completion of this course, the student will
be declared proficient.
Reading Proficiency
The student must take the Reading Test administered by the
Testing Center. If she/he scores 64 or better, the student is
declared proficient. If the score is below 64, the student must
take RE 1000. Upon successful completion of this course with a
2.00 or better, the student will be declared proficient.
Student Teaching
During the sixth, seventh or eighth semester students who are taking undergraduate
programs of study leading to teacher certification will student teach for one semester in
The College of Education
261
the area, at the level for which they have been preparing, and in a local educational
agency. This work will consist of full-time teaching under the guidance of a competent
and experienced teacher. Student teaching provides the student professional laboratory
experience in the same activities in which the regular teacher engages. There is no pro-
vision to fulfill the student teaching requirement during the Summer Session.
Students will be notified in advance concerning the semester and location in which they
will student teach. Student teaching assignments in off-campus schools will conform to
the local schools schedule with reference to holidays, workdays, etc.
Special field experience programs may be available during the sophomore, junior and
senior years. Information may be obtained from the appropriate department chairper-
son or the Director of Field Experiences in the College of Education.
Internship
Students planning to take internships/practica should contact individual departments in
the College of Education to inquire about requirements and procedures for entering
these experiences.
Conditions Prerequisite to Student Teaching
The following requirements must be met prior to student teaching:
1. All proficiencies and professional education courses including methods courses
must have been completed satisfactorily with a grade of 2.00 or better.
2. A student who has completed all prerequisites for student teaching will be uncon-
ditionally placed. Others may be tentatively placed until all prerequisites have
been satisfied. However, no student will be permitted to student teach unless all
prerequisites have been satisfied.
3. Child Development majors (K-4) must have the approval of the chairperson of the
Department of Home Economics and the Chairperson of the Department of
Elementary Education. Prior to student teaching, child development majors must
take and satisfactorily complete EE 2900, 3120, 4030, 4590, PSY 3301, 3302,
RE 3900, and GS 4401.
4. Elementary education (K-6) . A student must have the approval of the chairperson
of the Department of Elementary Education. Prior to student teaching, elemen-
tary majors must have satisfactorily completed EE 2900, 3110, 3120; RE 3900,
EE 4000, EE 4030, PSY 3301, PSY 3302; and GS 4401. Middle grade educa-
tion majors must have EE 2900, 3900; RE 4620; PSY 3301, PSY 3302; EE
4130, and required method (s) course (s).
5. Secondary majors (9-12). Students must have the approval of the chairperson of
the Department of Secondary Education and the chairperson of their academic
department. Prior to student teaching, secondary majors will have completed pro-
ficiencies in reading, speech, and written English; SE 3040 and 3050; PSY 3301
and 3302, and the required Methods courses. RE 4630 may be taken after stu-
The College of Education
262
dent teaching. English majors are required to take RE 4620 in lieu of RE 4630
prior to student teaching.
6. Students may qualify under either the elementary or secondary requirements, if
they are majors in a special subject (art, health education, library science, music,
physical education, reading education and special education) leading to K-12
teacher certification. Special subject students must refer to departmental re-
quirements concerning prerequisites for student teaching.
7. Each applicant must agree to student teach full time for one semester.
8. Students seeking multiple certifications must make particular arrangements with
the Director of Field Experiences.
Steps in Application for Student Teaching
I. Students must have been released from General College and must have been
admitted to both the College of Education and the Teacher Education Program
before they will be allowed to student teach. (See the appropriate section of this
catalog for specifics.)
II. Those students planning to student teach in either the Fall or Spring semester of
the 1985-86 academic year must attend the Student Teaching Orientation
Meeting on October 2, 1984, at 5:00 P.M. in Whitener Auditorium.
A. Students attending the Orientation Meeting will receive:
1. Copies of App/icarion for Student Teaching forms.
2. A copy of the Teacher Education ■ Information Sheet.
This sheet lists the requirements for admittance to the Teacher
Education Program, requirements in the Teacher Education Pro-
gram and prerequisite courses for student teaching.
3. A Placement Information card.
This card supplies the Office of Field Experiences with tentative infor-
mation concerning preferred semester and geographic areas of
placement.
Note:
The application forms and the placement information card must be
completed by the student and returned to the Office of Field Ex-
periences (EDH 212) by 5:00 P.M. on Friday, November 5, 1984.
B. Additional information presented at the orientation meeting will include:
1. Identification of possible geographic placement areas;
2. Identification of student teacher supervisors within each placement
area; and
3. General procedures/rules concerning placement, course prere-
quisites, and advising procedures.
Students having questions concerning particular student teaching situa-
tions should contact the Director of Field Experiences in Edwin Duncan
Hall, Room 212.
The College of Education
263
Teacher Certification
All Appalachian State University teacher education programs have received ap-
propriate approval by the State Board of Education and lead to North Carolina teacher
certification.
Persons who are college graduates with nonteaching degrees or who wish to certify in a
second teaching area and who desire to receive teacher certification from Appalachian
State University will indicate this in writing to the office of the Dean of the College of
Education prior to arrival on campus. At the same time, they will indicate the area and
level in which they desire certification and will send complete transcripts of all previous
college study. No certification commitments will be made by the University until
transcripts have been received and reviewed by the chairperson of the involved
academic department (where applicable) and the appropriate records advisor of the
Dean of the College of Education. A person seeking such certification may expect to
meet the same certification requirements and demonstrate proficiencies required of
regular Appalachian State University students seeking similar certification.
The certification process begins and ends in the office of the Dean of the College of
Education. Planning conferences with all persons involved in determining the program
of study will be necessary. Certification commitments will be finalized only upon com-
pletion of these conferences.
Interdepartmental Majors Leading to Teacher
Certification Curriculum in Science Education
A curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher certification in
Science Education consists of professional education requirements as described in that
section of the catalog and one of the following options:
A major in biology consists of 26 semester hours above the 1100 level (including BIO
2201-2202, 2204-2205, 3300, 3308, 3520, 4554, 4555 or 3301), plus CHE
1101-1102, PHY 1103-1104, and MAT 1020-1110 or 1110-1120 or 1040-(STT)
3810.
A major in chemistry consists of 23 semester hours above the freshman level (including
CHE 2201, 2210, 3301, 3303, 3404, 3520, and seven hours selected from other
chemistry courses), plus PHY 1103-1104 or 1150-1151, six to eight hours in biology,
and MAT 1110 and 1120.
A major in earth science consists of 27 semester hours in Geology (GLY 1101, 1102
and 1103, 1200, 2450, 3300 and 4850), plus GHY 3100, 3110, CHE 1101-1102 or
PHY 1103-1104, MAT 1020 or 1025 and 3910 or 3920, BIO 1101-1102, PHY 2100
and 2200, and 3 hours of geology electives. Geology 3520, 3 semester hours total, will
be required for one semester of Instructional Assistance in each of the following:
Geology 1101, Geology 1102, and Geology 1103. (SE 2900 may be substituted for
one hour of GLY 3520).
The College of Education
264
A major in physics consists of a minimum of 32 semester hours in physics (including
PHY 1103-1104 or 1150-1151, 2010, 2020, 3520, 4210, and 10 to 12 hours of
physics electives-PHY 2100 or 2200, 3210, and 2630 or 3630 being recommended),
plus BIO 1101-1102, CHE 1101-1102, and MAT 1110, 1120, 2130, and 3130. IET
2004 is also recommended.
Curriculum in Social Science (Undergraduate)
A major in social science leading to the Bachelor of Science degree and teacher cer-
tification consists of 60 semester hours in social science including general education re-
quirements in social science. These requirements must include a core (51 semester
hours) consisting of ANT 1210 and 2215; ECO 2030 and 2040; GHY 1010, 1020,
and 4200; HIS 1101, 1102, 2201, 2204, and 3728; PS 1100, 2130, and 3240; SOC
1115 and 2000; and a concentration of nine additional semester hours in one of the
above areas. In addition the social science major must complete STT 3810 (student
concentrating in economics may complete either SST 3810 or ECO 2100 but cannot
count both towards the major). It is suggested that the student take P&R 1020. A stu-
dent majoring in social science should select MAT 1020 to satisfy the mathematics re-
quirement in general education.
A concentration in anthropology for the social science major must include nine
semester hours in anthropology chosen in consultation with the departmental advisor.
A concentration in economics for the social science major must include ECO 3010,
3020, and three additional semester hours in economics numbered 3000 or above.
MAT 1030 is recommended.
A concentration in geography for the social science major must include GHY 2400,
3200, 3210, and 4250.
A concentration in history for the social science major must include nine semester hours
in history chosen in consultation with the departmental advisor.
A concentration in political science for the social science major must include one three
semester hour course from each of the three following groups: (A) 3110, 3210, 4310,
4270; (B) 3130, 3150, 3230, 4230; (C) 2115, 3280, 3630, 4175.
A concentration in sociology for the social science major must include nine semester
hours in sociology chosen in consultation with the departmental advisor.
Graduate Curricula
I. The Master of Arts degree for Secondary School Preparation: An
undergraduate major in the teaching field; a North Carolina A Certification in
the proposed "G" area, or its equivalent in another state.
The Master of Arts degre with a multidisciplinary major in social science for
secondary school teaching requires:
The College of Education
265
1. The following courses in education and psychology:
CR 4560 Measurement and Assessment 2 s.h.
AH 5060 Curriculum Planning 2 s.h.
or SE 5620 Secondary School Curriculum 3 s.h.
AH 5470 Social Foundations of Education 2 s.h.
or AH 5350 Philosophy of Education
PSY 5555 Advanced Educational Psychology 2 s.h.
or PSY 5565 Adolescent Psychology
2. Twenty-two to 28 semester hours in the social sciences (anthropology,
economics, geography, history, political science, and sociology)
distributed as follows:
With Thesis (22 semester hours) :
a. A concentration of 14 semester hours in one of the social science
disciplines, including 5000, Bibliograpy and Research (2-3) and 5999,
Master of Arts Thesis (4) .
b. Six semester hours selected from two additional social science
disciplines.
c. HIS 5450, History and Social Studies Education (3).
Without Thesis (28 semester hours) :
a. A concentration of 14 semester hours in one of the social science
disciplines including 5000, Bibliograpy and Research (2-3).
b. Twelve semester hours selected from two additional social science
disciplines.
c. HIS 5450, History and Social Education (3). Students will work out
their program of study in consultation with their advisor.
The Master of Arts degree for community /junior college teaching. Prerequisite:
An undergraduate major in the teaching field.
The Master of Arts degree with a multidisciplinary major in social science for
community/junior college teaching requires:
1. The following courses in education
AH 5420 Community, Junior and
Technical Colleges 2-3 s.h.
AH 5440 Instruction in Post-Secondary Institutions 2-3 s.h.
2. Twenty-six to 32 semester hours in the social science (anthropology,
economics, geography, history, political science, and sociology)
distributed as follows:
With Thesis (26 semester hours)
a. A concentration of 18 semester hours in one of the social science
disciplines, including 5000, Bibliograpy and Research (2-3) and 5999,
Master of Arts Thesis (4) .
b. Eight semester hours from another social science discipline.
Without Thesis (32 semester hours)
3. a. A concentration of 22-24 semester hours, including 5000;
Bibliography and Research (2-3), in one of the social science
disciplines,
b. Eight to 10 semester hours in another social science disciplines.
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education
266
III. The M.A. degree in counselor education is offered in three areas: agency
counseling, school counseling, and student development. In addition, the M.A.
degree is also offered in educational media; elementary education; reading
education; special education with concentrations in emotional disturbance, lear-
ning disabilities, mental retardation, and gifted and talented; educational ad-
ministration; educational supervision, and higher education.
IV. The Specialist Degree is offered in counselor education, curriculum and instruc-
tion, educational administration, educational media, elementary education,
higher education, reading education, special education, and science education
(biology) .
V. The M.A. and CAS in School Psychology, Level II is offered jointly through the
departments of counselor education and research and psychology.
Students will work out their programs of study in consultation with their ad-
visors. See the Graduate Bulletin for programs of study and additional informa-
tion.
Department of Administration,
Supervision and Higher
Education (AH)
Ralph G. Hall, Chairperson
The Department of Administration, Supervision and Higher Education is responsible
for organizing and providing graduate instructional programs in public school ad-
ministration and supervision, higher education, and community education. The
undergraduate Bachelor of Technology Program is also administered by the depart-
ment.
The department offers courses of instruction leading to a Master of Arts degree in the
following areas:
1. Educational Administration— prepares persons for a school principalship
at elementary or secondary level. Such a program leads to administration
certification in North Carolina. Students majoring in public school ad-
ministration may concentrate in community education. (Prerequisite for
administration certification: Class "A" Teaching Certificate and three years
of successful teaching experience.) Students seeking only certification in
Educational Administration should contact the Chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Administration, Supervision and Higher Education for a list of the
required prerequisites and courses.
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education
267
2. Educational Supervision— prepares public school persons for curriculum
supervisory roles in public school systems. Such a program leads to educa-
tional supervision (curriculum specialist) certification in North Carolina.
(Prerequisite for supervision certification: Class "A" Teaching Certificate
and three years of successful teaching experience.) Students seeking only
certification in Supervision should contact the Chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Administration, Supervision and Higher Education for a list of the
required prerequisites and courses.
3. Higher Education— prepares students who wish to work in post-secondary
educational settings. Students must select one of the following four tracks
for a program of study:
a. Administration
b. Teaching
c. Developmental Studies
d. Adult Education
The teaching track is designed to prepare students to teach in com-
munity, junior, and technical colleges.
The degree in Higher Education does not lead to N.C. administra-
tion and supervision certification.
4. Community Education— an interdisciplinary Master of Arts Degree Pro-
gram based upon competencies identified by educational and recreational
leaders and which are needed to work in the field of community educa-
tion. The program is served by an inter-departmental faculty committee
which assists students in developing a program of study based upon the
student's current levels of competence in all required areas.
The Educational Specialist degree (Ed.S.) in the Department of Administration, Super-
vision and Higher Education is a 30 semester hour degree program offered in the
following areas:
1. Educational Administration— provides advanced graduate work for public
school administration. This degree leads to sixth year certification.
2. Curriculum and Instruction— provides advanced graduate work in supervi-
sion for public school personnel. This degree leads to sixth year certifica-
tion.
3. Higher Education— provides advanced graduate work in the area of post-
secondary education.
Students pursuing or holding graduate degrees in other departments, and also seeking
administration and supervision certification, must take the necessary courses and in-
ternship prescribed by the Department of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education.
A student working toward a degree and/or certification in the Department of Ad-
ministration, Supervision and Higher Education must develop his/her program of study
in consultation with an approved advisor. Candidacy forms must be submitted to the
Graduate Office before the student has completed twelve hours of course work. Degree
students taking courses without being officially assigned an advisor and receiving the
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education
268
advisor's approval, do so at the risk of not having the courses approved as part of the
degree program.
Students who want to minor in the Department of Administration, Supervision and
Higher Education should contact the Chairperson of the Department.
A minor consists of 9-12 semester hours of designated courses from the program track
concentration selected (Community Education; Higher Education, Developmental
Education; Higher Education, Adult Education; Higher Education, Administration;
Higher Education, Teaching).
Courses of Instruction in Administration
Supervision and Higher Education
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Administration and
Supervision
Graduate Courses
4980. Introduction to Adult and Community
Education/(3).F.
The principal goal of this is to give students an ap-
preciation of the evolution of the concepts,
philosophies, and programs of adult and com-
munity education. The course is intended to serve
as an introduction of the numerous populations,
agencies, and delivery systems involved in the
process of providing lifelong learning experiences.
5010. Public School Administration/(3).F;SS.
An introductory study of basic structure, organiza-
tion, and philosopohical theories and administra-
tion of public schools of the U.S.
5030. The Principalship/(3).F;S;SS.
The purpose of this course is to help students bet-
ter understand the functions and purposes of the
principalship. Theories, principles, and practices
applicable to the organizational components of
schools will be emphasized.
5050. Supervision of Instruction/(2-3).S;SS.
A study of the nature and function of supervision,
recent trends, teacher involvement in policy for-
mation, the organization and techniques used in
supervision .
5060. Curriculum Planning/(2-3).F;S;SS.
A study of principles, effective practices, and
techniques appropriate for overall curriculum
planning.
5250. Conflict Management in Educational Ad-
ministration/(3). S;SS.
Sources of conflict for the administrator are
analyzed including communications and profes-
sional negotiations. Emphasis is placed on basic
problem-solving techniques.
5300. Community Education and the Public
School Administrator/(2).F.
Designed to familiarize the student with the variety
of models of community education and communi-
ty schools together with the underlying philosophy
of each. Particular emphasis will be placed on the
administration of community education from the
point of view of the public school administrator.
5350. Philosophy of Education/(2).S;SS.
A study of philosophies and their effects on
education. Current educational issues and deci-
sions are analyzed from the philosophical bases
which may underlie them.
5470. Social Foundations of Education/(2).
F;SS.
Acquaints students with the role of educational in-
stitutions in relation to its social setting.
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education
269
5491. Planning School Facilities/(2).F.
Emphasis upon educational planning of teaching
space and facilities, planning buildings for newer
instructional equipment, power requirement, effi-
cient use of existing facilities, economical house-
keeping and maintenance programs.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Subject matter may vary depending on student in-
terest and need. A student may enroll more than
once provided the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course.
5530-5549.
mand.
Selected Topics/ (1-3). On De-
5600. School Law/(3).F;SS.
A study of the fundamental principles underlying
the relationship of the state to education and the
laws which are applicable to practical problems of
school organization and administration.
5700. Educational Leadership/(2-3).F;SS.
A study of the process of leadership with activities
designed to improve skill in planning, decision-
making, organizing, communicating, and
evaluating. Research on leadership and the pro-
cesses of implementing change will be analyzed.
5770. Seminar in Community Education/
(3).S.
A seminar designed to complement a basic
understanding of community education through
the development of competencies in the following
areas: assertiveness training, facilitating change,
effective communications, governmental rela-
tions, and evaluation techniques.
5780. Grantsmanship in Education/(3).S;SS.
A study of fiscal resources available to researchers
and practitioners in professional education, in-
volving identification of funding sources, an
understanding of proposal requirements and
strategies for proposal development, competence
in proposal evaluation, experience in the drafting
and submission of a specific proposal to an ap-
propriate agency.
5880. School Community Relations/(2).S.
Considers community education in developing an
educational program. Studies means of securing
cooperative education planning, public relations
responsibilities of members of the school board
and members of the school staff, and major
techniques and media in educational public rela-
tions.
6050. Seminar in School Supervision/(2).SS.
A course for students preparing for positions as
general county or city school supervisors. Includes
methods of evaluating staff and the planning of
staff development programs for the improvement
of instruction.
6180. School Finance/(3).F;SS.
A study of the principles which contribute to an
understanding of public school finance. Emphasis
is placed on budget making, fiscal management,
and business operations.
6300 Personnel Administration in
Education/(3).F;SS.
This course will provide the student with a broad
array of tools for administering the human
resources in a school or school system. Particular
attention will be paid to issues such as tenure,
grievances, evaluation, interviewing, and recruit-
ment. Appropriate statutory law will be examined.
6491. Seminar in Operation and Maintenance
of School Facilities/(3).S.
Planning the modern school plant, design and
nature of functional educational facilities, person-
nel involvement, maintenance, determining the
needs of the community, factors in the selection of
sites, architectural and contractual services.
6500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Subject matter may vary depending on student in-
terest and need. A student may enroll more than
once provided the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course.
6530-6549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Topics considered may include the following:
Seminar in Educational Leadership; and Seminar
in College Administration, etc.
6600. Seminar in Legal Problems/(3).S;SS.
Current legal issues and problems related to
organization and administration of public and
private educational institutions.
6700. Politics in Administration/(3).F;SS.
Politics in Administration will focus on those less
obvious processes that accompany the decision-
making process. Particular attention will be paid to
concepts such as power brokering, in-
terdependence of agencies, and agency politics.
6900. School Administration and Supervision
Internship/Field Study/(2-8).F;S.
Supervised experiences of leadership and man-
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education
270
agement under the direction of competent per-
sonnel or study of problems in a public school,
public school system, or other appropriate agen-
cies. Offered on S/U basis.
Higher Education
3060. Community and Technical
Colieges/(3).F;SS.
A study of the philosophy, goals, and purposes of
community and technical colleges. Special em-
phasis is given to study of the historical develop-
ment, student characteristics, role of faculty and
administration, and instructional and curriculum
development in occupational technical and
human service programs.
and issues related to community colleges,
technical colleges, and technical institutes.
Research of recent trends of two year colleges are
studied. This course is also designed to comple-
ment the internship by assisting the students with
course planning and development.
4980. Introduction to Adult and Community
Education/(3).F.
The principal goal of this course is to give students
an appreciation of the evolution of the concepts,
philosophies, and programs of adult and com-
munity education. The course is intended to serve
as an introduction of the numerous populations,
agencies, and delivery systems involved in the
process of providing lifelong learning experiences.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
Senior/ Graduate Courses
4900. Internship in Community and Technical
Colleges/(2-8).F;S.
A teaching and/or administrative internship in a
community college, technical college, or technical
institute under the direct supervision of experienc-
ed instructors and administrators. Students teach
courses in vocational, technical, or human service
programs and/or perform administrative,
research, and training functions in area of adult
and continuing education. Grade is on an S/U
basis only.
Graduate Courses
5250. Conflict Management in Educational Ad-
ministration/(3). S;SS.
Sources of conflict for the administrator are
analyzed including communications and profes-
sional negotiations. Emphasis is placed on basic
problem-solving techniques.
5350. Philosophy of Education/(2).S;SS.
A study of philosophies and their effects on
education. Current educational issues and deci-
sions are analyzed from the philosophical bases
which may underlie them.
5420. Community, Junior, and Technical Col-
leges/(2-3).F;S;SS.
An analysis of public and private two-year educa-
tional institutions in the United States. An over-
view is given to the study of historical develop-
ment, student characteristics, role of faculty and
administration, curriculum and instructional
development, adult education programs, and
research in recent trends in these institutions.
4950. Teaching in Technical and Occupational
Career Programs/(3).F;S.
A study of effective strategies and methods of
teaching vocational, technical and human service
subjects. Attention is given to systematic instruc-
tion including classroom planning, preparing in-
structional objectives, using alternative teaching
methods, and student evaluation. Special effort is
placed on students developing learning modules
and practicing teaching methods. Should be taken
prior to the internship.
4970. Seminar on Community and Technical
Colleges/(3).F;S.
Study and analysis of teaching,
administrative, planning and leadership problems
5430. Organization and Administration of
Postsecondary Education/(3).F;SS.
A study of the concepts of organization and ad-
ministration as applied to post-secondary educa-
tional institutions and agencies. Emphasis is plac-
ed on understanding organizational structure and
the functions of management in educational and
agency environments.
5440. Instruction in Post-Secondary Insti-
tutions/(2-3).F;S;SS.
A study of various theories of instruction with em-
phasis on the merger of theory and practice in the
development of learning strategies for higher
education.
Administration, Supervision and Higher Education
271
5451. Teaching Practicum in Higher Educa-
tion/(l-3).F;S;SS.
A course study designed specifically for graduate
teaching assistants at Appalachian State Universi-
ty as part of a preservice and inservice instruc-
tional development program. Attention is given to
specific problems and issues relating to teaching in
higher education. Resources are drawn from the
faculty of the department and disciplines
represented on campus to help the teaching
assistants improve their teaching skills.
5470. Social Foundations of
Education/(2).F;SS.
Acquaints students with the role of educational in-
stitutions in relation to its social setting.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Subject matter may vary depending on student in-
terest and need. A student may enroll more than
once provided the content does not duplicate that
of a previous course.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5630. The Adult Learner/(3).F;SS.
A study of the characteristics of adults as learners.
Special attention is given to review of research on
adult learning and to the role of the adult educator
as a facilitator in the learning process.
5700. Educational Leadership/(2-3).F;SS.
A study of the process of leadership with activities
designed to improve skill in planning, decision-
making, organizing, communicating, and
evaluating. Research on leadership and the pro-
cesses of implementing change will be analyzed.
5750. Planning and Conducting Adult Learning
Experiences/(3).S;SS.
An analysis of the role of the adult educator in
planning and conducting experiences designed to
facilitate particular learning outcomes. Special at-
tention is given to the creation of a learning en-
vironment within which the adult educator works
with individuals and groups. Prerequisite: AH
5630 or consent of instructor.
5770. Seminar in Community
Education/(3).S.
A seminar designed to complement a basic
understanding of community education through
the development of competencies in the following
areas: assertiveness training, facilitating change,
effective communications, governmental rela-
tions, and evaluation techniques.
5780. Grantsmanship in Education/(3).S;SS.
A study of fiscal resources available to researchers
and practitioners in professional education, in-
volving identification of funding sources, an
understanding of proposal requirements and
strategies for proposal development, competence
in proposal evaluation, experience in the drafting
and submission of a specific proposal to an ap-
propriate agency.
5810. Planning Educational
Programs/(3).F;SS. v
The principles and processes involved in program-
ming, including basic theories and concepts sup-
porting the programming process for adult
clientele. Consideration will be given to determin-
ing needs for specific training in a community and
developing programs appropriate to meet those
needs.
5840. College Finance and Personal Ad-
ministration/^).S.
A study of financial and personal management
principles as related to higher education. Con-
sideration is given to sources of funds, budgeting,
purchasing, and financial accountability in higher
education. Personnel policies, issues, and pro-
blems relating to the educational management
function are studied.
5861. History of Postsecondary Education in
America/(3).F.
The study of the development of colleges and
universities; community, junior, and technical col-
leges; and the adult and community education
movements. The impact of movements in educa-
tion, internationally, on the development of post-
secondary education in America are explored.
The study of current issues and problems in
postsecondary education is included.
5890. Developmental Studies in Post-
Secondary Institutions/(3).F;SS.
A study of the role of developmental studies pro-
grams in the community /junior college. Special
emphasis is given to characteristics of students and
approaches to instruction.
5990. The Law of Higher Education/(3).S
An overview of the law as it affects the ad-
ministrator in higher education. The accent is on
learning general concepts and sources of the law
and regulations. Additionally, students select in-
dividual problem areas for detailed study.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS.
Counselor Education and Research
272
6040. Readings in Post-Secondary
Education/ (3). S;SS.
Emphasis is given to understanding the concep-
tual framework of adult education, community
education, developmental education, teaching,
and administration through the study of relevant
literature. Each student will conduct a study of the
literature in one of these areas.
6500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Subject matter may vary depending on student in-
terest and need. A student may enroll more than
once provided the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course.
6530-6549. Selected Topics/(3).On Demand.
6550. Seminar in Comparative Education/
(2-3).F. • ■
A comparative study of post-compulsory institu-
tions in other countries. Emphasis on the gover-
nance, administrative, curricular and instructional
issues, concerns, and processes as they relate to
the role of post-compulsory institutions. The study
of an educational system is normally done in con-
junction with seminars and visitations to educa-
tional institutions as well as travel throughout the
countries under consideration.
6600. Seminar in Legal Problems/(3).S;SS.
Current legal issues and problems related to
organization and administration of public and
private educational institutions.
6631. Teaching and Learning in Post-
Secondary Education/(3).S.
An in-depth study of learning concepts with im-
plications for instructional models. Special em-
phasis is given to the process of structuring learn-
ing experiences. Prerequisite: AH 5440 or 5630
or consent of advisor.
6650. Seminar in Post-Secondary Education/
(3).S;SS.
To provide an opportunity in which the student
can integrate the knowledge and skills gained in
the program of study. This is a summative ex-
perience which is designed to be incorporated
toward the end of the graduate program and will
emphasize the personal and professional develop-
ment of post-secondary personnel. Prerequisites:
AH 6631, 6861 or consent of advisor.
6840. The General Education Program for
Higher Education/(2).S;SS.
An overview of general education and its place in
post-secondary education. Emphasis is given to
building on earlier educational experiences in con-
structing a viable college general education pro-
gram.
6900. Higher Education Internship/Field
Study/(2-8).F;S;SS.
Supervised experiences of teaching and/or ad-
ministration under the direction of competent per-
sonnel or study of problems in post-secondary
educational institutions or other appropriate agen-
cies. Offered on S/U basis.
Department of Counselor
Education and Research (CR)
Fred T. Badders, Chairperson
The Department of Counselor Education and Research is responsible for organizing
and providing instructional programs in counselor education and educational research.
The department offers courses of instruction leading to a Master of Arts degree in
Counselor Education (42-48 semester hour programs) with the following options:
1. The Agency Counseling program is designed to prepare counselors and other
"helping" professionals to work in a wide variety of human service agencies (in-
cluding mental health centers, social service agencies, employment and rehabilita-
tion centers, business and industry employee assistance programs, etc.). Various
specialized course emphases are available.
Counselor Education and Research
273
2. The Certified School Counseling program is designed to meet state certification
requirements and to prepare counselors for elementary, middle, and secondary
schools. (Prerequisite: a North Carolina "A" teaching certificate, its equivalent, or
a supervised public school internship.)
3. The Student Development program is designed to prepare counselors and other
student development (student personnel/student affairs) specialists who wish to
work in a post-secondary educational setting (universities, four-year colleges,
community colleges, and technical institutes/colleges) .
A School Psychologist Program, Level II option, a 60-66 semester hour joint program
with the Psychology department, leads to a Master of Arts in School Psychology (in-
cluding a Certificate of Advanced Study) and is designed to meet state certification re-
quirements for Level II school psychologists.
The Educational Specialist degree (Ed.S.) in Counselor Education is a degree program
for persons holding a master's degree or its equivalent in school counseling or student
development. Programs are individualized to take into consideration the number and
type of courses in the applicant's master's degree program with a total of 66 semester
hours of approved courses required in the combination of master's degree program plus
Ed.S. program. A minimum of 18 semester hours of approved courses are required in
the Ed.S. program at Appalachian State University. Concentrations are available in
school counseling (public school K-12) and student development (post-secondary in-
stitutions) .
The programs in Agency Counseling (M.A.), Certified School Counseling (M.S. &
Ed.S.), and Student Development (M.A. & Ed.S.) are accredited by the Council for
Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP) . Graduates
are eligible to take the examination of the National Board for Certified Counselors, Inc.
with successful completion qualifying the individual to become a National Certified
Counselor. The Certified School Counselor tracks are also accredited/approved by the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the North
Carolina Department of Public Instruction.
The department also provides the courses in educational research, measurement and
assessment, and human relations for the College of Education. These research courses
and several of the other counselor education courses are valuable for majors in other
departments. A course in life and career planning is offered for university
undergraduate students.
A student proposing to major in any of the counselor education programs or to seek
certification through the department must be admitted to the Graduate School and/or
be advised by the advisors in the Department of Counselor Education and Research
prior to taking any course. See the Graduate School catalog for a listing of course re-
quirements in each program.
Counselor Education and Research
274
Courses of Instruction in Counselor Education
and Research
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2200. Life/Career Planning/(2).F;S.
This individually oriented study helps students
consider those career choices and related factors
contributing to satisfaction and happiness in life.
The process of goal setting and self-management
by objectives will be studied in order for the stu-
dent to plan systematically for a career. Offered
on a S/U basis only.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
3520. Instructional Assistance/ (l).On De-
mand.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
Senior /Graduate Courses
4560. Measurement and Assessment/(2).
F;S;SS.
Basic course for elementary, secondary, and
junior college teachers which stresses the con-
struction and use of teacher-made tests.
4570. The Addictive Process/(3).F;SS.
An examination of sociological and psychological
contributants to alcohol and drug addiction and
abuse in our society. The addictive process and its
impact on the individual and society are describ-
ed, as well as treatment and preventive program
efforts. Students will also examine their own feel-
ings and attitudes about alcohol and drug use and
abuse.
4600. Educational Statistics/(2).F.
A study of the basic statistical procedures in
education including measures of reliability,
variability, correlation, central tendency, and pro-
blems of sampling.
4680. Counseling the Aging/(3).F.
This course is designed to aid individual
undergraduate and graduate students interested
in gerontology to understand and appreciate ag-
ing as a lifelong process; pay attention to three
phases of adulthood with concomitant
"developmental tasks" and problems, and to
understand counseling strategies applicable to
each phase of life being studied.
4790. Group Methods and Processes/(3).
F;S;SS.
A study of group dynamics, experimentation in
groups, leadership roles, and applicability to other
settings.
4840. Human Relations and Interaction/
(3).F;S;SS.
Examines the key elements in effective interper-
sonal communication. Students will be exposed to
one or more human relations models that are
designed to improve their communication skills,
such as Carkhuff/Gazda scales, Parent Effec-
tiveness Training, Teacher Effectiveness Training,
Transactional Analysis, values clarification,
psychodramatic techniques, etc. Emphasis will be
given to applying constructive methods of human
relations in a variety of settings including business,
schools, and social service agencies.
4870. Guidance Services in the Elementary
School/(2). On demand.
Designed primarily for those who are preparing to
become counselors at the elementary school. Em-
phasis is given to philosophy, organization,
maintenance and use of records, variety and use
of tests, play therapy concepts, consultation with
teachers and/or parents.
4900. Internship in Public Schools/(l-9).On
Demand.
Designed for school counselor graduate students
who do not possess an "A" teaching certificate
and who must have an extended internship in a
public school setting prior to obtaining a "G" cer-
tificate. Each internship is arranged and coor-
Counselor Education and Research
275
dinated on an individual basis consistent with state
policies. This course will be limited to students ac-
cepted into the school counselor program and the
course credit will not count toward the graduate
degree. Graded on the S/U basis only.
studied in depth, emphasizing primary sources.
Other theories will be studied, giving breadth to
this area of knowledge. Interrelationships of per-
sonality development, learning and "problems"
will be stressed.
Graduate Courses
5000. Research in Education/(2-3).F;S;SS.
A study of the various types of research and the
logical organization of research and reporting. In
addition to becoming acquainted with the primary
educational resources for research, the student
will develop a research proposal. Those taking the
course for three semester hours credit will have
additional exposure on statistical concepts involv-
ed in educational research. This course is required
(usually in the first semester) for all persons work-
ing for Master of Arts degrees in any area of
education and industrial arts.
5100. The Teacher as a Counselor of Early
Adolescents/(2). On Demand.
This course is designed to acquaint teachers of
early adolescent youth with appropriate counsel-
ing techniques and other interactional processes
needed to become effective teachers. Emphasis
will be placed on the special needs of middle
school youth.
5120. Introduction to Agency Counseling/ (3).
F.
An introduction to the issues, functions and scope
of the work being done in various human service
agencies. Helping approaches with selected client
populations and related professional concerns will
be examined.
5140. Psychological and Educational Testing/
(3).S;SS.
A study of representative psychological and
educational tests/inventories including the ra-
tionale which underlies testing. Prerequisite: CR
4600 or previous course in statistics.
5210. Life/Career Planning: Information and
Skills/(3).F;S;SS.
Assists counselors and others in various work set-
tings to attain knowledge and skills essential in
helping individuals to consider possible careers
and life style options. Approaches to career
development, sources of informational materials,
and the life planning needs of particular clientele
are emphasized.
5220. Counseling Theory and Techniques/
(3).F;S;SS.
Several selected theories of counseling will be
5270. Theories of Marriage and Family
Counseling/(3).S.
An in-depth study of the basic theoretical ap-
proaches to marriage and family counseling in-
cluding psychodynamic systems, behavioral, and
eclectic approaches. Prerequisite: a course in the
development of the family (e.g. Sociology 4800)
5310. Theory and Practice of Guidance/
(3).F. (Alternate years)
A study of public school guidance and counseling
programs, including methods of guiding students,
and purposes, organization, present status, and
evaluation of guidance and counseling activities.
5410. Student Development Functions/(3).
F.
A basic course introducing the issues and pro-
cesses involved in working with college students in
a non-instructional capacity. Attention is given to
the philosophy, organization, staffing, resources,
and functions (admissions, registration, financial
aid, health, counseling, co-curricular activities,
housing, and placement) which comprise effective
student personnel/development programs.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4)F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Subject matter may vary from term to term depen-
ding on student interest and need. A student may
enroll more than once in a selected topics course
provided that the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course. Limit of six hours credit.
5570. Counseling the Addicted Person/(3).F.
An indepth study of the various intervention and
therapeutic models utilized with addicted clients,
including individual, group, and family counseling
approaches. Unique aspects, demands, and im-
peratives of the addiction vis-a-vis the helping
relationship are discussed. Prerequisite: CR 4570.
5660. Psychoeducational Assessment and In-
terpretation/^).S.
A study of various individually administered
educational, intelligence, and psychomotor
assessment techniques used in the public schools
(excluding the Weschler and Stanford-Binet
Scales) . Emphasis will be placed on administration
and interpretation of the instruments and on the
Counselor Education and Research
276
writing and legal implications of psychological
evaluations. Supervised practice in test ad-
ministration will be provided.
5710. Helping the Troubled Employee/(3).S.
An introduction to employee assistance program-
ming in a wide variety of settings. Historical
development, current issues and trends, program
structure, implementation, administration and
evaluation are stressed. Visiting practitioners, stu-
dent projects, and field trips will emphasize prac-
tical skills development in this helping model
based in the work setting.
5750. Legal and Ethical Issues in Counseling
and Student Development/(3).S;SS.
A study of current legal and ethical issues confron-
ting the counselor, teacher, administrator, and
other student development specialists. Topics in-
clude tort liability, confidentiality, privacy, libel
and slander, due process, and other important
concepts and actions resulting in legal and ethical
questions.
5870. Statistical Applications in Education/
(2).F.
Advanced statistical methods and analysis as ap-
plied to education.
5900. Internship Practicum/(1-9).F;S;SS.
Internships are available in the areas given below
according to the chosen curriculum and are grad-
ed on the S/U basis only. Some internships may
be repeated for additional credit when there is
space and upon approval of advisor and depart-
ment chairperson.
Practicum in Counseling/(3).F;S;SS.
An in-depth study of the counseling and
therapeutic process and the nature of the counsel-
ing relationship. These factors will be examined in
relationship to the application of basic theoretical
principles. Prerequisites: CR 5120 or CR 5310 or
CR 5410 and CR 5220; prior approval of depart-
ment chairperson.
Practicum in Student Development/
(2).F;S.
An opportunity for on-the-job observation which
provides an overview of student
development/student personnel functions either
on the ASU campus or in an area post-secondary
institution. Open only to student development
majors. Prerequisite: To be taken concurrent with
or subsequent to CR 5410; and prior approval of
department chairperson.
Practicum in School Psychology/(2-4).F;S.
This course is limited to persons seeking certifica-
tion as a school psychologist, level II. The student
will be placed in a public school setting under pro-
fessional supervision and will observe and practice
the application of psycho-educational theories
and techniques. Prerequisite: CR 5140, CR
5660, PSY 5700 and prior approval of depart-
ment chairperson.
Practicum in Group Leadership/(3). On De-
mand.
Supervised practice in group leadership. Prere-
quisites: CR 4790, CR 6720, and prior approval
of department chairperson.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
6000. Seminar in Research Design/(l-3).
F;S;SS.
The application of research techniques in the in-
vestigation of educational problems. This course is
of particular value in the definition and design of
the research required for advanced graduate
degrees.
6270. Marriage and Family Counseling:
Clinical Issues/(3).F.
An in-depth examination of basic issues and
special problems in the therapeutic intervention in
families. Prerequisite: CR 5270.
6350. Body/Mind/(3).F.
A study of the interrelationship of physical and
mental functioning as it pertains to counseling, in-
cluding the mind/body problem as a systematic
issue in psychology, and exploration of the cur-
rent resurgence of interest in mind/body function-
ing relative to total well-being, and an overview of
current uses of mind/body experiences as
therapeutic techniques.
6450. Seminar/(3).F;S.
A seminar on the identification and analysis of
current issues/trends in the counseling and stu-
dent development field organized and offered by
program tracks within the Department of
Counselor Education and Research as listed
below. Available primarily for ASU counselor
education degree candidates.
Seminar in Agency Counseling/(3).F.
An examination of current issues and trends in
agency counseling, focusing specifically on the
areas of: (1) psychosocial assessment; (2) preven-
tion/education/intervention techniques with cer-
Counselor Education and Research
277
tain target populations; and (3) legal/ethical, ad-
ministration, and supervision issues in agencies.
Prerequisite: CR 5120.
Seminar in School Counseling/(3).F.
A seminar on the identification and analysis of
current issues and trends in school counseling with
special attention given to the changing needs of
pupils at various developmental levels and with
changing social, multicultural, and environmental
circumstance. Students may choose elementary,
middle, or secondary emphasis. Prerequisite: CR
5310 and CR 5900 (Practicum in Counseling).
Seminar in Student Development/(3).S.
A seminar on the identification and analysis of
current issues/trends in the student development
field with special attention given to problem-
solving skills, conflict resolution, and per-
sonal/fiscal management relating to human
development programming. Emphasis will also be
placed on the design and application of the stu-
dent development model including its com-
ponents of organizational development, assessing
personal competencies, skill building, leadership
development, management techniques, change
strategies, and evaluation. Prerequisite: CR 5410.
6500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
6530-6549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
6620. Consultation with Parents and
Teachers/(3).S (odd-numbered years); SS
(even-numbered years).
For school psychologists, counselors, and other
human service personnel in various fields who
deal with parents and/or teachers in a con-
sultative and educational capacity. The course will
include a review of consultation models and
theories of both a group and triadic nature. It will
also provide an opportunity for role play which
reflects actual consulting situations. Emphasis will
be placed on concerns related to academic deficit,
behavioral problems in the school and home, and
family stress.
6700. Individual Behavior/(2). On Demand.
A survey of the literature pertaining to the percep-
tual approach to the study of the individual's
behavior. Efforts will be made to show the applica-
tions of this approach to education and counsel-
ing.
6710. Human Sexuality/(3).F;SS.
Classical and contemporary theories of sexual
identity and behavior, family planning, reproduc-
tion, emotionality, intimacy, and values are
studied. Special attention is given to the work of
Kinsey, Hooker, and Masters and Johnson, and
most recent researchers. Attention is given to
futurity, especially as it pertains to current prac-
tices and values regarding family planning,
general health, sexuality and one's self-esteem.
Counseling strategies will be considered pertaining
to many currently reported sexual dysfunctions
such as impotence, premature ejaculation and
lack of sexual response.
6720. Group Counseling/Therapy/(3).S.
Theory and practice of group counseling/therapy,
including group process, leadership style, and
outcome. Prerequisite: CR 4790.
6900. Advanced Internship/Practicum/(l-9).
F;S;SS.
Advanced students in counselor education will
have supervised experiences in specific functions
of the counselor education field in a public school
system, post-secondary institution, or other ap-
propriate agency. In addition to those listed
below, other specific experiences will be
developed and approved by the student and the
student's Advisory Committee. Graded on S/U
basis only. Prerequisite: Prior approval of depart-
ment chairperson.
Internship in School Counseling/(5).F;S.
Practice in the application of skills used in counsel-
ing elementary/middle/secondary school youth.
Setting to be decided upon in consultation with in-
ternship supervisor. Available only for ASU
school counselor degree/certification candidates.
Prerequisite: CR 5310, 5220, 5900 (Practicum in
Counseling), and prior approval of department
chairperson.
Internship in Agency Counseling/(6).F;S;SS.
On-the-job experience will be emphasized
through placement of students in appropriate
human service agencies. Includes practice in the
counseling and other helping skills used in various
agencies. Available primarily for Agency Counsel-
ing majors. Prerequisites: CR 5120, 5220, 5900
(Practicum in Counseling), and prior approval of
department chairperson.
Elementary Education
278
Internship in Student tain assistantship and other regular work ex-
Development/(l-4).F;S;SS. periences may be considered as appropriate set-
On-the-job experience will be emphasized tings. Available primarily for student development
through placement of students in specific student majors. Prerequisite: CR 5410, CR 5900 (Prac-
development functions/offices either on the ASU ticum in Counseling and Practicum in Student
campus or in an area post-secondary institution. Development), and prior approval of department
This full time experience will provide an oppor- chairperson,
tunity for both observation and participation. Cer-
Department of Elementary
Education (EE)
C. Kenneth McEwin, Chairperson
The Department of Elementary Education offers undergraduate and graduate degree
programs with options available in child development (K-4), elementary education
(K-6), and middle grades education (6-9). Through programs of classroom instruction,
direct experiences in classrooms, and advising, the department prepares students for
certification in the various curriculum areas and grade levels in pre-kindergarten,
elementary, middle and junior high schools. In addition to meeting requirements for
certification, the department maintains programs of instruction, research, and field ser-
vices for the continuous improvement of curriculum materials, school organization, and
methods of teaching.
Undergraduate majors must complete EE 2900, and reading, English, and speech pro-
ficiencies before admittance to the Department of Elementary Education. Transfer
students must complete these requirements during their first semester at Appalachian
State University.
At the time of entering the College of Education, elementary education majors must fill
out an application for admittance to the Department in Room 212, Edwin Duncan Hall.
Upon completion of application, students are assigned advisors by the Department of
Elementary Education.
Elementary Education, Home Economics and Psychology cooperate to offer the B.S.
Degree in Child Development conferred by the Department of Home Economics upon
the completion of the required 20 semester hours multidisciplinary core curriculum (EE
3130 and 4590; HEC 2201, 3101, and 4100; and PSY 3660 and 4560) and courses
in one of the three areas of concentration: Psychology, Elementary Education or Home
Economics.
Child Development majors electing the Elementary Education option must complete
the following courses: CMA HOOT; PHS 1001, 1002; (or PHY 1101 and 1105 or
1 106, or CHE 1 101 and 1 102) ; ART 201 1* ; MUS 2020 * ; BIO 1 107 * or GS 4401* ;
HED 3100* ; HEC 2201T; EE 2900, 2020T, 2023T; HIS 2201* or 2204*; EE 3010T,
Elementary Education
279
3120T, 3130T, 4030T, 4590T, 4900; HEC 3101T, 4100*; PSY 3301t, 3302T,
3660T, 4560T; RE 3900T; HED 3100; SOC 4800; LM 3040*. Child Development
majors are required to take the Core Battery III and the Early Childhood Education
Area of the National Teacher Examination. NOTE: Students should check with the Of-
fice of Laboratory Experiences prior to making application for Core Battery III.
(t Must be completed with a grade of "C" (2.00) or better. 'May not be taken on
pass-fail option.)
Students preparing to teach in kindergarten through grade six must complete the
following courses: EE 2900; CMA 1100*; PHS 1001, 1002, (or PHY 1101, 1105 or
1106, or CHE 1101, 1102); HED 1105*; BIO 1107*; GHY 1020*; HIS 2201* or
2204*, HIS 2207*; ART 2011*; MAT 1910*; MUS 2020t; PS 1100*; EE 2020T,
3010t , 3110t, 4900; MUS 202 It; PE 3505T; HED 3655T; PSY 3302T; SPE 2200T;
LM 3040* ; and 12 semester hours of academic electives from the following areas, with
not more than 6 semester hours from any one area: art, music, English, Spanish,
French, mathematics, science, and social studies. The following courses are to be taken
concurrently in the junior year: EE 3120T, 4000, 4030T; RE 39001"; PSY 3301 1, GS
4401T. Majors preparing for grades K-6 are required to take the Core Battery III and
the Early Childhood Education Area of the National Teacher Examination. NOTE:
Students should check with the Office of Laboratory Experiences prior to making ap-
plication for Core Battery III.
('May not be taken on pass-fail option. TMust be completed with a grade of "C"
(2.00) or better.)
Students preparing to teach in the middle grades (six through nine) must complete the
following courses: EE 3010T, 3270T, 3900, 41201, 4150T, 46401, 4900; PSY
3301T, 33021"; SPE 22001"; RE 4620T; and academic concentrations from any two of
the following areas with the two appropriate methods courses (EE 3110T, 3120T,
4030T, GS 44011"): language arts, mathematics, science, social studies. A minimum of
15 semester hours is required in each of the two selected concentrations. Middle grades
majors are required to take the Core Battery III and the Education in the Elementary
School Area of the National Teacher Examination. NOTE: Students should check with
the Office of Laboratory Experiences prior to making application for Core Battery III.
('May not be taken on pass-fail option. tMust be completed with a grade of "C"
(2.00) or better.)
Master's degree candidates selecting a non-thesis program must complete 36 semester
hours of graduate work. Early Childhood candidates must complete at least 10
semester hours from art, English, French, mathematics, music, reading, science, and
social studies. Candidates for the middle grades program for grades six through nine
select from nine to 12 semester hours from one academic area. Approved areas in-
clude: art, language arts, mathematics, music, reading, science, or social studies.
Candidates for the Educational Specialist Degree must complete 30 semester hours
beyond the Master's degree. Those electing the thesis option must complete 24
semester hours of course work and the six hour thesis. Those electing the non-thesis
option must complete 30 semester hours of course work as approved by their advisory
committee. Graduate level certification at the K-4, 4-6, and 6-9 levels is available
depending on previous certification levels and course work selected for the degree.
Elementary Education
280
Courses of Instruction in Elementary Education
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
0200. Handwriting/(0).F;S.
A lab for cursive and manuscript writing. Offered
on S/U basis.
2020. Art in the Elementary School/ (3).
F;S;SS.
Experiences developing understanding of percep-
tual growth of the child, aesthetic content in art,
concepts from elements in art forms, teaching
methodology, and the teaching of an art unit in a
laboratory situation. No prerequisite. Two hours
per week lecture. Laboratory will include art ex-
periences designed to increase the students'
understanding of the artist's use of elements in art
forms, media selected for adaptability into the
elementary classroom, both two and three dimen-
sional work. Two hours per week laboratory.
2021. Art in the Elementary School for Art Ma-
jors/(3).F;S.
Experiences developing understanding of percep-
tual growth of the child, aesthetic content in art,
teaching methodology, and the teaching of an art
unit in a laboratory situation. Two hours per week
lecture. Laboratory will include art experiences
designed to increase the students' understanding
of the artist's use of elements in art forms, media
selected for adaptability into the elementary
classroom, both two and three dimensional work.
Two hours per week laboratory. Prerequisites: Art
1001, 1002, and one beginning studio course.
2023. Movement, Drama, and Play/(3).S.
The planned integration of movement, dance,
drama, and constructive play in curricula for
children 0-8 years, including those with excep-
tional needs.
2900. Internship: Orientation to Teaching/
(2).F;S.
A sophomore practicum for prospective teachers
in which the student spends three or more hours a
week serving as a teacher's assistant in a school
and attends planned seminars on campus. Of-
fered on a satisfactory-failure basis only. To be
taken before admission to the College of Educa-
tion.
3010. Elementary Education in the United
States/(2).F;S;SS.
An appraisal of the elementary school program
with a critical study of curriculum and instructional
practices. The course stresses continuity in the
education of children from kindergarten through
grade nine with emphasis on the historical
sociological and philosophical foundations of
education, structure of the elementary school,
current trends and issues, and classroom manage-
ment and evaluation.
3020. Curriculum Design in Elementary
School/(3).F;S.
A study of elementary school curriculum as it
relates to current social forces, human develop-
ment, human learning and the nature of
knowledge. Exemplary models for alternative
designs will be explored.
3035. Music in the Elementary School/
(2).S.
Materials and methods in the field of music teach-
ing in the elementary school. Music in the in-
tegrated program; emphasis on the creative
phases and the development of musicianship;
observation of teaching procedures with children.
Designed for music majors. (Same as MUS 3035) .
3036. Music in the Middle/Junior High
School/(2).S.
A study of the organization and direction of the
music program in the Middle/ Junior High School.
Materials for the changing voice, elementary
theory, music appreciation, operettas and pro-
gram building are surveyed. Designed for music
majors. (Same as MUS 3036).
3110. Social Studies in the Elementary
School/(3).F;S;SS.
The place of social studies in the elementary cur-
riculum; objectives, instructional procedures,
materials, and evaluation criteria.
3120. Language Arts in the Elementary
School/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of communication skills: listening, speak-
Elementary Education
281
ing, reading, composition, handwriting, spelling;
a comparison of current teaching methods and
materials; emphasis on the language arts as the
core of the elementary school curriculum.
3130. Methods of Teaching for Cognitive
Development/(3).F.
Major cognitive development theories applied to
curriculum planning for children with diverse
needs. Design, organization, construction, and
evaluation of learning environments and activities
for promoting cognitive growth. Should be taken
concurrently with PSY 4560.
3270. Literature for the Early Adolescent/
(2).S;SS.
A survey of literature with emphasis placed on the
reading interests of middle school and junior high
school students.
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
3900. Internship in the Middle Grades/(3).F;S.
A junior practicum experience with teachers and
students in the middle grades. Four or more con-
tact hours per week will be required. Weekly
seminars will be held. Offered on a satisfactory-
unsatisfactory basis only. Prerequisite; EE 2900.
4000. Elementary School Curriculum and In-
struction/^).F;S.
The basic principles of curriculum and instruction
as applied to five to twelve year old children are
examined. Attention is given to tranditional as
well as innovative programs. Selecting, planning,
and utilizing materials, methods, activities, and
facilities suited to elementary children are em-
phasized. Learning programs are planned for
specific classroom situations, and are im-
plemented and evaluated during the course. Lec-
ture 45 hours; laboratory minimum of 90 hours.
Prerequisite: EE 2900.
4030. Mathematics in the Elementary
School/(2).F;S;SS.
A study of how children develop basic number
concepts and learn to perform operations with
natural numbers and fractions. Consideration of
sequential learning experiences appropriate to
each grade level.
4120. Nature of the Middle/ Junior High
School Learner/(3).F;SS.
A study of the nature of the early adolescent
learner and the implications for teachers that can
be drawn from that knowledge. Emphasis is plac-
ed on the guidance and counseling function of the
teacher.
4150. Interdisciplinary Seminar/(3).S.
Acquaints teachers of early adolescents with the
techniques of teaching as a member of an inter-
disciplinary team. The role of the individual team
members in planning and implementing realistic
programs which integrate subjects taught in the
middle/junior high school is emphasized. Prere-
quisite: EE 2900.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4590. Early Childhood Curriculum and Instruc-
tion/(4).F;S.
The basic principles of curriculum and instruction
as applied to early childhood. Development and
organization of the curriculum with emphasis on
integrating the multiple aspects. Selecting, plann-
ing, and utilizing materials, methods, activities and
facilities suited to the young child. Course includes
60 hours of practical experience in an early
childhood classroom and 45 hours of lecture.
Prerequisite: EE 2900 (Child Development ma-
jors only).
4640. Middle School Curriculum and Instruc-
tion (Grades 6-9)/(3).F;SS.
Development and organization of the curriculum
with emphasis placed on communicative skills, the
humanities, the social studies, and exploratory
career education; selection and use of materials,
methods, activities and facilities for programs
suited to the early adolescent.
4900. Internship /Student Teaching: Elemen-
tary School/(6 or 12).F;S.
Teaching experiences under supervision for one
semester for students who plan to teach in grades
K-8 of the elementary school and K-12 for those
students who plan to teach special subjects, such
as art, physical education and health, library
science, music, special education, etc. Offered on
S/U basis.
Elementary Education
282
Graduate Courses
5010. Foundations of Early Childhood Educa-
tion/(3).F;SS.
An examination of concepts in early childhood
education. Relates the social and educational
history of the young child to contemporary educa-
tional practices. Significant trends and issues will
be emphasized along with foundations of early
childhood education.
5120. Advanced Seminar in Social Studies
Education/ (3). SS.
An analysis of the historical/philosophical
antecedents of the social studies movement in
American education with particular attention to
current trends and practices in elementary school
social studies.
5130. Teaching the Language Arts/(3).
F;SS.
A study of the latest research, practices, inter-
pretation, methods, materials and strategies in
teaching the language arts.
5140. Advanced Seminar in Science Educa-
tion/(3).SS.
The nature of science and its integration into the
curriculum of the elementary school; teaching
basic communication skills through science
resources for both conventional and innovative
approaches.
5150. Advanced Study in Elementary
Mathematics Instruction/(3).SS.
A comprehensive mathematics instructional
model for use in the elementary grades will be
developed from a study of the theoretical under-
pinnings of mathematics learning. Teacher-made
and commercial resources and materials will be
evaluated to determine their appropriateness to
the model. Individualized instruction will be em-
phasized.
5170. Teaching the Emerging Adolescent/(3).
S;SS.
Study of the middle school student, examining
cognitive, physical, emotional, social and
aesthetic development. An interdisciplinary in-
vestigation drawing upon sources in the biological,
behavioral, and social sciences. Emphasis will be
placed on the child-in-school situation and on cur-
rent research, especially in school settings.
5500. Independent Study/(1-2).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Subject matter may vary from term to term depen-
ding on student interest and need. A student may
enroll more than once in a selected topics course
provided that the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course. (Limit of six hours credit.)
5580. Middle Level Curriculum and Instruc-
tion / (3-4). F;SS.
The study of a variety of curriculum designs and
instructional strategies utilized at the middle
grades level. Emphasis is placed on traditional and
innovative programs and practices at the middle
level. Trends and issues regarding middle level
education are examined. Students selecting the
four-hour option serve a minimum of twenty
hours in a practicum in the middle grades.
5590. Advanced Study in Early Childhood Cur-
riculum and Instruction/(4).F;SS.
An intensive study of curriculum and instruction in
early childhood education, with emphasis on
planning and evaluating learning experiences,
organizing materials, structuring the environment,
and encouraging the learning process. Includes
study of alternative curriculum models in early
childhood education. Recent research in child
development and learning as applied to the
classroom setting. Twenty hours practicum ex-
perience required.
5600. Advanced Teaching Strategies in Early
Childhood Education/(3).S;SS.
An exploration of significant alternative ap-
proaches to teaching in the early childhood years.
Use of standard and non-standard materials and
resources will be emphasized, along with a variety
of organizational structures.
5900. Internship/Practicum/(3).F;S.
Provides direct experiences with 9-15 year-old
students. Educators with two years of successful
middle grades experience engage in action
research projects or design and implement in-
novative curricular programs or practices. Those
without appropriate experience spend a minimum
of 180 hours in a supervised middle grades
teaching experience. Offered on S/U basis only.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS.
6160. Field Study in Curriculum
Problems/(3).F;S.
Students develop a conceptual framework based
on general system theory for guiding, developing,
and evaluating elementary school curriculum im-
provements. Students conduct a research project
analyzing the design and development of school
curriculum planning with emphasis on current
trends and issues in elementary school curriculum
(K-9).
Library and Media Studies
283
6310. Analysis of the Teaching Process/(3).
S;SS.
Examination of the teacher-pupil and pupil-pupil
interaction in the classroom through study of
original relevant research disciplines concerning
human behavior and society. Special attention is
given to the efforts of teacher approaches to
children, the organization of curriculum materials
and the structure of the classroom society on the
accomplishment of education objectives.
6360. A Survey of Research in Child Develop-
ment and Its Implication for Teaching/
(4).SS.
The physiological, sociological, and psychological
bases of human behavior with emphasis upon
research dealing with the normal school child in
his/her environment.
6460. Issues, Trends, and Problems in Cur-
riculum/(3).F;SS.
Analysis of current practices, problems, and
trends in elementary education with emphasis on
improved programs.
6500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
6530-6549. Selected Topics/(l-3). On De-
mand.
Consideration of group and individual investiga-
tions in elementary education.
6999. Educational Specialist Thesis/(l-6).
F;SS.
Offered on an S/U basis only.
Department of Library and
Media Studies (LM)
Bachelor of Science Degree: Library Science
This degree program is designed to prepare a student for certification as an Associate
Media Coordinator (K-12.) Associate Media Coordinators assist in and/or manage
school library media centers.
The major course of study for the Bachelor of Science degree is comprised of 31
semester hours. The following courses are required: LM 3015, 3020, 3040, 3070,
4700, 4730, 4820, 4850, plus six elective hours in library and media studies.
Other requirements for certification include: EE 3030 or SE 2900, which provide the
student with an introductory team teaching experience; EE 3010 and SE 3050 or EE
3020 and SE 3040; EE 4900 or SE 4900 which provides student teaching experience
in a school media center; PSY 3301 and PSY 3302; RE 3900; and CR 4840; proficien-
cy in English, speech, and reading; and a passing score on the Core Battery of the Na-
tional Teachers Examination.
The department undergraduate advisor will provide each student with advice in plann-
ing a program of electives. It is possible and beneficial for students in library science to
double major by using the elective hours available toward meeting requirements in
another area of study.
Alternate Certification
Teachers with "A" certification in other fields who wish to obtain certification in Library
Science are advised to enroll in the Master's Degree program.
Library and Media Studies
284
Minor in Library Science
Students choosing to minor in Library Science are required to complete the courses:
EM 3015, 3020, 4730, 4820, 4850, plus four to six elective credit hours of Library and
Media courses appropriate to each student's goals.
Courses of Instruction
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
3015. Introduction of the Media Profession/
(3).F;SS.
Survey of professional roles in libraries and in-
structional technology; professional literature; ob-
jectives of modern media services and bases from
which they have evolved; audio-visual equipment
operation and possible futures for libraries, infor-
mation services, and educational uses of media.
3020. Information Sources and Services/
(3).F;SS.
Examination and use of basic reference materials;
citation and bibliographic form; human interaction
techniques; procedures in reference work in-
cluding community and network information
referral.
3040. Children's Literature/(4).F;S;SS.
Survey of literature of the field; criteria for selec-
tion and use with children; methods for presenting
literature to children.
3070. Media for Young People/(3).S;SS.
Survey of literature, films and television for
adolescents; criteria for selection and use;
methods of encouraging critical use of media by
young people.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
Supervised experience in the instructional process
on the university level through direct participation
in a classroom situation. Grading on satisfactory/
unsatisfactory basis only. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing. May be repeated for a total credit
of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Senior/Graduate Courses
4550 Storytelling and Programs for Youth/
(2-3).S;SS.
Development of student's competency in storytel-
ing, booktalks, discussion group leading, and
other program activities using a variety of media.
4560. Multicultural Literature for Children and
Young People/(3).F;SS.
Identification of Appalachian, Black and Indian
literature and the writing of other ethnic authors in
the USA; evaluation and selection criteria for
books and film; applications for children and the
learning process.
4630. Collection Development: Science and
Technology/(3).S;(alternate SS).
Survey of special reference works, bibliographies,
landmark books in the pure and applied sciences.
4640. Collection Development: Humanities
and Social Sciences/(3).F;(alternate SS).
Survey of special reference works, bibliographies
and landmark books in the humanities and social
4700. Organization of Media Programs and
Services/(3).F;S;SS.
Identification of and practice in the organizational
systems of media centers: Personnel, Resources,
Facilities, Budgets, Management, Technical Ser-
vices, Role of Media Personnel in the Educational
Setting. Field Experience.
Library and Media Studies
285
4730. Organization of Media Collections/ (3).
S;SS.
Application of classification and indexing systems
to print and non-print materials, adaptation
techniques for purchased indexing services.
4740. Photography/(3).F;S;SS.
Basic theory, principles and techniques of black
and white and color photography. Laboratory fee.
4750. Audiovisual Instruction/(2).F;S;SS.
The primary focus of the course is upon media in
relation to the activity of learning. Students will
have opportunity for "hands-on" experience with
transparencies, slides, recordings, tapes,
photography, and video. Some activity in a lab
situation with major emphasis on "doing the
media" to learn basic skills and concepts. Basic in-
formation is presented on television and program-
med instruction. Since media technology is view-
ed as a means to enhance the instructional pro-
cess, this course is applicable to most subject fields
and to all levels of instruction.
4760. Cinematography/(3).F;S.
Introduction to the knowledge and technical skills
needed to create films that communicate effective-
ly. Application of these skills to the production of
Super 8 sound films. Exposure to each of the
three stages in the filmmaking process:
preproduction, production, and post-production.
Laboratory fee.
4800. Advanced Projects in Educational
Media/(1-3).F;S.
Design, production, and evaluation of individual
student projects involving media. Consent of in-
structor.
4820. Instructional Technology/(3).F;S;SS.
Involvement in the process of using a wide variety
of teaching and learning resources in improving
instruction; introduces major audiovisual media;
the systems approach; laboratory experiences in
the operation of equipment and the production of
basic visual materials. Emphasizes the location,
selection and evaluation of materials; the role of
instructional materials in teaching and learning;
preparation and administration of instructional
materials.
4840. Production of Educational Videotapes/
(3).F;S.
Introduction to the knowledge and technical skills
needed to create effective, low-budget single
camera video programs. Exposure to the different
equipment and program formats commonly used
in schools, training programs, and media centers.
Experience in each of the three stages in the pro-
duction process: pre-production, production, and
post-production.
4850. Educational Applications of T.V. and
Film/(3).F;S.
Survey of the broad range of ways that television
and film can help achieve educational goals in a
variety of settings. Major topics include selection
criteria; utilization techniques for professionally
produced educational television programs and
films; incorporating television and film study in the
curriculum to improve visual literacy; skills needed
to produce simple V2" video tapes and Super 8
silent films; scope, structure, and services of public
television.
4900. Internship/Practicum/(1-3).F;S.
Field experience in various types of libraries,
selected to meet individual needs of students.
Graduate Courses
5010. Media Collection Development/(3)
F;SS.
Analysis of the process, policy and tools of the ac-
quisition system in media centers. Evaluation of
learning materials, budgeting, maintenance and
weeding of collections, purchasing practices, and
supplementing collections through networks.
5015. Introduction to the Media
Profession/ (3).F;SS.
Survey of professional roles in libraries and in-
structional technology; professional literature; ob-
jectives of modern media services and bases from
which they have evolved; audio-visual equipment
operation and possible futures for libraries, infor-
mation services and educational uses of media.
Weekly bibliographic seminar required.
5020. Information Sources and
Services/(3).F;SS.
Examination and use of basic reference materials;
citation and bibliographic form; human interaction
techniques; procedures in reference work in-
cluding community and network information
referral. Weekly bibliographic seminar required.
5030. Reading, Viewing, and Listening
Guidance/(3).S;SS.
Study of strategies and techniques for helping
young people develop better reading, viewing,
and listening skills. Methods for determining in-
terest and needs. Activities that can be used to
heighten understanding of media.
Library and Media Studies
286
5040. Advanced Reference and Information
Services/(3).F;(a!ternate SS).
Investigation of reference problems, methods,
materials, and services; inter-library cooperation,
networks and automation information. Referral
sources and methods.
5050. Advanced Cataloging and Classifica-
tion/(3).S;(alternate SS).
Analysis of cataloging codes and classification
systems with special emphasis on Library of Con-
gress classification. Current problems and trends.
5070. Books and Printing/(3).F;SS.
Development of books and other records from an-
cient times to the present. Including: history of
writing materials, alphabet, manuscripts, printing,
illustrating, and publishing.
5080. Contemporary Issues in
Librarianship/(3).F;SS.
Survey of organization, procedures and services
in various types of libraries; their similarities, dif-
ferences and problems; intellectual freedom,
financing, interlibrary relationships. Study of
periodical literature of the field.
5100. Organization and Administration of the
Two-Year College Learning Resource
Center/(3).F;SS.
Professional management of personnel,
budgeting, programs, facilities, and collections.
Leadership factors in developing dynamic service
programs.
5150. Critical Analysis of Contemporary
Children's Literature/(3).S;SS.
Examination of criteria for evaluation of the works
of current authors. Titles read will be discussed for
their possible appeal and value to children and
school curriculum.
5170. Contemporary Resources for the
Adolescent/(3).F;SS.
The materials and sources of information used by
adolescents and available to them will be examin-
ed. Criteria for evaluation will be introduced as
well as the services provided by libraries.
5330. Maintenance of Materials and
Equipment/(3).S;SS.
Preventive maintenance and minor repair of print
and non-print materials and equipment.
5340. Organization and Administration of
Media Programs/(3).S;SS.
Investigation of theories and problems in ad-
ministering media programs. Emphasis on role of
media specialist and interaction with other profes-
sionals; trends and issues in media management.
5360. Programmed Learning and Instructional
Design/(2).S.
Introduction to the design, preparation, and
validation of instructional materials; provides
laboratory experience in programmed learning.
5400. Seminar/(3).F;S;SS.
5410. Computer Applications in Media Ser-
vices/(3).S;SS.
Concepts of computer applications to acquisi-
tions, inventory circulation, data banks,
bibliography, and management systems.
5420. Collection Development for Two Year
Colleges/(3).On Demand.
Principles of collection development related to
curriculum; emphasis on technical materials for
occupational programs; evaluation of print and
non-print materials, weeding of collections;
sources for books, pamphlets, micro and
audiovisual materials.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Subject matter may vary from term to term depen-
ding on student interest and need. A student may
enroll more than once in a selected topics course
provided that the content does not duplicate that
of a previous course.
5550. Television in Instruction/(3).SS.
Design, production, and evaluation of multi-
camera studio television productions; design of
television production and distribution systems for
a wide variety of educational settings; administra-
tion of an instructional television service; role of
cable television and public access in instructional
delivery systems.
5640. Advanced Production of Audiovisual
Materials/(3).S;SS.
Production of individual student projects utilizing a
variety of media. Consent of instructor.
5820. Organization of Learning
Laboratories/(3).On Demand.
Introduction of the nature of learning laboratories.
Emphasis on the organization and individualized
instruction centers in two year community col-
leges.
Library and Media Studies
287
5900. Internship/Practicum/(3).F;S;SS.
Field experience for students to evaluate their own
competencies.
5920. Communications Theory and Media/
(2).F;SS.
Examination of communications models and lear-
ning theory. Special emphasis on the influences of
educational communications in instructional
leadership situations.
5930. Instructional Graphics/(2).On Demand.
Examination of basic design principles and con-
cepts in the selection, preparation, and evaluation
of graphic materials. Course includes laboratory
experience in layout, mechanical lettering, color-
ing, transparency production, and graphic
duplicating processes.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS.
6040. Reading and Research in Children's
Literature/(3). (Alternate F).
Reading and examination of research in the areas
of response to literature, use of literature in the
teaching process, content analysis, and selection
policies.
6050. History of Children's Literature/ (3). On
Demand.
Survey of the origins and development of
literature for children. Critical analysis of what has
endured and why.
6100. Personnel Management Library/Media
Centers/(2-3). On Demand.
Principles of personnel management as they relate
to LRC operation. Differentiated staffing patterns;
staff development; evaluation of personnel; alter-
native management styles.
6101. Planning Learning Environments/(2-3).
On Demand.
Concepts of educational facilities planning as they
relate to learning resources centers. Writing
educational specifications; physical realtionships
of spaces, work flow; furniture and equipment
planning, OSHA requirements.
6500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
6530-6549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
6550. Advanced Seminar in Educational Com-
munication/^).S.
Individual study of selected problems. Prere-
quisites: basic courses in communication theory.
6560. Instructional Systems Design/ (2). F.
Theory and design of instructional systems. In-
cludes cybernetics, noncomputerized program
development, task analysis and behavioral objec-
tives.
Librarianship and Instructional Technology
The professions of librarianship and audiovisual specialist are distinguished by their con-
cern for the individual and her/his need for knowledge and information. Information is
found in a variety of media that includes print, audiovisual, and electronic formats. The
librarian provides the necessary link between the information and the individual by
selecting, organizing, retrieving and prescribing information. The audiovisual specialist
creates, or selects, designs, and produces media. Both present and evaluate media to
meet instructional, information and developmental needs.
The integration of two disciplines, audiovisual technology and library science, provides
the basis for the program equipped to prepare students for professional positions in
educational settings.
The program provides the opportunity for students to become library/media profes-
sionals and therefore able to: assume leadership in society as an information expert;
identify, evaluate, and select media appropriate for specific audiences and instructional
objectives; manage systems of information organization and retrieval; develop
strategies by which information needs of users are met; stimulate creative and effective
Library and Media Studies
288
utilization of media; design, produce and present media for the teaching/learning pro-
cess; design and manage a media center program; evaluate and research professional
goals and activities.
After students are accepted for admission to Graduate School, they will be provided a
faculty advisor. With the assistance of the advisor students will have the opportunity to
demonstrate their entering competencies and to plan their Master's Degree program in
order to achieve needed competencies in the above areas.
Three educational programs are available from the Department of Library and Media
Studies which prepare students as either audiovisual specialists, school media librarians
or two year college librarians. A thesis is an option for all three programs. Thirty six
credit hours are required. Knowledge of a foreign language is not a requirement of the
department. Comprehensive examinations (written and/or oral) are held during the
student's last term at ASU. Students are required to register for a one credit seminar
during the last term of their program.
The purpose of the department is to provide an educational program which will prepare
participants for media, information and/or library services to people within a variety of
institutions. Specific goals include:
1. To be responsible to needs of the environment both local and societal in develop-
ment of the program.
2. To create a learning environment for students and working environment for faculty
and staff which will encourage individual development and group cooperation.
3. To assume responsibility for contributing to the improvement of environments serv-
ed by graduates of the program.
4. To tailor educational expectation to meet individual differences of students within
professional standards.
5. To provide opportunities for students to effect change in themselves.
6. To provide courses and content which reflect the needs of institutions hiring
graduates of the program and of society for information specialists.
7. To continuously evaluate curriculum intent and teaching methods in light of projec-
tions of future societal needs.
8. To provide well organized adequately equipped laboratories to meet the needs of
the curriculum.
AUDIOVISUAL SPECIALIST: Media Production
Students in the audiovisual specialist program acquire the knowledge and skills fun-
damental to the design, production, utilization, and evaluation of instructional media
presentations. Emphasis is placed on selection of the appropriate media format to
achieve specific instructional objectives and on the integration of all media in a
systematic approach to teaching and learning. Students also learn to purchase, operate,
and maintain the equipment needed to use or produce transparencies, photographs,
videotapes, films, audiotapes, and slide-tape presentations for instructional purposes in
public schools, community colleges, educational institutions, libraries, hospitals, in-
dustry, and the military. This program allows for up to 14 semester hours of electives in
order for students to supplement existing competencies and to design an educational
program to meet their individual goals. Graduates of this program will receive a Master
of Arts degree.
Library and Media Studies
289
Prerequisite: LM 4820.
LM 4740. Photography 3
LM 5330. Maintenance of Materials and Equipment 3
LM 5340. Organization and Administration of Media Programs 3
LM 5550. Television in Instruction 3
or
LM 4850. Educational Applications of T.V. and Film 3
LM 5640. Advanced Production of Audiovisual Materials 3
15s.h.
CR 5000. Research in Education 2
One of the following:
AH 5020. The Secondary School 3
AH 5040. The Elementary School 3
AH 5420. Community, Junior and Technical Colleges 2-3
One of the following:
AH 5350. Philosophy of Education 2
AH 5470. Social Foundations of Education 2
SE 4800. Education of the Culturally Diverse 3
SE 4810. Education in Appalachian America 3
SE 4820. Education in Urban America 3
SE 5800. History of American Education 3
AH 5700. Educational Leadership 2-3
8- 11 s.h.
Electives: See Courses of Instruction for Library and Media Studies for list of courses
available. A faculty advisor will assist in the choice of electives 11-14
11 - 14 s.h.
PROGRAM SUMMARY:
Library and Media Studies Requirements 14 - T5 s.h.
Allied Departments Requirements 8-10 s.h.
Electives .11-14 s.h.
36 s.h.
THE SCHOOL MEDIA LIBRARIAN
The Graduate Program for School Media Librarians is designed to prepare students for
professional careers to work with children and young people in educational settings.
School media librarians manage library media centers and are responsible for the media
Library and Media Studies
290
program. In educational settings, school media librarians create programs for children
and young people in order to provide information, to teach media literacy, to teach
information-seeking skills, and to introduce the best in literature and other media.
Librarians concerned with children and young people must also provide professional
services to parents, teachers and other adults who serve the needs of youth. Positions
for supervisor of media services for total school systems are also open to school
librarians.
Certification: The program in School Media Librarianship leads to graduate certifica-
tion as a "media coordinator" in North Carolina, a K-12 certification. This certification is
generally reciprocal with most other states. Prerequisites include "A" certification in any
field, plus LM 5015, 5020, 3040 or 3070, 4730, and 4820. A practicum is required for
a student without prior experience in libraries.
Competencies needed by school media coordinators have been determined by the
North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction. The Department of Library and
Media Studies has developed a program which will enable the student to meet these
competencies. A North Carolina teaching certificate, "A" level, or its equivalent, is a
prerequisite to North Carolina "G" certification. Students must complete the MA in
Library Science, including 8 to 10 semester hours in education courses and a minimum
of 24 semester hours in library studies. In addition, a practicum of 3-6 semester hours
will be required of students with no previous school library experience. Students should
consult with their advisor.
School Library Media Core:
LM 5010. Media Collection Development 3
LM 5030. Reading, Viewing, and Listening Guidance 3
LM 5040. Advanced Reference and Information Services 3
LM 5150. Critical Analysis of Contemporary Children's Literature 3
LM 5340. Organization and Administration of Media Programs 3
15s.h.
Allied Departments Core:
AH 5060. Curriculum Planning 2
One of the following:
AH 5350. Philosophy of Education 2
AH 5470. Social Foundations of Education 2
SE 4800. Education in the Culturally Diverse 3
SE 4810. Education in Appalachian America 3
SE 4820. Education in Urban America 3
SE 5800. History of American Education 3
AH 5700. Educational Leadership 2
CR 5000. Research in Education 2
PSY 5560. Child Psychology 2
or
PSY 5565. Adolescent Psychology 2
8- lOs.h.
Library and Media Studies
291
Electives:
Electives are dependent on the student's entering competencies and individual goals.
Graduates of this program will receive a Master of Arts degree 8-13
36s.h.
TWO-YEAR COLLEGE LEARNING RESOURCES
SPECIALIST
The Two-Year College Learning Resources Graduate Program is designed to prepare
graduate students for professional careers in libraries and learning resources centers of
junior and community colleges and technical institutes. Two-Year College Librarian
positions may be in information service, media production, developmental learning
centers, instructional design or administration.
This is not a certification program. Prerequisites are EM 4730, 4820, 5015 and 5020 or
equivalents.
Library and Media Studies Core:
LM 4640. Collection Development: Humanities and Social Sciences 3
LM 4850. Educational Applications of TV and Film 2
LM 5050. Advanced Cataloging and Classification 3
LM 5100. Organization and Admininstration of the Two-Year College
Learning Resource Center 3
LM 5410. Computer Applications in Media Centers 3
LM 5420. Collection Development for Two-Year Colleges 3
LM 5820. Organization of Learning Laboratories 3
LM 5900. Internship/Practicum 3
23s.h.
Allied Department Core:
AH 5420. Community, Junior and Technical Colleges 2
One of the following:
AH 5630. The Adult Learner 3
AH 5890. Developmental Studies in Post Secondary Institutions 3
CR 5000. Research in Education 2
4- 5s.h.
Electives: A faculty advisor will assist in the choice of electives to meet student interests
and needs 6
TOTAI 36
Specialist in Library and Media Studies
A sixth year program in library and media studies provides the opportunity for in-
dividuals with work experience to update and expand their professional knowledge.
Often students will use this degree program to develop a specialty within the profession;
Library and Media Studies
292
such as Two-Year College Learning Resource Center Administration, School Library
Media, production specialist, or instructional development and design.
Students with Master's Degrees in other disciplines may also redirect their career poten-
tial with a concentration in library and media studies.
The curriculum for the Specialist Degree is planned for individual students with the aid
of a faculty advisor or committee. The program can be heavily interdisciplinary, and
should include a strong component of research or evaluation methods.
Thirty hours are required in the sixth year program. The core curricula in the depart-
ment are as follows:
Instructional Technology
CR 6000. Seminar in Research Design 1-3
Either
AH 5430. Organization and Admininistration of Community,
Junior and Technical Colleges 3
or
AH 6050. Seminar in School Supervision 2
Either
AH 6861. Post Secondary Education in America 3
or
RE 6600. Historical Survey of Reading Education 3
One of the following:
AH 6631. Teaching and Learning in Post-Secondary Education 3
RE 5010. Foundation of Early Childhood Education 3
EE 5170. Teaching the Emerging Adolescent 3
LM 6560. Instructional Systems Design 2
LM 6550. Advanced Seminar in Educational Communications 2
Electives 15-17
LEARNING RESOURCES CENTER ADMINISTRATION
CR 6000. Seminar in Research Design 1-3
Either
AH 5430. Organization and Administration of Community,
Junior and Technical Colleges 3
or
AH 5700. Educational Leadership 2-3
AH 6861. Post-Secondary Education in America 3
AH 6631 . Teaching and Learning in Post-Secondary Education 3
LM 6100. Personnel Management Library/Media Centers 2-3
LM 6101. Planning Learning Environments 2-3
Electives 9
Reading Education
293
SCHOOL LIBRARY MEDIA
CR 6000. Seminar in Research Design 1-3
Either
AH 6050. Seminar in School Supervision 2
or
AH 5700. Educational Leadership 2-3
Either
RE 5111. Issues, Trends, and Practices in Reading 2-3
or
RE 6730. Advanced Seminar in Reading 3
Either
EE 5010. Foundation of Early Childhood Education 3
or
EE 5170. Teaching the Emerging Adolescent 3
LM 6040. Reading and Research in Children's Literature 3
LM 6050. History of Children's Literature 3
LM 6550. Advanced Seminar in Educational Communications 2
Electives 10-13
For certification as a supervisor see your advisor for special requirements.
Department of Reading Education
(RE)
Thomas W. Childress, Chairperson
The Department of Reading Education is responsible for developing, organizing, and
delivering instructional programs in reading for professional educators at all levels. In
addition, the department is responsible for conducting research and evaluation which
makes a significant impact on the field of reading education.
In order to obtain certification, elementary teachers, secondary teachers, and special
subject teachers must include a reading education course in their program of study. The
Department of Reading Education is responsible for the courses which meet the
guidelines for certification in the professional roles described above. The courses offered
to meet these guidelines are: RE 3900, RE 4620, RE 4630.
The Department of Reading Education also offers an approved program of study which
leads to reading teacher certification. Certification requires that the student take a
minimum of 18 semester hours which meet guidelines set by the State Board of Educa-
tion.
Reading Education
294
An undergraduate student preparing to teach kindergarten through grade four who
wishes to add reading education to an A certificate must complete the following
courses: CR 4560; RE 4591; RE 4710; RE 4620; RE 4720; and RE 4650 or RE 4200.
The undergraduate major in reading education prepares the student for certification to
teach reading from kindergarten through grade twelve.
At the time of completing the General College requirements, a major in reading educa-
tion should make an appointment with the Coordinator of the Undergraduate Major in
reading education to plan a program of study. A two-year program of study must be ap-
proved by the Coordinator before the student can be admitted as a major.
An undergraduate student preparing to teach reading (K-12) should complete the
following courses after meeting the general education requirements: RE 3900, RE
4200, RE 4591, RE 4600, RE 4620, RE 4650, RE 4710, RE 4720; RE 4900; SPE
2200; PSY 3301, PSY 3302; EE 3010, EE 3110, EE 3120; LM 3040, LM 3070, LM
4750; SE 3050; CR 4560, and EE or SE 4900.
Majors are required to take the Common Examination and Area Examination of the
National Teachers' Examination.
The Master of Arts degree in reading education is a minimum of 36 semester hour pro-
gram. This program is approved by the State Board of Education and provides the stu-
dent with Reading Teacher Certification Graduate Level. (See the graduate courses
section of this catalog and the Graduate Bulletin for additional information) .
The Educational Specialist degree in reading education is an intermediate degree be-
tween master's study and doctoral study. The in-depth preparation received by the
students in this program prepares them for roles as teachers, clinicians, supervisors of
reading programs, directors of reading clinics, and other top level admininstrative posi-
tions. (See the graduate courses section of this catalog and the Graduate Bulletin for ad-
ditional information.)
Each program in reading education is planned by the student and his/her advisor ac-
cording to the background and professional goals of the student. However, there is a
core requirement.
Courses of Instruction in Reading Education
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
Reading Education
295
1000. College Reading and Study
Skills/(1).F;S;SS.
Designed to afford immediate improvement of
reading skills and study habits to enable students
to carry out the academic requirements of college.
A grade of C or higher in this course fulfills the
reading proficiency requirement for teaching ma-
jors.
2000. Advanced College Reading and Study
Skills/(1).F;S;SS.
Enriches the student's reading and study techni-
ques, including flexibility and improvement of
reading rate, and the establishment of lifelong
reading habits.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
To meet the needs of special interest groups such
as associate of arts graduates working as
paraprofessionals wanting to learn specific areas
and skills. May be interdisciplinary in content or
methodology.
3900. Principles of Reading Instruction for the
Classroom Teacher/(3).F;S;SS.
This course is a major professional course which
prepares teachers to teach reading in grades K-12.
Knowledge objectives of the course focus on the
developmental nature of language and reading
ability, along with some major issues and instruc-
tional materials and practices associated with
reading instruction. Performance objectives are
designed to develop skills in (l)diagnosing in-
dividual differences, (2) setting goals and objec-
tives for reading instruction, (3) evaluating reading
behavior, (4) developing instructional strategies,
and (5) utilizing resources for reading instruction.
(This course may be used to meet certification re-
quirements for teachers in grades K-6, teachers
being certified in Special Education, Library and
Media Studies, and Speech Pathology and
Audiology.)
4200. Psychology of Reading for the
Classroom Teacher/(3).F.
Provides classroom teachers with a comprehen-
sive overview of modern learning theories as they
apply to the psychology of reading behavior and
the psychology of reading instruction. The course
is organized in such a way that students are guided
into critical evaluation and analysis of reading
practices in relation to prevalent theories of learn-
ing. Students are encouraged to formulate ways in
which learning theories can be translated into
reading behavior and used to develop teaching
strategies for teaching instruction.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4591. Advanced Study in the Teaching of
Reading/(3).F;SS.
The intent of this course is to help reading educa-
tion majors expand their knowledge of the
parameters of reading instruction and the total
school reading program. Emphasis is placed on
increased knowledge of the reading process, in-
structional methods and techniques, scope and
sequence of reading skills, instructional materials,
instruments for measuring reading ability, and
sources of information on reading.
4600. Philosophical, Educational, and Socio-
political Issues Related to Reading
Education/(3).F.
This course takes a look at reading education pro-
cesses, deficits, structures, and functions from the
perspectives of philosophy, education, society
and politics. In addition, the course considers re-
cent changes in the above areas that affect the
reading education of children.
4620. Reading Instruction in the Middle/Junior
and Senior High School/(3).F;S;SS.
In addition to covering the content and skills
presented in RE 4630, this course covers the
following; (1) the developmental reading pro-
gram, (2) organizing and administering the high
school reading program, (3) reading interests and
tastes, (4) providing reading instruction for special
groups, (5) meeting needs of the individual
reader. (Same as SE 4620)
4630. Reading in the Content Areas/(2).
F;S;SS.
This course prepares content area teachers to
utilize reading as an instructional process in their
classrooms. In addition reading is used to gain
perspective on broader learning processes.
Course topics include: (1) Classroom assessment
procedures, including textbook evaluation and
selection, and classroom diagnostic techniques.
(2) Accommodating individual differences. (3)
General lesson and unit planning strategies. (4)
Focused instructional strategies, which include
specific teaching activities for reading and learn-
ing. (This course may be used to meet certification
Reading Education
296
requirements for special subject teachers in grades
7-12 who teach subjects such as: English, Social
Studies, Math, Science, Biology, Health and
Physical Education, Sociology, Geography,
Drivers Education, Business, Music, Art, Foreign
Language, and so on.)
4640. Workshop in Teaching Reading/(2).
SS.
4650. Linguistics and Reading/(3).F;SS.
Relates these areas of linguistics to the process of
reading: phonetics, syntax, semantics, rhetoric
and dialect.
4710. Informal Classroom Diagnosis and Cor-
rective Reading Communication, (3). F;S;SS.
Prepares students to administer and interpret
commonly used informal reading tests and other
instruments in order to plan effective classroom in-
struction for remedial, developmental and gifted
pupils. Prerequisites: RE 3900, RE 4591, RE
4620, or RE 4670.
4720. Diagnostic and Remedial Reading 1/
(3).F;S;SS.
The course deals with commonly used reading
tests and how to locate causes of reading dif-
ficulties and to prescribe corrective procedures for
the severely disabled reader. Prerequisites: RE
3900, RE 4710, RE 4620 or RE 4591.
4730. Diagnostic and Remedial Reading 11/
(3).F;S;SS.
Students are assigned to individual or small
groups for diagnostic and remedial teaching.
Prerequisite: RE 4720.
4890. Reading and Communications/(2).On
Demand.
Centers on reading as it relates to mass media and
communications.
4900. Field Experience/(3).F.
Students register only by permission of advisor in
reading.
Graduate Courses
5080. Clinical Problems in Reading/(2-6).
S;SS.
Deals with clinical techniques used in the
diagnosis and treatment of reading problems
Prerequisite: RE 4720, and majors.
5111. Issues, Trends, and Practices in
Reading/(2-3).F;S;SS.
Provides students with an in-depth study of signifi-
cant issues, trends, and practices in reading at all
educational levels. The course is designed to deal
with questions and problems of the type facing
key teachers, supervisors, and administrators.
Because the course is concerned with current
trends and issues, it is assumed that the course will
undergo periodic changes in terms of what is cur-
rent.
5120. Psychological Bases of Reading/(3).
F;SS.
The thrust of this course is toward providing ad-
vanced reading majors with a comprehensive
overview of contemporary theories of psychology
and instruction as they can be applied to ex-
plicating the complex processes underlying
reading behavior. Basically, the course deals with
the following areas: (1) definitions of reading, (2)
reading as verbal behavior, (3) perception and
sensation in reading, (4) reading and cognition,
(5) learning and reading, (6) growth and develop-
ment and reading, (7) attention, motivation, and
reading (8) personality and reading, (9) learning
from written materials and (10) individual dif-
ferences and reading.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Open to majors only and by permission of ad-
visor.
5510. Field Experience in Teaching
Reading/(1-6).F;S;SS.
Students register only by permission of advisor.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-4).On De-
mand.
Subject matter may vary from term to term depen-
ding on student interest and need. Students may
enroll more than once in a selected topics course
provided that the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course. Limit of four hours credit.
5570. Reading Curriculum: Organization,
Supervision and Assessment/(3).S;SS.
Studies are made of the following: reading cur-
riculum designs, implementation, supervision and
evaluation of reading programs. Prerequisites: 18
hours in reading or permission of advisor in
reading.
5591. Advanced Course in the Selection and
Design of Reading Materials and Methods of
Instruction/(3).S;SS.
The major thrust of this course is on enabling
students to evaluate and select appropriate
methods and materials to meet particular instruc-
tional needs. In addition the course emphasizes
exploration of the reading materials appropriate
for various school settings and populations, along
Reading Education
297
with the design, development, and try out of in-
structional materials. Prerequisite: 18 hours in
reading or permission of graduate advisor in
reading.
5670. Research in Current Literature in
Reading/(3).S;SS.
Research and critical analysis are made in current
periodicals, journals, and recent books on critical
areas of reading. Prerequisite: 18 hours in reading
or permission of advisor in reading.
5710. Seminar in Reading/(3).S;SS.
This course is planned to meet the needs of
specific groups in reading. Students can register
only by permission of advisor.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
6100. Theoretical Models and Processes of
Reading/(3).S;SS.
Provides the Ed.S. candidate in reading education
with an in-depth knowledge of models and pro-
cesses of reading behavior, language develop-
ment, and psycholinguistics. Explicit with this
course is the expectation that students will read
extensively the primary sources of theories on
language development and psycholinguistics.
Unlike previous courses, where theories, prin-
ciples and postulates were accepted as such for
analytic purposes and application, this course will
deal with the analysis, description, and evaluation
of theories as theories. Theories will be evaluated
against such criteria as level of development, in-
ternal consistence, degree of formalization and
usability.
6200. Interdisciplinary Approaches to Reading
Disability/(3).S;SS.
Provides students with interactive experiences and
knowledges based on the assumptions that an in-
terdisciplinary effort maximizes utilization of
resources and that the exclusion of information
from relevant disciplines limits the diagnosis, pro-
gnosis, and treatment of reading disability.
6300. Decision-Oriented Research and the
Management of Reading Instruction and the
Reading Program/(3).F;SS.
Reading instruction and its effects are among the
most intensely evaluated subject matter areas in
the schools. This course provides advanced
students with an understanding of philosophical
issues related to valuing, and teaches skills for im-
plementing specific models of evaluation and
decision strategies.
6400. Evaluating Reading Personnel and Im-
plementing In-Service Education Based Models
ofTeaching/(3).S;SS.
Focuses on issues and methods of evaluating
teachers of reading. Students also have an oppor-
tunity to study various models of teaching and
their implications for the teaching of reading and
in-service education for teachers of reading.
6500. Independent Study/(3).F;S;SS.
Provides students with an opportunity to pursue
an in-depth study of a topic in reading. This
course is conducted on an individual basis by
reading faculty who have an interest in the topic
pursued by the student.
6530-6549. Selected Topics/(3).On Demand.
6600. Historical Survey of Reading Education/
(3).F;SS.
Provides student with breadth and depth in the
evolution of the field of reading. History of the
field will be studied along the following sub-
divisions: (1) sociology of reading, (2) physiology
and psychology of reading, and (3) pedagogy of
reading.
6730. Advanced Seminar in Reading/(3).On
Demand.
Brings faculty and students together to inquire into
the "real world" problems of reading. The course
will provide students with an opportunity to ac-
quire and refine inquiry skills and to interact with
members of other disciplines having an interest in
reading. In addition, students will have oppor-
tunities to attend major professional conferences
and to interact with professionals in the field.
6900. Field Experience in Teaching Reading/
(3).F;S;SS.
Enables advanced majors in reading to obtain ex:
periences of leadership, management, research,
and teaching in areas of reading at all educational
levels.
Secondary Education
298
Department of Secondary
Education (SE)
W. Thomas Jamison, Chairperson
The Department of Secondary Education offers undergraduate and graduate courses
leading to certification in the various fields of instruction in the secondary school,
(grades 9-12). In addition to meeting the requirements for certification the department
maintains programs of instruction, research, and field services for the continuous im-
provement of curriculum development, educational materials, and methods of
teaching. The department also provides service to majors other than those in secondary
teaching programs. All students seeking secondary education certification should con-
tact the department for an advisor in the professional core prior to registering for profes-
sional courses. SE 3040 is open to sophomores who are considering careers in educa-
tion.
The REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION in Secondary Education are as follows
(these courses should also be taken in the following recommended sequence):
I. SE 3040 Public Education in the United States (3)
concurrent with
PSY 3301 Developmental Psychology 3
II. SE 3050 Principles of Secondary Education (3)
concurrent with
PSY 3302 Educational Psychology 3
III. Methods Course/s in area of teaching specialty (2-3)
IV. RE 4630 Reading in the Content Areas (2)
(English majors take SE 4620 (3) in lieu of RE 4630)
V. SE4900 Student Teaching (12)
All professional course requirements (with the exception of RE 4630; SE 4620) must be
completed prior to the Student Teaching experience. Students must also pass proficien-
cy tests in reading, speech, and written English prior to student teaching.
A student preparing to teach a special area (art, health and physical education, library
science, or music) must complete EE 3010, 3020 or SE 3040, 3050; RE 4630; PSY
3301, 3302; methods course or courses in the field of concentration; and SE 4900.
Any course in the professional sequence transferred from another institution must be
cleared by the department.
Courses of Instruction in Secondary Education
It is the policy of the department that courses at the undergraduate or graduate level
leading to teacher certification should not be taken on an independent or individual
study basis. Exceptions to this policy must be approved by both the instructor and
department chairperson.
Secondary Education
299
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2900. Orientation to Teaching/(1-2).F;S.
A laboratory experience for sophomores in public
schools. Students spend 30 hours each semester
as teacher aides. One semester is spent K-6 and
one semester 7-12. One hour credit is earned
each semester on a satisfactory-failure basis. Elec-
tive course for all prospective secondary educa-
tion majors.
3090. Teaching High School Science/(2).
F;S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed ex-
periences in public school classrooms in addition
to class. It is strongly advised that all other re-
quirements for certification (except Student
Teaching) be completed prior to the methods
course.
3031. Instrumental Techniques and Materials/
(2).S.
A survey of the materials and methods in in-
strumental class teaching. Prerequisite: PSY
3302. (Same as MU 3031).
3032. Choral Techniques and Materials/
(2).S.
A survey of the materials and methods in choral
teaching. Prerequisite: PSY 3302. (Same as MU
3032).
3040. Public Education in the United States/
(3).F;S;SS.
Required for secondary majors. Open as an elec-
tive for non-education majors. A study of educa-
tion in America. Includes investigating the nature
of education, American education from a
historical perspective, philosophies of education,
the structure and finance of American education,
socio-economic class and education and crucial
issues in education.
3050. Principles of Secondary Education/
(3).F;S;SS.
Required for secondary education majors. In-
cludes the American adolescent today, a review of
learning theories, problems and issues in cur-
riculum development, evaluating student progress
and an introduction to various media and
methods of instruction. SE 3040 should preceed
SE 3050.
3080. Teaching High School Mathematics/
(2).F;S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed experience
in public school classrooms in addition to class. It is
strongly advised that all other requirements for
certification (except Student Teaching) be com-
pleted prior to the methods course.
3100. Teaching High School Social Science/
(2).F;S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed experience
in public school classrooms in addition to class. It
is strongly advised that all other requirements for
certification (except Student Teaching) be com-
pleted prior to the methods course.
3110. Teaching High School English/(2).F;S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed experience
in public school classrooms in addition to class.
Prerequisite: English 3200 & 3300. It is strongly
advised that all other requirements for certification
(except Student Teaching) be completed prior to
the methods course.
3120. Teaching Foreign Languages/(2).S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed ex-
periences in public school of classrooms in addi-
tion to class. It is strongly advised that all other re-
quirements for certification (except Student
Teaching) be completed prior to the methods
3130. Teaching Home Economics/(3).F;S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed experience
in public school classrooms in addition to class. It
is strongly advised that all other requirements for
certification (except Student Teaching) be com-
pleted prior to the methods course.
3140. Teaching Physical Education/(2).F;S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed ex-
periences in public school classrooms in addition
to class. It is strongly advised that all other re-
quirements for certification (except Student
Teaching) be completed prior to the methods
course.
Secondary Education
300
3150. Art in the Secondary School/(2).F.
Provides the student with experiences in prepara-
tion for teaching art at the secondary level, stress-
ing the use of aesthetic concepts. A study will be
made of the historical and contemporary theories
of art education through an examination of the
literature. Two hours lecture per week.
Laboratory will provide experiences in observa-
tion and participation of secondary level art
classes. A minimum of ten hours is to be spent in
the classroom. Prerequisites: EE 2020; Art 3006.
It is strongly advised that all other requirements for
certification (except Student Teaching) be com-
pleted prior to the methods course.
3160. Methods of Teaching Industrial Educa-
tion/(3).F;S.
An introduction to methods, instructional
strategies, organization and administration for
teaching classroom and laboratory activities in In-
dustrial Education subjects. Experiences will in-
clude development of unit and lesson plans,
demonstrations, presentations, discussion techni-
ques and field observation. Lecture three hours.
3170. Teaching Business Education/(2).S.
Students will have 30 hours of teamed ex-
periences in public school classrooms in addition
to class. It is strongly advised that all other re-
quirements for certification (except Student
Teaching) is completed prior to the methods
3180. Teaching Speech Communication and
Theatre Arts/(2).S.
Prerequisities: SE 3040 and PSY 3302. It is
strongly advised that all other requirements for
certification (except Student Teaching) be com-
pleted prior to the methods course.
3190. Classroom Methods and Materials in
Driver and Traffic Safety Education/(2).F;S.
It is strongly advised that all other requirements for
certification (except Student Teaching) is com-
pleted prior to the methods course.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on an S/U basis only. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing. May be repeated for a total credit
of three semester hours.
Senior /Graduate Courses
4620. Reading Instruction in the Middle/ Junior
and Senior High School/(3).F;S;SS.
Reading problems encountered on the high
school level; reading in the content areas of the
curriculum; the total school responsibility in
reading improvement. Opportunities for practical
application provided. (Same as RE 4620)
4621. Club/Co-Curricular Activities/ (3). SS.
A study of clubs/co-curricular activities as they
function in high schools today. Emphasis is placed
on the faculty members role as sponsor and direc-
tor of clubs. This course is also structured for trade
and industry education and is a requirement for
certification for teachers in occupational educa-
tion.
4800. Education of the Culturally Diverse/
(3).F;SS.
A general survey of situations encountered by the
teacher in a culturally diverse society. An em-
phasis on the development of the empathetic
teacher and the creation of teacher strategies and
materials. Open to graduates and seniors.
4810. Education in Appalachian America/
(3).S;SS.
A course designed to assist the teacher of moun-
tain children in understanding the pupil and
school in the Appalachian culture. Various Ap-
palachian cultural descriptors and their effect on
schooling will be discussed with attention to the
creation of teaching strategies and materials.
Open to graduates and seniors.
4820. Education in Urban America/(3).S;SS.
A course to assist those who are or plan to teach in
the urban setting. An in-depth examination of the
urban society and its relation to the schooling pro-
cess with attention to the creation of teaching
strategies and materials. Open to graduates
and seniors.
4900. Internship: Student Teaching High
School/(6 or 12).F;S.
Full-time teaching experience under supervision
for one semester or part-time teaching experience
under supervision for one year. This includes
students majoring in art, physical education and
health, library science, music, and special educa-
tion grades K-12 and students who plan to teach
secondary school subjects grades 7-12. Offered
on S/U basis.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
Special Education
301
Graduate Courses
5032. Organization and Supervision of School
Music/(2).S;SS.
The responsibilities of the music supervisor in rela-
tion to the classroom teacher, the music teacher,
and the school administration. (Same as MUS
5032.)
5150. Organizing and Planning Student
Teaching/(2).F;SS.
A study of the origin and development of student
teaching, including present status and trends, ex-
periences prior to student teaching, selection of
schools and supervising teachers, selection and
placement of student teachers.
5160. Supervision of Student Teaching/
(3).SS.
A study of general techniques of a supervising
teacher, including observation, guiding student
teachers in planning, orientation of student
teachers, student teacher participation, and
evaluation. Available as a workshop by invitation.
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Subject matter may vary from term to term depen-
ding on student interest and need. A student may
enroll more than once in an selected topics course
provided that the content does not duplicate that
of the previous course. Limit of four hours credit.
5620. Secondary SchoolCurriculum/
(3).F;S;SS.
A study of the modern secondary school cur-
riculum; development, recent trends, and
organization; including the philosophy and
psychology upon which these practices are based.
5800. History of American Education/
(3).S;SS.
A study of the historical development of education
in the United States. Special emphasis is given to
educational concepts and practices as they relate
to political, social, and cultural developments in
the growth of a system of public education.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(2-4).F;S;SS.
Graded on S/U basis.
Department of Special Education
(SPE)
The Department of Special Education offers undergraduate, cross-categorical program-
ming leading to the Bachelor of Science degree.
Completion of this degree leads to certification of cross-categorical mild/moderate han-
dicapping conditions with an emphasis in resource room instruction for mentally retard-
ed, learning disabled and emotionally disturbed (behaviorally disordered). Categorical
certification in mental retardation, learning disabled and emotional disturbance
(behaviorally disordered) is offered by the department through participatiori in special
institutes only. A categorical course of study is not available through the regular
academic program.
The objectives of the undergraduate programs in the Department of Special Education
are to prepare personnel who can diagnose, prescribe for, and remediate the deficien-
cies of the exceptional child; interpret, program for, and change the behaviors and the
environments of the exceptional child; and understand and effectively cope with the af-
fective dimensions of the child's behavior.
The Department of Special Education has mandatory advisement for majors. Students
desiring to major in special education must declare their major in the General College.
Special Education
302
The student's records will be sent from the General College to the Special Education
Department. The chairperson will appoint an advisor from the faculty. The advisor will
review the student's background of college training and assist in the development of a
program of study for each semester. It should be noted that, although the department
advises all students identifying special education as their major, no student will be ad-
mitted to the Department of Special Education until he/she has completed General
College requirements, has been admitted to the College of Education, and perfor-
mance is reviewed for the core courses listed below:
SPE 2200 Orientation to Human Exceptionality
SPE 3370 Introduction to Mental Retardation
SPE 4571 Introduction to Emotional Disturbance
SPE 4576 Introduction to Learning Disabilities
RE 3900 Principles of Reading Instruction for the Classroom Teacher
In addition to the core requirements specified above, students seeking teacher certifica-
tion in all areas are required to complete the necessary professional education courses.
A major in Habilitative Science consists of an individualized program of study that meets
the student's particular career objectives in the area of special education. Any student,
in consultation with an advisor and with the permission of the chairperson, may elect to
adopt the major with a minimum of 36 semester hours plus the departmental core. Cer-
tification is not offered with this major.
A student may earn an undergraduate minor, which generally consists of a minimum of
15 semester hours of credit from courses offered by the Department of Special Educa-
tion. Each minor is individually designed by the student and the special education ad-
visor for minors. A minor will be contracted for prior to the senior year or the last two
semesters of residence at Appalachian. Approval must be granted by the student's
"home" college prior to contracting for a minor in special education.
At the graduate level, the Department of Special Education offers four programs that
lead to the Master of Arts in Special Education. The programs are: 1) the Master of Arts
mild/moderate with concentration in mental retardation, emotional disturbance, or
learning disabilities; b) the Master of Arts in severe/profound impairments; c) the
Master of Arts in gifted/talented; and d) the Master of Arts in teaching-parent specialty.
This degree carries no teacher certification. A program of studies leading to an Educa-
tional Specialist degree (Ed.S) is available through the Department of Special Educa-
tion. This degree program is designed for the individual student, by the student and
his/her assigned advisor. The program itself is designed to meet the expressed needs of
the student and is highly individual in nature. The student should contact the chairper-
son of Special Education for further details.
For details regarding these programs contact the department chairperson or see the
Graduate Bulletin.
Special Education
303
Courses of Instruction in Special Education
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2200. Orientation to Human Exceptionality/
(3).F;S;SS.
An overview of the types of exceptional children
and adults including gifted, speech handicapped,
physically handicapped, sensory handicapped,
emotionally disturbed, mentally retarded and the
learning disabled. Emphasis will be placed on
characteristics, identification, educational pro-
gramming, and management.
2500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
to
Mental
3370. Introduction
Retardation/(3).F;S;SS.
A study of individuals who have problems of retar-
dation with regard to characteristics, behavior,
and general nature and needs in the home, com-
munity, and learning environment.
3374. Diagnostic Prescriptive Teaching/(3).
F;S.
Deals with specific teaching techniques or
academic subjects for the exceptional child.
Academic areas to be covered include arithmetic,
reading, art, music, physical activities, and recrea-
tion, social studies, general health and grooming
and therapeutic arts and crafts.
3390. An Introduction to Procedures in the
Helping Professions/(2).S.
Historical, philosophical, and legal aspects of the
helping professions. Emphasis placed on
understanding the various approaches to counsel-
ing contributions of paramedical and other areas
are discussed. (Same as PSY 3390.)
3392. Medical Aspects of Disability/(3).F.
Medical aspects of major physical disabilities with
implications for rehabilitation. Opportunities will
be provided for first-hand observation and ex-
perience in an institutional setting. (Same as PSY
3392.)
3500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S;SS.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis only. Prere-
quisite: junior or senior standing. May be repeated
for a total credit of three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
4100. Educational Assessment and Curriculum
Development for the Exceptional Infant and
Young Child/(3). On Demand.
Evaluation, methods and materials used with the
very young and preschool child with mild to
moderate conditions.
4101. Educational Assessment and Curriculum
Development for the Primary and Intermediate
Exceptional Child/(3).F;S;SS.
Evaluation, methods and materials used with the
primary and intermediate (K-8) school-aged child
with mild to moderate handicapping conditions.
This course must be taken in sequence with
Special Education 4102, 4551, 4601, and 4900.
4102. Educational Assessment and Curriculum
Development for the Secondary and Adult Ex-
ceptional Person/(3).F;S;SS.
Evaluation, methods and materials used with the
high school and adult aged exceptional person
with mild to moderate handicaps. This course
must be taken in sequence with Special Education
4101, 4551, 4601, and 4900.
Senior/ Graduate Courses
4562. Language and Speech Disorders of Ex-
ceptional Children/(3).F;S;S.
Studies of the habilitation of language and speech
disorders of the preschool and school age child.
Specific competencies developed in the
behavioral evaluation and habilitation of language
and speech disorders frequently associated with
exceptional children, i.e., the mentally retarded,
learning disabled, and emotionally disturbed. This
course must be taken concurrently with 3374,
4600, 4900 by Special Education majors.
Special Education
304
4550. The Exceptional Child in the Home,
School and Community/(2).F;S;SS.
A study of the psychological and sociological con-
siderations of exceptionality as they are expressed
in the home, school and community.
4551. Cooperative Planning with Exceptional
Students, Parents and
Professionals/(2).F;S;SS.
A study of processes and procedures used in plan-
ning educational programs for exceptional
students. The encouragement of parent and pro-
fessional involvement in special education is
stressed. This course must be taken concurrently
with SPE 4101, 4102, 4601, by Special Educa-
tion majors.
4571. Introduction to Emotional Disturbance/
(3).F;S;SS.
An introductory course in the education of the
emotionally handicapped child. Emphasis will be
placed upon the psychological, sociological, and
educational implications in the education of emo-
tionally handicapped children.
4576. Introduction to Learning Disabilities/
(3).F;S;SS.
The identification and education of youth with
learning disabilities, including programs, teaching
strategies, and theories.
4592. Nature and Nurture of the Gifted and
Talented/(3).F;S;SS.
An introductory course related to the
characteristics, nature, nurture and identification
of the gifted/talented child in the educational en-
vironment.
4593. Curriculum for Gifted/Talented/(3).
F;SS.
A study of trends and design of the curriculum in
modern elementary and secondary schools, unit
construction, communication skills, and historical
perspective. An intensive study course dealing
with the interpretation, design, development and
implementation of methods and materials which
are used with gifted/talented children with em-
phasis on curriculum development and teaching
techniques.
4600. Behavior Management/(2).F;S;SS.
A study of the background, procedures, and ap-
plication of behavior management in a learning
situation for the exceptional child. It moves from
theory and the laboratory into the classroom,
home and community. Various approaches will
be discussed. Must be taken concurrently with
3374, 4900, 4562 by Special Education majors.
4601. Classroom Management and Interven-
tion Strategies/(2).F;S.
A study of practical, on-the-job techniques of
classroom management, at the application level.
Various methodologies and intervention strategies
will be introduced. Must be taken concurrently
with 4101, 4102, 4900 and 4551.
4700. Introduction to the Teaching-Family
Model/(3). On Demand.
An introduction to the philosophy and implemen-
tation of the Teaching-Family Model treatment
approach. Emphasis will be placed on meeting the
needs and remediating problems of the emo-
tionally disturbed and delinquent youth.
4900. Practicum in Special
Education/(l-9).F;S;SS.
Supervised practicum experience in educational
settings; basically for habilitative science majors.
Prerequisite: approval of chairperson.
4900. Practicum in Educational Assessment
and Curriculum Development for the Excep-
tional Child/(3).F;S.
Field experiences designed to give practice in
evaluation, methods and materials in all age
groups. This course is taken concurrently with
SPE 3374, SPE 4600 and SPE 4562. Graded on
S/U basis only.
4900. Practicum in Mild and Moderate Han-
dicapping Conditions/(l-4).F;S.
Field practice in school settings of techniques used
in the education of the mildly and moderately
handicapped individual. Graded on S/U basis on-
ly. This course must be taken concurrently with
SPE 4101, 4102, 4601, and 4551.
Graduate Courses
5000. Research and Bibliography/(2).F;S;SS.
A study of procedures, designs, and methods of
reporting in human resources. Required in the first
semester of graduate study.
5100. Field Training in the Teaching Family
Model/(3). On Demand.
A field oriented course involving supervised im-
plementation of the Teaching Family Model treat-
ment approach. Evaluations by both consumers
and professionals in the field will be utilized as part
of the training sequence. Prerequisite to Advanc-
ed Field Training in the Teaching Family Model.
5101. Advanced Field Training in the
Teaching-Family Model/(3). On Demand.
This field oriented course is offered for those suc-
cessfully completing the prerequisite field training
Special Education
305
course. The course is aimed at helping the student
refine and modify his/her use of the Teaching-
Family Model Treatment program. Prerequisite:
SPE 5100.
5200. Teaching Communication and Problem
Solving Strategies Within the Teaching-Family
Model/(3). On Demand.
Basic counseling strategies and problem-solving
skills especially related to the Teaching-Family
Model will be offered. Emphasis will be placed on
working with emotionally disturbed and delin-
quent youths and their families in the context of
residential treatment.
5400. Advanced Readings in Organization and
Administration of Community-Based Treat-
ment Programs/(3). On Demand.
To expand the student's knowledge of the
organization and administration of community
based programs. Emphasis will be placed on the
process of organizing, administering, and im-
plementing treatment programs for troubled
youths.
5500. Independent Study/(1-3).F;S;SS.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
Offered in any area of concentration within the
Department. The purpose and objectives will vary
with the content of the course.
5540. A Study of Child Variance/(3).F;S;SS.
Child maladaptation is viewed as interaction bet-
ween the characteristics of the individual child as a
variant in the environmental systems involved
with his development and care. Specific emphasis
on the labeling and treatment process and its pro-
gramatic and theoretical alternatives will be under-
taken from, but not limited to, legal, educational,
psychological, ethical and social perspectives.
5550. Creativity/(3).
A course to discover activities, skills and talents in
the fostering of creativity. Emphasis will be given
to readings and to designing models for program-
ming creativity in the classroom.
5560. The Severely and Profoundly Handicap-
ped/(3).F;SS.
A historical perspective of the social and cultural
antecedents to contemporary adjustments for the
severely/profoundly handicapped. Historical
events that lead to social attitudes, academic
theories, and operative definitions are studied and
evaluated. The general and characteristic
behavior, and nature and needs of these in-
dividuals are presented within a developmental
frame-work. Current issues are examined as cur-
rent research is discussed.
5562. Methods for Educating the Severely
Handicapped/(3).F.
Principles and procedures used to program in-
struction for the severely handicapped are
presented and evaluated as to their effectiveness.
Students are required to design and implement an
instructional program with a severely handicap-
ped person. To be taken concurrently with SPE
5564.
5564. Curriculum for the Severely Handicap-
p e d
/(3).F.
The selection of instructional programs ap-
propriate for use with the severely handicapped is
emphasized. The student identifies strengths and
weaknesses of educational programs and makes
recommendations for their use with severely han-
dicapped persons. To be taken concurrently with
SPE 5562.
5565. Applied Behavior Analysis with the
Severely Handicapped/(3).S.
The appropriateness and importance of utilizing
applied behavior analysis in education settings
with the severely handicapped is stressed. Single
subject research designs and alternative designs
are reviewed as to the evaluation of the effec-
tiveness of intervention programs.
5567. Problems and Issues in the Education
of the Severely Handicapped/(3).S.
An indepth study of significant issues, trends, and
practices in the education of severely handicap-
ped persons. Deals with the problems and issues
that master teachers and supervisors may en-
counter with this population. Because the course
is concerned with current trends and issues, it is
assumed that the course will undergo periodic
changes in terms of what is discussed.
5574. Instructional Strategies in Learning
Disabilities/ (3). S:SS.
Trains teachers to be effective in structuring the
learning situation and to develop a sequence of
remedial activities and materials. Application of
appropriate remedial techniques to individual
deficiencies or disorders.
5576. Advanced Diagnostic-Prescriptive
Teaching/(4).S;SS.
Rationale, operational models, techniques used
on the implementation of the diagnostic-
prescriptive approach. Supervised field ex-
Speech Pathology and Audiology
306
periences in the actual diagnostic-prescriptive ap-
proach.
5579. Identification and Evaluation of Learning
Disabilities/(3).F;SS.
Acquaints the student with tests and assessment
techniques of learning disabled children. Em-
phasis will be placed on developing the skills to
use test and assessment techniques.
5580. Advanced Curriculum Design/(3).F;S.
The physiological and psychological basis of learn-
ing. Curriculum development for various excep-
tionalities and the rationale and development to
meet their needs.
5582. Teaching the Emotionally Disturbed/
(3).S;SS.
An advanced course designed to study the opera-
tional models and techniques to be utilized in a
variety of settings with the emotionally disturbed.
5583. Education and Behavioral Aspects of
Emotional Disturbance/(3).F;SS.
An investigation of the theoretical explanations of
behavior and the ways these explanations find ex-
pression in interventions with children. Students
will be required to justify their own interventions
by relating them to alternate explanations of child
behavior.
5584. Organization and Administration of
Special Education/(3).F;SS.
The implementation of special education pro-
grams at the national, state, and local levels. Ef-
fective public school programming.
5585. Assessment and Development of Adap-
tive Abilities/(3).F;SS.
A review of the literature in infant and early
childhood development concerning the assess-
ment, evaluation, and programming for the
development of adaptive abilities leading to
cognitive development.
5591. Rehabilitation Services/(2).S.
Vocational planning and work preparation for the
handicapped. Includes consideration of basic oc-
cupational skills, work, training, and childhood
workshop programs. (Same as PSY 5591.)
5592. Advanced Medical Aspects of
Disability/(3).F.
What constitutes severe disability, its effect on the
individual and multidisciplinary approaches to
amelioration. Disabilities will include epilepsy,
spinal cord and brain injuries, degenerative
diseases, and their sequelae. (Same as PSY
5592.)
5600. Seminar in Special Education/(3).F;SS.
An advanced course designed to deal with the
current issues and controversies relating to the
major categorical areas of special education.
5900. Internship/(3-9).F;S;SS.
Supervised experience with exceptional children.
Graded on S/U basis. Prerequisite: Permission of
Department Chairperson.
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Study of the various types of research and the
logical organization and reporting. Graded on
S/U basis.
Department of Speech Pathology
and Audiology (SPA)
Edward Hutchinson, Chairperson
The Department of Speech Pathology and Audiology offers programs of study for the
preparation of speech pathologists and audiologists at the undergraduate and graduate
levels. The pre-professional undergraduate program is designed primarily to prepare
students for entry to the professional graduate program (leading to the M.A. degree).
The objective of the program is to meet requirements for state and national certification
(American Speech, Language, and Hearing Association Certificate of Clinical Com-
petence) .
Speech Pathology and Audiology
307
Prospective students are required to arrange a personal interview with the departmental
chairperson prior to declaring a major in this department. Each student accepted into
the program will arrange a plan of study with a departmental academic advisor. Initial
certification in the North Carolina schools requires a G (graduate) level certificate.
The typical sequence of courses in the major is:
Fall Semester
Second Year: SPA 2259
SPA 2264
Third Year:
Fourth Year:
SPA 2260
SPA 3364
SPA 3365
SPA 3368
SPA 4564
Spring Semester
SPA 3360
SPA 2261
SPA 2563
SPA 2263
SPA 3367
SPA 4365
SPA 4366
SPA 4564
SPA 4565
Graduate Programs of Study
Students should consult the graduate school catalog and see the department chairper-
son.
Courses of Instruction
It should be noted that the indication of a course being offered in summer school (SS) is
tentative and subject to a minimum enrollment. Students are advised to check with the
appropriate chairperson regarding a specific course being offered.
(For a description of the course abbreviations used in the following list of courses, see
page 35.)
2259. Communication Disorders/ (3). F;S.
An introduction to the disorders of human com-
munication in children and adults. (Meets ASHA
B-2).
2260. Communication Development/(3).S.
Verbal and non-verbal development of the child.
(Meets ASHA B-l).
2261. Phonetics/(3).S.
The phonetic/phonemic systems of English con-
centrating on I. P. A. transcription skills. (Meets
ASHA B-l).
2263. The Clinical Process/(3).S.
The ethics, standards and methods that are re-
quired within a clinical setting. (Meets ASHA
B-8). Prerequisite: SPA 2259.
2264. Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech
and Hearing Mechanisms/(3).F.
The anatomical and physiological processes in-
volved in verbal and auditory communication.
(Meets ASHA B-l).
2500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
2563. Clinical Observation/(l).F;S;SS.
Direct observation of the various procedures in-
volved in a clinical program in speech-language
pathology and audiology. (Meets ASHA B-8).
Prerequisite: SPA 2259, 2261.
3360. Basic Speech Science/(3).S.
The study of speech production and perception.
Concentrations on basic production processes of
cerebration, respiration, phonation, articulation
Speech Pathology and Audiology
308
and resonance. Studies on speech perception
related to auditory production of frequency, inten-
sity, and duration. (Meets ASHA B-l). Prere-
quisite: SPA 2264.
quired. May be repeated for a total of 6*s.h.
Prerequisite: Approval of department chairper-
son. Graded on S/U basis only. Required of all
students. (Meets ASHA B-8.)
3364. Audiology/(3).F.
The science of hearing and the etiologies of hear-
ing impairment. (Meets ASHA B-3.) Prerequisite:
SPA 2259, SPA 2264.
3365. Disorders of Articulation/(2).F.
Etiology, evaluation, and management of
disorders of articulation in children and adults.
(Meets ASHA B-2). Prerequisite: SPA 2259, SPA
2261, SPA 2264.
3367. Aural Rehabilitation/(3).S.
Therapeutic and educational methods and the use
of amplification wth the hearing impaired. (Meets
ASHA B-3). Prerequisite: SPA 3364.
3368. Disorders of Voice/(2).F.
The etiology, evaluation and management of
disorders of voice in children and adults. (Meets
ASHA B-2). Prerequisite: SPA 2259, SPA 2264.
3500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S;SS.
3520. Instructional Assistance/(1).F;S.
A supervised experience in the instructional pro-
cess on the university level through direct par-
ticipation in a classroom situation. Grading will be
on a S/U basis only. Prerequisite: junior or senior
standing. May be repeated for a total credit of
three semester hours.
3530-3549.
mand.
Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
4365. Disorders of Fluency/(2).S.
The etiology, evaluation, and management of
disorders of fluency (including stuttering) in
children and adults. (Meets ASHA B-2). Prere-
quisite: SPA 2259.
4366. Disorders of Language/(2).S.
The etiology, evaluation and management of
language disorders in children and adults. (Meets
ASHA B-2). Prerequisites: SPA 2259, SPA
2260.
Senior/Graduate Courses
4564. Clinical Practicum/(1-3).F;S.
Supervised clinical practicums in evaluation and
therapy techniques in speech pathology and
audiology. For each semester hour of credit, forty-
five clock hours of practicum experiences are re-
4565. Public School Methods in Speech
Pathology and Audiology/(3).S.
Methods for providing speech, language, and
hearing services to public school children, (Meets
ASHA B-8). Prerequisites: SPA 2259, 2260, and
2263.
4600. Communication Problems of the
Aged/(3).F.
The dynamics of normal communicative pro-
cesses in the geriatric population and the
psychobiological changes that occur as human be-
ings age.
4900. Internship/(3-12).F;S;SS.
Supervised therapy with emphasis on individualiz-
ed therapy techniques. (Meets ASHA B-8.) Prere-
quisite: Approval of department chairperson.
Graded on S/U basis.
Graduate Courses
5500. Independent Study/(1-4).F;S.
5530-5549. Selected Topics/(l-3).On De-
mand.
5578. Neurological Disorders/ (3). On De-
mand.
A study of children who have learning disabilities
due to neurological or unknown causes and
techniques required for their education. (Meets
ASHA B-2).
5661. Advanced Diagnostics/(l-4).F;S.
Evaluation and diagnostic lectures, demonstra-
tion, and practicum in articulation, voice, cleft
palate, laryngectomy, language and hearing
disorders. (Meets ASHA B-8) .
5662. Aural Rehabilitation/^). F.
Studies of the habilitation of the preschool and
school age hearing impaired. Emphasis on
prescriptive and resource curricular management.
Includes advanced auditory training and speech
reading methods. Survey of hearing-aid orienta-
tion and monitoring techniques. (Meets ASHA
B-3). Required of all graduate students.
5663. Stuttering/(3).F.
Concentrated studies of the biological,
physiological, and psychological theories and the
etiologies, evaluations and habilitation of stutter-
Speech Pathology and Audiology
309
with disorders of language. (Meets ASHA B-2).
Required of all graduate students.
5669. Phonologic Disorders/(3).S.
Clinical application of current research in
disorders of the phonologic (sound) system.
(Meets ASHA B-2). Required of all graduate
students.
5670. Aphasia/(3). On Demand.
The effects of cerebrovascular accidents on the
language systems of children and adults. (Meets
ASHA B-2).
5900. Internship/(3-9).F;S;SS.
Supervised experience with communication han-
dicapped persons. Graded on S/U basis only.
(Meets ASHA B-8).
5999. Master of Arts Thesis/(1-4).F;S;SS.
Study of the various types of rsearch and the
logical organization and reporting. Required of all
graduate students. Graded on S/U basis. (Meets
ASHA B-7).
ing and allied fluency disorders. (Meets ASHA
B-2). Required of all graduate students.
5665. Advanced Audiology/(2).S.
Advanced audiological procedures and techni-
ques. Concentration on advanced
neurophysiological auditory measurement,
research and applications to theory. (Meets
ASHAB-3).
5666. Voice Disorders/(3).S.
Study of the biological and physiological theories
related to the etiology, evaluation and habilitation
of voice. (Meets ASHA B-2). Required of all
graduate students.
5667. Advanced Speech Science/(3).On De-
mand.
Psychoacoustic theory and application to the
measurement of human sound production,
perception, and reaction. (Meets ASHA B-l).
5668. Language Disorders/(3).F.
Linguistic theory and its application to persons
The Division of Continuing Education
310
Division of Continuing
Education
Richard B. Parrott, Assistant Dean
In cooperation with each of the colleges of the university, the Division of Continuing
Education strives:
To provide educational experiences for those outside the confines of the University
through field-based courses, conferences, and camp programs.
To offer educational experiences to graduate and undergraduate students, along
with persons seeking enrichment or certificate renewal credit, during the university
summer sessions.
Although the Division of Continuing Education does not grant degrees, the offices
within the Division of Continuing Education work closely with all other academic
departments and divisions of the university in order to better serve the various groups
and populations calling upon the university for its services. The offices within the Divi-
sion of Continuing Education are:
The Office of Summer Sessions
The University Center for Continuing Education
The Office of Conferences and Camp Programs
Camp Broadstone
The Office of Outdoor Adventure Programs
The Office of Extension and Non-Credit Programs
The Office of Summer Sessions
Summer sessions at Appalachian have experienced steady growth, not only in size, but
also in depth of programs offered. Besides offering courses allowing undergraduates to
work toward their degree requirements, the university schedules workshops, seminars,
and standard courses for teachers and other professional persons to gain enrichment or
to work toward advanced degrees.
Terms of varying lengths are offered to allow students to fit their summer studies into
other summer plans. Summer sessions at Appalachian offer an alternative to the typical
summer school.
The University Center for
Continuing Education
Appalachian's University Center for Continuing Education is located at an elevation of
3,535 feet at the top of the west campus. The Center contains approximately 75,000
square feet with 20 multipurpose meeting rooms (including a small auditorium), a
The Division of Continuing Education
311
library, and exhibition areas. It provides complete living accommodations for guests,
with 84 bedrooms, a spacious dining hall and banquet rooms.
The Center also contains the most up-to-date audiovisual and learning resources equip-
ment, as well as special lighting. Besides these facilities, there are lounges, cable color
TV, and a large lobby. Well-lighted parking areas are available for cars and buses.
The Center was created to respond to the newly articulated needs of adults and is
dedicated to the proposition that all people have the inherent right to educational op-
portunities. While recognizing the need for change, the Center is at once committed to
the pursuit of academic excellence, to more adequately meet the educational needs of
adults by offering new, imaginative, and exciting programs in keeping with the goals
and objectives of the University. The Center has increased the University's capability to
fulfill its responsibilities as a regional institution by offering a variety of programs that are
designed to enrich the lives of those who participate.
Office of Conferences and Camp Programs
The university encourages the use of its facilities during the summer months by groups
that are interested in providing educational and/or recreational workshops, clinics,
camps, retreats, conferences and seminars. The Office of Conferences and Camp Pro-
grams is responsible for the development, coordination, promotion and management
of non-credit residential summer programs. Programs are offered to individuals from 8
to 80 years of age. Some typical opportunities are Elderhostel, sports camps for boys
and girls, music camps, institutes and workshops, enrichment programs for gifted
students, and cheerleading clinics.
The Office of Conferences and Camp Programs offers year-round program support
with the facilities, equipment and staff at Camp Broadstone and the Office of Outdoor
Adventure Programs.
For information concerning summer residential non-credit programs, contact the Direc-
tor of Conferences and Camp Programs, University Hall, Appalachian State University,
Boone, NC 28608. Phone (704) 262-3045.
Camp Broadstone. In an effort to encourage learning and appreciation of the natural
world through discovery and participation in firsthand encounters, Appalachian State
University provides the facilities and resources of Camp Broadstone to groups seeking
outdoor learning experiences during the fall, winter and spring. The 53-acre camp is
located in Valle Crucis alongside the Watauga River, only six miles from the main cam-
pus. The camp facilities provide year-round housing for 70 people and a multipurpose
dining hall capable of feeding 150. During the summer months the camp operates a
four-week enrichment program for gifted and talented children.
The university encourages the use of the camp by students, faculty, staff, community
and civic groups, and constituents of the university's service region.
For information, contact the Director of Camp Broadstone, Route 1, Box 447, Banner
Elk, NC 28604. Phone (704) 963-4640 or 262-3045.
The Division of Continuing Education
312
Outdoor Adventure Programs. This office is a support service which sponsors and
equips experiential components of academic courses that desire such a dimension to
their curriculum. The office also offers organized clinics to interested faculty, staff,
students, and regional educational groups in backpacking, bicycle touring and
maintenance, canoeing, cross country skiing and snow shoeing, group interaction and
high ropes courses, spelunking, and technical rock climbing and rappelling.
The office administers a selected amount of backpacking equipment offered to universi-
ty persons at a nominal rental fee.
Through the Office of Outdoor Adventure Programs and the General College, ASU of-
fers four semester hours (graduate and undergraduate) credit for completion of U.S.
4559, Wilderness Education Practicum, or completion of a 23-day program at one of
the several Outward Bound Schools in the United States and abroad.
For further information, contact the Director of Outdoor Adventure Programs, Ap-
palachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Phone (704) 262-4077 or 262-3045.
Office of Extension and Non-Credit Programs
The office serves as a liaison between the region served and all colleges, divisions, and
departments of the university in delivering educational services in a field-based setting
and in acting in consortial arrangements with other institutions or agencies in service-
oriented projects.
These educational services are offered on an as-needed basis throughout ASU's service
region. This service includes the delivery of courses/programs in an off-campus setting
at a time and location which provides ease of access for non-traditional students in-
terested in continuing their education.
Three basic delivery approaches are employed by Appalachian State University in pro-
viding these educational services:
1. The individual course delivery approach has traditionally been offered as a basic
means of delivering graduate/undergraduate credit away from the ASU campus.
Prior to registration for each semester a schedule of individual course offerings is
mailed to some twenty thousand individuals, schools, and related agencies. This
schedule provides information regarding location, time, and dates of all individual
courses which will be offered during the upcoming term.
2. The cluster program is another means of delivering field-based course work. A
cluster is a group of courses usually taken on a two-course-per-semester basis. A
group of individuals with similar educational objectives will begin a cluster pro-
gram as a group and continue through a complete degree program. Each cluster
group is assigned an academic coordinator who serves as advisor to each student
and is responsible for providing academic leadership to the cluster. All degree pro-
grams have a minimum requirement of ten semester hours of residency credit.
The Division of Continuing Education
313
3. Non-credit programs and workshops can be offered to groups of individuals in
ASU's service region. Examples of these types of programs are Common Literacy
for Non-Computer Programmers, Alternative Careers for Teachers, Motivating
People, Retirement Plans for the 25-50 Year Old, etc.
The Continuing Education Unit (CEU)
Appalachian State University awards the Continuing Education Unit (CEU) of credit.
One Continuing Education Unit is defined as: 10 contact hours of participation in an
organized continuing education experience under responsible sponsorship, capable
direction, and qualified instruction. Increasingly business, industry and professional
associations, among others, are requiring their members to periodically return to school
to maintain a high level of currency in their field. The CEU is a system designed to
document this participation in non-credit courses. CEU records are maintained at the
Office of Extension and Non-Credit Programs.
For further information, contact the director, Extension and Non-Credit Programs, Ap-
palachian State University, Boone, NC 28608, or phone (704) 262-3113.
The Graduate School
314
The Cratis D. Williams
Graduate School
Joyce V. Lawrence, Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
Thomas C. Rhyne, Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies'
Gregory G. Reck, Assistant Dean for Research and Grants
Modest graduate programs began at Appalachian State Teacher's College, as it was
then known, in 1943, and in 1949, Appalachian's graduate school (organized in 1948)
was sanctioned by the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education. Then
in 1957, legislation was enacted to give Appalachian permission to depart from its
single-purpose role as a teacher-training institution. Since 1965, the institution has of-
fered programs leading to nonteaching degrees as well. On the 30th anniversary of Ap-
palachian's master of arts program, the Graduate School was named in honor of Cratis
D. Williams, who served as graduate dean from 1958, when there were 42 resident
students in the program, until his retirement from the deanship in 1975, when the resi-
dent graduate enrollment had grown to its present number of over 900.
The purposes of graduate study at Appalachian include encouraging academic inquiry,
providing opportunities and facilities for advanced study and research, developing or
extending academic or professional specializations, and preparing master teachers,
supervisors, and administrators. Accordingly, the Cratis D. Williams Graduate School
offers programs leading to the Master of Arts degrees with educational certification for
teachers and the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees in purely academic
areas. There are also programs leading to the Master of Business Administration, the
Educational Specialist's degree and to the Certificate of Advanced Study, all of which
are offered during the two semesters of the regular session and the summer session.
Students may also attend courses scheduled for late afternoons, evenings, and Satur-
days, or participate in field-based programs.
The Graduate School has general supervision of all graduate work carried out in the
departments, schools, and colleges of the University. It consists of a graduate faculty
represented by the Dean, who is the administrative officer, and the Graduate Council.
The Dean reports to the Vice-Chancellor for Academic Affairs and is responsible for
research and graduate studies. The Graduate Council formulates and recommends
policies and standards for the Graduate School, approves all teaching personnel for
graduate courses, and appraises and recommends new graduate degree programs and
changes in existing programs.
Degree Requirements
Degree requirements are listed showing the minimum for each degree. Credentials of
each applicant are reviewed and a program of study is devised for each individual.
The Graduate School
315
Therefore, students may be required to take course work above the minimum. For
specific information about programs and requirements, direct correspondence to the
Graduate Student Advisor of the particular department.
Summary of Procedures for
Graduate Degree Students
Successive Steps
1. Application for admission to Grad-
uate School.
2. GRE, or GMAT. The GMAT is
required for graduate programs in
the College of Business. The GRE
advanced examination is also re-
quired for students in psychology.
3. Scores for the NTE for those seek-
ing initial teacher certification at
the graduate level.
4. Consultation with departmental
advisor.
5. File with the departmental advisor
copies of the program of
study leading to the degree.
6. Clearance and application for
degree. Obtain necessary forms
and instructions from the Graduate
Office. If an internship is involved,
internship fees of $3.00 per hour
must be paid before clearance is
given. Obtain necessary forms and
instructions from the Graduate Of-
fice.
7. Comprehensive examination.
8. Completion and defense of thesis.
9. Filing of unbound copies of thesis
and abstracts in the university
library.
Time
At least one month prior to
student's first registration.
Concurrent with admission to
graduate school.
3. During the first semester of grad-
uate work.
4. During registration and about two
weeks later.
5. Prior to the close of the first semes-
ter.
6. F/7e application for degree
by end of the first week of
final semester.
10. Conferring of degree.
7. During last semester and at least
14 calendar days before gradua-
tion.
8. Completed at least one month prior
to date set for defense of thesis.
9. Immediately after approval of thesis
committee and acceptance by the
Dean of Graduate Studies and
Research.
10. May or August commencement.
The Graduate School
316
Advisors. Students admitted to a program of graduate study at Appalachian State
University are assigned an academic advisor or advisory committee from the depart-
ment or curriculum program in which the students plan to complete the major portion
of their work. Students are expected to meet with their advisors during the first term on
campus for the purpose of developing their programs. Changes in this program may be
made only with the approval of the advisor and the Dean of Graduate Studies and
Research. Course work taken without the approval of the advisor will not automatically
be applicable towards the degree.
Student Responsibility. Graduate students are entrusted with the responsibility for
their own progress. They keep an up-to-date record of the courses taken in their pro-
posed programs and check periodically with their advisors. Responsibility for errors in
their programs or in meeting requirements rests entirely with the students.
Admission to Candidacy
Admission to graduate study does not carry with it admission to candidacy for the
graduate degree. Admission to candidacy requires one semester of graduate study in
the University.
1. Admission to candidacy is contingent upon the recommendation of the applicant's
advisory committee. If the candidate's advisor and committee cannot recommend
the student for admission to candidacy after the student has completed 8 to 12
semester hours, the student may not be permitted to register for further coursework
leading to a graduate degree. If the student is permitted to continue, the advisor will
inform the student in writing of the reasons for not recommending the student for
candidacy. If the student does not qualify for candidacy before the completion of 18
hours, the student will not normally be permitted to continue as a degree student.
2. Before being accepted as a candidate for the degree, an applicant will be expected to
have demonstrated ability to do satisfactory and creditable work at the graduate
level. A student must have at least a 3.00 average at the time the application for can-
didacy is presented.
3. Students shall file with their advisor a proposed program of study before the end of
the first semester. Forms for this purpose may be obtained either from the advisor or
from the Graduate School. The program of study is presented to the Graduate
School by the advisor immediately upon approval by the advisory committee.
4. The student may, in certain circumstances, be permitted to construct a program of
study which will lead to the completion of more than one major under the same
graduate degree. The advisors and advisory committee, to be appointed by the
chairperson (s) of the department(s) offering the majors, will be composed of
graduate faculty members from each of the majors involved to insure that the stu-
dent's program of study fully meets all of the requirements in each of the majors.
The student should be aware that more than the minimum number of hours may be
required to complete such a program, and that a comprehensive examination will be
administered for each of the majors involved.
The Graduate School
317
5. Applicants planning to pursue a North Carolina State Department of Public Instruc-
tion certification program are required to present a minimum of 18 semester hours of
undergraduate credit in public school education and related courses. The applicant's
academic field shall be based upon a prerequisite of an undergraduate major in that
field.
6. At the time the student is recommended for admission to candidacy, the committee
will indicate the specific language proficiency (French or German) for students in
English and history, and the specific proficiency (French, German, statistics, or com-
puter science) for students in Appalachian Studies, economics, geography,
mathematics, political science, psychology, and sociology. (See also the section
following on proficiency requirements.)
7. After the student has been admitted to candidacy, the program of study must be
followed unless a change is approved by the advisor and the Dean of the Graduate
Studies and Research.
Requirements For Graduation
The degree of Master of Arts, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science,
Specialist in Education, Specialist in Science, or Certificate of Advanced Study may be
conferred upon a student who has successfully completed the program of work.
Master of Arts Degree
Except in nonteaching M.A. programs in Appalachian Studies, English, geography,
history, psychology, and the teaching M.A. programs in chemistry, the candidate may,
with the approval of the advisor and the Graduate Council, elect not to write a thesis.
Hence, either of two programs for a master's degree may be followed:
THESIS PROGRAM
1. Twenty-six acceptable semester hours of graduate course work, exclusive of the
thesis, 22 of which must be completed in residence at Appalachian. At least 22
semester hours, including the thesis, must be completed within the major. In the Col-
lege of Business, the M.S. in Accounting requires 24 semester hours plus thesis, and
other College of Business masters programs require 30 semester hours plus thesis, in
contrast to the 26 hours required in all nonbusiness programs. For varying re-
quirements in the Department of Counselor Education and Research, see that sec-
tion of this bulletin.
2. A minimum residence of one academic year or its summer equivalent.
3. A thesis in the major field of interest, for which the candidate shall register for credit
not exceeding four semester hours (six hours in the College of Business) .
4. All graduate credit offered for the degree must have been earned within a limit of six
calendar years, or if earned within a limit of 10 years, validated by examination.
The Graduate School
318
Graduate credit transferred from another institution may not be validated by ex-
amination. All work to be credited toward the degree, except that being taken cur-
rently, must be completed and grades recorded at least four weeks before the degree
is awarded.
5. Not more than 10 semester hours (12 semester hours for the M.S. in Accounting) of-
fered toward the degree may be credit earned in courses with catalog numbers below
5000.
6. Grades on course work may not average lower than 3.00. No graduate course with a
grade of F will be credited toward the degree.
7. An acceptable performance on a comprehensive examination, either oral or written
or both, is required of every candidate for the degree. The comprehensive must be
scheduled during the last one-third of the residence period and at least 14 calendar
days prior to the date on which the candidate receives the degree. The candidate
must have been admitted to candidacy prior to taking the comprehensive examina-
tion. This examination is evaluated by at least three members of the graduate faculty,
all of whom sign the report forwarded to the Dean of Graduate Studies and
Research.
It is expected that the thesis will represent the culmination of an independent research
project conducted by the student, and will show command of the bibliography and
research methodology of his or her specialty. The thesis is expected to be written in
English and in conformity with accepted standards of form used in research writing. In
special cases languages other than English may be used; the substitution is not permit-
ted as a matter of the student's convenience, but may be allowed when the student has
sufficient skill at composition and has a thesis topic that is, in the judgment of the ad-
visor, especially suited to treatment in the second language. The Dean's approval of the
use of a language other than English must be obtained in advance.
The student must have presented a prospectus to the thesis advisor and received ap-
proval of the proposed topic before being permitted to register for the thesis. The can-
didate's thesis advisor and two graduate faculty members of the department will con-
stitute the thesis committee. The department chairperson may appoint any member of
the department graduate faculty to act as chairperson of the thesis committee and to
supervise the writing of the thesis.
NON-THESIS PROGRAM
1. Thirty-six acceptable semester hours of graduate course work, 28 of which must be
completed in residence at Appalachian. At least 24 semester hours must be com-
pleted within the major. A candidate may, with the permission of the advisor and the
approval of the Graduate School, offer up to eight semester hours of graduate credit
from another graduate school or eight semester hours of graduate field-based credit
from Appalachian or a combination of up to eight semester hours, but in no case
may the residence at Appalachian be less than one academic year. See the section
on the Department of Counselor Education and Research for varying requirements.
The Graduate School
319
For students pursuing the M.S. in Accounting 30 acceptable semester hours of
graduate course work, 24 of which must be completed in residence at Appalachian.
2. All graduate credit offered toward the degree must have been earned within a limit of
six calendar years, or, if earned within a limit of 10 years, validated by examination.
Graduate credit transferred from another institution may not be validated by ex-
amination. All work to be credited toward the degree, except that being taken cur-
rently, must be completed and grades recorded at least four weeks before the degree
is awarded.
3. Not more than 12 semester hours offered toward the degree may be credit earned in
courses with catalog numbers below 5000.
4. Grades on course work may not average lower than 3.00. No graduate course with a
grade of F will be credited toward the master's degree.
5. An acceptable performance on a comprehensive examination, either oral or written
or both, is required of every candidate for the degree. The comprehensive must be
scheduled during the last one-third of the residence period and at least 14 calendar
days prior to the date on which the candidate receives the degree. The candidate
must have been admitted to candidacy prior to taking the comprehensive examina-
tion. This examination is evaluated by at least three members of the graduate faculty,
all of whom sign the report forwarded to the Dean of Graduate Studies and
Research.
Proficiency Requirements
Candidates for the following Master of Arts degrees will be expected to demonstrate
proficiency in either a foreign language or statistics and/or computer science.
Foreign Language. A reading knowledge of a foreign language, normally French or
German. A language other than one normally required may be substituted with the ap-
proval of the student's advisor and the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. Two
years of successful college study in a language will meet the requirements. One who has
not completed two years of college credit must take a language examination.
The student should apply for the language examination directly to the chairperson of
the Department of Foreign Languages not later than three weeks before the date the ex-
amination is scheduled. The chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages,
after reviewing the student's examination paper, will submit to the Dean of Graduate
Studies and Research a report of the student's performance. The Dean of Graduate
Studies and Research will inform the student and the student's advisor by mail whether
the student has passed the examination. The student must have passed the examina-
tion in a foreign language before being permitted to file an application for a master's
degree.
Computer Science, Statistics. The student electing to demonstrate proficiency in
statistics or computer science should confer with the chairperson of the Department of
The Graduate School
320
Mathematical Sciences. Usually three courses in statistics, if satisfactorily completed,
will meet the requirements. Generally these courses and a machine-use course will
meet the computer requirements. Generally these courses should be from departments
of Mathematics, Statistics, and/or Computer Science. At Appalachian State University
it is the Department of Mathematical Sciences.
Proficiencies required by departments are as follows:
(1) In English, a reading knowledge of a foreign language.
(2) In Appalachian studies, a reading knowledge of a foreign language or demonstrated
competence in statistics and/or computer science, subject to the approval by the stu-
dent's advisor.
(3) In economics, ECO 5250 satisfies the proficiency requirement in statistics.
(4) In geography, a minor in statistics or computer science.
(5) In history, a reading knowledge of a foreign language, or demonstrated proficiency
in statistics and computer science as a research tool, subject to departmental approval.
(6) In mathematics, demonstrated proficiency in computer science, statistics, or another
academic area, subject to the approval of the academic graduate committee in
mathematics.
(7) In political science, demonstrated proficiency in statistics and computer science as a
research tool, subject to departmental approval.
(8) In psychology, demonstrated competence in statistics and/or computer science.
(9) In sociology, demonstrated competence in statistics and/or computer science, sub-
ject to departmental approval.
Graduate Minors. A graduate (MA) minor consists of 8-12 semester hours selected
from courses numbered 4500 and above in certain approved subjects. Those areas
which offer approved minors are: Appalachian Studies; Community Education; Junior
College Teaching (if 8-12 semester hours are taken); English; French; Higher Educa-
tion, Administration; Higher Education, Adult Education; Higher Education,
Developmental Studies: Higher Education, Teaching; History; Philosophy and
Religion; Physics; Psychology; Secondary Education; Sociology; and Spanish.
Master of Science Degree
The Master of Science degree is offered with majors in accounting, biology, and
chemistry. Requirements for this degree, essentially the same as for the academic
Master of Arts degree, include:
1. A thesis (optional for accounting majors).
2. A reading knowledge of German, French, or Russian (not required for accounting
majors) .
The Graduate School
321
3. An orientation examination during the first two weeks of the program (not required
for accounting majors) .
4. A comprehensive examination.
5. An oral defense of the thesis.
The student is responsible for meeting regulations and other minimum degree re-
quirements as set up by the Graduate School for graduate study.
Master of Business Administration
The Master of Business Administration program provides a curriculum offering profes-
sional training for executive positions in business, industry, and government. The
degree also prepares students for doctoral study leading to careers in teaching and
research. The program is both for those who hold baccalaureate degrees in business
and for those who have earned degrees in other disciplines. The student is responsible
for meeting general regulations and minimum degree requirements as set up by the
Graduate School for graduate study. For students with satisfactory undergraduate
preparation in business, the MBA program consists of a minimum of 36 semester hours
of advanced course work. For students without adequate undergraduate preparation,
prerequisite courses must be completed.
Second Master's Degree
A student holding a master's degree may earn a second master's degree in another
discipline, following the same admission procedures as stated for the master's degree.
During the first semester of study for a second master's, students plan with their advisors
a program of study to include a minimum of 30 semester hours which may or may not
include a thesis for four hours of credit. If a thesis is included, at least 26 semester hours
of the work must be completed at Appalachian. If a thesis is not written, the student
may include up to eight semester hours of graduate work not more than six years old
from another approved graduate school or eight semester hours of field-based work
completed through Appalachian. An application for candidacy must be filed during the
first semester and a comprehensive examination will be taken near the close of the last
semester of the program.
The Specialist's Degree
The specialist's degree is intermediate between the master's and the doctoral degree.
Admission to the specialist's degree program is based upon the applicant's holding a
master's degree from an accredited institution. Regulations and procedures governing
the master's degree also apply to the specialist's degree. Eight semester hours taken
beyond the master's degree at an approved institution may be transferred. Course re-
quirements range from 30 to 36 semester hours of graduate work beyond the master's
degree. For varying requirements in the Department of Counselor Education and
Research, see that section of this bulletin.
The Graduate School
322
Certificate of Advanced Study
Upon completion of the requirements in the joint program in School Psychology, a stu-
dent earns both a Master of Arts degree and a Certificate of Advanced Study. This
60-66 semester hour program is administered jointly by the departments of psychology
and counselor education and research. Regulations and procedures governing the
Master's degree also apply to the certificate of advanced study.
Field-Based Option
Designed primarily for other than full-time students, the field-based master's or
specialist's degree programs provide the opportunity for students to extend or update
their academic credentials with only short, conveniently scheduled, on-campus ex-
periences. Except for 10 hours of resident credit, students attend classes in communities
that have requested such programs or pursue individual courses. In either case, the stu-
dent is responsible for meeting regulations and degree requirements as set up by the
Graduate School for graduate study with the exception of resident credit.
Application for the Degree
The graduate student must file with the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research an ap-
plication for the master's or specialist's degree the first week of the final registration
period. The application form may be secured from the Graduate Office. If qualified to
apply for a certificate to teach in North Carolina, the candidate may also file an applica-
tion for a certificate. This form, too, may be secured from the Graduate Office.
All students must be admitted to Graduate School at least three months before the date
of anticipated graduation. Students may not file for a degree during the term in which
they are admitted.
Commencement
Candidates for graduate degrees are expected to be present at any commencement to
receive the degree in person. Candidates may graduate in absentia by filing a notifica-
tion with the Graduate School.
The Register
323
The Register
THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA
Sixteen Constituent Institutions
WILLIAM C. FRIDAY, B.S., LL.B., LL.D., D.C.L. - President
ROY CARROLL, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. - Vice President-Planning
RAYMOND H. DAWSON, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. - Vice President-Academic
Affairs
EDGAR WALTON JONES, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. - Vice President-Research
and Public Service
L. FELIX JOYNER, A.B. - Vice President-Finance
CLEON FRANKLYN THOMPSON, JR., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., - Vice President-
Student Services and Special Programs
JOHN P. KENNEDY, JR., S.B., B.A., M.A., J.D. - Secretary of the University
TRUDY ATKINS, A.B., M.F.A. - Assistant to the President for Public Information
GARY T. BARNES, B.A., Ph.D. - Associate Vice President-Planning
HUGH S. BUCHANAN, JR., B.A. - Associate Vice President-Finance
JOHN F. COREY, B.S., M.A., Ed.D. - Associate Vice President-Student Services
and Special Programs
JOHN W. DUNLOP, B.A. - Director, The University of North Carolina Center for
Public Television
DAVID N. EDWARDS, JR., B. A., J.D. - Special Assistant to the President
KENNIS R. GROG AN, B.S..M.B.A. - Associate Vice President-Finance
ELLEN H. KEPLEY - Associate Vice President-Finance
ARNOLD K. KING, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. - Assistant to the President
PAUL B. MARION, JR., B. A., M. A., Ph.D. - Associate Vice President-Student
Services and Special Programs
R. D. McMILLAN, JR., B.S. - Assistant to the President for Governmental
Affairs
JEFFREY H. ORLEANS, B. A., J.D. - Special Assistant to the President
ARTHUR PADILLA, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. - Associate Vice President-Academic
Affairs
RICHARD H. ROBINSON, JR., A. B., LL.B. - Assistant to the President
DONALD J. STEDMAN, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. - Associate Vice President -Academic
Affairs
ROBERT W. WILLIAMS, JR., A.B., M.A., Ph.D. - Associate Vice President
Academic Affairs
Board of Governors
The University of North Carolina
John R. Jordan, Jr., Chairman
Mrs. Hugh Morton, Vice Chairman
Louis T. Randolph, Secretary
The Register
324
Class of 1985
F.P. Bodenheimer Raleigh
Laurence A. Cobb Charlotte
John E. Davenport Nashville
Charles Z. Flack, Jr Forest City
James E. Holmes Winston-Salem
Reginald F. McCoy Laurinburg
Mrs. John F. McNair Winston-Salem
Maceo A. Sloan Durham
Class of 1987
B. Irvin Boyle Charlotte
Mrs. Robert H. Bullock Shelby
William A. Dees, Jr Goldsboro
Jacob H. Froelich, Jr High Point
James E. Holshouser, Jr Southern Pines
William A. Johnson Lillington
Robert L. Jones Raleigh
E.B. Turner Lumberton
Class of 1989
Mrs. Geneva J. Bowe Murfreesboro
Philip G. Carson Asheville
Walter R. Davis Midland, TX
R. Phillip Haire Sylva
Mrs. Hugh Morton Linville
Asa T. Spaulding, Jr Durham
David J. Whichard, II Greenville
William K. Woltz Mount Airy
Class of 1991
Irwin Belk Charlotte
Wayne Corpening Winston-Salem
J. Earl Danieley Elon College
Mrs. Stanley H. Fox Oxford
John R. Jordan, Jr Raleigh
Samuel H. Poole Southern Pines
J. Aaron Prevost Hazelwood
Louis T. Randolph Washington
Board of Trustees
Mr. George Collins, Chairman North Wilkesboro, North Carolina
Mrs. Ruby Daniel, Vice Chairman Waynesville, North Carolina
Mr. Donald R. Lineberger, Secretary Gastonia, North Carolina
Mr. E. Miles Annas Charlotte, North Carolina
Mr. James G. Babb, Jr Charlotte, North Carolina
Mrs. Faye Broyhill Lenoir, North Carolina
Mr. Richard N. Davis Winston-Salem, North Carolina
The Register
325
Mrs. Mariam Cannon Hayes Concord, North Carolina
Mr. Seby B. Jones Raleigh, North Carolina
Mr. William S. Jones Pleasant Garden, North Carolina
Mr. James P. Marsh Boone, North Carolina
Mr. M. Randolph Phillips Boone, North Carolina
President of the Student Government Association
Chairperson of the Faculty Senate
President of the Alumni Association
Honorary Members
Mr. F.P. Bodenheimer, Jr Raleigh, North Carolina
Mr. B. Irvin Boyle Charlotte, North Carolina
Dr. Hugh Daniel Waynesville, North Carolina
Mr. John P. Frank Mt. Airy, North Carolina
Mr. Lester P. Martin, Jr Mocksville, North Carolina
Mr. Dwight W. Quinn Kannapolis, North Carolina
Mrs. Jean Rivers Boone, North Carolina
Mr. Gordon Goodson Lincolnton, North Carolina
Administrative Officers
John E. Thomas, B.A., M.S., D.B.A., Chancellor
Harvey R. Durham, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
Ned R. Trivette, B.S., M.S., Vice Chancellor for Business Affairs
Dave Mclntire, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
Robert E. Snead, B.S., M.A., Vice Chancellor for Development and Public Affairs
Office of the Chancellor
Mr. Jim Garner Athletic Director
Dr. Richard Howe University Equal Opportunity Officer
Mr. Larry T. Nance Director of Personnel Services
Dr. Cratis D. Williams Special Assistant to the Chancellor
Academic Affairs
Dr. Tom Bohannon Director of Institutional Research
Dr. Alvis L. Corum Dean of Learning Resources
Dr. Nicholas Erneston Dean of the College of Fine and Applied Arts
Mr. Ernest Jones Director of the Office of Computer and Management Services
Dr. Joyce Lawrence Dean of the Graduate Studies and Research
Mr. Brooks McLeod Registrar
Dr. Clinton Parker Associate Vice Chancellor
Dr. Richard Parrott Assistant Dean of the Division of Continuing Education
Dr. Judith Pulley Coordinator, Long Range Planning
Dr. Ben F. Strickland Acting Dean of the College of Education
Dr. William C. Strickland Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
Mr. Joseph Watts Director of Admissions
Dr. O.K. Webb Dean of General College
The Register
326
Business Affairs
Mr. Richard D. Arnold Associate Vice Chancellor for Business Operations
Mr. William Winkler Physical Plant Administrator
Mr. Carroll Brookshire Director of Audits and Systems
Mr. Ted S. Hagaman Director of Administrative Support Services
Mr. Lynn E. Holaday Controller
Mrs. Lynda Rankins Director of Auxiliary Services
Mr. Roy A. Tugman Director of Security
Development and Public Affairs
Ms. Gay Clyburn Director of Office of Public Information
Ms. Barbara Poovey Director of Alumni Affairs
Mr. Sam Howie Director of Publications
Mr. Wayne Clawson Director of Resource Development
Mr. Fred Robinette Director of the Annual Fund
Student Affairs
Dr. Evan Ashby Director of Health Services
Dr. Sally Atkins Director of Counseling and Psychological Services
Dr. James Avant Director of Campus Recreation and Intramurals
Dr. David Ball Director of Career Planning and Placement
Mr. Ronny Brooks Dean of Students and International Student Advisor
Mrs. Barbara Daye Assistant Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
Dr. William Derrick Assistant Director of Health Services
Mr. Dino DiBernardi Director of Campus Programs
Mr. Bob L. Dunnigan Director of Residence Life
Mr. Archie Ervin Director of Minority Student Affairs
Mr. Bob Feid Director of Administrative Operations
Mr. Steve Gabriel Director of Student Financial Aid
Ms. Louise Garrison Assistant Director of Student Financial Aid
Mr. Richard L. Geis Assistant Director of Residence Life/Programming
Dr. Jon Hageseth Assistant Director of Counseling and Psychological Services
Mr. Lee H. McCaskey Director of Complementary Education
Ms. Jane Olson Assistant Director of Residence Life/ Assignments
Mr. Ed Pilkington Director of Cultural Programs
Mr. Wes Weaver Assistant Director of Student Financial Aid
Ms. Linda Whisenant Assistant Director of Career Planning and Placement
Faculty
RICHARD N. ABBOTT, JR. (1979) ROBERT ADLER (1980)
Assistant Professor of Geology Assistant Professor of Business Education
B.A., Bowdoin College; M.S., University of Maine, and Office Administration
Orono; Ph.D., Harvard University. Graduate Faculty B.S. State University College at Buffalo, New York;
M.A. University of Northern Colorado, Greeley
The Register
327
EDWARD MARTIN ALLEN, JR. (1971)
Professor of Political Science
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty
MICHAEL G. ALLEN (1978)
Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Castleton State College, M.A.T., St. Michael's
College; Ed.D., University of Maine at Orono.
Graduate Faculty.
THOMAS REESE ALLEN, JR. (1977)
Professor of Business Education
B.S., M.Ed., Virginia Polytechnic Institute: Ed.D.
University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
ELIZABETH T. ANDERSON (1982)
Adjunct Clinical Instructor
B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro;
M.T., Bowman Gray School of Medical Technology
ALLEN L. ANTONE (1978)
Assistant Professor and Reference Librarian
B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.A., Appalachian State
University.
GEORGE PETER ANTONE (1967)
Professor and Chairperson of Department of History
A.B., Brown University; Ed.M., Rutgers University:
M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. Graduate Facul-
ty.
EDWIN T. ARNOLD, III (1977)
Associate Professor of English
A.B., University of Georgia: M.A., Georgia State
University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Graduate Faculty.
JOAN ASKEW (1965)
Associate Professor of Health,
and Recreation
B.S., Auburn University; M.S.
nessee; Ed.D., University of
Greensboro. Graduate Faculty.
Physical Education
University of Ten-
North Carolina at
SALLY S. ATKINS (1978)
Associate Professor of Counselor Education and
Research and Director of Counseling and
Psychological Services
A.B., The University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill: M.Ed., Ph.D., The University of North Carolina
at Greensboro. Graduate Faculty.
BETTY ATTERBURY (1981)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., State University Teachers College at Potsdam,
N.Y.; M.S., Hunter College.
GELENE ANDREWS ATWOOD (1956)
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., University of North Carolina at Greensboro;
M.A., Appalachian State University.
JOHN TRUMBULL AUSTON (1968)
Professor of Communication Arts
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Denver. Graduate
Faculty.
JAMES L. AVANT (1975)
Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
B.S., University of Florida; M.S., Indiana University;
Ph.D., University of Utah.
DEAN MASON AYDELOTT (1971)
Professor of Art
B.F.A., University of Florida: M.F.A., University of
Nebraska. Graduate Faculty.
EVAN H. ASHBY (1970)
Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation and Director of Health Services
B.S., Randolph Macon College; M.D., University of
Virginia School of Medicine.
HARVARD G. AYERS (1970)
Professor of Anthropology
B.A., University of Texas: M.A., Ph.D., Catholic
University. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
328
FRED T. BADDERS (1973)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Counselor Education and Research
B.A., Furman University; B.D., Southeastern Baptist
Seminary; Ph.D., Florida State University. Graduate
Faculty.
JOANNA R. BAKER (1983)
Assistant Professor of Management
B.A., M.Ed., University of Maine; Ph.D., Clemson
University. Graduate Faculty.
STEVEN J. BALDWIN (1981)
Instructor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
ROBERT ARTHUR BANZHAF (1966)
Professor of Industrial Education and Technology
B.S., M.Ed., Miami University; Ed.D., North
Carolina State University. Graduate Faculty.
LARRY BARR (1981)
Associate Professor of Library and Media Studies
B.A., Lincoln Memorial University; M.A., M.S.L.S.,
University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Indiana University.
Graduate Faculty.
MELISSA E. BARTH (1982)
Assistant Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Washington State University; Ph.D. Pur-
due University.
JEAN G. BASCH (1978)
Adjunct Clinical Instructor of Biology
B.S., North Georgia College; M.T., Bowman Gray
School of Medical Technology.
JOHN J. BEASLEY (1981)
Chairperson and Associate Professor of Home
Economics
B.A., East Carolina University, M.S., Ph.D., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University. Graduate
Faculty.
ROBERT W. BARCLAY (1975)
Professor of Management and Marketing
A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana University. Graduate
Faculty.
PATRICIA D. WHITE BEAVER (1974)
Associate Professor of Anthropology and Director of
the Appalachian Studies Center
B.A., Ph.D., Duke University. Graduate Faculty.
JAWAD I. BARGHOTHI (1969)
Professor of Political Science
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Graduate Faculty.
ROBERT BEHAN (1983)
Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., Sacred Heart Seminar; S.T.B., Gregorian
University.
RICHARD THOMAS BARKER (1956)
Associate Professor and University Librarian
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
JAMES H. BARNES, JR. (1983)
Associate Professor and Chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Marketing
B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Auburn University; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon. Graduate Faculty.
DEBORAH ELLEN BELL (1965)
Assistant Professor and Assistant Catolog Librarian
B.A., Louisiana State University; M.L.S., George
Peabody College.
BRIAN CAREY BENNETT (1971)
Professor and Acting Chairperson of Anthropology
B.A., Beloit College; Ph.D., Southern Illinois Univer-
sity. Graduate Faculty.
JANET L. BARR (1981)
Associate Professor of Library and Media Studies
B.A., Hanover College; M.S.L.S., University of Ken-
tucky; Ph.D., Indiana University. Graduate Faculty.
ANNIE MAE BLACKBURN (1956)
Associate Professor of Business Education and Office
Administration and Secondary Education
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
The Register
329
CHARLES B. BLACKBURN (1969)
Associate Professor of History
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ball State University. Graduate
Faculty.
JOHN JAMES BOND (1971)
Professor of Biology
B.A., Centre College; M.S., East Tennessee State
University; Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Graduate Faculty.
LINDA P. BLANTON (1975)
Professor of Special Education
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.Ed., Ed.S.,
University of Georgia; Ed.D., Indiana University.
Graduate Faculty.
MARK A. BONN (1982)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.A., Furman University; M.A., ASU; Ph.D., Texas
A.M. University.
WILLIAM E. BLANTON (1975)
Professor of Reading Education
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ed.D.
University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
BEN GESS BOSWORTH, JR. (1960)
Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., M.A., Ed.D., University of Virginia. Graduate
Faculty.
TOMMY R. BOHANNON (1976)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences and
Director of Statistics/Computer User Services
M.A., Wake Forest University; Ph.D., Texas A&M
University. Graduate Faculty.
ELBERT V. BOWDEN (1977)
Professor of Economics and Holder of the Banking
Chair
B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University. Graduate Faculty.
EFFIE J. BOLDRIDGE (1979)
Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Kansas University; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri
University. Graduate Faculty.
HERBERT LOUIS BOWKLEY (1965)
Professor of Chemistry
B.S.C., University of Michigan; M.S., Missouri
School of Mines; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Universi-
ty. Graduate Faculty.
GERALD M. BOLICK (1969)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education
B.S., M.S., North Carolina State University; Ed.D.,
Duke University. Graduate Faculty.
ZOHARA M. BOYD (1977)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Douglass College; M.A., Columbia Teachers
College; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts.
ELIZABETH B. BOND (1973)
Assistant Professor of History and Coordinator of Of-
fice of Archives & Records Management
B.A., Centre College; M.A., North Carolina State
University.
HUNTER REED BOYLAN (1980)
Assistant Professor of Administration, Supervision
and Higher Education and Director of the Kellogg In-
stitute for Developmental Education
B.A., Miami University; M.Ed., Temple University;
Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. Graduate
Faculty.
HUGH LAWRENCE BOND (1970)
Professor of History
B.A., Lambuth College; B.D., Duke University
Divinity School; Ph.D., Duke University. Graduate
Faculty.
MADELINE E. BRADFORD (1964)
Professor of Elementary Education and Director of
the Winston Salem/Forsyth Teaching Center
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
The Register
330
JAMES A. BRAKEFIELD (1971)
Adjunct Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.A., Centre College; M.A., William and Mary Col-
lege.
JAMES W. BUCHANAN (1977)
Professor of Chemistry
B.A., University of North Carolina; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Florida; M.B.A., Wake Forest Universi-
ty. Graduate Faculty.
RENNIE W. BRANTZ (1973)
Associate Professor of History
B.A., Doane College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University. Graduate Faculty.
PATRICIA ANN BUCHANAN (1978)
Instructor of Health, Physical Education, and Recrea-
tion and Athletic Trainer
A.B., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
M.A., Indiana State University.
LUCY MOORE BRASHEAR (1967)
Professor of English
A.B., M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D., University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
MARGARET M. BREEDLOVE (1979)
Associate Professor of Home Economics
Hunter College of City of New York
B.A.
Teachers College, Columbia University.
M.S.
DONNA L. BREITENSTEIN (1975)
Assistant Professor in Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.A., Catawba College; M.A., Appalachian State
University.
WILLARD LEON BRIGNER (1968)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., DePauw University; M.S., Purdue University.
PH.D., Duke University. Graduate Faculty.
WENDELL S. BROADWELL (1981)
Instructor of Political Science /Criminal Justice
B.A., M.G.A., Georgia State University
O. MELL BUSBIN, JR. (1980)
Associate Professor of Library and Media Studies
A.B., High Point College; M.A.L.S., Appalachian
State University; Sp.A., Western Michigan Universi-
ty; Advanced Masters in Library Science, Florida
State University; Ph.D., Florida State University.
Graduate Faculty.
F. EUGENE BUTTS (1977)
Professor of Accounting
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ed.D.,
University of Northern Colorado. Graduate Faculty.
CPA.
JEFFREY A. BUTTS (1981)
Associate Professor and Chairperson of the Depart-
ment of Biology
A.B., Albion College; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green
State University. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN EDWARD CALLAHAN (1970)
Professor of Geology
A.B., M.Ed., State University of New York; M.S.
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Ph.D.,
Queens University. Graduate Faculty.
RONNY L. BROOKS
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation, and Dean of Students
B.S., N.C. State University
LAWRENCE E. BROWN (1982)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., University of Dayton; Ph.D., Penn-
sylvania State University. Graduate Faculty.
DANIEL SCOTT CAMPAGNA (1981)
Assistant Professor of Political Science /Criminal
Justice
B.A., Northern Illinois University; M.S., Georgia
State University
HELEN EARLENE CAMPBELL (1970)
Assistant Professor and Circulation Librarian
B.S., M.A., East Tennessee State University; Ed.S.
Appalachian State University.
The Register
331
KEVIN W. CANTWELL (1977)
Instructor of Health , Physical Education, and Recrea-
tion and Head Basketball Coach
B.A.,UNC-Asheville; M.A., Appalachian State
University.
JUDITH B. CARLSON (1981)
Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
B.S., UW Eau Claire; B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.S., University of Colorado; Ed.D., UNC-
Greensboro. Graduate Faculty.
IRVIN WATSON CARPENTER, JR.
(1953)
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University. Graduate
Faculty.
JESSIE LUELLA CARPENTER (1954)
Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and
Audiology
A.B., DePauw University; M.S., Purdue University.
Graduate Faculty.
HAROLD WILMER CARRIN (1970)
Professor of Art
B.M.Ed., M.S., Florida State University; Ed.D.,
Arizona State University. Graduate Faculty.
VERNON H. CARROLL (1976)
Assistant Professor of Communication Arts
B.S., M.A., Southwest Texas State University.
TERRY MARTIN CHAMBERS
Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.S., MB. A., Appalachian State University; DBA.
Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
THOMAS WINSTON CHILDRESS
(1976)
Associate Professor and Chairperson of Reading
Education
B.A., University of Florida; M.R.E., Southwestern
Baptist Theological Seminary; M.S., Barry College;
Ph.D., Florida State University. Graduate Faculty.
VAUGHN KYLE CHRISTIAN (1971)
Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
B.A., M.A., George Peabody College; Ed.D., Loui-
siana State University. Graduate Faculty.
MICHAEL W. CHURTON (1980)
Associate Professor of Special Education and Health
Physical Education and Recreation
B.S., Murray State University, M.Ed., University of
Missouri at Columbia; Ed.D. University of Southern
Mississippi. Graduate Faculty.
MARY ANN CARROLL (1973)
Professor of Philosophy and Religion
B.A., Louisiana State University; M.A., Ph.D., The
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate
Faculty.
ROY CARROLL (1969)
Professor of History and Vice President for Planning,
General Administration, The University of North
Carolina.
B.A., Ouachita Baptist University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Vanderbilt University. Graduate Faculty.
DONALD L. CLARK (1969)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., George Washington University; B.D.,
Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Appalachian State University; Ed.D., University of
Florida. Graduate Faculty.
JUDITH ALTA CLARKE (1972)
Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion and Assistant Director of Athletics
B.S., Central Missouri State College; M.A., Colorado
State College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Graduate
Faculty.
TERRY N. CARROLL (1983)
Instructor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., North Carolina State University; M.S.,
University of North Carolina at Greensboro.
The
JOHN ROBERT COBLENTZ (1973)
Assistant Professor and Reference Librarian
B.A., M.S.L.S., Wayne State University; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University.
The Register
332
JAMES MONROE COLE (1963)
Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Cincinnati.
SUSAN S. COLE (1975)
Associate Professor of Communication Arts
A.B., M.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., University of
Oregon.
TERRY WAYNE COLE (1971)
Associate Professor of Communication Arts
B.A., M.A., California State College at Fresno;
Ph.D., University of Oregon.
WALTON SMITH COLE (1951)
Professor of Music
A.B., Southwestern at Memphis; M.M. University of
Arizona. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN PAUL COMBS (1971)
Professor of Economics and Dean of the College of
Business
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Graduate Faculty.
MARY G. (Christina) CONDIT (1982)
Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., State University College of New York at
Brockport; M.S., Oregon State University; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina at Greensboro.
MICHAEL P. COOK (1982)
Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., University of
Tennessee at Knoxville. Graduate Faculty.
LELAND ROSS COOPER (1967)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education
B.S., Clemson College; M.Ed., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill; Ed.D., University of Florida.
Graduate Faculty.
ALVIS L. CORUM (1970)
Professor and Dean of Learning Resources
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Miami.
A. RONALD COULTHARD (1968)
Professor of English
B.S., Concord College; M.A., Ph.D., Florida State
University. Graduate Faculty.
JEAN-PIERRE COURBOIS (1968)
Professor of Economics
B.S., Lycee Henri IV; B.S., Georgetown University;
M.A., Ph.D., American University. Graduate Facul-
ty-
PERRY C. CRABTREE (1980)
Adjunct Instructor of Psychology
B.A., Tusculum College; M.S., William and Mary
College.
MARY URSULA CONNELL (1974)
Professor of Biology
A.B., M.S., Marshall University; Ph.D., Kent State
University. Graduate Faculty.
WALTER CURTIS CONNOLLY (1963)
Professor of Physics
B.A., Miami University of Ohio; M.S., University o Il-
linois; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America.
Graduate Faculty.
DAVID CONSIDINE (1982)
Assistant Professor of Library and Media Studies
B.A., B.Ed., La Trobe University, Melbourne,
Australia; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
ALBERT L. CRAVEN (1972)
Professor of Accounting
B.A., Louisiana College; M.B.A., University of
Mississippi; Ph.D., University of Alabama. Graduate
Faculty. CPA.
ARTHUR H. CROSS (1979)
Associate Professor of Special Education
B.S., Birmingham Southern College; M.Ed., Univer-
sity of Illinois; Ph.D., UNC-Chapel Hill. Graduate
Faculty.
LEE S. CROSS (1979)
Instructor of Special Education
B.A., Hanover College; M.Ed., University of Illinois.
The Register
333
JOYCE G. CROUCH (1967)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Psychology
B.S., M.A., Tennessee Technological University;
Ed.D., University of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
EDELMA P. de LEON (1978)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Philippine Union College; M.A., West Texas
State University; Ph.D., University of Southwestern
Louisiana. Graduate Faculty.
RICHARD CRUTCHFIELD (1978)
Assistant Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies and
Director of International Studies
B.A., Washington & Lee University; M.A., Indiana
University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
JAMES RUSSELL DENI (1972)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Youngstown State University; M.Ed.
Baylor University. Graduate Faculty.
Ed.D.
RUDY L. CURD (1969)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Lincoln Memorial University; M.A.
University of Kentucky. Graduate Faculty.
Ph.D.
WARREN CAMERON DENNIS (1965)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of Art
B.A., University of Southern Mississippi; M.F.A.,
University of Mississippi. Graduate Faculty.
CHARLES THOMAS DAVIS III (1967)
Professor of Philosophy and Religion
B.S.Ed., University of Alabama; B.D., Candler
School of Theology; Ph.D., Emory University.
Graduate Faculty.
ALFRED MAXEY DENTON, JR. (1962)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Sociology
B.S., Oklahoma State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate
Faculty.
HARRY M. DAVIS (1977)
Associate Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real
Estate, Savings and Loan Chairholder
A.B., University of North Carolina; M.A., Vanderbilt
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia-Athens.
Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM C. DEWEL (1972)
Professor of Biology
B.A., State University of Iowa; M.A., Wesleyan
University; Ph.D., University of Houston. Graduate
Faculty.
JERRY L. DAVIS (1975)
Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University. Graduate
Faculty.
RAMON DIAZ-SOLIS (1970)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Barcelona.
Graduate Faculty.
BARBARA DAYE
Lecturer of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion, and Assistant Vice Chancellor for Student Af-
fairs
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University
ERIS DEDMOND (1968)
Professor of Reading Education
B.S., Western Carolina University; M.S., Ph.D.
Florida State University. Graduate Faculty.
MacWILLIAM DISBROW (1966)
Professor of Music
B.M., M.M., Cincinnati Conservatory of Music.
Graduate Faculty.
DON DODSON (1978)
Professor of Management and Director of the Center
for Management Development
B.S., M.S., East Texas State University; Ph.D..
University of Tennessee-Knoxville. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
334
C. HOWARD DORGAN (1971)
Professor of Communication Arts
Texas Western College; M.F.A., University of
B.A.
Texas; Ph.D.
Faculty.
Louisiana State University. Graduate
MICHAEL J. DOTSON (1983)
Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.A., M.B.A., Nicholls State University; DBS.,
Mississippi State University.
BOYD MAX DOWELL (1967)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Bob Jones University; M.S., Ed.D., University
of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
EUGENE CHRISTOPHER
DROZDOWSKI (1961)
Professor of History
B.A., Alfred University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke Universi-
ty. Graduate Faculty.
JOSEPH B. DUDLEY (1978)
Adjunct Clinical Professor of Biology
B.S., Davidson College; M.D., University of Penn-
sylvania.
LENORE W. DUDLEY, (1980)
Assistant Professor and Assistant Acquisitions
Librarian
B.A., University of New Orleans; M.A., M.L.S., Ap-
palachian State University.
JOHN DANIEL DUKE (1968)
Professor of Psychology
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
BOBBYE K. DUNLAP (1977)
Associate Professor of Marketing and Graduate Coor-
dinator for the College of Business
B.S.B.A,; M.A., Appalachian State University;
Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Graduate Faculty.
MARY MONTGOMERY DUNLAP (1970)
Professor of English
B.A., Converse College; M.A., Appalachian State
University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Graduate Faculty.
GAREY C. DURDEN (1982)
Associate Professor of Economics and Chairperson of
the Department of Economics
B.S., Georgia State University; M.A., Ph.D., Florida
State University
HARVEY RALPH DURHAM (1965)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences and Vice
Chancellor for Academic Affairs
B.S., Wake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
G. MARVIN EARGLE (1969)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Graduate Faculty.
PATRICIA BONIN EARGLE (1969)
Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
A.B., University of Chattanooga; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
THERESA E. EARLY (1976)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.A., M.S., Florida Atlantic University; Ph.D.,
Florida State University. Graduate Faculty.
SIDNEY W. ECKERT (1981)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Business Education and Office Administration
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Graduate Faculty.
BARRY ELLEDGE (1969)
Professor of Economics and Assistant Dean of the
College of Business
B.S., Berea College; M.S., University of
Massachusetts; Ph.D., North Carolina State Universi-
ty. Graduate Faculty.
LARRY V. ELLIS (1978)
Associate Professor of Economics and Director,
Center for the Study of Private Enterprise
B.S., Missouri Valley College; M.A., Central Missouri
State University; Ph.D., University of Missouri-
Columbia. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
335
ALI EMDAD (1982)
Assistant Professor of Library and Media Studies
B.S., College of Mass Communications; M.L.S.,
Pahlavi University.
RONALD J. ENSEY (1969)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.A., Hardin-Simmons University; M.S., Ph.D.,
New Mexico State University. Graduate Faculty.
TERRY ELMER EPPERSON, JR. (1962)
Professor of Geography
B.S., East Tennessee State University; M.S., Univer-
sity of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Graduate Faculty.
PATRICIA FARTHING (1972)
Assistant Professor and Instructional Materials Center
Librarian
B.A., M.S.L.S., Louisiana State University; Ed.S.,
Appalachian State University.
STEPHEN M. FERGUSON (1972)
Instructor of Learning Resources
B.A., Eastern Kentucky University; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University.
MICHAEL FIMIAN (1983)
Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.S., Boston College; M.S. University of Oregon;
Ph.D., University of Connecticut.
NICHOLAS ERNESTON (1948)
Professor of Music and Dean of the College of Fine
and Applied Arts
B.M.Ed., Shenandoah Conservatory of Music;
M.M., Cincinnati Conservatory of Music; Ph.D.,
Florida State University. Graduate Faculty.
ARCHIE W. ERVIN (1978)
Instructor of Political Science and Director of Minority
Student Affairs and Admissions Counselor
B.A., M.A., Appalachian State University
A. FUAT FIRAT (1983)
Associate Professor of Marketing
Licencie en Economie, Istanbul University; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
KATHY E. FITZPATRICK (1983)
Assistant Professor of Management
B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro;
M.S. in Recreation Therapy, The Florida State
University; M.S. in Management, Clemson Universi-
ty-
ALAN W. EWERT (1983)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S., Eastern
Washington University; Ph.D., University of Oregon.
JOAN O. FALCONER (1977)
Associate Professor and Music Librarian
B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Columbia University;
M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia
University.
EDWARD B. FALLON (1981)
Assistant Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
B.A., Georgetown University; M.A., Yale University
JEFFERY FLETCHER (1974)
Associate Professor of Library and Media Studies
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ed.D.,
Auburn University. Graduate Faculty.
WENDY BEHRENDT FLETCHER (1977)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.M., Florida State University.
LORRAINE FORCE (1968)
Professor of Art
B.S., Southwest Missouri State University; M.Ed.,
University of Miami; Ph.D., Florida State University.
Graduate Faculty.
MARJORIE F. FARRIS (1970)
Professor of Reading Education
B.Ed., University of Miami; M.S., Kansas State Col-
lege; Ed.D., University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
SILVIA P. FORGUS (1974)
Associate Professor of History
B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.
of Illinois at Urbana. Graduate Faculty.
University
The Register
336
PAUL A. FOX (1970)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., Hofstra University; M.A., Ph.D.
linois University. Graduate Faculty.
Southern II-
ALLIE G. FUNK (1976)
Associate Professor of Sociology
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Emory University.
Faculty.
Graduate
WILLARD FOX (1981)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education
B.A., Southeast Missouri State University; M.A.
University of Wyoming; Ph.D., Wayne State Univer-
sity. Graduate Faculty.
VIRGINIA A. FOXX (1972)
Part-time Instructor in Sociology and Coordinator,
Office of Transfer Students
A.B., M.A.C.T., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill.
ERNEST JACKSON FREEMAN (1979)
Lecturer of Special Education
A. A., Wingate College; B.S., University of Georgia.
STEVE GABRIEL
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation, and Director of Student Financial Aid
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
OLE GADE (1970)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Community Planning and Geography
B.A., M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. Graduate Faculty.
SAMMIE GATLIN GARNER (1983)
Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S.H.E., M.S., University of North Carolina at
Greensboro; Ph.D., University of Tennessee— Knox-
MARY H. FREEMAN (1978)
Lecturer/Social Research Assistant in Special Educa-
tion
GEORG M.A. GASTON (1974)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Texas A&M University; M.A., Ph.D., Auburn
University. Graduate Faculty.
VIRGINIA T. FREEMAN (1977)
Instructor of Special Education
B.A., Longwood College; M.A., Appalachian State
University.
PATRICIA ELLEN GAYNOR (1973)
Associate Professor of Economics
B.S., Stetson University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Miami. Graduate Faculty.
ULRICH R. FROEHLICH (1981)
Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at
Albany.
FRANCES STONE FULMER (1961)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
A.B., Winthrop College; M.S., C.A.S., Appalachian
State University.
WILLIAM EDMUND FULMER (1955)
Professor of Secondary Education and Coordinator
of Field Experiences for Watauga County
A.B., Catawba College; Ed.M., University of South
Carolina; Ed.D., University of Missouri. Graduate
Faculty.
JOHN P. GEARY (1976)
Associate Professor of Business Education and Office
Administration
A.B., University of Alabama, J.D., Samford Univer-
sity; M.A., Ph.D., George Peabody College.
Graduate Faculty.
LESLIE E. GERBER (1975)
Associate Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
B.A., Raymond College; M.A., Ph.D., Emory
University.
DANIEL BERNARD GERMAN (1972)
Professor of Political Science
B.A., M.A., University of South Dakota; Ph.D.
Georgetown University. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
337
SANDRA JEAN GLOVER (1969)
Professor of Biology
B.S., Northwestern State University of Louisiana;
M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Georgia. Graduate
Faculty.
ROBERT D. GODDARD, III (1978)
Associate Professor of Management
B.S., Florida Atlantic University; M.B.A., University
of North Florida; Ph.D., University of South
Carolina. Graduate Faculty.
SUSAN L. GOLDEN (1981)
Instructor and Instructional Materials Center Librarian
B.A. State University of New York at Buffalo; M.S.,
Drexel University.
GAYE WAGONER GOLDS (1964)
Associate Professor and Instructional Materials Center
Librarian
B.S., M.A., Ed.S., Appalachian State University.
TED W. GOODMAN (1981)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.A., Wake
Forest; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University. Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM A. GORA (1976)
Associate Professor of Music
B.M., University of Miami; M.Ed., University of
Florida;
Faculty.
D.M.A., University of Miami. Graduate
RAY LOGAN GRAHAM (1963)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., West Texas State University; M.A.T., Ph.D.,
New Mexico State University. Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM DAVID GRAHAM (1972)
Professor of Industrial Education and Technology
A.B., M.A., Montclair State College; Ed.D., Indiana
University. Graduate Faculty.
FOREST B. GREEN (1981)
Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.A., University of North Carolina; M.S., George
Washington University; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University.
EDGAR D. GREENE, JR. (1971)
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.
Florida State University. Graduate Faculty.
JAMES ALBERT GREENE (1973)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research and
Sociology
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.S.S.W.. University
of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM C. GRIFFIN (1978)
Assistant Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies and
Assistant Director of Watauga College
B.A., University of North Carolina; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University; Ph.D., University of
Alabama.
KENNETH J. GRUBER (1978)
Lecturer and Special Projects Director of Special
Education
B.A., University of Virginia; M.A., University of
North Carolina at Greensboro.
CLEMENS A. GRUEN (1977)
Associate Professor of Industrial Education and
Technology
B.S., Southeast Missouri State University; M.S.,
Southern Illinois University; Ed.D., University of Nor-
thern Colorado. Graduate Faculty.
MELVIN H. GRUENSFELDER (1969)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation and Secondary Education
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
WILLIAM G. GUTHRIE, III (1980)
Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., Western Michigan University; MA. Western
Michigan University; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina. Graduate Faculty.
JON A. HAGESETH (1981)
Assistant Professor of Psychology and Assistant
Director of Counseling and Psychological Services
Center
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
338
RALPH G. HALL (1974)
Professor and Chairperson of Administration, Super-
vision and Higher Education
B.S., University of Tennessee; M.A., Memphis State
University; Ed.D., University of Tennessee. Graduate
Faculty.
STEPHEN FRANCIS HALL (1972)
Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Graduate Faculty.
JEROME B. HALLAN (1981)
Professor of Management and Director of Health
Care Management
B.S.P.H.; M.S. PH.; Dr. PH. University of North
Carolina
SHELDON HANFT (1969)
Associate Professor of History
B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., New
York University. Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM C. HANNER (1970)
Assistant Professor of Industrial Education and
Technology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
J. EDWARD HARRILL (1961)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research
B . A . , Berea College ; M . A . , Peabody College ; Ph . D . ,
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate
Faculty.
J. BRAXTON HARRIS (1958)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education
A.B., Lenoir Rhyne College; M.A., Appalachian
State University; Ed.D., Indiana University. Graduate
Faculty.
MARK HARRIS (1977)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Massachusetts. Graduate Faculty.
ERNEST B. HARTLEY (1973)
Assistant Professor of Library and Media Studies and
Director of Audiovisual Services
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
PEGGY J. HARTLEY (1973)
Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.,
University of South Carolina. Graduate Faculty.
ERIC J. HATCH (1979)
Associate Professor of Counselor Education and
Research /Psychology, and Coordinator of School
Psychology Program
B.A., Montclair State College; M.S., Ph.D., Penn-
sylvania State University. Graduate Faculty.
JAMES WINSLOW HATHAWAY (1971)
Associate Professor of Management
A.B., Dartmouth College; M.A., University of Penn-
sylvania. Graduate Faculty.
RICHARD HERBERT HAUNTON (1972)
Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., Emory
University. Graduate Faculty.
ALAN JON HAUSER (1972)
Chairperson and Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
B.A., Concordia Teachers College; M.A.R., Concor-
dia Seminary; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Graduate
Faculty.
JAMES S. HEALEY (1983)
Professor and Chairperson of Library and Media
Studies
B.A., Stonehill College; M.S.L.S., Simmons Col-
lege; D.L.S., Columbia University. Graduate Faculty .
JOHN W. HEATON (1969)
Assistant Professor and Acquisition Librarian
B.A., Milligan College; M.A.L.S., East Tennessee
State University; Ed.S., Appalachian State Universi-
ty.
DAVID L. HEDDEN (1976)
Craftsman /Technician-in- Residence in Industrial
Education and Technology
The Register
339
FRANK ALFRED HELSETH (1968)
Professor of Biology
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
BREVARD MYERS HENRY (1978)
Adjunct Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.A., Hollins College.
LARRY W. HENSEL (1983)
Assistant Professor of Military Science
M. A. -Criminal Justice, University of South Florida.
RICHARD NELSON HENSON (1970)
Professor of Biology
B.S., Lamar State College of Technology; M.S.
Ph.D., Texas A&M University. Graduate Faculty.
HANS G. HEYMANN (1969)
Professor of English
B.A., Friedrick Wilheim College; M.A., Ph.D.
University of Frankfurt. Graduate Faculty.
LOYD H. HILTON (1969)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
English
B.A., Wayland Baptist College; M.A., Texas Tech
University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Graduate
Faculty.
JOSETTE C. HOLLENBECK (1976)
Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington.
Graduate Faculty.
OSCAR DILE HOLTON, JR. (1968)
Professor of English
B.A., Wayland College; M.A., Ph.D., Texas Tech
University. Graduate Faculty.
LAWRENCE EDWARD HORINE (1968)
Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion
B.S., M.A., Ed.D., University of Colorado. Graduate
Faculty.
MARIE LEACH HICKS (1973)
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.,
University of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
ROBERT GRIGGS HIGBIE (1973)
Professor of English
B.A., Amherst College; M.A., University of Califor-
nia at Berkeley; Ph.D., Indiana University. Graduate
Faculty.
MAYNARD JOHN HIGBY (1967)
Professor of English
B.S., Clemson University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
South Carolina. Graduate Faculty.
JAMES W. HOSCH (1974)
Associate Professor of Special Education
B.S., Auburn University; M.A., Florida State Univer-
sity.
DONNA CAMPBELL HOUCK (1965)
Lecturer in English
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
RICHARD DAVIS HOWE (1973)
Professor of History and Administration, Supervision
and Higher Education and University Equal Oppor-
tunity Officer
B.A., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.,
University of California at Los Angeles. Graduate
Faculty.
L. KEITH HILL (1973)
Associate Professor and Reference Librarian
A.B., M.S., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill; M.A., Appalachian State University.
GLENDA T. HUBBARD (1974)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.
University of Miami. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
340
KENNETH A. HUBBARD (1977)
Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology
B.A., Clinch Valley College; M.A., Appalachian
State University; Ed.D., University of North Carolina
at Greensboro. Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM C. HUBBARD (1972)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research and
Director of the Center for Instructional Development
B.M., M.Ed., University of Miami; M.S., Indiana
University; Ed.D., University of Miami. Graduate
Faculty.
MARY ALICE HUFF (1942)
Assistant Professor and Catalog Librarian
A.B., Limestone College;
Peabody College for Teachers.
B.S.L.S., George
PEYTON ALBERT HUGHES (1968)
Professor of Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Mississippi State University.
Graduate Faculty.
JUDY LUCILLE HUMPHREY (1973)
Associate Professor of Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Georgia. Graduate
Faculty.
DANIEL F. HURLEY (1969)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., The Sulpician Seminary of the Northwest;
M.A., Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Graduate
Faculty.
WILLIAM M. HUTCHINS (1980)
Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion
B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
WILLIAM IMPERATORE (1969)
Professor of Geography
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; MA.
University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
Ed.D.
CORDELIA RUGELEY INKS (1970)
Assistant Professor and Assistant Catalog Librarian
B.S., M.L.S., University of Texas; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University.
JAMES W. JACKSON (1970)
Professor of History and Administration, Supervision
and Higher Education
B.A., M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D., University
of Miami. Graduate Faculty.
CAROLYN JAMISON (1972)
Assistant Professor and Reference Librarian
A.B., M.S.L.S., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill.
WILLIAM THOMAS JAMISON (1970)
Professor and Chairperson of Secondary Education
A.B., M.A.T., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
KENNETH D. JENKINS (1974)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education
B.A.E., University of Florida; M.Ed., Ed.D., Univer-
sity of Miami. Graduate Faculty.
BASIL G. JOHNSON, JR. (1967)
Professor of Psychology
University of Oklahoma; M.A., University of
B.A.
Tulsa; Ed.D.
Faculty.
Oklahoma State University. Graduate
EDWARD C. HUTCHINSON (1977)
Professor and Chairperson of Speech Pathology and
Audiology
A.B., Hiram (Ohio) College; M.A., Kent State
University; Ph.D., The Ohio State University.
Graduate Faculty.
ROBERT L. JOHNSON (1980)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; M.A., University of South
Carolina; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
341
LINDA L. JOHNSON (1981)
Assistant Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real
Estate
B.A., College of William and Mary; J.D., University
of Virginia; M.B.A., Appalachian State University;
Ph.D., University of Georgia - Athens.
ERNEST L. JONES (1979)
Director of Office of Computer and Management Ser-
vices
A.B., M.A., Marshall University.
JAMES FREDERICK JONES (1956)
Professor of Accounting
A.B., Elon College; M.A., East Carolina University.
Graduate Faculty.
RAY G. JONES, JR. (1973)
Professor of Finance, Insurance and Real Estate
B.S., M.S., Florida State University; D.B.A.,
Mississippi State University. Graduate Faculty.
SUSAN E. KEEFE (1978)
Associate Professor of Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa
Barbara. Graduate Faculty.
THOMAS K. KEEFE (1978)
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Graduate Faculty.
LARRY GENE KEETER (1971)
Professor of Sociology
B.A.. Berea College; B.D., Th.M., Harvard Divinity
School; Ph.D., Boston University. Graduate Faculty.
ALLEN FRANSSEN KINDT (1971)
Professor of Music
B.M., Curtis Institute of Music; M.S., Julliard School
of Music; D.M.A., University of Michigan. Graduate
Faculty.
ROBERT SOMMERVILLE JONES (1971)
Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., Wake Forest University; M.Ed., Ph.D., Univer-
sity of South Carolina. Graduate Faculty.
RONALD H. KING (1979)
Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., M.B.A., East Carolina University;
University of Alabama. Graduate Faculty.
Ph.D.
M. LOUIS JOSELSON (1981)
Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and
Audiology
B.A., M.S., Adelphi; Ph.D., University of Florida.
Graduate Faculty.
GARY D. KADER (1980)
Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.S., Georgia Southern College
Ph.D., University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
WINSTON LEE KINSEY (1969)
Associate Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., Texas Tech
University. Graduate Faculty.
RICKEY C. KIRKPATRICK (1980)
Assistant Professor of Economics and Director,
Bureau of Economic and Business Research
B.S., Tulane University; Ph.D., Tulane University.
Graduate Faculty.
RONALD WEST KANOY (1966)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation and Athletic Trainer
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
THOMAS L. KIRKPATRICK (1980)
Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.B.A., M.S., Wichita State University; Ph.D., North
Texas State University. Graduate Faculty. CPA.
LESTER DEAN KEASEY (1967)
Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gettysburg College; B.D., Lutheran
Theological Seminary; A.M., New York University;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. Graduate Faculty.
ANITA NARVARTE KITCHENS (1973)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.A., University of Texas; M.A., University of
Arizona; Ed.D., The University of North Carolina at
Greensboro.
The Register
342
LARRY JOE KITCHENS (1972)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., West Texas State University; M.A.
University of Arizona. Graduate Faculty.
Ph.D.
STEPHEN J. KLINGER (1980)
Instructor of Special Education
B.A., Gardner Webb College; M.A., Appalachian
State University
RUBY J. LANIER (1974)
Professor of History
A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; M.A., Appalachian
State University; Ed.D., Duke University. Graduate
Faculty.
ROACHEL J. LANEY (1976)
Associate Athletic Director
B.A. Catawba College; M.A., Appalachian State
University
JOSEPH PAT KNIGHT (1972)
Professor of Elementary Education, Director of
Laboratory Experiences, and Acting Assistant Dean
of the College of Learning and Human Development
A.B., M.A., New Mexico State University; Ed.D.,
University of Northern Colorado. Graduate Faculty.
EDGAR OLE LARSON (1968)
Professor and Chairperson of Health, Physical
Education and Recreation
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Washington State
University; Ed.D., University of Oregon. Graduate
Faculty.
WILLIAM HERBERT KNIGHT (1971)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Madison College; B.S., Ph.D., Michigan State
University. Graduate Faculty
RAYMOND LEIGH LARSON (1972)
Professor of Accounting
B.A., M.B.A , Washington State University; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon. Graduate Faculty.
CHARLES M. KRESZOCK (1976)
Assistant Professor in Learning Resources and Assis-
tant Director of Audiovisual Services
B.S., M.S., Clarion State College; Ed.D., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University.
PAUL G. KUSSROW (1980)
Associate Professor of Administration, Supervision
and Higher Education and Director of the Center for
Community Education
B.S., M.A., Ed.S., Central Michigan University;
Ph.D., University of Michigan. Graduate Faculty.
MING H. LANG (1983)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of In-
dustrial Education and Technology
B.S., National Tqiwan Normal University; M.S., Nor-
thern Illinois University; Ed.D., Utah State University.
HELEN LATOUR (1971)
Professor of Foreign Languages
A.B., Emmanuel College; M.A., Boston College;
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
JOYCE V. LAWRENCE (1972)
Professor of Elementary Education and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research
B.A.E., M.E., Ed.D., University of Florida. Graduate
Faculty.
SEONG H. LEE (1978)
Assistant Professor of Communication Arts
B.A., Sung Kyun Kwan University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Kent State University.
RICHARD HERBERT LEVIN (1970)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Rutgers University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Florida. Graduate Faculty.
ERNEST PAUL LANE (1970)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.A., Berea College; M.A., University of Tennessee;
Ph.D., Purdue University. Graduate Faculty.
HELENA F. LEWIS (1973)
Associate Professor of History
B.A., Radcliffe College; Ph.D., New York University.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
343
LEON HENRY LEWIS (1972)
Professor of English
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Penn-
sylvania; Ph.D., State University of New York
Graduate Faculty.
MARIA RUTH LICHTMANN (1982)
Assistant Professor of Religion
A.B., Webster College; M.A., New York University;
M.A., Yale University; M.Phil., Yale University;
Ph.D. Yale University.
SUSAN HORNE LOGAN (1966)
Professor of English
A.B., M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Florida
State University. Graduate Faculty.
JAMES D. LONG (1972)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Western Carolina University; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University; Ed.D., University of Ten-
nessee. Graduate Faculty.
DAVID V. LIEBERMAN (1980)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
City College of New York; M.S., New York
B.S.
University;
Angeles.
Ph.D., University of California-Los
NOYES CAPEHART LONG (1969)
Professor of Art and Asst. Dean, College of Fine and
Applied Arts
B.F.A., Auburn University; M.A., University of
Missouri. Graduate Faculty.
R. JANE LIEBERMAN (1981)
Assistant Professor in Speech Pathology and
Audiology
B.S., Ohio State University; M.S., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., University of Florida. Graduate
Faculty.
ROBERT GEORGE LIGHT (1957)
Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
B.S., M.S., Washington University.
WILLIAM E. LIGHTFOOT (1980)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., M.A., University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Indiana
University. Graduate Faculty.
J. GORDON LINDSAY, JR. (1969)
Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
State University. Graduate Faculty.
BLAINE C. LISK (1976)
Adjunct Associate Professor of Accounting
B.S., Ball State University; M.C.S., Indiana Universi-
ty. CPA.
JOSEPH C. LOGAN (1966)
Professor of Music
B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D.,
Florida State University. Graduate Faculty.
NOEL LOVELACE (1981)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., Stetson University; M.M., Indiana University.
DON LUCAS (1977)
Adjunct Instructor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.S., M.A., Western Carolina Univerity.
GEORGE E. LYNE, JR. (1973)
Associate Professor of Management
B.S., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill. Graduate Faculty.
LYNNE D. LYSIAK (1981)
Instructor and Assistant Catalog Librarian
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Appalachian State
University.
ROBERT JOSEPH LYSIAK (1973)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Hofstra University; Ph.D., Ohio University.
Graduate Faculty.
CHARLOTTE McCALL (1980)
Associate Professor of Home Economics
BSHE, University of Georgia; M.S., Barry College;
Ed.D, Pennsylvania State University. Graduate
Faculty.
The Register
344
HENRY McCARTHY (1977)
Associate Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., East Tennessee State University; M.A., Univer-
sity of Kentucky; Ed.D., University of Tennessee.
Graduate Faculty.
B.G. McCLOUD (1979)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Music
A.B., Western Kentucky University; M.A., University
of Kentucky; M.M.E., Marshall University. Graduate
Faculty.
GARY KEITH McCURRY (1983)
Associate Professor of Home Economics
A. A., Fresno City College; B.A., M.S., California
State University; Ph.D. (in progress), University of
Missouri.
CHARLES E. McDANIEL (1971)
Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion
B.S., M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D., Michigan
State University. Graduate Faculty.
ARNOLD DAVID McENTIRE (1962)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University. Graduate
Faculty.
CHARLES K. McEWIN, JR. (1973)
Chairperson and Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., East Texas State University; Ed.D.,
North Texas State University. Graduate Faculty.
MARGARET McFADDEN (1975)
Associate Professor in Interdisciplinary Studies
B.A., University of Denver; A.M., Boston University;
Ph.D., Emory University.
BETTY H. McFARLAND (1962)
Associate Professor of English
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
WILLIAM A. McGALLIARD (1980)
Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.,
University of Georgia.
THOMAS A. McGOWAN (1972)
Professor of English
B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Virginia. Graduate Faculty.
MARK A. McHALE, JR. (1981)
Adjunct Instructor in Health, Physical Education and
Recreation and Assistant Football coach
B.S., Sheppard College; M.S. West Virginia Univer-
sity.
DAVID D. McINTIRE
Professor of Counselor Education and Research and
Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College; M.A., West
Virginia University; Ed.D., West Virginia University.
Graduate Faculty.
F. KENNETH McKINNEY (1968)
Professor of Geology
B.S., Old Dominion College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
HAROLD VAN McKINNEY (1978)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.M., University
of Northern Colorado.
MARJORIE JACKSON McKINNEY
(1979)
Adjunct Instructor of Geology
B.S., Birmingham-Southern College; M.S., Universi-
ty of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
thomas m. Mclaughlin (1977)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., La Salle College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple Univer-
sity. Graduate Faculty.
ROBERT B. McFARLAND (1961)
Professor of Library and Media Studies
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University. Graduate
Faculty.
MARY McLEOD (1981)
Instructor of Marketing
B.A., Duke University; M.B.A.
University of Ten-
The Register
345
ROBERT E. McMAHON
Instructor of Marketing
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.B.A., Ap-
palachian State University.
PAUL E. MANCE (1976)
Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion and Head Wrestling Coach
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
LARRY T. McRAE (1977)
Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., University of South Florida; Ph.D., University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
ALEXANDER A. MANNING (1973)
Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami. Graduate
Faculty.
WADE T. MACEY (1983)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Guilford College; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State
University.
ALVARO MARTINELLI (1974)
Professor of Accounting
Laurea, University of Genoa, Italy; MB. A., Ph.D.,
North Texas State University. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN LINN MACKEY (1978)
Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
B.S., Southeast Missouri State College; M.S.
dard College; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
God-
JOSEPH F. MADDEN (1978)
Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
B.S., Manhattan College; M.A., Columbia Universi-
ty; Ed.D., New York University. Graduate Faculty.
SHAH MAHMOUD (1971)
Professor of Management
B.B.A., M.B.A., Toledo University; Ph.D., Colum-
bia University. Graduate Faculty.
EMORY V. MAIDEN, JR. (1973)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Virginia. Graduate Faculty.
CLAIRE ZEBROSKI MAMOLA (1972)
Associate Professor of Secondary Education
A.B., State University of New York; M.A., Florida
State University; Ed.D., University of North Carolina
at Greensboro.
KARL CHARLES MAMOLA (1972)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Physics
B.S., State University of New York; M.S., Florida
State University; Ph.D., Dartmouth College
Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM H. MAST (1981)
Associate Professor of Industrial Education and
Technology
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.Ed., North
Carolina State University at Raleigh; Ph.D., Texas A
& M University. Graduate Faculty.
GEORGE MAYCOCK (1983)
Assistant Professor of Counselor Education and
Research
B.A., M.A., University of Florida; Ed.D, Texas Tech
University.
MILLARD M. MEADOR (1969)
Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University.
Graduate Faculty.
CARL G. MEEKS (1958)
Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion
B.S., East Tennessee State University; M.A., Univer-
sity of Mississippi; Ed.D., Columbia University.
Graduate Faculty.
SCOTT R. MEISTER (1974)
Associate Professor in Music
B.M., Ashland College; M.M., University of Miami;
D.M.A., University of Miami. Graduate Faculty.
CHARLES B. MICHAEL (1980)
Professor of Military Science
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
The Register
346
DAVID NATHANIEL MIELKE (1972)
Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., East Tennessee State University; M.S., Ed.D.
The University of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
DAVID K. MONROE (1980)
Associate Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D., The
University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill.
FRED MILANO (1976)
Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Colorado; M.A., Ph.D.
sylvania State University. Graduate Faculty.
Penn-
FRANCIS A. MONTALDI (1970)
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ed.D.,
University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
GEORGE BENJAMIN MILES (1961)
Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee. Graduate
Faculty.
MARY ROWENA MOORE (1967)
Professor of English
B.S., Western Michigan University; M.S., Ed.D., In-
diana University. Graduate Faculty.
EUGENE L. MILLER, JR. (1977)
Associate Professor of English
A.B., Xavier University; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Toledo.
JAMES J. MILLER (1977)
Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., Chapman College; M.A., University of Califor-
nia t Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., University of Califor-
nia. Graduate Faculty.
PATRICIA S. MILLER (1978)
Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro;
M.Ed., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
STEPHEN W. MILLSAPS (1972)
Professor of Economics
B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Graduate Faculty.
FAYE JULIETTE MITCHELL (1963)
Assistant Professor and Serials Librarian
A.B. , Winthrop College; M. A.L.S. , George Peabody
College for Teachers.
CHARLES F. MOELLER (1976)
Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., M.S., University of Missouri.
FRANK C. MOHLER II (1983)
Associate Professor of Communication Arts
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., the Ohio State University.
MICHAEL JONATHON MOORE (1971)
Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington.
Graduate Faculty.
RICHTER H. MOORE, JR. (1970)
Professor of Political Science /Criminal Justice
B.S., LL.B., University of South Carolina; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Kentucky. Graduate Faculty.
GARY B. MOORMAN (1980)
Associate Professor of Reading Education
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Graduate Faculty.
J. PATRICK MORGAN (1973)
Instructor in Political Science and Director of the Ap-
palachian Oral History Project
B.S., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
J.D., University of Mississippi.
KARL Z. MORGAN (1982)
Adjunct Professor of Physics and Astronomy
Ph.D., Duke University.
JAMES S. MORRIS, JR. (1973)
Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion and Head Baseball Coach
B.A., Milligan College; M.A., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill.
The Register
347
SUSAN FROEHLING MOSS (1974)
Associate Professor of Psychology
A.B., M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami. Graudate
Faculty.
WILLIAM TRUETT MOSS (1970)
Professor of Psychology
A.B., Mercer University; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
ROLAND F. MOY (1970)
Professor of Political Science
B.S., Wisconsin State University; M. A., Ph.D., Ohio
State University. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN MULGREW (1971)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research
B.S., Fordham University; M.S., St. John's Universi-
ty; Ph.D., Florida State University; ABPP, Counsel-
ing Psychology. Graduate Faculty.
JOSEPH R. MURPHY (1975)
Associate Professor of Library and Media Studies
Davidson College; M.A.T., Emory University;
B.A.,
M.A.
ty.
University of Texas at Austin. Graduate Facul-
ALICE P. NAYLOR (1977)
Professor of Library and Media Studies
B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.
sity of Toledo. Graduate Faculty.
Univer-
NANCY K. NEALE (1978)
Professor of Sociology
A.B., Oberlin College; M.S.W., D.S.W., University
of Utah. Graduate Faculty.
JAMES A. NELSON (1974)
Assistant Professor of Management
B.S., Northeastern University; M.S. North Carolina
State University.
MAYRELEE NEWMAN (1969)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education
B.A., Washington State University; M.L.S., Universi-
ty of Washington; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin. Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM JACKSON NEWTON (1967)
Professor of Music
B.Mus.Ed., Southern State College; M.Mus.Ed.,
Ed.D., North Texas State University. Graduate Facul-
ty.
ROBERT C. NICKLIN (1967)
Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., South Dakota School of Mines; Ph.D., Iowa
State University. Graduate Faculty.
JANE P. NORWOOD (1980)
Assistant Professor in Reading Education
A.B., Coker College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of
South Carolina..
ROBERT L. O'BLOCK (1979)
Associate Professor of Political Science /Criminal
Justice
B.S., M.S., Ed.S., Pittsburg State University; Ph.D.,
Kansas State University. Graduate Faculty.
HAROLD S. O'BRYANT (1982)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.,
Louisiana State University
DONALD P. OLANDER (1969)
Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Washburn University of Topeka; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska. Graduate Faculty.
ERIC J. OLSON (1978)
Instructor and Appalachian Collection Librarian
B.A., Rice University; M.S.L.S., The University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
JOHN MICHAEL ORTIZ (1972)
Professor and Chairperson of Special Education
B.A., M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., UNC-
Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
ALFRED BENJAMIN OVERBAY (1967)
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
The Register
348
JAMES S. OVERSTREET (1979)
Assistant Professor of Management
B.A., University of Florida; MB. A., DBA., Florida
State University. Graduate Faculty.
TOMMY J. PACE (1981)
Associate Professor of Special Education
B.S., M.S.E., State College of Arkansas; Ed.D.,
University of Alabama.
HARRY GILMORE PADGETT (1967)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research
Furman University; B.D., Th.M., Southeastern
B.A.
Seminary; M.Ed.,
Graduate Faculty.
Ed.D., University of Georgia.
ANN LOUISE PAGE (1978)
Associate Professor of Sociology
A.B., M.A., Marshall University; Ph.D., University of
Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
STEVEN K. PALMER (1980)
Associate Professor of Accounting
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Graduate Faculty. CPA and CMA.
O'HYUN PARK (1971)
Professor of Philosophy and Religion
B.D., Yonsei University; Ph.D., Temple University.
Graduate Faculty.
GERALD LEE PARKER (1973)
Professor of Reading Education
A.B., Marion College; M.Ed., University of North
Carolina at Greensboro; Ed.D., University of
Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
ROBERT CLINTON PARKER (1972)
Professor of Music and Associate Vice Chancellor for
Academic Affairs
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.M.C.A.,
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Ph.D.,
University of Miami. Graduate Faculty.
WESLEY E. PATTON (1978)
Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., M.A., University of Alabama; DBA., Univer-
sity of Colorado. Graduate Faculty.
HOWARD WILLIAM PAUL (1970)
Professor and Chairperson of Mathematical Sciences
A.B., Capital University; M.A., Bowling Green State
University; Ph.D., Ohio State University. Graduate
Faculty.
PHILIP MALCOLM PAUL (1966)
Professor of Music
B.M., MM., University of Miami; Ed.D., University
of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
MILDRED B. PAYTON (1979)
Associate Professor of Business Education and Office
Administration
B.S., North Carolina A&T College; L.L.B. (J.D.),
North Carolina Central University; M.T., East Central
State College.
KENNETH E. PEACOCK (1983)
Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S., Mars Hill College; M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State
University.
EDWARD G. PEKAREK (1978)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., University of Dayton; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue
University. Graduate Faculty.
TIMOTHY PERRI (1980)
Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., The University of Kentucky; M.A., Ohio State
University; Ph.D., Ohio State University. Graduate
Faculty.
LYNN McIVER PERRY (1968)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Graduate Faculty.
ALDEN H. PETERSON (1979)
Assistant Professor of Management
B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., University of
Toledo; D.B.A., Kent State University.
PETER PETSCHAUER (1968)
Professor of History
B.A., Washington Square College of New York
University; M.A., Ph.D., New York University.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
349
JOE FRANK PHELPS (1971)
Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus.Ed., Indiana University; M.Mus.Ed., Eastern
Kentucky University.
MARGARET RUTH POLSON (1971)
Professor of Art
B.F.A., M.S., Cornell University; M.F.A., State
University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
WILLIAM GLENN PHIFER (1976)
Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A., Middle Tennessee State University;
M. FA, Ohio University.
JONATHAN B. PIERCE (1975)
Research Instructor in Political Science and Executive
Director, Appalachian Regional Bureau of Govern-
ment
B.A., M.A., Appalachian State University.
WILLARD PILCHARD (1980)
Associate Professor of Art
B.S., Illinois Institute of Technology; M.F.A., Yale
University.
EDWARD LEE PILKINGTON (1970)
Associate Professor of Communication Arts
B.F.A., Ithaca College; M.F.A., University of North
Carolina at Greensboro.
GARY M. PITKIN (1981)
Associate Librarian for Technical Services
B.A., M.A.L.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
WILLIAM B. POLLARD (1981)
Assistant Professor of Accounting
Mars Hill College; M.A., Appalachian State
B.A.
University; Ph.D.
Graduate Faculty.
University of South Carolina.
JOSEPH T. POLLOCK (1983)
Assistant Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Florida.
ROBERT A. POLLOCK (1974)
Lecturer in Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion
B.S., The Citadel; M.Ed., University of Georgia.
CHARLES ELLINGTON PORTERFIELD
(1968)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Communication Arts
B.A., Birmingham Southern University; M.A., State
University of Iowa; Ph.D., Louisiana State University.
Graduate Faculty.
ELTON GEORGE POWELL (1968)
Professor of Foreign Languages
A.B., Florida Southern College; B.D., Emory
University; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
MARY LOUISE W. POWELL (1967)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN A. PRITCHETT, JR. (1956)
Professor of Library and Media Studies
A.B., M.A., George Peabody College for Teachers.
Graduate Faculty.
JUDITH POSS PULLEY (1973)
Professor of History and Coordinator of Long-Range
Planning
B.A., Webster College; Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Graduate Faculty.
RAYMOND H. PULLEY (1973)
Professor of History
B.A., Old Dominion University; M.A., Emory
University; Ph.D., University of Virginia. Graduate
Faculty.
ARTHUR QUICKENTON (1979)
Associate Professor of Secondary Education
B.A., Marist College; M.S.Ed., Texas A and M
University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
350
AARON J. RANDALL (1976)
Lecturer in Sociology
B.A., The University of North Carolina at
Greensboro; M.A., The University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill.
JOHN FRANK RANDALL (1957)
Professor of Biology
A.B., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
M.S., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of
South Carolina. Graduate Faculty.
ALFRED VALENTINE RAPP (1971)
Professor of Industrial Education and Technology
B.S., M.Ed., Kent State University; Ed.D., University
of Northern Colorado. Graduate Faculty.
LAURIE TULLY REED (1966)
Associate Professor of English
A.B., M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN A. REEDER (1979)
Assistant Professor of Management
Purdue University; A.B., MB. A., University of
B.S.
California at Berkeley; M.S.
falo.
Ph.D., SUNY at Buf-
ERIC F. REICHARD (1973)
Assistant Professor of Industrial Education and
Technology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University. Graduate
Faculty.
DOROTHEA RAU (1979)
Associate Professor of Special Education
El. Teaching Degree in Germany; M.Ed., University
of Mississippi; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
JOHN W. RAY (1980)
Assistant Professor of Management
B.A., University of Alaska, M.B.A., Marshall Univer-
sity; Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
LOREN A. RAYMOND (1977)
Associate Professor of Geology
B.S., M.S., San Jose State College; Ph.D., Universi-
ty of California, Graduate Faculty.
GREGORY GEORGE RECK (1972)
Professor of Anthropology and Assistant Dean for
Research and Grants
B.A., University of Houston; M.A., Ph.D., Catholic
University of America. Graduate Faculty.
MAE RECK (1979)
Associate Professor of Elementary Education, and
Acting Coordinator of Planning and Curriculum for
the College of Education
B.S., District of Columbia Teachers College; M.A.,
Federal City College; Ed.D., University of North
Carolina-Greensboro. Graduate Faculty.
FRANCES S. REDDING (1978)
Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., Duke University; M.A., M.M., The University
of North Carolina at Greensboro.
PETER C. REICHLE (1974)
Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
A.B., M.S.W., M.P.H., D.P.H., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
PATTON B. REIGHARD (1978)
Associate Professor of Communication Arts
B.A., The University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill; M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D., The
University of Texas at Austin.
ROBERT ELLIS REIMAN (1963)
Professor of Geography
B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Graduate Faculty.
Florida State University.
ART REX (1981)
Instructor of Geography and Soccer Coach
B.A., Slippery Rock State College; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University
RODNEY REYNERSON (1980)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., Murray State University; M.M., Indiana
University; DM., Indiana University.
THOMAS C. RHYNE (1972)
Associate Professor of Chemistry and Assistant Dean
for Graduate Studies
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
351
ROBERT LEE RICHARDSON (1966)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Castleton State College; M.S., University of
Notre Dame; Ph.D., University of Florida. Graduate
Faculty;.
JANICE G. RIENERTH (1973)
Associate Professor in Sociology
B.A., Ohio University; B.S., M.A., Ph.D.
Illinois University. Graduate Faculty.
Southern
CARL AUGUSTUS ROSS, JR. (1968)
Professor of History
A.B., Berry College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
NATHAN M. ROSS (1981)
Adjunct Instructor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation and Assistant Basketball Coach
B.S., University of Maryland; M.A., A.S.U.
SIDNEY E. RILEY
Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.BA., University of Oklahoma.
JAMES R. ROBERTS (1967)
Professor of Secondary Education
A.B., East Carolina University; M.Mus.Ed., Universi-
ty of Illinois.
SANDRA ROBERTSON (1969)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., Oberlin Conservatory; M.M., Indiana Universi-
ty.
FRED TURNER ROBINETTE, JR. (1971)
Instructor in Elementary Education and Director of
Support Development
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
KENT ROBINSON (1956)
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University; Ph.D.,
Ohio State University. Graduate Faculty.
SHIRLEY ROBINSON (1983)
Instructor and Serials Librarian
B.A., Johnson C. Smith University; M.L.S., North
Carolina Central University.
CLAUDE S. ROGERS (1983)
Assistant Profesor of Military Science
M.A., Appalachian State University.
THOMAS LEO ROKOSKE (1971)
Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., Loyola University; M.S., Florida State Universi-
ty; Ph.D., Auburn University.
CELIA SUE ROTEN (1966)
Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.S., University
of North Carolina at Greensboro.
JUDITH RICE ROTHSCHILD (1975)
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University. Graduate Faculty.
MELVIN ROY (1973)
Professor of Business Education and Office Ad-
ministration
B.S., M.A, Kansas State Teachers College; Ph.D.,
University of Northern Colorado. CD. P. Graduate
Faculty.
EVAN K. ROWE (1980)
Assistant Professor of Health. Physical Education and
Recreation
B.S., Ed., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University.
RAYMOND S. RUBLE (1970)
Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion
B.A., M.A., Northern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin. Graduate Faculty.
RICHARD H. RUPP (1975)
Professor of English
B.A., M.A., University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., In-
diana University. Graduate Faculty.
ROBERT TERRY SACK (1972)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research
B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Western
Michigan University; Ph.D., Purdue University.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
352
W. HOYT SAFRIT (1950)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University. Graduate
Faculty.
HENRY G. SCHNEIDER (1973)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., St. Bonaventure University; MA.
West Virginia University. Graduate Faculty.
Ph.D.
YEHIA A. SALAMA (1983)
Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S., Cairo University; M.Acc, Assuit University;
M.S. Ace, Illinois State University; M.A.Fin., Ph.D.,
University of Alabama.
LEIGHTON R. SCOTT, JR. (1973)
Associate Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
Haverford; M.A., Pennsylvania State Universi-
B.A.
ty; Ph.D., Cambridge
Graduate Faculty.
University. (England).
O. PAUL SANDERS (1962)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.A., Southeastern State College; M.S., Ph.D.
Oklahoma State University. Graduate Faculty.
ANTHONY V. SEARCY (1981)
Adjunct Instructor in Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.S.; M.S.,
Appalachian State University.
THOMAS D. SATHER
Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.S., Embry Aeronautical University.
DONALD BISHOP SAUNDERS (1971)
Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Davidson College; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
FRANK N. SELL (1980)
Adjunct Instructor of Psychology
B.A., East Carolina University; M.Ed.
North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
University of
CARL J. SELPH (1978)
Professor of Accounting
B.B.A., Stetson University; M.Acc, DBA., Florida
State University. Graduate Faculty. CPA.
MARGARET FAYE SAWYER (1977)
Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., North Carolina State University; M.A., Univer-
sity of Tennessee; Ph.D., North Carolina State
University. Graduate Faculty.
GARY L. SIGMON (1981)
Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.A., Appalachian State University;
Auburn University. Graduate Faculty.
Ed.D.
RICHARD B. SCHAFFER (1977)
Associate Professor of Business Education
B.S., Philadelphia College of Textiles and Science;
J.D., University of Mississippi; L.L.M., New York
University.
STEPHEN JOSEPH SIMON (1970)
Associate Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Loyola
University of Chicago. Graduate Faculty.
RICHARD JOSEPH SCHALK (1965)
Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland; M.A., University of
Arkansas.
DONALD WOODFIN SINK (1968)
Professor of Chemistry and Assistant Dean of the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences
A.B., Catawba College; Ph.D., University of South
Carolina. Graduate Faculty.
GEORGE SCHIEREN (1977)
Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
ARTHUR M. SKIBBE (1975)
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of North Carolina at Charlotte;
M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
353
KENNETH C. SLAVETT (1980)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., University of California; M.A., University of
Connecticut.
WALTER THOMAS SNIPES (1964)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Oglethorpe University; M.Ed., Mercer Universi-
ty; Ed.D., University of Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
CHARLES DAVID SMITH (1968)
Assistant Professor of Counselor Education and
Research and Assistant Dean of the General College
B.A., William and Mary College; M.A., Appalachian
State University.
ROBERT WALTER SOEDER (1967)
Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Ursinus College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Delaware. Graduate Faculty.
H. MAX SMITH (1969)
Professor of Music
B.M., University of Missouri; M.M., University of
Oklahoma; S.M.D., Union Theological Seminary.
Graduate Faculty.
JAMES REAVES SMITH (1968)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., Ph.D., University of South Carolina. Graduate
Faculty.
JAMIE C. SMITH (1976)
Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., Northeastern University; M.A.T., William Pat-
terson College of New Jersey; Ed.D., University of
Georgia. Graduate Faculty.
KAY H. SMITH (1979)
Assistant Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
B.A., M.A., University of Alabama; Ph.D., Emory
University.
MARILYN C. SMITH (1976)
Assistant Professor in the Department of Art
B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.A., New York
University. Graduate Faculty.
RAYMOND L. SMITH (1983)
Lecturer of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion
B.A., University of California-Santa Barbara; M.S.,
Southern Illinois University.
ROBERT EARL SNEAD (1966)
Associate Professor of Secondary Education and Vice
Chancellor for Development and Public Affairs
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
MILTON G. SPANN, JR. (1976)
Professor of Administration, Supervision, and Higher
Education and Director of the Center for
Developmental Education
B.A., St. Andrews Presbyterian College; M.C.E.,
Presbyterian School of Christian Education; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin. Graduate Faculty
CHARLES CAUDILL SPEER (1970)
Associate Professor of Accounting
B.S., M.B.A., East Tennessee State University.
CPA.
WILLIAM GILBERT SPENCER (1951)
Professor of Music
B.M.Ed., Northwestern University; M.A., Ed.D.,
Teachers College of Columbia University. Graduate
Faculty.
CHARLES SPRUILL (1980)
Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., Old Dominion University; M.A., University of
Houston; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Graduate Faculty.
RICHARD L. STAHL (1974)
Professor of Special Education
B.A., M.A., University of South Florida; Ph.D.
Florida State University. Graduate Faculty.
LES STEGE (1977)
Associate Professor of Counselor Education and
Research
B.S., Saint Louis University; M.S., Southern Illinois
University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
354
ROGER J. STILLING (1974)
Professor of English
B.A., Elon College; M.A., University of South
Carolina; Ph.D., Trinity College (Dublin). Graduate
Faculty.
H. DANIEL STILLWELL (1971)
Professor of Geography
B.S., M.F., Duke University; Ph.D., Michigan State
University. Graduate Faculty.
JAMES WILLIAM STINES (1968)
Professor of Philosophy and Religion
B.A., Wake Forest University; B.D., Southern Bap-
tist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke University.
Graduate Faculty.
JOYCE PETERSON STINES (1968)
Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Arkansas; M.Ed., University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
GUY THOMAS SWAIN (1972)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education
B.S., High Point College; M.A., Appalachian State
University; Ed.D., Duke University. Graduate Facul-
ty-
THOMAS WILLIAM SWEM (1972)
Professor of Special Education
B.S.B.A., M.A., University of Denver; Ed.D.,
University of New Mexico. Graduate Faculty.
JEANETTE L. TARR (1976)
Instructor in Biology
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
AHMAD TASHAKORI (1981)
Assistant Professor of Management
B.A., University of Tehran, Iran; M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Georgia.
BENJAMIN FRANKLIN STRICKLAND
(1962)
Professor of Counselor Education and Research and
Acting Dean of the College of Education
B.S., Wake Forest University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Univer-
sity of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate Facul-
ty.
WILLIAM CLAUDIUS STRICKLAND
(1966)
Professor of Philosophy and Religion and Dean of the
College of Arts and Sciences
A.B., John B. Stetson University; B.D., Th.D.,
Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Graduate
Faculty.
MARIANNE STEVENS SUGGS (1971)
Associate Professor of Art
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.A., Florida
State University; Ph.D., University of Maryland.
Graduate Faculty.
CARL DAVID SUTTON (1970)
Professor of Political Science
B.A., Manchester College; C.P., Ph.D., Indiana
University. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN H. TASHNER (1976)
Associate Professor of Secondary Educatioh
B.S., M.S., Old Dominion University; Ed.D., Univer-
sity of Virginia. Graduate Faculty.
FRANK R. TERRANT, JR. (1972)
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University. Graduate Facul-
ty-
CELIA J. THOMAS (1983)
Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University.
JOHN E. THOMAS (1974)
Professor of Management and Chancellor
B.S.E.E., University of Kansas; J.D., University of
Missouri; M.S., D.B.A., Florida State University.
Graduate Faculty.
VERA ELLEN BALL THOMAS (1964)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
B.S., Carson-Newman College; M.S., University of
Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
355
JULIA A. THOMASON (1976)
Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Concord College; M.E.D., Western Maryland
University; Ph.D., George Peabody College.
Graduate Faculty.
EDWARD THOMAS TURNER (1968)
Professor of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland. Graduate Faculty.
JOEL A. THOMPSON (1978)
Assistant Professor of Political Science and Director of
Research, Appalachian Regional Bureau of Govern-
ments
B.S., North Carolina State University; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University; Ph.D., University of Ken-
tucky. Graduate Faculty.
MAX S. THOMPSON (1979)
Associate Professor of Special Education
B.S., East Carolina University; M.Ed., Ed.D.
University of Virginia. Graduate Faculty.
JAMES R. TOMPKINS (1977)
Professor of Special Education
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., Niagra
University; Ph.D., Catholic University. Graduate
Faculty.
KHALIL TORABZADEH (1982)
Assistant Professor of Finance, Insurance, and Real
Estate
B.A., Iranian Institute of Advanced Accounting;
M.B.A., Central State University at Edmond, OK.
FRANS VAN DER BOGERT (1973)
Professor of Philosophy and Religion
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Cornell Universi-
ty. Graduate Faculty.
VIRGINIA VAN DER BOGERT (1983)
Instructor and Assistant Catalog Librarian
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.L.S., Drexel Universi-
ty-
WILLIAM S. VANDERPOOL, JR. (1973)
Professor of Business Education and Office Ad-
ministration
B.A., L.L.B., J.D., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Louisiana State University. Graduate Faculty.
ROBERT W. VAN DEVENDER (1978)
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Yale University; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Michigan. Graduate Faculty.
MICHAEL GLENN WADE (1983)
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Ph.D., Universi-
ty of Southwestern Louisiana.
BYRON E. TRUAX (1983)
Assistant Professor of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
D.D.S., Northwestern University Dental School.
ERWING WINNINGHAM WADSWORTH
(1968)
Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., Troy State University; M.S., Ed.D., Auburn
University. Graduate Faculty.
NED REEVES TRIVETTE (1957)
Assistant Professor of Management and Vice
Chancellor for Business Affairs
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.S., Florida
State University.
HAZEL R. WALKER (1980)
Associate Profesor of Business Education and Office
Administration
B.S., M.Ed., Eastern Kentucky University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee.
POLLY ANN TRNAVSKY (1979)
Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Georgia State University.
Graduate Faculty.
JOAN D. WALLS (1975)
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
356
WEMME E. WALLS (1978)
Instructor of Special Education
B.F.A., University of Tennessee at Knoxville; M.A.
Appalachian State University.
GEORGE R. WESLEY (1967)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Houston: M.A., Ph.D., University
of Denver. Graduate Faculty.
WILBER HENRY WARD III (1971)
Professor of English
B.A., University of Alabama; M.A., Ph.D., Universi-
ty of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN FOSTER WEST (1968)
Professor of English
A.B., M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill.
SHERRY WATERWORTH (1970)
Professor of Art
B.S., Towson State College; M.F.A., Ohio Universi-
ty. Graduate Faculty.
JAN C. WATSON (1967)
Associate Professor of Health. Physical Education
and Recreation
B.S., Winthrop College; M.A., Appalachian State
University; D.Ed., University of North Carolina at
Greensboro.
BRENDA WEY (1975)
Assistant Professor of Industrial Education and
Technology
B.S., East Carolina University; M.F.A., Appalachian
State University.
DAVID L. WHITE (1977)
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of
Virginia. Graduate Faculty.
FRED WEBB, JR. (1968)
Professor and Chairperson of the Department of
Geology
A.B., Duke University; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute. Graduate Faculty.
ELMER RUSSELL WHITE (1963)
Professor of Music
A.B., Marshall University; M.F.A., Ohio University;
Ed.D., Teachers College of Columbia University.
Graduate Faculty.
OMRI KENNETH WEBB, JR. (1962)
Professor of Philosophy and Religion and Dean of the
General College
B.A., The Citadel; B.D., Southern Baptist
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke University.
Graduate Faculty.
LINDA WELDEN (1973)
Associate Professor of Communication Arts
B.S., M.S., Georgia Southern University; Ph.D.,
Louisiana State University.
ALLEN WELLS (1979)
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at
Stony Brook. Graduate Faculty.
JAY WENTWORTH (1972)
Professor of Interdisciplinary Studies
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; B.D., Chicago
Theologcal Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern
University.
JOAN LYNN WHITE (1974)
Associate Professor of Music
B.M., Youngstown State University; M.A., Ap-
palachian State University; Ed.D., University of North
Carolina at Greensboro. Graduate Faculty.
JANICE R. WHITENER (1961)
Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., M.S., University
Greensboro.
of North Carolina at
ROGERS VANCE WHITENER (1959)
Professor of English
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.A., University
of Florida.
JOE W. WIDENHOUSE, JR. (1973)
Professor of Administration, Supervision and Higher
Education and Coordinator of the Bachelor of
Technology Program
B.S., High Point College; M.Ed., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill; Ed.D., North Carolina State
University. Graduate Faculty.
The Register
357
CHARLES G. WIEDER (1981)
Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A.; University of Arizona; M.S., Queens Col-
lege, N.Y.; Ph.D., Stanford University.
CATHERINE L. WILKINSON (1982)
Instructor and Catalog Librarian
B.S., Tulane University; M.S.L.S., Louisiana State
University.
R. STANLEY WILKINSON, JR. (1975)
Assistant Professor in Business Education and Office
Administration
B.S., M.A., Appalachian State University.
WILLIAM L. WILLETT (1982)
Instructor in Art
B.S., Appalachian State University.
HUBERTIEN HELEN WILLIAMS (1970)
Professor of English and Coordinator of University
Honors
B.A., University of New Mexico; M.A., Ph.D., Bowl-
ing Green State University. Graduate Faculty.
JOHN F. WILLIAMS (1966)
Professor of Mathematical Sciences
A.B., M.A., University of Tennessee; Ed.D., Colum-
bia University. Graduate Faculty.
MATT WINN WILLIAMSON (1970)
Professor of Political Science and Director of the Stu-
dent Internship Program
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia. Graduate
Faculty.
GARY W. WILLIS (1977)
Professor of Political Science /Criminal Justice
B.S., Illinois Wesleyan College; J.D., Stetson Univer-
sity; M.A., Appalachian State University. Graduate
Faculty.
FRED ALLEN WILSON (1972)
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.Ed., University of Mississippi; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee. Graduate Faculty.
RICHARD BURTON WILSON (1967)
Professor of Elementary Education and Associate
Director of Winston Salem/Forsyth Teaching Center
B.A., M.E., M.S. PH., University of North Carolina
at Chapel Hill.
WILLIAM S. WILSON (1982)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., University of Texas at Austin; MM., Catholic
University; D.M.A., University of Iowa.
ZAPHON R. WILSON (1978)
Lecturer in Political Science and Community Plann-
ing and Geography
B.A., M.A., Appalachian State University.
STEPHEN D. WILLIAMS (1983)
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University;
Washington State University.
Ph.D.
JAMES A. WINDERS (1978)
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of Richmond; M.A.
University. Graduate Faculty.
Ph.D., Duke
THOMAS MARVIN WILLIAMSEN
(1970)
Assistant Professor of History and Coordinator of In-
terdisciplinary Studies /Watauga College
B.S., Colorado State University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University. Graduate Faculty.
JERRY WAYNE WILLIAMSON (1970)
Professor of English
B.A., Way land College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Utah. Graduate Faculty.
ROGER ANDREW WINSOR (1971)
Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.A., Arizona
State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Graduate Faculty.
GEORGE MICHAEL WISE (1972)
Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University.
Graduate Faculty.
The Register
358
M. SUZANNE WISE (1979)
Assistant Professor and Reference Librarian
B.A., University of South Carolina; M.S.L.S.,
University of Kentucky; M.A., Appalachian State
University.
BEULAH CATHERINE CAMPBELL,
M.A., Professor Emerita of Elementary Education
MAY E. DENTON, M.S., Associate Pro-
fessor Emerita of Chemistry
PATRICE W. WOOD (1979)
Lecturer and Social Research Assistant of Special
Education
B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., Appalachian
State University.
F. RAY DERRICK, Ph.D., Professor
Emeritus of Biology
JEFFERSON MAX DIXON, Ph.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of History
LARRY WOODROW (1966)
Professor and Chairperson of Elementary Education
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.A.T., Ed.D.,
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Graduate
Faculty.
TONI J. WYATT (1976)
Lecturer of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-
tion
B.S., Appalachian State University; M.Ed., West
Georgia University; M.Ed., Emory University.
PHILIP H. YOUNG (1980)
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania.
MAXIE GREENE EDMISTEN, M.A.,
Dean of Women Emerita
DAISY W. EGGERS, M.A., Associate Pro-
fessor Emerita of English
GRAYDON POE EGGERS, Ph.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of English
HERMAN RONALD EGGERS, M.A.,
Professor Emeritus of Social Science and Registrar
Emeritus
W.L. EURY, M.S. in L.S., Professor Emeritus
ELIZABETH FOX, M.M.Ed., Associate Pro-
fessor Emerita of Music.
Faculty Emeriti
RUBY LAVELLE AKERS, M.A.,
Associate Professor Emerita of English
JOSE ANTONIO AMARO, L.L.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Foreign Languages
JOHN GLEN BARDEN, Ph.D., Professor
Emeritus of Education
JOHN HIBBS BRASHEAR, M.A., Pro-
fesor Emeritus of Economics
CARL HERBERT BREDOW, M.A.,
Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign
Languages
GOLDEN T. BUCKLAND, D.Ed., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences
MARTHA GREY HAWKINSON, M.A.,
Associate Professor Emerita of Business Educa-
tion and Office Administration
CLEONE HAYNES HODGES, M.S.,
Professor Emerita of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
ALLIE AUSTIN HODGIN, M.L.S.,
Associate Professor Emerita of Librarianship
DAVID REID HODGIN, M.A., Professor
Emeritus of English
FRANCIS LENTZ HOOVER, D.P.E.,
Professor Emeritus of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
RENA C. HOOVER, M.A., Associate Pro-
fessor Emerita of History
The Register
359
BEN HASKETT HORTON, JR., Ed.D.,
Professor Emeritus of Administration, Supervision
and Higher Education
F. VIRGINIA IRONS, M.A., Assistant Pro-
fessor Emerita of Home Economics
CHARLES L. ISLEY, Ed.D., Professor
Emeritus of Music
JAMES E. JOHNSON, Ph.D., Professor
Emeritus of Chemistry
ISABEL FLEMING JONES, Ed.D., Pro-
fessor Emerita of Reading Education
ADELE JUSTICE, M.A., Assistant Professor
Emerita of Music
ILA T. JUSTICE, Ed.S., Professor Emeritia
of Educational Media
GRACE GREENE LILLY, M.A., Professor
Emerita of Elementary Education
VIRGINIA WARY LINNEY, M.Mus., Pro-
fessor Emerita of Music
ELOISE CAMP MELTON, M.A., Assistant
Professor Emerita of History
JACK ROBERT MELTON, Ph.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Education
WILLIAM DEAN MEREDITH, M.Ed.,
Professor Emeritus of Elementary Education
CLYDE CHARLES OWEN, M.S., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Industrial Education and
Technology
CHARLES E. PALMER, Ph.D., Professor
Emeritus of Speech
WILLIAM HOWARD PLEMMONS,
Ph.D., President Emeritus
UBERTO PRICE, M.A., Professor of
Reading
EUNICE QUERY, M.A., Professor Emerita
of Educational Media
BEATRIX B. RAMEY, M.A., Professor
Emerita of Elementary Education
ROBERT LEE RANDALL, Ed.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Administration, Supervision
and Higher Education
LEE REYNOLDS, Ed.D., Professor
Emeritus of Childhood Education
MADGE RHYNE, M.S., Associate Professor
Emerita of Home Economics
JANE MARGARET RINER, M.A., Pro-
fessor Emerita of Business Education and Office
Administration
ZEB VANCE SHOOK, M.A., Assistant Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Librarianship.
NATHANIEL H. SHOPE, Ph.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Administration, Supervision,
and Higher Education.
ARLIE R. SMITH, A.M., Professor Emeritus
of Chemistry
WILEY FRANCIS SMITH, Ph.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Psychology
CATHERINE JEANETTE SMITH,
M.A.Ed., Professor Emerita of Art
STARR NEELY STACY, JR., M.A., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences
FRANK RICHARD STECKEL, MS,
Professor Emeritus of Industrial Education and
Technology
ROGER EVAN THOMAS, M.Ed., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
KATHRYN C. TULLY, M.A., Associate
Professor Emerita of Business Education and Of-
fice Administration
TEUNIS VERGEER, Ph.D., Professor
Emeritus of Biology
The Register
360
MARSHALL L. WALTERS, M.A., Pro-
jessor Emeritus of Health, Physical Education and
Recreation
ROBERT WILLIAM WATKINS, M.A.,
Professor Emeritus of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
REGINALD T. WEBER, Ph.D., Professor
Emeritus of Economics
VIVIAN WELBORN, M.A., Associate Pro-
fessor Emerita of Home Economics
HERBERT W. WEY, Ed.D., Chancellor
Emeritus
JOHN H. WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Associate
Professor Emeritus of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
JULIAN CLIFTON YODER, Ph.D., Pro-
fessor Emeritus of Geography
Index
361
Index
Academic Calendar, inside front cover
Academic Credits, 36
Academic Load, 38
Accounting, Department of, 162
Accreditation of University, 4
Administration, Supervision and Higher Ed-
ucation, Department of, 266
Admission to the University, 19
Admission Procedure, 19
Admission Requirements,
Freshman, 19
Foreign Students, 23
Graduate, 315
Special Students, 21
Transfer Students, 20
Advanced Placement, 22
Four- Year Policy, 22
Readmission, 23
Admissions Partnership Program, 55
Advanced Placement, 22
Advisement, Academic, 12
Anthropology, Department of, 68
Appalachian Consortium, Inc., 7
Appalachian Studies, 67
Art, Department of, 198
Arts and Sciences, College of, 58
Astronomy, 125
Athletics, 11
Attendance Requirements, 40
Auditing a Course, 22
Automobiles, Regulations, 17
Bachelor of Arts Degree, (see individual
departments for requirements)
Bachelor of Music Degree, 196
Bachelor of Science Degree, (see individual
departments for requirements)
Bachelor of Science Degree With Teacher
Certification, (see individual departments
for requirements)
Bachelor of Technology Degree, 254
Banking and Finance (see College of Business)
Banking Services on Campus, 17
Biology, Department of, 72
Black Studies, 52
Book Rental System, 27
Bureau of Economic and Business Research, 8
Business, College of, 149
Admission to, 161
Degrees Offered, 149
Graduate Coordinator, 155
Transfer of Credit Into, 161
Business Education and Office Administration,
Department of, 166
Camp Programs, 311
Campus, Location and Description of, 3
Career Planning, 13
Catalog Choice for Graduation, 32
Center for Continuing Education, 310
Center for Management Development, 7
Certification, Requirements for, 263
Change of Course, 41
Chemistry, Department of, 78
Child Development, 225
Classification of Students, 42
Clothing and Textiles (see Home Economics)
Coaching, Athletic, 211
Communication Arts, Department of, 204
Community Planning and Geography, 84
Complementary Education, (see Student Life
and Student Services)
Computer and Management Services, 18
Computer Science, 112
Continuing Education Unit (CEU), 313
Correspondence and Extension Work, Grad-
uation Credit for, 39
Counseling and Psychological Services, 13
Counselor Education and Research,
Department of, 272
Credit by Examination, 45
Credit Limitations, 39
Criminal Justice Program, 130
Dean's List, 46
Degree Requirements, 34
Developmental Education, Center for, 8, 253
Dormitory Policy, (see Housing and Food
Services)
Driver Education, 213
Economics, Department of, 172
Education, College of, 253
Elementary Education, Department of, 228
Employment, Student, 30
Engineering, (see Pre-Professional Programs)
Engineering, Dual Degree Program
with Auburn, 197
English, Department of, 89
Examinations, 42
Executive in Residence Program, 160
Expenses, (see Tuition and Fees)
Faculty, Listing of, 326
Fees (see Tuition, Fees and Expenses)
Field-Based Program, 43
Finance, Ins. and Real Estate, Department
of, 178
Financial Aid, 29
Education Grants, 30
Scholarships, 31
Student Employment Programs, 30
Student Loans, 30
Veterans, 29
Index
362
Fine and Applied Arts, College of, 192
Degrees Offered, 192
Food Services, 18
Foods and Nutrition, 226
Foreign Languages, Department of, 95
Forestry (see Pre-Professional Programs)
French (see Foreign Languages)
General College, 47
Requirements for, 47
Geography, 84
Geology, Department of, 101
German (see Foreign Languages)
Gerontology, 68
Grading System, 36
Pass-Fail Grading, 37
Grade-Point Average, 38
Grade Reports, 42
Graduate School, 314
Admission to, 316
Graduation, 46
Catalog Choice, 32
With Honors, 45
See Individual College and Department for
Information about Specific Degrees
Grants, Educational, 31
Health Care Management, 184
Health and Physical Education, Department of, 210
Health Services, 15
History, Department of, 104
Home Economics, Department of, 224
Home Economics Education, 226
Honors, Academic, 45
Dean's List, 46
Graduation With Honors, 46
Honor's Day, 45
Honors Program, 44, 50
Honor Teaching, 46
Housing, 13
Cost of Room and Board, 24
Food Services, 18
Description of Housing, 14
Dormitory Regulations, 14
Mountaineer Apartments, 15
Room Reservation and Deposit, 15
Housing and Interiors, 225
Independent and Individual Study, 44
Individually Designed Majors, 160
Industrial Education and Technology,
Department of, 231
Institutional Administration (see Home
Economics)
Instructional Assistance
Program, 44
Instructional Program, 32
Insurance,
BSBA Degree in, 179
For Students, 16
Interdisciplinary Programs, 49
General Honors, 50
Majors:
Individually Designed, 51
Minors:
Appalachian Studies, 52, 67
Black Studies, 52, 68
Community and Regional
Planning, 52, 67
Gerontology, 53, 68
Latin American Studies, 53, 66
Women's Studies, 53
International Studies, 44
Internships, 62, 150
Latin American Studies, 66
Laundry Service, 17
Law (see Pre-Professional Program)
Learning Resources, 16
Belk Library, 16
Audio-visual Services, 16
Center for Instructional Development, 17
Library, (see Learning Resources)
Management, Department of, 183
Marketing, Department of, 188
Master of Arts, Master of Science Degrees
(see Graduate School and Individual
Department Listings)
Master of Business
Administration, 155, 321
Mathematical Science, Department of, 112
Medicine (see Pre-Professional Programs)
Military Personnel, Residency for Tuition, 26
Military Science, Department of, 239
Motor Vehicles, 17
Music, Department of, 242
Newspaper, Student, 10
North Carolina, The University of, 5
Nursing (see Pre-Professional Programs)
Oral History Project, 8
Outdoor Programs, 311
Overseas Study Program, 91
Pass-Fail Grading System, 37
Pharmacy (see Pre-Professional Programs)
Philosophy and Religion, Department of, 122
Physical Education (see Department of
Health, Physical Education and
Recreation)
Physics and Astronomy, Department of, 125
Placement, 13
Index
363
Political Science and Criminal Justice,
Department of, 130
Postal Services, 17
Pre-Professional Programs, 63
Engineering, 64
Forestry, 65
Law, 63
Medicine and Dental, 63
Nursing, 66
Pharmacy, 66
Theology, 63
Project Ahead, 57
Psychology, Department of, 136
Publications, Student, 10
Reading Center, 18
Reading Education, Department of, 293
Readmission, 23
Register, The, 323
Registration, 36
Religion, Courses in (see Philosophy
and Religion)
Religious Life, 11
Residence, 39
Residency Requirements for Tuition
Purposes, 25
ROTC, 239
Scholarships, 31
Academic, 31
Science, Curriculum for Teacher Certification,
Secondary Education, Department of, 298
Services, University, 12
Social Science, Curriculum for Teacher
Certification, 264
Sociology, Department of, 144
Spanish (see Foreign Languages)
Special Education, Department of, 301
Special Students, Admission of, 21
Special Services, 56
Specialist in Education Degree, 321
Speech (see Communication Arts)
Speech and Hearing Clinic, 19
Speech Pathology and Audiology,
Department of, 306
Student Life and Student Services, 10
Counseling, 13
Academic, 12
Personal, 13
Division of Complementary Education, 10
263
Food Services, 18
Government, 11
Health Services, 15
Housing, 13
Insurance, 16
Laundry Service, 17
Minority Student Affairs, 10
Placement Office, 13
Religious Life, 11
Student Employment Programs, 30
Student Government, 11
Student Teaching, 260
With Honors, 46
Summer Sessions, 310
Suspension of Students, Academic 43
Teacher Certification, 263
Technical Education (see Industrial Education)
Textbooks, 27
Theatre (see Communication Arts)
Transfer Students, Admission of, 20
Transcripts, 46
Trustees, 324
Tuition, Fees and Expenses, 23
Fees:
Academic, 27
Dormitory, 23
Refund of Tuition, 28
Tuition:
In-State Students, 23
Foreign Students, 23
Out-of-State Students, 23
Part-time Students, 24
Field-Based Students, 25
University, The
Location, 3
Faculty, 326
Purpose, 4
University Honors, 56
Upward Bound, 56
Veterans
Academic Credit, 45
Financial Aid, 29
Watauga College, 50
Wilderness Experiences, 312
Withdrawal from the University, 42
Women's Studies, 53
364
Program Plan
Following is a four-year diagram for assisting students in developing a program plan.
Consultation with an advisor in the major area is advised in preparation of the plan to
determine in advance courses needed and the proper sequence for completion of
them. Courses taken each semester will, of course, be dependent upon availability of
the courses.
Freshman Year
Fall Semester Spring Semester
Course Credit Hours Course Credit Hours
Total Hours Completed Total Hours Completed.
Sophomore Year
Fall Semester Spring Semester
Course Credit Hours Course Credit Hours
Total Hours Completed Total Hours Completed
Junior Year
Fall Semester Spring Semester
Course Credit Hours Course Credit Hours
Total Hours Completed Total Hours Completed.
365
Senior Year
Fall Semester Spring Semester
Course Credit Hours Course Credit Hours
Total Hours Completed Total Hours Completed
Other
(Transfer credits, summer sessions, credit by examination, etc.)
Course Credit Hours Course Credit Hours
Total Hours Completed.
Notes
Notes
Notes
Appalachian State University
Correspondence Directory
For prompt attention, inquiries should be directed to the following:
Admissions
Joseph Watts, Director of Admissions
Alumni Affairs
Barbara Poovey, Director of Alumni Affairs
Faculty Appointments
Harvey R. Durham, Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
Graduate Admissions, Curriculum, and Requirements
Joyce Lawrence, Dean of the Graduate School
Instructional Programs
Harvey R. Durham, Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
Library
Al Corum, Dean of Learning Resources
Placement
David Ball, Director of Career Planning and Placement
Public Affairs
Robert E. Snead, Vice Chancellor for Development and Public Affairs
Records, Certification Requirements, Curriculum Requirements
and All Transcripts
A. Brooks McLeod, Registrar
Residence Life
Bobby L. Dunnigan, Director of Residence Life
Scholarships, Student Employment, Student Loans, Veterans
Information
R. Steve Gabriel, Director of Financial Aid
Student Welfare
David Mclntire, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
Summer School
Richard B. Parrott, Assistant Dean of Summer Sessions
University Policy
John E. Thomas, Chancellor
The university information number is 262-2000, area code 704.